'DIRECTORY DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY V ADDRESS—Univers ty, ^06^41_ING/TESTING CENTER— 690 Forl^es Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa 15282, Administration Building,Third Floor PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA Telephone Call specific number (see,foliow,mg) t, Telephone (412 396 -6204/6208 for other offices, call 39616000 FINANCIAL AID—Loan, Schblarship, ADMISSIC;N—biiector^of Domestic'and Student, Empl^yrnent, Applications- lnternatio^4,xqnigsions,- 4 1 Administration Pudding, Ground Floor Administration Budding, First Floor Telephone (41^)'396-6607 Telephone (412),396-6220/6221/6222, OFFICEOf FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT AND k (^00) 456-0590 ^O^iside of 412 AreaCode) SPECIAL STUDENT ^ERVICES-L' `Abvl^ORS -Duqu6ne,Unio_n, Third Floor'- ,CollegeC of Liberal Art "',' , "Telephone (412) 396-6657 olleg^ Hall, -Roc;ffi 212 OFFICE 6F'GiEEK, LIFE— Telephone (412) ^96-6389/5905 Duquesiie Union, Third Floor Division of Continuing Education , Tele ne, !i^2) 396-6651 Rockwell'Hall: Room'2t pl^o GOVERNMENTAL'AFEAIkS— Telephone (412)'396-5034" I I Administiation Building, Third Floor School of Business Admims ration, i I Te I ephone, (412) 396-5097 Rockwell 4all, Room 705 1 ' , , -^ I", -I I Telephone (412) 3961 -627715762 , ^' I " _' I HE^LfH SEkViCE—' Undergraduate School of Eduratio'n', Carievin Hall,' Room 213' Duquesne T^w^rs, S^cond Floor, I , Telephon^ (412) 396-5711, I, I Tele^hone (412) 396-1650 -School 6frHealthSciences I66J TIFICATION,CARDS-L- Rangos I Public Saiety'Building Catalog 'Health Scien^es Bldg , Room 902 Telephone (412) 396-6191 "Telephone ',(41i) 396-66152, - I S School of,Music, koom'302 INFO RMATION'CENTER—F6r U niv ersity Events, Telep^one (412)1396-6080, Duquesne Union,,Third Fl6or 1994-1995 School of Natural and Enviror^mer^tal Scierices 'Telephone (412),396-6632/6633 ^`^MellonIl­lall, Room 1103' INTE^NATIONAL EDUCATION" ADVISOR Te'le'^hone _,(412)^396-6349 Sixth Flobr,-Du^ue^neI Union School 6f NdrsingCollege Ha^ll,-Room'd^A p ITelephone (412) 396-6113- Tel^phone'1(4ii) 3966346/6347, LEXRNIN&SKILLS PROGRAM— School of Phiff'My" Mellon'Hall of Science, Room 410B Assumption Half" (412)'396-6661/6636 T^Ie^hbne (412)'^96-6308 jelephone PSY614OLOGY, COfJ^qSELIi^G CENTER'±', ROTC—Rockwell Hall, Room 1003 I Jelepho ne (412) 396-6664/6 45 ko ckwell- Hall,i 10th,Floor " 1 4 ^ - Telephone ^41'2'f396-6562 I^qPKSTORE^Duq'ue7sn^ Unic^n, Second'Floorjj ,Telepli6ne '(412) 434-6626 PUBLIC AFFAIRS-- Administration Budding, Fourth F Ioor CAMPUS MINISTRY1- Telephone (412) 396-6050 ^drhir^istratio n- Buildjn^,,'^Firs Flo^r "Telephone - (412) 396-6020, W I, PUBLIC ^AFETY-LI`ublic' Safe^y Bu^fldihg,, Telephone '(412) 396-6001/6002/6003 CAIiEE'R SIRVICE^'CE^HER'' , Rock^vell Hall REGISTRAR—For Transcr^pts and Records, I, Tele^hone (412)'^96-144/66451647- X^rninistrati.n Building, Gro^nd Floor 396-5623 (Transc'npts) 'i_-A^HIER'—Payment of Tujtibn"'an^ Fees, elephone (412) -Xdr^inistration-Bu^din'g,,Grou^d Floor 396-6212 (qe^eral Office) ^iSIDENCE,,LIFE^Assumpfion 1-1^11, fiist'Flobr - v ­ ^ Telephonj (412)'34^6585^687/65B8' T le^h6ne' (412) 396 ^OMMUTER AFFAIRSLI` ^ I e -665515028 D^^ueshe UiriiA, Third fi^or STODENT'^EALTH INSURANCE'I felephone^ (412) ^'9;16690 A^mirustration' ' ' Building, Room 212 (412),396-6677 C0`MPREHE'N SINiE STUDENT ADVISEM^NT', Adm M_istrationBuddifig, L^cund F16or' TESTING BUREAUj—: 1"' -1 Administration B611ding, Third Floor Telephon^-- (412)'396-094,,,., 1 % I , ^ Telephone (412) 396-6204/608 CONTINUING EDUCATION, I' Rockwell Hall,"Se'cond F10-0'r Telephone (j­12) 396-503^ H

Duquesne University All Degrees and Programs Offered by MASTER'S DEGREE DOCTORATE SCHOOL BACHELOR'S DEGREE

O'g-11tioull C ­sc, Corninurs—ticss, C^.­­ l C-1—tin. Pl,fl—oph, PolIt"ll S-11 Coninsionicition —Enlil l"Y'li,log, Onsionno, ition Lib ... I Stinke, Plul—ph, Sociolu^,^ English Philo,oph, C..,P.t,,So""" Sc,,n,e Plycholog, I 1-1th C,se P'Y'holol,' ng Th-log, in So, iologv Eth", S.—I and :,,d..,:",dcb..,d...c ,,dchis b h Cnonoll jultIlL Ill'to" Public Pol— CC—n- r", (Pis D , offind Hurt—, Archs-1 Theolog, Ubcral Act, 11"t-1 min,'t, 111 0/ ,f th, S NIII'Loon Isid bfi,tory Is C-ontolog% Editing Studs- L,ou spni'l, h—tic, Theolof,, Z"M,,h, l Stud— World I j—t-,

Accounting inagna nient M—tc, if S—rcet Fi-oce of Info,m,t,.I, I i nI_ tio in Horn— Resource g'm'rt in 5 chri.1 of AdmiAn,)tr,ti,,nB "'info ". mition K:D M inag,men t ­ Business B A Int,ruational %1"keUngS' 't­ (%I Administration S',(m St,-, in M I S) B-s—, PrLL.S,,tsc, I — Studs-

As the educational process from admission through graduation, requires continuing review and appro- Ma^t,rin of Scienct R,h6' sou, in rd—tion — 5— Education —o" ——] / CCD priate approval by University officials, the provisions of this catalog are to be considered directive Coun-lor Ed choul (if Fd Eirb, Childhood Ed—ticri nd in character The University, therefore, reserves the right to change requirements and regulations Corin—sint, El,rn­tll^ Elic. c El,.,,ot,r, S"coid— contained herein, including fees, tuition, and board and room, and to determine whether an individual S,c,,ndr,is"u F,,, LchsIu,,thoss 'is'). n School P,) holog) Ldn-hon ^l d Est sh.,,l Super, .,on ^;P­1^ al r S,condir%,, has satisfactorily met the requirements for admission or graduation nLa,1 ^, I rd / or — — — — — Sc,ond,,^I 11, tv Re,chug nd sp"I'l Lduc,h..is 11-ch-pped) L-pal,,I Art, NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATION AND NONHARASSMENT POLICY

B,chelor of Sc-11, in Duquesne University, motivated nt S, It— by its Catholic identiN values equality of opportunity, human dignity, AthIcts, T—nirg School of Health occupoo-1 Th—pv I 1-1th Manigerni.rit S,,tern, racial, cultural and ethnic diversity, as an educational institution Accordingly, the University pro- Ph, sI,,l Thcr,p, S—rice, I l,ilth Sci,nces A-1tant hibits and does not engage in discrimination or harassment on the basis of race, color religion, national ll,,f.,.,,n TL,hrn,log, origin, sex, age, disability or status as a veteran or disabled veteran Further, Duquesne University " " will continue to take affirmative steps to support and advance these values consistent with the Univer- ?,,forruincto, i^ :Eis , Cl,,,,c,l Idh_fs, u,,t,,n",gv %to c Education Theo, C.'s"p-stion sity's Mission Statement This policy applies to all programs of the University, including, but not j 'd M school of Music ­ %lu,icIc T'd"",onTLchn' "" (,IogvT"= SacrLd M—c A,tI,t Diplorn, S,c,'d limited to, admission, educational policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic or other - — Soundc R-ording University-sponsored programs This is a commitment by the University in accordance with its T,chnolop religious values and applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations The person responsible rBcl)en,i,try B^orh, for coordinating its efforts under this policy is Dr Judith Griggs, Affirmative Action Officer, Room asch out of Natural Zlog, Chersu Bsol,6, nd Environmental Ch,on't'v S-1, Assumption Hall, University Extension 6661 Ch,.,,tr, Sciences o,ug, En, noon—tal S—oll 'I'd \I,n,g,nieiit WD=%fic,obtolop F"I's-1 Ch-ult" SECURITY STATISTICS, POLICIES AND PROCEDURES of Sci—ce Nu, ^, Wh D) School of Bich,lor of Scienct ­ In accordance with the College and University Security Information Act (Pennsylvania Act ;73 of is, Nursing N.,,i.g Nursing 1988) and the U S Student Right to Know and Security Act (PC 101-542), information regarding Ph,,n,,c, Duquesne University's crime statistics, security policies and procedures is available in the Admis- (Ph—, D) Medicinal Chenultl% Medicinal sion's Office is 1,^ el Ph D idrui is, From 1994 critr^ ­ ­ Ph,r ...... t,c1l Chcri-L, Ch,s SP^hh,:,'..cfy Phirm—utic, Ph--c-t-1 Information contained in this catalog is accurate to the date of publication pl­­oolcig, To—clob, Ch,,,,i,t,, Phirmic,,ticil Adrus—r,no. ^:hI ...­­ I ,ulscl Lolol,^ Published annually by Duquesne University, 600 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15282 onsonb:^^:'_

111,T.xIcolog D , ff, nd

jurt, Doctor School of L ­

Dn-on of Studic, Continuing 1,,h,lor of Ssence in Education

iv v

Academic Calendars Contents Fall 1994 — Summer 1995

FALL SEMESTER — 1994 Classes Begin August 29 (Monday) CALENDAR I IV Labor Day Holiday September 5 (Monday) 1 All Saints Day November 1 (Tuesday) GENERAL INFORMATION Holy Day ADMISSION, FINANCIAL AID 7 Thanksgiving Holiday November 21-26 (Monday-Saturday) Immaculate Conception December 8 (Thursday) REGISTRATION, SCHOLASTIC POLICIES 22 Holy Day Final Exams December 15-21 (Thursday-Wednesday) IV TUITION AND FEES 29 Commencement December 22 (Thursday) V STUDENT LIFE SPRING SEMESTER — 1995 PROGRAMS, SERVICES AND ORGANIZATIONS 33 Classes Begin January 9 (Monday) 39 Martin Luther King January 16 (Monday) VI WDUQ RADIO Holiday 39 Spring Break March 6-11 (Monday-Saturday) V11 CAMPUS MINISTRY Easter Holiday April 13-17 (Thursday-Monday) VIII PROGRAMS AND COURSES 40 (Offices closed Thursday, April 13 Core Curriculum 40 Friday, April 14) 42 Monday Class April 18 (Tuesday) Integrated Honors Program English As A Second Language Program 42 Schedule Followed 45 Friday Class April 26 (Wednesday) Liberal Arts Schedule Followed Natural and Environmental Sciences 90 Final Exams April 28 - May 4 (Friday-Thursday) Business Administration 104 Commencement May 6 (Saturday) Education 125 Music 134 SUMMER SEMESTER — 1995 Nursing 157 Summer Term Begins May 8 (Monday) Pharmacy 170 Ascension Holy Day May 25 (Thursday) Health Sciences 183 Memorial Day Holiday May 29 (Monday) ROTC 213 Independence Day July 4 (Tuesday) 216 Holiday Continuing Education End of 12 week term August 4 (Friday) 222 Assumption Holy Day IX DIRECTORIES August 15 (Tuesday) Directors & Officers 222 Faculty and Administration 223 INDEX 254

The provisions of this catalog are to be considered directive in character The University reserves the right to make any changes that seem necessary or desirable, including fees, tuition and room and board Faculty listings contained in this catalog are current as of Spring 1994

Please refer to the current schedule of classes booklet for detailed acaderruc calendar dates and deadlines GENERAL INFORMATION

It is Duquesne University's special trust to seek Part 1: General truth and to disseminate knowledge within a moral and spiritual framework in order to prepare leaders Information distinguished not only by their academic and pro- fessional expertise but also by their ethics, and guided by consciences sensitive to the needs of HISTORY society Duquesne University first opened its doors as the Therefore, Duquesne is a community of students, Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holy Ghost in faculty, administrators, and others who are willing October 1878 with an enrollment of 40 students and to make these commitments a faculty of seven From a humble original location * To create undergraduate and graduate education on Wylie Avenue in the City's Uptown section to of the highest quality in liberal and professional its present beautifully self-contained campus, discipImes Duquesne provides a hilltop vista overlooking one * To examine the moral and ethical foundations of the nation's most attractive cities of their thought and action, and to develop their per- Today Duquesne University is a progressive, sonal values and ethical commitment educational facility which has more than tripled 0 To participate in an ecumenical dialogue open from its early 12 5 acres to its present, self-enclosed to all beliefs 40-acre campus "Bluff' site Duquesne was cited by o To extend educational opportunities to those USA Today as having the safest campus in Penn- with special financial, educational, and physical sylvania and one of the safest campuses in the needs nation Several renovations have recently taken place and * To promote world community through the have added to Duquesne's already-rich physical development of an international and intercultural plant, including a state-of-the-art health sciences vision of the global needs and international respon- facility, two parking garages, a multi-purposed sibilities for peace, justice, and freedom recreation center, a victorian campus throughway, Duquesne serves God by serving students — a theatre /classroom complex, and the new Arthur through an academic community dedicated to excel- J Rooney Football/Soccer Field in the center of lence in liberal and professional education, through campus profound concern for moral and spiritual values, Recently named one of the top ten national through the maintenance of an ecumenical atmos- Catholic universities in the United States, phere open to diversity, and through service to the Duquesne's academics are recognized both Church, the community, the nation, and the world nationally and internationally As a result of its Duquesne offers a wide variety of programs and acadenuc excellence known worldwide, the Univer- curricula from which students may select freely in sity has signed agreements with institutions in accordance with their interests, capabilities and Belgium, Germany, France, Spam, Ireland, England, goals in life China, Japan and Italy as well as the new Com- Complemented by a broad spectrum of nonaca- monwealth of Independent States demic activities and programs, the curriculum at Duquesne's recent growth has been tremendous Duquesne University is designed to prepare young with more than 8,600 students in nine schools of men and women who, upon entering their chosen study, including the College of Liberal Arts (1878), careers, will possess a broad, well-balanced and fully and the Schools of Law (1911), Business Administra- integrated education and perspective of themselves tion (1913), Pharmacy (1925), Music (1926), Educa- and the world tion (1929), Nursing (1937), the School of Health Sciences (1990), and the School of Natural and Envi- POLICY STATEMENT ON ronmental Sciences (1994) Ducluesnes nine schools offer degree programs on the baccalaureate, profes- INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION sional, master's and doctoral levels The mission of Duquesne University's founders, (the Spintans), has always included service to peoples SUMMARY STATEMENT OF MISSION outside of the United States Duquesne University AND GOALS also is committed to providing an educational envi- Duquesne University of the Holy Ghost is a Catholic ronment which recognizes cultural and national university, founded by members of the Spiritan pluralism Congregation, and sustained through a partnership Duquesne welcomes qualified students from of laity and religious throughout the world and encourages its students The motto of Duquesne University is Spiritus est and faculty to take advantage of opportunities to qui vivificat, "It is the Spirit that gives life" Ennching study and teach abroad the life of the mind and the life of the spmt of every The University believes that the sharing of the member of its community is the mission of multiple traditions and mores of societies is an in- Duquesne valuable element in the educational process THE UNIVERSITY SETTING GENERAL INFORMATION

In a world that is growing ever smaller, it is Laval House houses the Spiritan Vocation Office The success of the various professional and major Des Places Communications Center, dedicated in imperative that Duquesne reach out to peoples of college sports teams has won for Pittsburgh the title 1982, houses the Department of Communication The Library Resource Center, dedicated in 1978, is different cultures to afford them the opportunity to of "City of Champions " The 1971 and 1979 World and the production and broadcasting studios of a modern, attractive five-story structure Housed in acquire educational experiences not otherwise Champion Pirates and four-time Super Bowl Cham VVDUQ-FN4, an affiliate of National Public Radio over 100,000 square feet of space is a collection of available to them Interaction among international pion Steelers play at Three Rivers Stadium The (NPR) Named in honor of the founder of the Holy over 571,683 volumes, more than 5,342 journal titles, and American faculty and students will enrich all Penguins (Stanley Cup Champions) perform in the Ghost Congregation, the center also features a jour- and an extensive microprint and audiovisual and enhance their ability to be better citizens of our nearby Civic Arena, one of the largest indoor sports rialism laboratory, a fully equipped color television collection shared world arenas in the United States and one of the few retrac- studio, a simulation laboratory^ an instructional The facility also contains a number of special col- Duquesne University asserts its commitment to table domes in the world The Duquesne Dukes play photo laboratory, seminar rooms, and a graphic arts lections, including the Rabbi Herman Hailpenn Col- develop and maintain programs, services and prac- their season in the new on-campus facility, The lection on Medieval Christian and Jewish intellec- tices which promote and express respect for persons Palumbo Center Facilities for such participatory classroom tual and religious thought, the Silverman Center of diverse cultures and backgrounds and which pro- sports as tennis, golf, running, hiking, skiing The Duquesne Towers, a 17-story^ air-conditioned Collection of world literature in phenomenology, the vide educational bridges linking the peoples of the skating, and many others are available throughoui double-tower residence for 1,200 men and women Musmanno Collection, and the world the Pittsburgh area justice Michael A featuring separate housing wings, was dedicated in John Cardinal Wright Collection of the Cardinal's swim- 1970 The facility features a full-size indoor personal papers, sermons and correspondence PHYSICAL FACILITIES ming pool with a sundeck, offices of the Residence With seating capacity for approximately 1,000 THE UNIVERSITY SETTING Life Division, an office of Campus Ministry, the The Administration Building, "Old Main;' was the patrons, including graduate study carrels, the Located adjacent to downtown Pittsburgh, Campus Health Services area, a main student first building constructed on the Duquesne campus, Library is a highly functional facility that should Duquesne University's modern hilltop campus is lounge and smaller lounges on each floor, tele- dedicated in 1885 Recently renovated, it houses the remain responsive to the needs of the Duquesne readily accessible to the business, entertainment and phones in each room, and a resident dining hall Executive Offices of the University Office of Adnus- community for many years to come Architects for shopping centers of the city, while still offering stu- sions, Registrar's Office, Campus Ministry Business with a 2,500 student capacity the Library Resource Center, Gerard-Nagar Asso- dents the privacy and peace of its own self-enclosed Offices, Counseling and Testing Center, Financial ciates, were cited by the Pittsburgh Chapter of the 40-acre site The Duquesne Union, a modern architectural facil- Aid Office, and the offices of University Events, American Institute of Architects for creative design Long noted as one of the world's great corporate ity with an innovative concrete and glass design, Alumni, Development, and Public Affairs Adjoin- in their renovation and expansion of the original centers, Pittsburgh combines the features of urban is the center of campus activities and student life ing the building is the University Chapel, which structure, an old garage and warehouse constructed living with many of the charms and personal Dedicated in 1967, it houses the offices of Student offers daily Mass in the 1920s into the present facility characteristics of a much smaller town One of the Life, International Education and various student In September 1990 the Library completed mstalla- largest corporate headquarter centers in the organizations and interest groups Facilities include U S , A J Palumbo Center dedicated in 1988, is the home tion of a CD-ROM network This configuration is Pittsburgh was also shown, in a recent survey by meeting rooms, information center, bookstore, of the Duquesne Dukes basketball team In addi- being expanded to permit users to access the Rand-McNally to be Americds most livable city cafeteria, art gallery^ and a recreation center which tion to the Duke's home court, the center serves as Library's data files that are available on CD-ROM Students from Duquesne and the other colleges a recreational facility for students, faculty and staff features four bowling lanes, video arcade as well as disks from any one of the computers in the Library and universities in the city can choose trom a wide The 6,200-seat arena also houses intramural activ- other games and also from remote locations The Library's card range of cultural events and institutions ities, racquetball and squash courts, a weight room, catalog has been automated and is available for The world-renowned Pittsburgh Symphony Or- exercise room, sauna, and locker facilities The arena The G & G Building houses the Physical Plant remote use as well The new online library infor- chestra, Pittsburgh Opera, and Pittsburgh Ballet is also a convocation facility that allows the entire Office Theatre all perform regularly in the elegant Heinz mation system also permits access to numerous University to come together for major events Health Sciences Building, dedicated in 1991, Hall for the Performing Arts and the Benedum other databases located in other areas of the nation Assumption Hall, the oldest residence hall on cam- resulted from the renovation of the old Gymnasium Center The theatregoer can choose from produc- McCloskey Field, dedicated in the nud-1970s, and pus, was dedicated in 1956 A four-story structure The three-story building is the home of the John G tions of the Pittsburgh Public Theatre, local college renovated in 1988, is the center for outdoor intra- with a 280-student capacity, the facility has its own Rangos, Sr School of Health Sciences with its drama departments and programs, and a wide var- mural activity The field now is made up of artificial recreation area, and offers both single and double departments of athletic training, health information iety of summer and afterchnner club theatres by a practice track used by occupancy rooms The Learning Skills Center is also sciences, occupational therapy, perfusion turf and is surrounded Seasonal events include the Three Rivers and the University track team Other athletic facilities housed there technology, physical therapy, and physician assis- Shadyside arts festivals, and the International Folk include three self-enclosed tennis courts and two Festival, three prestigious events which draw tant The building provides faculty and staff offices, Canevin Hall, the oldest classroom building on cam- outdoor basketball courts, one of which is converted national attention teaching and research laboratories, student study pus, was built in 1922 and completely renovated in for street hockey in the winter months Duquesne students can visit such points of interest rooms and two classrooms 1968 A four-story building, it houses the School of as The Pittsburgh Zoo, Carnegie Museum of Art and The Public Safety Building is headquarters for the Education, Reading Clinic and Guidance and Coun- J Hanley Hall, dedicated in 1982, History, Scaife Gallery, the Conservatory Aviary, The Edward D Center seling Clinic as well as the Department of Theology University's Public Safety Office and the I Carnegie Science Center and Buhl Planetarium, resulted from the renovation and expansion of the Richard King Mellon Hall of Science, an attractive, Pittsburgh History and Landmarks Museum, College Hall, a six-story classroom and office build- old University Library building The facility houses four-story structure dedicated in 1968, houses the Duquesne Incline and Phipps Conservatory ing dedicated in 1970, is the seat of the College of School of Law faculty and administrative offices, Directly across the river from campus is Mount Liberal Arts and the Graduate School of Liberal Arts, research and study rooms, two large amphitheatre departments of biological sciences, chemistry, phys- by one Washington, Pittsburghs highest point, which offers housing the majority of their individual depart- lecture halls, interview rooms, seminar and class- ics, and the School of Pharmacy Designed a spectacular view of the city and its surroundings, ments and faculties The School of Nursing is room areas, and a moot courtroom The greatly of the world's most renowned architects, Mies van particularly at night located on the sixth floor Special instructional expanded law library is the most accessible one of der Rohe, the building won the "Laboratory of the Market Square, a redeveloped area in the heart facilities include a Wnting/Computer Laboratory, an its kind in the city, with its central location and con- Year" award in 1969 Instructional facilities include of downtown Pittsburgh, and the Oakland- interactive Language Laboratory nursing labora- venient hours The law library is open to members two large amphitheatre-style lecture halls with seat- Shadyside area in the eastern end of the city are two tories and two lecture halls of the local bench and bar, as well as law students ing capacities of 175 each, well-equipped labora- of the major entertainment and nightlife centers tories, and a science computer facility ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATION GENERAL INFORMATION

The Music School, dedicated in 1967, has over 80 Membership School of Natural and Environmental Sciences Membership Accreditation pianos, five organs, and over 300 orchestral and American Association of Collegiate Registrars American Association of Colleges for Teacher band instruments available for student use Indi- and Admissions Officers American Chemical Society Education Membership vidual and group practice areas are available in the American Council on Education Association of Indepenclent Liberal Arts building, along with acoustically equipped class- Catholic College Coordinating Council Colleges for Teacher Education Alliance for Environmental Education rooms Performances are given throughout the College Entrance Examination Board international Council on Education for Teaching North American Association for school year in the recital hall which is equipped with Council for Advancement and Support of The Pennsylvania Association of Colleges and Environmental Education two Steinway concert grands The Center for Music Education Teacher Educators School of Nursing Technology, which houses a Music Learning Council of Independent Colleges and Universities Accreditation Resource Center, an Electronic Piano Lab, and a Syn- Middle States Association of Collegiate Regis- Rangos school of Health Sciences National League for Nursing thesizer and Recording Studio, features state-of-the- trars and Officers of Admission Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing Accreditation art synthesizers, sequencers, samplers and audio National Association of College Admission Membership equipment The Con-unission on Accreditation of Allied Health Counselors Education Programs for Athletic Training Educa- American Association of Colleges of Nursing Rockwell Hall, dedicated in 1958, is a 10-story struc- National Association of College and University t,on in collaboration with the National Athletic National League for Nursing (Council of ture which houses the School of Business Adminis- Business Officers Trainers Association Professional Education Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs) National Association of Foreign Student tration and whose skywalk connects downtown Committee Pennsylvania Higher Education Nursing Pittsburgh with Duquesne's campus Its Business Administrators The Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Schools, Inc National Association of Student Personnel Simulation Laboratory contains 12 conference rooms Education Administrators on and School of Pharmacy equipped with television cameras and microphones The Committee on Allied Health Educati Accreditation for observation and recording of activity in the indi- National Association of Student Financial Aid Accreditation of the American Medical Associa- Administrators American Council on Pharmaceutical Education vidual rooms Rockwell Hall also houses a vending tion in collaboration with the joint Review Com- Pennsylvania State Board of Pharmacy machine center, the Business School's student Pennsylvania Association of Catholic College mittee on Perfusion Education Admissions Officers Membership lounge, three modern computer laboratories of the The Commission on Accreditation in Physical American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy School of Business Administration, Center for Com- Pennsylvania Association of Colleges and Therapy Education of the American Physical munications and Information Technology, the Divi- Universities Therapy Association Pennsylvania Association of Student Division of Continuing Education sion of Continuing Education, Career Services The Committee on Allied Health Education and Membership Center, Printing and Graphics Department ' the Financial Aid Administrators Accreditation of the American Medical Associa- Pittsburgh Council of Higher Education American Association for Paralegal Education Mailing Center, the Mffls Complex, the University tion in collaboration with the American Academy American Council on Higher Education of Family Physicians, the American Academy of Archives, ROTC, University Press, and University College of Liberal Arts Continuing Education Association of Pennsylvania Purchasing Department Pediatrics, the American Academy of Physician National Academic Advising Association Membership Assistants, the American College of Physicians, Arthur J Rooney Athletic Field is a multi-purpose American Association for Higher Education North American Association of Summer Sessions the American College of Surgeons and the Approval field named in honor of Arthur j Rooney, former American Association for State and Local Association of Physician Assistant Programs owner of the Pittsburgh Steelers and Duquesne History American Bar Association Membership Paralegal Institute graduate The facility provides a home for Duquesne American Conference of Academic Deans Association of Schools of Allied Health Professions American Historical Association University football The field, which is equipped Association of University Programs in Health American Society of journalism School EVENING STUDY with lights and a special astroturf surface, is also Administration (AUPHA) the site of numerous intramural activities Administrators Duquesne University offers evening classes for full Association of American Colleges and part-time students each semester and during St Ann's Hall, dedicated in 1964, is a two-wing, Association of Departments of English School of Music the Summer Session The following undergraduate three-story coed dormitory with its own laundry The Historical Society of Western Pennsylvania Accreditation degrees are able to be completed through evening area, several lounges and television rooms, a recre- National Association of Schools of Music National Collegiate Honors Council study ation area, snack area, and attractive grounds Dou- Organization of American Historians National Association for Music Therapy ble and single rooms are available Pennsylvania Department of Education College of Liberal Arts St Martin's Hall, A j Palumbo School of Business Administration Memberships Bachelor of Science in Computer Science a 14-story residence, provides Applications Corporate, Scientific housing for graduate and law students Accreditation American Association for Music Therapy American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Percussive Arts Society Bachelor of Arts in Corporate Communication Trinity Hall, dedicated in 1952, is the residence of Business Music Industry Conference Bachelor of Arts/Science in Mathematics the Holy Ghost Fathers who serve the University Accreditation Council Pennsylvania Alliance for Arts Education Bachelor of Arts in Psychology as administrators and teachers The grounds of the Membership Pennsylvania Collegiate Choral Association hall include an attractive mall and grotto School of Business Administration Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Association for Supervisory & Curriculum Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Business Administration Development Concentrations Accounting, Managernent, Pennsylvania Federation of Music Clubs Management Information Systems, Marketing ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATION School of Education Association of Pennsylvania Orchestras University Accreditation College Music Society School of Nursing Accreditation Middle States Association of Colleges and Center for Black Music Bachelor of Science in Nursing Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools American Music Center (for current RN's only) Schools Pennsylvania Department of Education National Opera Association State Board of Education of the Pennsylvania Pennsylvania Music Educators Association Department of Education Pennsylvania Arts Coalition F^_

SUMMER AND FINANCIAL AID SESSIONS ADMISSION

Division of Continuing Education financial modelling packages and graphics packages EARLY DECISION Bachelor of Science in Professional Studies Twenty-two computer labs distributed across cam, Part 11: Students who desire Duquesne University as their The Bachelor of Science in Professional Studies pus provide access to nearly 350 IBM and Apple Admission and first choice for college should consider the Early is designed for adult students who seek flexibility micro computers and DEC and NeXT workstations Decision plan This plan requires that the student and over 50 terminals In addition to this equipment 0 in a bachelor's degree program Students are pro- inancial Aid apply by December of his/her senior year The stu- vided the opportunity to customize plans of study over 350 terminals and personal computers are us' dent is notified of the decision by December 15, and to meet personal and professional goals A strong ed in the Administration for registration, admis is required to send his/her non-refundable deposit foundation in both business and the liberal arts sions, financial aid and financial record keeping within two weeks This offers the candidate the allows students to individually design two major Duquesne University has a campus wide fiber Admission advantage of knowing of the admissions decision areas of study, designated as concentrations Con- optic network that connects over 90% of the early in his/her senior year centrations are designed in conjunction with an academic buildings and all residence hall rooms to OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS academic advisor and are available in a wide range the national and international instructional and The office of Domestic and International Admis- of business and/or liberal arts subjects research computing networks including the National APPLICATION—NEW FIRST-YEAR sions is located on the first floor of the Administra- For additional information regarding evening Supercomputing Centers Duquesne is one of less STUDENTS tion Building study, please contact the Division of Continuing than 5% of colleges and universities in the nation (412) 396-6220, 396-6221, 396-6222 Applications should be addressed to the Director Education, 210 Rockwell Hall or call that provides in the room connections for students Telephone 396-5600 (800) 456-0590 (Outside of 412 Area Code) of Domestic and International Admissions, Du- Connections for all faculty and staff offices as well Fax (412) 396-5644 quesne University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15282 as connections from public laboratories are in place SUMMER SESSIONS Monday through Friday from 8 30 An application may be submitted at any time dur- The Center provides a professional staff to serve office hours Many undergraduate and graduate courses are AM to430PM ing the candidates' senior year up to July 1, for the Duquesne faculty, administration, students and offered each summer in most areas They are open Fall semester staff Included in these services are seminars On to qualified Duquesne students and to those from The application procedure is as follows using the variety of computing environments and POLICY other colleges and universities 1 Obtain, complete, and file the Application for resources that are available both on and off campus it is the policy of Duquesne University to admit The sessions, of varying length, begin in May and Admission with the Office of Adirussions Professional staff and student user consultants are applicants who are best qualified to profit from run through rrud-August For additional informa- 2 Include the $45 non-refundable application fee available for consultation regarding use of the opportunities which the University offers for intel- tion regarding Summer Sessions, or to request a with the application form No application will be facilities and services Documentation services pro- lectual, spiritual, and social growth In general, Summer Schedule of Classes, please contact the processed for consideration by the Committee on vide 'how-to-use' information in each public com- admission is based upon past academic perfor- Office of Summer Programs, 216 Rockwell Hall, at Admissions undess accompanied by the required fee puter laboratory An electronic campus-wide infor- mance, scholastic ability, and personal character- 396-6232 or 1-800-283-3853 3 Request the secondary school principal or giud- mation service provides up-to-date information for istics Information about religious preference, sex, ance counselor to submit a transcript of the candi- faculty, students and staff racial characteristics, and ethnic origin is not taken CENTER FOR date's academic record A recommendation is COMMUNICATIONS AND In 1986-87 the University approved a long range into consideration by the Comrruttee on Achrussions requested INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY plan to replace the then existing computing and 4 Complete the required SAT or ACT examina- The Center for Communications and Information communications systems The installation of the ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS tion during the spring of junior year and/or fall of Technology provides facilities for and guidance in DEC5000 and 5500 coupled with the installation of 1 A candidate should have been graduated from senior year It is the personal responsibility of each the u,,e of computing and communications equip- over seven miles of fiber optic commurucations cable an approved secondary school in the upper three- candidate to have test scores forwarded to the ment for the University's instructional, research, and and over 80 miles of high speed copper serve to fifths of the class and demonstrated exemplary per- administrative programs The Center reports complete the system The final phase of this plan sonal conduct in that institution Applicants who University admirustratively to the Provost The present facilities is the implementation of the library automation pro- have not completed four years of high school must 5 An interview is highly recommended for pro- includes the following Digital Equipment Corpora- jects underway in both the Law Library and the submit a High School Equivalent Diploma issued spective students Auditions are required for School tion mini and mainframe computers a VAX6410, a University Library which use the campus network by their state department of education of Music applicants VAX6220, a VAX8550, a DEC5810, a DEC5500 and for both on-campus and off-campus access to these Students interested in being considered for 2 High School curriculum must include 16 units 6 a DEC5000 Distributed across campus via fiber optic facilities and other remote catalogs of databases distributed as follows four units in English, eight University Scholarships must submit their applica- networks are a variety of workstations including pro- units in any combination from the area of social tion by January 15 of their senior year ducts from DEC, NeXT and SUN These systems studies, language, mathematics, and science, and 7 Early Decision Deadline (for students who have provide state-of-the-art acadenuc and admirustrative four elective units for which the secondary school Duquesne as their first College choice) is December applications including a variety of relational database offers credit toward graduation In specific instances, I Notification will be by December 15 If accepted tools, language compilers, statistical packages, and at the discretion of the Comnuttee on Admis- under the Early Decision Plan, commuting students sions, the genuine equivalent of these requirements are asked to subrrut a non-refundable tuition deposit may be accepted in lieu of the precise requirements of $200 within two weeks Resident students are specified (Note Candidates planning to enroll in asked to submit a $500 non-refundable deposit pharmacy or pre-Health programs, or as science or 8 Notification of decisions for regular admission mathematics majors should have completed a num- begin once Early Decision applicants have been mum of seven units in mathematics and sciences ) notified If accepted, students are asked to submit 3 Scores in accordance with the standards a non-refundable tuition deposit of $200 for com- adhered to by the University must be presented for muters or $500 for resident students by May 1 of the required College Entrance Exammation Board their senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American Col- 9 Students applying to programs in Health lege Testing Program (ACT) (Note for adn-ussion Sciences please refer to the application and school to the School of Music, an audition is required ) handbook for application deadlines EARLY ADMISSION/HONORS ADMISSION ADMISSION AND FINANCIAL AID

and Environmental Sciences and School of Educa- It is the responsibility of the applicant to arrange to have c) Original or certified copies of all academl( Applicants To English as a Second all supporting credentials on file with the Office of Admis- tion award 60 semester hours of credit to accepted records of secondary and any post-seconclar^ 'Language Program transfer applicants who have an Associate Degree in sions and Financial Aid Office prior to the deadline dates study Credentials should be submitted in th^ The same application procedures detailed above Arts from a regionally accredited two-year native language and with certified English EARLY ADMISSIONMONORS May also be used by international students in- translation, institution terested in applying only for English language study Students transferring from a regionally accredited ADMISSION d) One letter of recommendation, and in the Duquesne University English as a Second institution must present acaderruc records which Although the University believes that most students e) Application fee in the amount specified on the Language Program (ESLP) show an overall average of C (2 0 on a 4 0 quality profit from four years in the secondary school, the application form is open to qualified international stu- The ESLP point system) Early Adnussion/Honors AcIrrussion plan is open to Duquesne University is authorized under federal dents interested in studying only English on either Persons seeking admission to the University as outstanding students This is a plan whereby law to enroll non-immigrant alien students How- of com- a short- or long-term, non-degree, certificate transfer students from a state approved college unusually able and mature candidates who have ever, no immigration documents can be issued until pletion basis A fuller description of the English as which does not have regional accreditation must completed less than four years of a secondary school all application materials, including financial resource a Second Language Program is found on page 42 have attained a cumulative average of 3 0 based on program may apply for consideration to begin col- certification, have been received In order to com- quality point system In addition, such pro- lege after their junior year The a 4 0 high school diploma plete on-campus arrival orientation, language pro- Additional Information on International spective students must take the College Entrance Ex- is awarded following successful completion of their ficiency testing, and registration, accepted inter- Student Applications amination Board tests and attain the appropriate freshman year in college An interview is required national students should plan to arrive approxi- please direct all inquiries and requests for additional scores Further details may be obtained by telephoning or mately one week before semester classes begin All information and application materials to An interview is highly recommended for all transfer writing to the Admissions Office international students are required to have major Associate Director students and will be required of those students whom the medical coverage Office of International Education Admissions Office notifies personally APPLICATION—OTHER CATEGORIES Duquesne University It is the responsibility of persons who apply for evening English Language Proficiency Requirements Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15282-1606 TEMPORARY TRANSFERS study, or as international students, readmission students, USA Temporary Transfers are students who are enroll- transfers, or for the Summer Session to arrange to have nghsh is the language of instruction at Duquesne Telephone 412-396-6113 FAX 412-396-5178 ed in another college or university but who desire all supporting credentials on file with the Office of Admis- University and demonstrated language proficiency to enroll at Duquesne for one semester sions and the Financial Aid Office before deadline dates is required of all international applicants POST-GRADUATES No Temporary Transfer Student will be granted Since Duquesne University maintains an on- Post-graduates are students who already have a admission without formal application and an offi- ADMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE campus Intensive and Semi-intensive English as a Bachelor's degree, and desire to take undergradu- cial transcript or permission from an official at the INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Second Language Program (ESLP), qualified under- ate courses at Duquesne, but are not interested in University at which the student is enrolled A Tem- graduate applicants may be accepted to academic Application Criteria pursuing another undergraduate degree porary Transfer Student must re-apply if he/she degree programs conditionally upon completion of Duquesne University welcomes applications from A Post-graduate student must submit a Post- should desire to take a course or courses at English language requirements at Duquesne qualified international students interested in entry graduate application to the Division of Continuing University Duquesne University beyond one semester as either freshmen or transfer applicants Education if the Bachelor's degree was received from No Temporary Transfer shall be permitted to reg- All accepted international students whose native Eligibility criteria for application as a first-year an institution other than Duquesne Proof of degree ister for more than two semesters without making language is other than English are administered freshman student include is required either by an official transcript or a cer- arrangements to become a permanent transfer English Language Placement Tests upon arriva a) graduation from a secondary school recognized tificate of graduation Students who submit scores on the Test of English as an acceptable equivalent to a U S high school, SUMMER SESSION and as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) which are current RE-ADMISSION to within one year and greater than DUQUESNE STUDENTS b) a demonstrated record of acceptable academic 600 may be par- Any student who withdraws from the University success tially waived from English Language Placement must apply for readmission through the Office of Any Duquesne University undergraduate student Tests If Eligibility criteria for application as a transfer stu- additional assistance with English language Admissions regardless of the time interval involved who was granted continuance at the close of the dent include the above criteria for freshmen-level proficiency development is indicated, the student since withdrawal A student who is dismissed for preceding Spring Semester is authorized to regis- applicants plus successful completion of some post- is referred for appropriate ESL coursework on either academic reasons must appeal to the Committee on ter in the Summer Session Students who were dis- secondary study at a recognized institution of higher an intensive or semi-intensive basis Student Standing of the school to which applica- missed by their school at the close of the preceding education either in the applicant's home country or Up to six units of academic credit, applicable tion of admission or readmission is being made, Spring Semester for academic reasons may regis- in another country, including the U S A Duquesne towards elective credit requirements, may be once the application has been submitted to the ter for summer classes by permission of the Com- awarded for University processes requests for transfer credit ESL coursework successfully completed Admissions Office mittee on Student Standing of their school All evaluation according to guidelines established by the by eligible international students accepted into students must have their course selections approved academic unit to which an application is subnutted academic degree programs at Duquesne University TRANSFERS by their academic advisor NOTE Undergraduate applicants who have com- A student who wishes to transfer from another col- Graduates and other former students, including Application Procedures pleted one year or more of successful postsecondary any who withdrew from the University, must obtain in lege or university must have the complete transcripts Interested applicants should submit the following study the United States or who submit acceptable of high school and college records forwarded to the re-admittance before they may register for summer items scores (current to within one year) on the Test of Office of Admissions and must submit an applica- classes a) Duquesne University Undergraduate English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) may qualify tion for admission When accepted, the kudent International Application Form, for conditional waiver directly into full-time must supply to the dean of his school a description STUDENTS FROM OTHER b) Completed Duquesne University Affidavit of the courses which appear on the transcript The academic coursework Therefore, while TOEFL INSTITUTIONS of Support Form along with required scores are not required in order to receive an student should contact the Advisement Office of his A student of another college or university who accompanying financial resource undergraduate adirussions decision, submission of school for placement and curriculum planning wishes to enroll for the summer session, and who certifications, TOEFL scores is strongly recommended The following a reasonable period for evaluation of (NOTE intends thereafter to return to the original institu- Limited scholarships are available Duquesne University TOEFL Institution Code is transcript is eligible to continue there may be admit- to undergraduate international students) 2196 The College of Liberal Arts, the School of Natural tion and

10 ADMISSION ADr,4ISSION AND FINANCIAL AID 11

ted to the Summer Session A tear-out admissions I B Higher Level scores of 5, 6 or 7 will be accepted Ljniversity Core and is intended for students who PRINCIPLES OF AID application and registration form for the summer to a maximum of 30 semester hours I B Subsidiary want the challenge of an accelerated learning expen- FINANCIAL NEED study is provided in the announcement of summer level scores of 6 or 7 will be accepted in foreig, ence The IHP is open to qualified students from The major criterion of many aid programs is the stu- offerings, which may be obtained from the Summer languages to a maximum of six semester hours per the College as well as from the professional schools School Office at nud-March These students are con- dent's need for funds In general, parents and the language No credit will be given for other sub student are expected to pay the expenses of edu- sidered to be Temporary Transfer Students sichary level courses 1Hp Ratures cation However, to the extent they cannot reason- ,; Faculty who are dedicated to good teaching, ably be expected to meet this expense, there is a Advanced Placement The Early Admission Honors Program o are well-known scholars in their fields, and demonstrated financial need or eligibility for aid Outstanding students who desire a true academic Students who have followed the College Entrance who possess a breadth of interest beyond their mdi- Methods of determining need may vary slightly challenge may begin their university studies prior Examination Board college level program in secon vidual specialties The believe learning is a life-long among aid sources, but all have the common ob)ec- to high school graduation The high school diploma dary schools and have performed satisfactorily irl adventure tive of identifying the difference between educa- is awarded following successful completion of the the advanced placement examinations are eligible - A set of courses that focus on our essential tional costs and the individual family's ability to con- freshman year at Duquesne for advanced placement Duquesne University human heritage and on the major ideas and issues tribute to these costs The costs considered include Applicants for the Early Admission Honor Pro- grants credit, as well as placement, for achievement forming the background and direction of modern tuition, fees, room and board or an allowance for gram must be in the top ten percent of their class that merits such consideration Subjects included life maintenance at home, travel or commuting with a grade point average of 3 5 or above A in the program are English composition, history , Small classes to allow for close interaction expenses, books, and necessary personal expendi- minimum 1100 SAT score or 26 ACT score is (American and European), history of art, modern between students and teachers and to encourage tures Need analysis presumes the family's ability necessary for admission An essay and one inter- foreign languages (French, German, Spanish), individual imhative as well as collaborative learning to contribute to these costs will approximate that of view is also required Written approval from the Latin, mathematics AB, mathematics BC, physics B families of sinular size and financial strength, with applicant's high school principal must be provided and C, chemistry biology and computer science . Special housing in a Duquesne University consideration given for individual circumstances It Applicants under the age of 18 requesting residence Applicants who hope to receive advanced place- Living-Learning Center to provide an environment is extremely important that all financial information on campus must have parental perrmssion Students ment credits must request that scores be sent to the conducive to intellectual dialogue and intensive reported by the family be complete, accurate, and entering the Early Admission Honors Program will university Credit will be given on a minimum study updated for any major changes Such information be given priority consideration for the Integrated advanced placement score determined yearly by the is considered and treated confidentially by aid Honors Program College of Liberal Arts IHP Curriculum administrators The Integrated Honors Program consists of six foun- Advanced Credit Honors Initiative College Level Examination Program (CLEP) dation courses (18 credits) in the humanities and AWARD CONDITIONS social sciences and six additional courses (18-20 High School juniors and Seniors who wish to take A student may acquire credits by achieving a credits) chosen from prescribed areas in the liberal All financial aid awards are subject to terms and con- university courses may do so at Duquesne if they satisfactory score on one or more of the College ditions set forth in applications and award notifi- T arts and sciences fill the requirements set forth by the Duquesne ,evel Exanunations — Subject and General Any of The IHP substitutes for the University Core Cur- cations It is important that the student carefully read University Office of Admissions these examinations may be taken at Duquesne's riculum IHP students in the College of Liberal Arts all information provided by aid sources and prompt- Students must have no lower than a 30 grade Counseling and Testing Center or at any CLEP and School of Natural and Environmental Sciences ly notify them of changes pertinent to their applica- point average A letter of recommendation from a Center Additional information regarding test dates, who complete the 36-credit IHP curriculum are tions or awards high school counselor must accompany their applications and sample test questions is available exempt from other arts and sciences area require- application from the Counseling and Testing Center, 308 ments except for the foreign language proficiency STUDENT SELF-HELP Students enrolled in the program receive univer- Administration Building, phone (412) 396-6204 As the primary beneficiary of higher education, the sity credit for courses taken Courses will be offered Students should double check with the College student is expected to accept at least partial finan- at reduced tuition rate Office or the Counseling and Testing Center to cial responsibility for the cost Two types of self-help Students who maintain 30 grade point average ensure that they are eligible to receive credit for the programs of aid are available loans and work Stu- while at Duquesne will be given guaranteed adims- particular exam(s) they plan to take (students must Financial Aid dent loans provide rates, terms, and conditions sion into full time studies at the university when wait six months to retake a test) The policy is sub- Duquesne University subscribes to the philosophy superior to those offered by commercial lenders, and application is made Due to limited enrollment in ject to change offer the student the opportunity to help select programs, students must consult with a that "no student should be denied the education of his/her choice for lack of sufficient financial himself/herself by accepting future repayment Duquesne University student advisor upon accep- Integrated Honors Program responsibility Student employment programs pro- tance into the Advanced Credit Honors Initiative resources" The Office of Student Financial Aid has For the highly-qualified, motivated and committed been established to help students locate the finan- vide the opportunity to help earn a portion of the The advisor will assist students with academic student who is searching for challenge and enrich- educational costs planning cial support they require Students and parents ment in a college education, Duquesne University should not be overwhelmed by the variety and Further information and tuition rates can be offers the Integrated Honors Program (IHP) apparent complexities of modern student financial GIFT ASSISTANCE obtained from the Duquesne University Office of Established in 1984 with the help of a grant from Non-repayable scholarships or grants are available Admissions the National Endowment for the Humanities, the aid Rather, a patient thorough examination of aid opportunities should be undertaken to locate the in accordance with one or a combination of the fol- IHP provides acaderrucally gifted students with a most advantageous forms of assistance available to lowing criteria 1) Financial Need, 2) Superior Academic The International Baccalaureate (I.B ) depth and breadth of experience appropriate to their Potential or Achievement, and 3) Special Ability, which exceptional abilities the individual student Most of the prominent universities in the United reflects proficiency in a specialized field or activity, States have developed policies for the International About the Integrated Honors Program such as music, athletics, etc Baccalaureate Duquesne University awards up to All students entering Duquesne University must 30 academic credits to a student completing the take a number of basic courses in the liberal arts and MEETING STUDENT NEED diploma with a score of 30 or above and honor sciences These courses constitute the University The Financial Aid Office attempts to provide aid scores in three higher end subjects Core Curriculum The IHP is the honors track of the equal to need for all student applicants Normally,

12 FINANCIAL AID ADr,4ISSION AND FINANCIAL AID 13

this requires an "aid package" consisting of funds making acceptable progress toward a degree Reci- 4 A reply to this application, if filed by deadline Average of 2 75 and above Renewal amounts may from multiple aid sources ar^d programs Those pro- dates, should be anticipated as follows Freshmen ,,ry relative to the level of need pients are selected in accordance with guidelines grams which are under the direct control of the Aid and new transfers between nud-February and late published by the Federal government Loan repay- Founders Awards Available to renewal applicants Office are not usually sufficient to meet full need March (providing student has been accepted for ment does not begin until nine months after the bor- cumulative Quality or provide an aid package of the most beneficial admission) Upperclassmen Replies should be only Must have minimum 3 00 rower terminates at least half-time study in nurs- composition It is expected that students who apply anticipated in June or July point Average ing, and is scheduled over a 10-year period at an for assistance to the University will also apply to 5 Applications must be filed annually president's Scholarships Available to renewal appli- interest rate of five percent a year federal, state, and other available sources cants only Renewable based on continued finan- Health Professions Loans Health Profession Student PROGRAMS cial need and a minimum cumulative Quality Point Loans are available to full-time dependent PROGRAM FUNDING The following programs for which the foregoing Average of 3 00 undergraduate students in the B S in Pharmacy pro- All programs of financial aid are subject to limita- application procedures apply, are administered Available to renewal gram who demonstrate financial need and are mak- tions of available funds Therefore, in addition to Spiritan Grant-In-Aid Program directly by the Financial Aid Office All awards are applicants only Renewable based on continued ing acceptable progress toward a degree Recipients the eligibility requirements of a particular program, are selected in accordance with guidelines published based on available funds financial need and a minimum cumulative Quality assistance depends upon the level of funding in the by the Federal government Loan repayment does Chancellor's Awards point Average of 2 75 program First consideration always goes to appli- The University awards scholar- not begin until one year after the student ceases to ships annually to exceptional high school seniors cants who apply within deadline dates and who ScholarsIROTC Awards Merit based awards are given pursue a full-time course of study in pharmacy, and These awards are not based on a demonstrated need provide complete and accurate information All pro- to high school seniors who are also recipients of is scheduled over a 10-year period at an interest rate and are renewable yearly provided the student grams are subject to change, elimunation, or replace- 4-year ROTC Scholarships and who will reside in of five percent a year ment Changes in government programs are routine, maintains a minimum cumulative Quality Point campus dormitories These awards are not need Loan fund established through the since these require periodic legislative review Average of 3 50 based and may be renewed yearly provided the stu- Alcoa Loan Fund Alcoa Foundation Awarded to full-time students Strub Merit Award The Uruversity awards scholar- dent continues to be an ROTC Scholarship recipient, who demonstrate financial need Repayment begins CURRENT INFORMATION ships annually to outstanding high school seniors resides in campus dormitory and maintains a mini- six months after tern-unation of enrollment, with a These awards are not need based and may be mum cumulati,,e Quality Point Average of 300 Because programs of aid and conditions of eligibility five year repayment period Interest rate is nine do change from time to time, the student should renewed each year provided the student maintains A discount on Catholic High School Graduates 10% percent attempt to keep abreast of new developments The a minimum cumulative Quality Point Average of 3 00 basic tuition for a maximum 30 credits per year is Loan fund established through the high school guidance office, the University Finan- Presidential Merit Awards The University awards extended to graduates of Roman Catholic High Gulf Loan Fund Oil Corporation Awarded to full-time students cial Aid Office, and the office of education in the scholarships annually to outstanding high school Schools in the Diocese of Pittsburgh who enroll as Gulf student's home state are excellent sources of infor- seniors These awards are not need based and may full-time students in the,fall semester immediately who demonstrate financial need Repayment begins mation Students should avoid the error of dis- be renewed each year provided the student main- following their high school graduation Available six months after termination of enrollment, with a five year repayment period Interest rate is four per- qualifying themselves for specific forms of aid tains a minimum cumulative Quality Point Average only to students receiving no other University because of hearsay or dated information A decision of 3 00 funded awards, including but not limited to scholar- cent Funds are normally awarded to students in not to apply to particular aid source should be made ships, grants, tuition rerrussion and other discounts their final year who have exhausted other loan Spintan Merit Awards Available to nunonty students only upon the advice of an aid officer Renewal requires continuous full-time enrollment eligibility who are incoming freshmen These awards are not during the acadenuc years following initial enroll- need based and may be renewed each year provided Kerschgens Loan Fund Loan fund established through UNIVERSITY AID ment, and no other University awards the student maintains a minimum cumulative the Johanna W Kerschgens Estate to be awarded to APPLICATION PROCEDURE Quality Point Average of 2 75 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants Federal residents of Allegheny County who demonstrate grant assistance is available to full- or half-time financial need Repayment begins six months after 1 Applicants must be currently enrolled in the Liz & John E Murray, Ir Scholarship Effective for the undergraduate students with exceptional financial termination of enrollment, with a five year repay- University or be in the process of applying for fall of '93 Dr & Mrs Murray will fund a scholar- need who are also Pell Grant recipients It should ment period Interest rate is five percent admission Incoming students should not wait for ship available to incoming freshmen The scholar- be noted that due to limited funding, these grants official acceptance to the University before apply- ship will cover 30 credits of tuition and University Power Loan Loan fund established through the ing for financial assistance fee, as well as an allowance for books Scholarship are normally awarded only to full-time students Stanley K Power Trust of the Pittsburgh Founda- Recipients are selected in accordance with guide- 2 Obtain the formal application for financial as- also includes room and board or summer employ- tion Awarded to needy full-time students who are the Federal Government sistance (Freshmen and transfer students may ment to cover room and board lines published by residents of Allegheny County Repayment of four- obtain the form through Adirussions Office publica- This scholarship will be awarded to an incoming Perkins Loan Fund Perkins Loans are available to both fifths of amount borrowed within ten years of tions or through the Financial Aid Office Currently freshman with high academic credentials as well as full-time and half-time students who demonstrate graduation or termination of studies at 0% interest enrolled students may obtain the form only through need The scholarship can be renewed each year financial need and are making acceptable progress Studenr Employment Two programs of employment the Financial Aid Office) Complete this application provided the student attains a minimum of 3 5 toward a degree It should be noted that due to are available to financial aid applicants who demon- and submit it to the Financial Aid Office, Duquesne cumulative Grade Point Average and continues to limited funding, these loans are normally awarded strate need The first is the Federal Work-Study Pro- University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15282 PRIOR demonstrate exceptional financial need only to full-time students Recipients are selected gram which is financed principally by Federal appro- to these deadline dates For the Fall Semester or the by the Parish Grant-In-Aid Program Available to incoming in accordance with guidelines published priations and awarded as aid in accordance with academic year, no later than May 1, for the Spring freshmen from the parishes in the Roman Catholic Federal Government Loan repayment does not guidelines published by the Federal government Semester, no later than December 1 Late applicants Diocese of Pittsburgh Students are recommended begin until nine months after the borrower ter- The second program is referred to as the General will be considered on the basis of available funds by their pastor to the Universit/,s Admissions Office minates at least half-time study, and is scheduled Program which is funded by the University In addi- 3 Obtain from the high school guidance office or Awards are based on academic achievement and over a 10-year period at an interest rate of five per- tion to considerations of financial need, placement the Financial Aid Office a Financial Need Document demonstrated need They are renewable yearly cent a year in a part-time position depends upon the student's Complete and submit it according to instructions based on continued acadernic achievement and con- Federal Nursing Loans These loans are available to qualifications for performing successfully in the job Statements take four to eight weeks to process and tinued need Continued academic achievement is full-time dependent undergraduate nursing Student employment is limited to maximum of fif- therefore should be submitted as early as possible normally reflected by a cumulative Quality Point students who demonstrate financial need and are teen working hours a week when classes are in ses-

14 FINANCIAL AID ,^,DN41SSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID 15

sion Students working under either program may Additional Federal Unsubsulized Stafford Loans (replaces SCHOOL OF BUSINESS in the field of creative writing Interested students not retain outside jobs during academic periods Federal SLS Loans) *** Independent students only should contact the chairperson of the English ADMINISTRATION Clearance is determined based on financial guide- Application requirements — Duquesne Aid Apphca- [)epartment prior to January 15 Accounting Scholarships Twenty $1,000 scholarships lines Placement in available positions is handled tion, EAFSA and Common Loan application are awarded annually to students whose major area Andrew Kowra Memorial Scholarship This award was by the Office of Human Resource Management (obtained through a bank or lending institution) of concentration is accounting Ten are awarded to established to honor, in perpetuity, the memory of Interest must be paid while in school, but all other juniors and ten to seniors The scholarships result Andrew Kozora Full-time third or fourth year Stu- terms and conditions are the same as the subsidized by the "Big Six" OTHER SOURCES OF AID dents enrolled at Duquesne University and having from an endowment funded Federal Stafford Loan Under this portion of Unsub- accounting firms as well as local accounting firms PELL GRANT PROGRAM declared a major field of study to be either Physics sidized Loan, loan limits vary with academic level Applications are available from the Accounting or Mathematics, are eligible for such scholarship Direct grant assistance through the Federal govern- $4,000 for first and second academic grade levels , faculty Completed applications must be received by The primary considerations will be financial need ment is available to undergraduates based on an $5 ' 000 for third and fourth academic grade levels of each academic year Recipients are with academic achievement secondary Recipients October 1 eligibility determination reviewed and adjusted each (also 5th year for Pharmacy students) selected by the School on the basis of demonstrated are selected by the University's Director of Finan- year by Congress All undergraduates are advised need, academic achievement, and contributions to ***Yiou may apply for both loan programs utilizing cial Aid upon nominations by the Chairperson of to apply for this form of aid Students receiving aid the University and the community through the University are required to apply for a a Common Loan application which may be obtained the physics or Mathematics Departments after they Pell Grant Necessary forms may be obtained through a bank or lending institution have previously consulted with the Deans of the Glen Beeson Memorial Scholarship A scholarship in through the Financial Aid Office or the High School Federal PLUS Loans Loans are available to parents College of Liberal Arts and the School of Natural memory of the late Dean, Glen Beeson, is awarded Guidance Office of dependent undergraduate students To apply one and Environmental Sciences annually to a qualified sophomore, junior, or senior must obtain a Loan application through a bank or enrolled in the A J Palumbo School of Business The Rev Joseph A Lauritis, C S Sp, Communication lending institution Interest capped at 10% Loan Administration who maintains a QPA of 3 5 or bet- STATE GRANT ASSISTANCE Scholarship This is an annual scholarship in tribute maximum = Cost minus financial aid (actual and ter This award is made on the basis of demonstrated to the Rev Joseph A Lauritis, C S Sp , founder of General Depending upon the student's legal state estimated) need, outstanding academic achievement, univer- of residence, direct grant assistance from the state the former Department of journalism and the sity and community contributions, employment, Health Education Assistance (HEAL) Available only WDUQ-FM It is available may be available for study at Duquesne University University's radio station, and a personal essay Students in all areas of con- to fourth and fifth year Pharmacy students to a freshman entering Duquesne University who Non-Pennsylvania residents should contact their high centration are eligible Completed applications must Duquesne Aid Application and FAFSA are required, is planning to major in Communication The award school guidance counselor or state Department of be received in the Dean's office by October 1 of each along with HEAL application HEAL applications is administered by the Lauritis Scholarship Com- Education to determine if grants are available, and academic year are available through the Financial Aid Office mittee of Communication faculty and friends to determine application procedures MIS An Interest rate is variable based on U S Treasury Bills Deadline for application is April 1 This award is Consohdat,on Coal Company Scholarship for annual grant of $1,500 is awarded to a student in the Pennsylvania residents should obtain the application auctioned during the preceding quarter plus 3% not renewable from high school guidance offices, the University Maximum loan amount per year is difference School of Business AcInumstration majoring in Man- Financial Aid Office, or the Pennsylvania Higher between demonstrated financial need and financial Edward T Leech Scholarship This annual scholarship agement Information Systems (MIS) Recipients must Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA) At current aid (actual or estimated), not to exceed $12,500 was established in 1971 by the Scripps-Howard have attained a QPA of 3 0 or better and completed levels, grants ranging from $200 to $2500 a year are Foundation for communication junior/senior all requirements for senior-standing by the Fall of the available to full-time undergraduate students, bas- OTHER POSSIBILITIES students who demonstrate outstanding academic year in which the grant is awarded Final determina- prormse, concurrent financial need, and are prepar- tion will be made by faculty recommendations ed on considerations of financial need Filing In addition to mass programs of aid previously ing for a career in the newspaper or broadcasting deadline is normally May 1 described, financial assistance may be obtained from Duquesne African-American Accounting Scholars Pro- fields It is admirustered by the faculty of the Depart- a wide variety of sources Since application proce- gram The scholars program is open to all African- ment of Communication LOANS dures and requirements differ greatly, it is not pos- American accounting majors in the A J Palumbo sible to provide specific information In general the School of Business Administration who maintain a Federal Stafford Loans — This program provides long- Colecchia Scholarship Award The award honors in student seeking potential sources of aid may inquire QPA of 3 0 or better overall and in their major of ac- term, low interest student loans available through perpetuity, the memory of Albert and Ambrosina of 1) high school guidance counselors, 2) parents' counting Financial awards are based on merit and the cooperative efforts of federal and state govern- Colecchia The Scholaiship award is available to employers or labor unions, 3) fraternal, social, relig- designed to supplement students' tuition expenses ment and participating private lending institutions juniors and seniors in the undergraduate College ious or professional organizations, 4) major organi- The program is divided into three main com- These loans are available to students enrolled in an of Liberal Arts and the School of Natural and zations utilizing the skills of the field for which the ponents outreach activities, financial assistance and institution of higher education on at least a half-time Environmental Sciences majoring in any of the student is preparing, and 5) specific departments academic support Initial funding for this scholar basis To apply a Common Loan application must following disciplines Modem Language, Literature, within the University program was provided by Arthur Andersen and be obtained through a bank or lending institution Classics, Philosophy, English, Math, Chemistry, All Company Foundation Applications and informa- Interest capped at 9% Loan limits vary with Computer Science, Physics, or Biology recipients tion are available from the Chairman of the Accoun- academic level AID FROM DEPARTMENTS AND must be full-time students of proven scholastic achievement, be of good moral character, and ting and Finance Division $2,625 for first academic grade level, SCHOOLS demonstrate a potential for leadership The scholar- $3,500 for second academic grade level, SCHOOL OF EDUCATION COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ship is awarded annually $5,500 for third and fourth academic grade level The Carroll Creative Writing Award The award, Lawrence Roche Memorial Scholarship The award will (also 5th year for Pharmacy students ) funded by the Maytag family, honors the memory Chivers Scholarship Award The award honors Frances be made to a student who, as a junior in the School In the event the student does not demonstrate of Bishops Coleman F and Howard J Carroll and Jahrling Chivers and is available to junior or Senior of Education, has in the judgment of the Awards the need for all or part of the loan limits above, Unsub- Monsignor Walter T Carroll The scholarship con- English majors Recommendations are made by Committee, demonstrated those qualities of scholar- sidized Stafford Loans are available Interest must be sists of the total annual income from a restricted Chair of the English Department Selection by ship, character, and professionalism that merit paid while in school, but all other terms and con- growth endowment fund and is awarded to an representatives of Chivers family and Financial Aid special recognition The awardee must have a miru- ditions are the same as the subsidized Federal Staf- undergraduate student enrolled at Duquesne Office mum Quality Point Average of 30 at the time of ford Loan University who will be selected on the basis of ment application The student must be officially registered 16 FINANCIAL AID ADMISSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID 17

as a senior in the School of Education of the Univer- Fund, Alfred dAuberge Award, Paul Sladek Memorial SCHOOL OF PHARMACY Fred Schiller Loan Fund This loan fund was founded Mr Fred Schiller, Pittsburgh pharmacist, in sity at the time of receiving the award Applications Fund, Marie and Richard H Barry Scholarship Fund, Unless stated otherwise, apply through the School by must be submitted to the Deans office no later than Ronald LaVelle Memorial Scholarship and Paul B memory of the late Emanuel Spector, for worthy and of Pharmacy for the following awards March 1 Reinhold Endowment qualified students in the School of Pharmacy The Women of Galen The Women's Auxiliary of the Galen revolving fund makes available tuition loans of vary- Mar]orie Eyles Sullivan Scholarship The award will in pharmaceutical Society of Pittsburgh annually pro- ing amounts depending on the applicant's need and be made to a junior student the School of Educa- SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND vides scholarship funds to be awarded to deserv- general ability tion who shows exceptional promise as a teacher ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES ,ng pharmacy students in their last years of attend- in special education Preference is given to students John Clothier Sims Memorial Fund This revolving Andrew Kozora Memorial Scholarship This award was arice in the School of Pharmacy who are in special education, or elementary and fund, established in 1954, was made possible established to honor, in perpetuity, the memory of Aid special education Qualified students are identified Beaver County Pharmaceutical Association Grant and through the generosity of the friends of the late Mr Andrew Kozora Full-time third or fourth year stu^ through faculty nomination Fund This revolving loan fund provides financial Sims, executive of Sun Drug (now Brooks) Com- dents enrolled at Duquesne University and having assistance to two students in the School of Pharmacy pany, Pittsburgh Partial tuition loans are made declared a major field of study to be either Physics who are residents of Beaver County, Pennsylvania available to students under the conditions that apply SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES or Mathematics, are eligible for such scholarship Samuel W Curtis Loan Fund This fund is intended to the Fred Schiller Loan Fund Allegheny General Hospital has provided scholarships The primary considerations will be financial need to provide financial assistance for students in the Pittsburgh Graduate Chapter of Kappa Psi Pharmaceu- for students who are in the professional phase of with academic achievement secondary Recipients School of Pharmacy tical Fraternity Maintains a revolving loan fund for their curriculums These scholarships are com- are selected by the University's Director of Finan- members of the undergraduate chapters Details are petitive, for a specified amount of money, and if cial Aid upon nominations by the Chairperson of Chilson Loan Fund A revolving loan fund established available from the School of Pharmacy awarded carry a comirutment on the part of the stu- the Physics or Mathematics Departments after they in 1946 through the generosity of Francis P Chilson dent to work at Allegheny General Hospital for a have previously consulted with the Deans of the and expanded by the contributions of Pharmacy Rite Aid Scholarship Scholarships from the Rite Aid specified period of time Information about apphca- College of Liberal Arts and the School of Natural alumni, provides financial assistance to worthy Corporation available to students entering the final tion procedures, level of funding, and employment and Environmental Sciencs students in the School of Pharmacy year of the pharmacy program Selection is based obligations can be obtained by calling the Rangos P Laughlin Scholarship In honor of Joel P on financial need, demonstration of normal pro- Colecchia Scholarship Award The award honors in Jo School of Health Sciences, 396-6652 Many other perpetuity the memory of Albert and Ambrosma Laughlin, a fraterruty brother whose life ended early gress, and good standmg in the pharmacy program hospitals within southwestern Pennsylvania also Colecchia The Scholarship award is available to in his professional program The Graduate Chapter Tau Alumni Chapter of Lambda Kappa Sigma This pro- provide scholarship programs Specific information juniors and seniors in the undergraduate College of Phi Delta Chi annually awards three $200 scholar- fessional Pharmacy fraternity for women has estab- can be obtained from the Departments directly of Liberal Arts and the School of Natural and Envi- ships to one fraternity brother in each of the three lished financial awards for members in their last ronmental Sciencs majoring in any of the following professional years The recipients must have demon- three years of the pharmacy program Awards are SCHOOL OF MUSIC disciplines Modern Language, Literature, Classics, strated academic achievement and active participa- based on financial need and participation in the Philosophy, English, Math, Chemistry, Computer tion in the functions of the Fraternity organization Women's Advisory Board Scholarships This fund pro- Science, Physics, or Biology All vides a scholarship each year to outstanding per- recipients must be Manzione Family Scholarship An endowed scholar- Dr B Olive Cole Graduate Educational Grant A $300 full-time students of proven scholastic achievement, formers This scholarship is awarded on the basis ship established in 1994 An award is made annually grant is offered by Lambda Kappa Sigma to finan- be of good moral character, and demonstrate a of recommendation of the Music School faculty to a pharmacy student(s) in the professional phase cially assist an alumnae member who is enrolled in potential for leadership The Scholarship is awarded of the pharmacy program The scholarship recipi- a program of graduate study and research in the Polish Arts League Scholarship This award is made annually ent(s) will be chosen based on academic perform- pharmaceutical sciences Applications must be annually by the Polish Arts League of Pittsburgh to Andrew J Glaid, III Scholarship Award The scholar- ance and financial need the chairman of the grant committee by an outstanding performer in the School of Music received by ship is awarded annually in memory of Dr Andrew Clinton Eddy Goodwin Memorial Scholarship This November 15 Applications are available in the Music School Scholarships These awards are made J Glaid, III by the Department of Chemistry and scholarship was established to honor the memory School of Pharmacy Office possible by donations from individuals and organi- Biochemistry Majors in Department are eligible, of Clinton Eddy Goodwin by making annual awards Burroughs Wellcome Loan Fund A revolving loan fund zations in appreciation of performances as well as financial need and academic achievement will be to deserving Pharmacy students Candidates must established by donations of Pharmacy alumni who leadership contributions by School of Music considered be a declared Pharmacy major, attained a minimum are awarded Burrows Wellcome Educational Grants students quality point average, and have an interest in and Interest-free loans are available to qualified Phar- Robert Minardi Memorial Scholarship Fund Awarded SCHOOL OF NURSING demonstrated support of the University's athletic macy students to needy undergraduate Music students, with program Apply through the School of Pharmacy Behan Scholarship The R J Behan Annual Nursing WONARD Scholarship The Women's Organization acaderruc considerations a secondary criterion Reci- Scholarship is a $500 scholarship awarded annually Mary McPartland Beck Scholarship Award Scholarslup of the National Association of Retail Druggists offers pients are selected by the School of Music, but must in to a nursing student who is good academic stand- funds are available from earnings on an endowed annual scholarships for pharmacy study in also file application through the Financial Aid Office ing The award is based on need, professional fund started by a bequest to the School of Pharmacy accredited colleges within the United States The Anne Patton and George Locher Award is awarded on involvement and future aspirations Students may in 1970 award amount is determined by the established an annual basis to an outstanding performer in the apply in the School of Nursing in early fall NARD Foundation Established by the National Asso- need and the academic standing of the applicant Music School Miller Scholarship A scholarship established in ciation of Retail Druggists This foundation provides Apply directly to WONARD by June 1 James Hunter Memorial Award was established in memory of Constance Miller, R N , M S N The loans to students of pharmacy in their last two years Donald Bell Memorial Scholarship Fund of Thrift Drug memory of one of the school's most distinguished fund provides a scholarship in varying amounts for payment of tuition, fees, and books Company Scholarships are awarded annually to faculty members The award is based upon musi- awarded annually to a needy and deserving R N Galen Pharmaceutical Society Loan Fund This revolv- deserving Pharmacy students who are entering the cal and scholarly excellence student who is in good academic standing ing fund was established in 1963 for the purpose third or fourth year in the B S in Pharmacy cur- Other Awards Recently Established Are Schreiber Scholarship The fund provides a scholar- of providing financial assistance to worthy students riculum Selection is based on a combination of The Presser Scholar Award, Loyal Christian Benefit ship in varying amounts awarded annually to a of pharmacy during times of urgent financial scholarship and need and a demonstrated interest Association Award, Henrietta Voyvodich Memorial junior or senior undergraduate nursing student who distress in community pharmacy practice Scholarship Fund, Matty and Ed Shiner Scholarship has excelled in clinical performance 18 FINANCIAL Alb ,,DN4,SSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID 19

Geraldine (Mma) Fuigmele Scholarship Fund A Phar-Mor, Inc Scholarship Fund A scholarship wIll Mosso, Sr Scholarship Fund An endowed performance, and need, and are residents of Alle- Joseph A memorial scholarship fund to honor Geraldine be awarded annually to a deserving Pharmacy stjj scholarship fund established by Joseph A Mosso, gheny County Emphasis will be on performance (Mula) Furgluele, P'50 The endowed fund will pro- dent entering the fourth or fifth year in the B S In p,54 Se ection of a Pharmacy III, IV or V student in selection of recipient Inquiries should be directed vide scholarships for needy and deserving female Pharmacy program Selection is based on a comb, firi.rici.recipient of an annual scholarship will be based on to the Office of Financial Aid students in the School of Pharmacy nation of scholarship and need and a demonstrated need and a demonstrated interest and DUSSO Scholarship Fund Annually the Duquesne Rosemarie Bevacqua Scholarship Fund An endowed interest on the part of the student in a career in reta^ Involvement in independent pharmacy practice University Student Scholarship Organization spon- pharmacy practice memorial scholarship fund to honor Rosemarie Gerard I Wolf Pharmacy Alumni Scholarship Fund The sors scholarships to help make it possible for deserv- Bevacqua, P'55, which will provide financial Don Bell Memorial Scholarship Fund An endowed fund was created by the Executive Board of the Phar- ing students to attend Duquesne Applicants must assistance to needy and deserving Pharmacy scholarship fund in memory of Don Bell, P'57, wa, macy Alumni Association of Duquesne Uruversity be enrolled on a full-time basis, show proven students established academic ability, be of good moral character, and by the Bell family in 1989 Contributions as a memorial to Jerry Wolf, P49, a founder, active School of Pharmacy Alumni Scholarship Fund Scholar- were made by the Thrift Drug Company, the member, and officer of the Pharmacy Alumni Asso- demonstrate financial need Application materials ships are made available to needy and acaderruc- National Asssociation of Chain Drug Stores, and hi, ciation and a long-time School of Pharmacy mstr-uc- may be obtained through the SGA office and must ally deserving Pharmacy students through the many friends in the pharmacy profession An tor The annual earnings of the endowed fund are be filed by April I annual award will be made to a pharmacy student generous support of the alumni of the School of designated for, and restricted to, equal distribution McCloskey Memorial Fund is awarded to students who in years three, four^ or five based on scholarship and Pharmacy Requests for financial assistance should among the children of Pharmacy alumni, who are have demonstrated scholastic ability, good character, need be directed to the School of Pharmacy Faculty attending Duquesne University, without respect to and volunteer service to the community Applica- Scholarship Committee, Office of the Dean Wal-Mart Pharmacy Scholarship Wal-Mart Stores, Inc, need or college/school of enrollment tions are to be made directly to the Office of the School of Pharmacy Class of 1959 Scholarship Fund A Pharmacy Operations, Bentonville, AR, provides a Edgar N Duncan Scholarship Fund An endowed Executive Vice President for Student Life Edgar Duncan, scholarship, established on the 25th anniversary of scholarship awarded annually to a fourth-year Phar scholarship fund established by N Vira I Heinz Travel Award This fund was established the graduation of the Class of 1959, to be awarded macy student Selection is based on high academic IY54 A scholarship will be given annually to a deser- to provide an educational and cultural opportunity annually to a deserving and needy final-year Phar- standing, a demonstrated financial need, and an ving student for promising young women students Recipients are macy student expressed interest in entering community pharmacy Kniart Pharmacy Scholarship Scholarship assistance selected on the basis of acadernic achievement and practice National Association of Chain Drug Stores Pharmacy awarded annually to a fourth-year (B S in Pharmacy) evidence of interest in intercultural or international Education Foundation Scholarship One scholarship Allen and Hanburys Pride in Pharinacy Scholarship An or fifth-year (six-year Pharm D) student The recipient relations Inquiries should be directed to the Office awarded annually to a Pharmacy student in the award, provided by the Allen and Hanburys Divi must have demonstrated an interest in community of the Executive Vice President for Student Life sion of Glaxo, Inc , is given annually to a fourth retail pharmacy and have worked or accepted a posi- fourth or fifth year of the B S in pharmacy curric- Nathan and Harry Daly Scholarship This is an annu- year Pharmacy student in good academic standing tion as a pharmacy intern at a Kmart pharmacy A ulum, who has expressed an interest in community al award that is to be made to "such deserving per- Involvement and leadership in pharmacy-related history of participation in extracurricular activities, pharmacy practice son or persons from Butler County, Pennsylvania student affairs and involvement in community ser including student pharmacy associations, social American Pharmaceutical Association Auxiliary Irene attending Duquesne University" Selection is made vices are the main criteria for selection of the groups, community service groups, and other public by a committee upon the recommendation of the Parks Loan Fund Loan funds available to Pharmacy recipient service interests, is required The recipient must have students in the final two years of the B S in Phar- University's Financial Aid Office Candidates are a cumulative QPA of 2 50 or better macy degree program Gene L Checcone Memorial Scholarship Fund An considered for academic achievement and financial endowed scholarship fund created by the will of CVSIPharmacy and Peoples Drug Scholarship Several need Interested students should apply through the Cora E Craven Educational Grants These grants are Gene L Checcone, P'52 An annual award will be scholarships will be awarded annually Recipients Financial Aid Office awarded annually to members in good standing of made to a Pharmacy III, IV or V student in good must provide evidence of an interest in pursuing Lambda Kappa Sigma, enrolled in B S in Pharmacy Elizabeth Elsie McDonough Scholarship This award academic standing and with demonstrated need careers in retail community practice, of good aca- or Pharm, D programs (The Mary Connolly Living- was established to assist needy students from Alle- dernic performance, and of need Special considera- ston Grant is awarded to a Pharm D Patrice Lynn Trainor Scholarship Fund An endowed gheny County to continue their educational student ) An tion will be given to deserving minority pharmacy applicant must rank in the upper half of her class scholarship fund established by Charles J Trainor, endeavors at Duquesne University Recipients are student applicants and present evidence of financial need Application P'51, and the Trainor family An annual award will selected by the University and awards are based on forms are available in the Office of the Dean be granted to a Pharmacy III, IV or V student in John S Rokisky Scholarship Fund The endowed fund both academic achievement and financial need good academic standing and demonstrating finan was established in 1992 by close friends of John S Interested students should apply through the Fman- Powers-Schering Scholarship An endowed scholarsl-up cial need Rokisky A scholarship will be awarded annually to cial Aid Office fund provided by John 0 Powers, Jr of Exton, PA a needy and worthy student(s) in the School of Richard and Marie Barry Scholarship Fund An Minnie Hyman Scholarship A gift from the Hyman from an award made to the School of Pharmacy in Pharmacy his name by the Schering Corporation A scholar- endowed scholarship fund created as a memorial Family Foundation Awards are based on academic ship award will be granted to a student entering the to Richard H Barry, P'39 Selection of recipients from criteria and need The amount of the awards varies final year of the B S in Pharmacy program Appli- the Pharmacy 111, IV or V classes will be based on GENERAL Recipients are selected by the Financial Aid Office in cants must have a mimmum 2 50 QPA the rofes- good academic standing and demonstrated finan Awards listed below are not restricted to specific and the Hyman Family Foundation Interested sional program and be in need of financial assiltanceP, cial need areas of study However not all are awarded by the students should apply through the Financial Aid Alfred I Pfanneschlag, Jr Memorial Scholarship Fund jock J Rosenberg Memorial Scholarship Fund An Financial Aid Office Therefore, note should be Off ice An endowed fiind was established by the family and endowed scholarship fund established by the taken regarding specific application requirements James H and Margaret Lavelle Ferry Memorial Scholar- friends of Alfred J Pfanneschlag, Jr, a 1982 School Rosenberg family in memory of Jock J Rosenberg, and source of application materials ship This award was established to honor, in per- of Pharmacy graduate An annual award will be pre- P'28, a member of the first graduating class of the The PittsburghICentennial Scholarship was created at petuity, the memory of James H and Margaret sented to a fourth-year pharmacy student, to be ap- Duquesne University School of Pharmacy An the close of Duquesne University's Centennial year Lavelle Ferry by awarding annually a prize to a plied toward tuition expenses in the fifth year of annual award will be made to a deserving second- (1978) in the spirit of the University's founding rrus- deserving student in their name Recipients are study Selection of a pharmacy student recipient will year Pharmacy student to assist with tuition Ron to provide ready access to higher education for selected by the University, with the primary con- be based on demonstrated financial need and ser- expenses all The scholarship will be provided to deserving sideration being financial need and academic vice to the Duquesne University campus commuruty students who have demonstrated high academic achievement as a secondary consideration Reci-

21 20 ADWSSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID FINANCIAL Alt

ClergylReligious Discount Members of University- plents must be enrolled as undergraduate students James L & Paul L McGrath Scholarship Eberhardt Memorial Fund Awards, to honor Melville Awarded t, recognized Christian and Jewish Religions, who Interested students should apply through the Finan- needy and deserving students Apply Alexander Eberhardt, based on academic achieve- through th, have been ordained or professed, may be eligible cial Aid Office Financial Aid Office financial need and activities Selection is outside committee upon recommendation to receive a discount of one-half basic tuition for Louis and Ida Amdursky and Benjamin Amdursky William I Hart Scholarship Awarded to needy st, mad, by Financial Aid Office Apply through the Finan- undergraduate or graduate studies Memorial Fund This fund was established to assist dents for books and personal expenses Award cm of Aid Office Catholic School Lay Teacher Discount Current full-turie Jewish students who are residents of Allegheny also be used for room and board Apply throug cial teachers in Catholic schools in Pittsburgh, County Recommendations are made by the Univer- the Financial Aid Office paclin Memorial Scholarship Fund Fund established Greensburg, or Altoona-Johnstown Dioceses or sity to the Trustees of the fund, and are on the basis honor Florence M Pacim Awards are based on Jerry Smith, II Memorial Scholarship Award Award to of merit and need Interested students should apply financial need Order of selection will be (1) mari- teachers from other dioceses, who have completed ed to needy students with average grade point ave, through the Financial Aid Office tal status single parent, child of single parent, mar- a minimum of two years teaching at an approved age Apply through the Financial Aid Office ried, other (2) Race American Indian, black, other cbocesan school, may be eligible to receive a discount J W Rande Memorial Scholarship Fund A fund in Spring Hill Foundation Awards for Wayne Coun), of one-half basic tuition for undergraduate or honor of J W and Ruth Lewis Rahcle in recogru- BettY V Beaman Endowed Scholarship Fund Award to Residents, with consideration given to children of graduate studies tion of their long-time affection for the City of Pitts- be given to an upper class (junior or senior) under- employees or residents of Sterling Township Men and women who are burgh Factors to be considered for selection include Q P A graduate student, based upon financial need and Senior Citizen Discount of 2 6 required for renewal Apply through the leadership qualities, good character, strong poten- a minimum Quality Point Average of 3 00 Interested 60 years of age or older may be eligible to receive Financial Aid Office tial for civic contributions (especially to the City of students should apply through the Financial Aid a discount of one-half basic tuition for Pittsburgh) and the ability to relate well with others Maria B Statler Trust Awarded to needy and desery office undergraduate or graduate studies ing students Apply through the Financial Aid Interested students should apply through the Fman- C Tassari Endowed Scholarship Fund Awards Office Patrick RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS cial Aid Office are to be given to needy and worthy Duquesne (ROTC) SCHOLARSHIPS Stella and Charles Guttman Scholarship Foundation Donald L Very Memorial Scholarship Awarded to University students Interested students should Awards are based on need with acaderruc considera- needy students who have demonstrated academic apply through the Financial Aid Office Army ROTC offers a number of four-year scholar- achievement Apply through the Financial Aid ships for qualified students through a national com- ations secondary Interested students should apply William I Kerschgens Endowed ScholarshiplTrust Fund Office petition These scholarships pay for most of the tui- through the Financial Aid Office 1(erschgens Scholarship Fund was established to tion, fees, required textbooks, and other purely John Joseph Mongillo Memorial Scholarship Fund Rev Joseph A Young Endowed Scholarship Fund assist needy students from Allegheny County Inter- academic expenses as well as providing a $100 per Awards are based on financial need The fund was Awarded to needy and worthy students Preference ested students should apply through the Financial month subsistence allowance Interested high school given to members of St Aloysius pansh, Pittsburgh Aid Office established through a gift to the University from by writing Army ROTC, Apply through the Financial Aid Office students may apply Marie Locher in memory of her brother, John Mon- Duquesne Umversity^ Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, gillo Interested students should apply through the UNIVERSITY DISCOUNTS Allan Reynolds Memorial Fund Awarded to needy and 15282 The application period begins in April of the Financial Aid Office deserving students Apply through the Financial Restrictions student's junior year and ends in December of the Century Club Scholarship Awarded to needy students Aid Office 1 University fees, laboratory costs, room and board, senior year Early application is recommended in their final undergraduate year QPA of 3 5 or Eberly Family Endowed Scholarship Fund established and other non-tuition related expenses will be charged For students already enrolled at Duquesne Umver- higher is required Apply through the Financial Aid by the Eberly Family Trust primarily to assist stu at full rate Discount is one-half basic tuition only sity, three-year and two-year scholarships are Office dents from Fayette County Secondary considera 2 Only one Duquesne degree or part thereof may available Students need not be participating in the Monsignor Michael I Conroy Endowed Scholarship tion to be given to residents of Greene, Washington be obtained utilizing the discount and no other form ROTC program to apply For additional information, Fund Awarded to needy, full-time undergraduate and Westmoreland Counties in Pennsylvania and of discount or remission may be received contact the Military Science Department at 396-6664 student who is a child of a member, or a member, then to West Virginia Based on superior acadeiruc simultaneously of Our Lady of Grace Parish Eligible students must achievement, good moral character and financial 3 Discount is not extended for studies in the Insti- apply through Our Lady of Grace Parish and the need Apply through the Financial Aid Office tute of Formative Spirituality, Law School, Master Financial Aid Office Merle E Gilhand Scholarship Fund established of Liberal Studies, doctoral degree programs, or any designated special programs with differential rates Hungarian Heritage Endowed Scholarship Fund through Pittsburgh National Bank to honor Merle Awarded to student in the College of Liberal Arts' E Gilliand Awards are based on financial need, School of Natural and Environmental Sciences or academic achievement and good character Reci the School of Music, based on need and academic pients are selected by a Financial Aid Office/PNB achievement Order of selection will be (1) Student Scholarship Committee from Hungary, (2) Student studying in Hungary, Theodore T Meyers Scholarship Scholarship estab (3) Student studying Hungarian, (4) Student of lished by the family of Theodore T Meyers to be Hungarian Heritage, and, (5) a needy and worthy awarded on the basis of need Preference is given student of any cultural derivation if there are no to children of parents who are members of the students who qualify under the first four categories Graphic Arts International Union - Local 24 Apply Apply through the Financial Aid Office through the Financial Aid Office Frank H Kirk Memorial Scholarship Endowment Fund Stinley Scholarship Fund established to honor Patrick Awarded to needy and deserving students Apply and Mary Stinley Award is to be made to needy through the Financial Aid Office students who are juniors or Seniors from the Spe- Mary H & Peter Loftus Scholarship Fund Awarded cial Studies Program Recipients are selected by a to needy and deserving students Apply through Financial Aid Office/Special Studies Scholarship the Financial Aid Office Committee 22 23 REGISTRATION AND SCHOLASTIC POLICI, ISTFATION AND SCHOLASTIC POLICIES IzEG

2 Authorization to continue in the pro, 'ach college or university accepts registration from copies of the form are to be delivered to the Regis- F Part III: selected has been given and registration for clas, the other institutions, however, first priority in trar's Office has been accomplished in compliance with all registration Is given to students of the host college, The Registrar of the host institution will notify all 1.7.03-gistration and all departments or schools in all institutions applicants whether or not the cross-registration has demic requirements and procedures and not been accepted Scholastic Policies 3 Arrangements have been made to the satis^ able to participate in this program tion of the University for payment in full of all fin, are of student cross-registration, the In each case REGISTRATION cial charges, including fees, tuition, and hou,, approval of the dean or designated individual from LATE the home college or university must be obtained charges, all of which are due and payable it, I With approval of the appropriate dean and upon h before the beginning of classes prior to registration payment of the penalty fee, Late Registration may REGISTRATION 'rhe student's advisor or dean is responsible for be permitted for a serious reason However, no stu- assuring the student's eligibility for the course in dent may be registered and begin attending classes Students who attend the Fall Semester, which OF CHANGE SCHEDULE which s1he intends to enroll later than the Latest Date for Registration and begins in late August, receive academic advisement Students requiring a change of class schedule,, Fun credit and grade will be transferred, the aca- Change of Schedule as announced in the Academic and register for classes during the preceding months change class times or to add or to drop a Class, ^ derruc regulations of the host institution will prevail Calendar (published in the Schedule of Classes of April, May, June, and July Spring Semester permitted to do so during the penods of Preregis4 The academic honesty code and other rules of booklet) students register during the Fall Semester in tion, Final Registration, and Late Registratio, conduct of the institution providing the instruction November Change of class schedule is not permitted after th apply with respect to its courses and behavior on RECORDS AND REPORTS Orientation programs for new students are con- Latest Date for Change of Schedule as announce Its canipus That institution also deternunes whether ducted by the schools in late spring and summer in SEMESTER GRADE REPORTS the Academic Calendar (published in the Sched^i its rules have or have not been violated The stu- in conjunction with academic advisement and of Classes Booklet) dent's own institution will impose such penalties Soon after the close of each semester, a grade report registration All is sent to the permanent address of every student schedule changes must be approved by th as It considers proper when violations are reported A comprehensive invoice that confirms the class acaderruc adviser and processed with the Registrz who is free of financial obligation to the University schedule of courses for which the student is regis- to it Schedule change requests processed with the Rep Cross registrants do not thereby acquire the stat- tered and lists fees, tuition, housing charges, trar during Late Registration must also have t4 us of students in the institutions in which they are TRANSCRIPTS deposits, financial aid awards, and balance due is signatures of the instructors whose classes are beA receiving instruction (e g , for purposes of partici- Each student who is free of financial obligations to mailed to the student at his or her permanent added or dropped pation in student activities, insurance programs, the University is sent a summary transcript of his address a month before classes begin, thus enabling Students who process change forms late are no etc ) They do receive library privileges at the host or her complete acaderruc record at the close of each the student or parent to make payment by mail entitled to refund for the course credits droppe^ ulshtution and may purchase course texts at the host academic year Students should carefully examine Final Registration for students who have neither Courses dropped after the deadline for makir, bookstore their records for accuracy and immediately report preregistered for classes nor concluded financial ar- schedule changes are classified as course with Each qualified student normally may enroll in no errors in writing to the Registrar rangements is held just before the opening of drawals (See 'Withdrawal from a Course, an( more than one course off campus in any one term To obtain additional copies of their academic classes 'Withdrawal from the Universo'mentioned elsewher or semester under this program records students must write to the Registrar for The financial obligation for class places reserved in this catalog ) Duquesne University students who are participat- transcripts for themselves or for mailing to the other by a registered student who does not subsequently Except for changes requested by the dean or adv^ ing in this program are charged tuition and univer- institutions and agencies All official transcripts attend cannot be canceled unless written notifica- sor, a fee of $3 00 is charged for each change forr, sity fees in accordance with the current rates of issued by the Office of the Registrar bear the tion of the decision not to attend is given to the processed after the close of Pre-registration Duquesne University, however students are respon- signature of the Registrar and the embossed seal of Registrar before the first class day Notification sible for paying any additional course or laboratory the Office of the Registrar Whenever an official received on or after the opening day of classes is fees to the host institution transcript is released directly to the student it will subject to the official withdrawal policy Withdrawal CROSS-REGISTRATION This cross registration program does not apply to also bear the stamped designation, Issued to Student from room and board reservation contracts is to be Guidelines the Summer Sessions at any of the institutions No transcript will be issued unless all financial made in accordance with the provisions of the con- The purpose of Cross-Registration is to pr=6 including the Spring Term at the University of Pitts- obligations owed by the student to the University tract See Room and Board—Withdrawal and Refund, burgh However, taking courses at other institutions have been fulfilled A fee of $5 00 is charged for the page 31 of this catalog opportunities for enriched educational programs h permitting students at any of the ten Pittsburg^ during those terms is facilitated by "temporary issuance of each transcript and 24-hour processing Council of Higher Education (PCHE) institutionst, transfer student" procedures separately agreed to time is required for pick-up service from the Regis- OFFICIAL REGISTRATION take courses at any other PCHE institution Mern by the PCHE colleges and universities trar's Office Students are encouraged to submit cross registra- Only students who are recognized as officially reg- ber institutions of PCHE are tion forms during preregistration in order to pro- istered are bona fide students of Duquesne Univer- Carlow College CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT vide adequate time to receive proper notification of sity Unless students are officially registered, they Carnegie Mellon University RECORDS the approval or disapproval are not permitted to attend classes, engage in stu- Chatham College The University regards the student's personal mfor- dent affairs, or, generally, have access to the build- Community College of Allegheny County mation and academic record as a matter of confi- ings and grounds or use of the Universitys facilities Duquesne University Procedures dence between the student and the University The Official registration is the recognition given by the LaRoche College A Cross-Registration form is obtained either from contents of either may be revealed only in accord- University to persons who have met these Pittsburgh Theological Seminary an Advisor or the Registrar's Office The student ance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy conditions Point Park College then completes the form by indicating which Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380, Section 438, as 1 Appropriate authority for admittance to study Robert Morris College course(s) he or she wishes to enroll in at the host amended) in a school or department has been given by an University of Pittsburgh Institution Copies of the class schedules of all PCHE In order that parents of students may receive from authorized officer of the University The admitting The opportunity to Cross-Register is open to each Institutions are maintained in the Registrar's Office University officials information concerning the authority for undergraduate students resides in the full time student enrolled in a PCHE college or The completed Cross-Registration form must be acadernic record of their child, it is required that either Director of Admissions university submitted to the student's advisor for approval All the parents must prove the financial dependence 24 ACADEMIC POLICIt, F'EC 'ISTRATION AND SCHOLASTIC POLICIES 25

of their child upon them according to the depen- macy can be audited, 3) The Rangos School CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS D Lowest passing scale grade dency test as defined in section F Failure (Course must be repeated for credit 152 of the Internal Health Sciences will not allow clinical courses Freshman less than 30 credits completed I Incomplete (A temporary grade given by an Revenue Code of 1954, or the child must grant a those courses in the professional phase of the cu, 30 to 59 credits completed waiver of rights riculum (the last two years of all RSHS majors) t, Sophomore instructor when neither a passing nor failing junior 60 to 89 credits completed Students wishing to waive the requirement of be audited by non-majors, 4) In the College 0, grade can be determined because of incom- Senior 90 or more credits completed FERPA relating to the release of academic informa- Liberal Arts and the School of Natural and Enviroi, plete course work Unless a cogent expla- A student with an academic tion to parents must complete the waiver obtainable mental Sciences, courses in humanities and socq 1 Full-time Student nation of extenuating circumstances, accep- schedule of at least 12 credits is considered a full- at the office of the acaderruc advisor or the Registrar's sciences can be audited, but communications anc table to the instructor, is presented and the student With this status a student is entitled Of fice science laboratory courses may not be audited time missed examination or required assignment to the benefits of various activities A student may Students enrolling for audit may attend lectures is made up by the date specified in the change status during the semester without the complete course readings and, at the discretion not Academic Calendar, the I becomes a perma- ^ permission of the academic advisor and the Dean the professor in charge of the course, may partici nent F grade ) of the student's school Ac a d e m i c 130%fides pate in classroom discussion and examinations N Not Passing (Used to indicate Failure in a P 2 Nrt-time Student Anyone who carries under 12 graded course Is independent of the Quality POLICIES credits is regarded as a part-time student Point System Course must be repeated for CANCELLATION OF COURSES pbst-graduate Student A person who has com- credit ) ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 3 The University makes every reasonable effort to offer pleted a baccalaureate degree and is seeking addi- P Pass (Used in some courses where scaled Every student attending the University is assigned courses as announced in the Schedule of Classe, tional undergraduate credits grading is inappropriate Indicates satis- an acadernic advisor It is the student's responsibility booklet and the summer session tabloid It reserve, factory completion of course work with to know the advisor's name the right, however, to make changes or cancel credits earned but without quality points and The student must consult with the acaderruc advi- COURSE EXAMINATIONS courses in the academic schedule because of insuffi is independent of the Quality Point System ) sor about any questions of an academic nature No Unit examinations are given on the dates announced cient enrollment or for any other equally valic S Satisfactory (Used in pass/fail elected courses student may register without the academic advisor's the instructor at the beginning of each semester reason by and is independent of the Quality Point approval Grades for these are obtained from the instructor System ) are given at the end of each Final examinations U Unsatisfactory—Failure (Used in pass/fall AUDITING COURSES CLASS ATTENDANCE semester and summer session No student is elected courses and is independent of the excused from taking the final examination Regularly enrolled Duquesne students are perrmtted Regular class attendance is normally essential for Quality Point System, course must be to audit courses In addition, non-degree students maximum educational advantage and is strongl) repeated for credit ) from the general community who would like to encouraged The responsibility for all course mate CREDIT BY EXAMINATION W Official Withdrawal (Used on a student's per- audit courses for personal enrichment and who are rial rests wholly with the student Schools ma^ Examinations for recognition of proficiency in a sub- manent record to indicate termination of not matriculated nor pursuing a degree program are require attendance at every class ject, or for course credit, as authorized by the Col- attendance in courses under conditions of also eligible to audit Regular students should con- It is the prerogative of each school to establish lege or a particular School of the University, are official withdrawal (See pages 28 and 31 and sult their academic advisor for details on auditing policy for attendance at classes, laboratories, tests, available to currently enrolled students who by Schedule of Classes booklet for Withdrawal Non-degree students should contact Duquesne's examinations, deadlines for reports, and specft previous experience or exposure have acquired mas- from a Course and Withdrawal from the Division of Continuing Education to complete a brief school requirements It is the instructor's respon tery of the knowledge in certain courses An appli- University) application form Admission is granted on a space sibility to make the school's policy known at the firs^ cation fee of $30 00 is charged for each course credit available basis by consulting the Office of the class session as it pertains to the course and school Application forms may be obtained from the Office PLUS/MINUS GRADING OPTION Registrar and the individual schools Fees for The student who is unable to attend class because of the Registrar The Plus/Minus Grading System is the official grad- auditing are uniform for all students of serious illness, hospitalization, a serious accident Since policies vary among the Schools, students ing system of the University Registration in a course as an auditor must be or other extenuating circumstance is responsible foi who feet they may quality for credit by examination Faculty are to announce at the first class meeting declared at registration and is irrevocable after the notifying the office of the Academic Dean The should consult the Dean of the School in which they last date for change of schedule each semester, as student should supply the necessary written verifi are enrolled for specific information about courses whether or not plus and minus grade values will indicated in the Academic Calendar (published in cation as soon as possible open to this examination procedure be used in grading course work and rating academic the Schedule of Classes booklet) Records will show The student must submit the work assigned and performance of the students in their class "Audit" in.the grade space on the transcript of a take the examination in the course at the specified A class inaugurated in plus/minus grading may UNDERGRADUATE GRADING SYSTEM regularly matriculated student A "Certificate of time If the work is not submitted or an examina not revert to non plus/minus grading, and vice The following is the officially recognized method of Attendance" for non-degree students will be tion is not taken at the scheduled time, the polic), versa grading course work and rating academic per- awarded by the Division of Continuing Education is to assign a zero for that part of the course An (The grading system for graduate students is pub- formance of undergraduate students at the Audited courses are not eligible to be converted to accumulation of zero grades could result in a fin^ lished in the catalog of the particular graduate University matriculated credits Courses audited may not be grade of 7 If a student has for significant reasons school ) challenged later or completed via CLEP or other missed a part of the course or an examination, the Grade Description advanced standing tests grade may be submitted as an V If the temporan' A Superior COMPUTATION OF THE QUALITY A - Excellent Courses eligible for auditing are determined by 'I' grade is to be replaced by a passing grade, the POINT AVERAGE the individual colleges and schools of the Univer- work must be completed by the time stated in the B + Very Good Quality Point Average is the ratio expressed to the sity A partial list of school policies follows, but stu- Academic Calendar (published in the Schedule of B Good decimal thousands of the sum of A, A -, B +, B, dents are advised to consult with the Offices of the Classes Booklet) Failure on the part of the student B - Above Average and F were received to the sum of Deans for the most current listings 1) No courses to remove the temporary grade results in conver C + Satisfactory B -, C +, C, D, in the School of Law are available for audits, 2) No sion of that grade to an 7 recorded on the C Average (Minimum general average for quality points earned The Quality Point value of clinical courses in the School of Nursing and phar- transcript graduation) these grades are

26 ACADEMIC POLIC,t^ gEGISTRATION AND SCHOLASTIC POLICIES 27

Grade Quality Points Per Credit requirements as established by the faculty of e,, ADVISEMENT FOR completed all academic requirements for the degree ACADEMIC program and, in addition, has the recommendation A =40 college or school will be submitted to the Cojj,^ S,rtjf)ENT ATHLETES 8, A- or School Committee on Student Standing of the appropriate Acadermc Dean, filed the Appli- policy of the Council of Academic Deans on B+ =33 cation for the University Degree with the Office of review and appropriate action Normally, acad,rit TheStudent Athletes with regard to acadenuc standards B =30 records will be reviewed annually at the conclus,,,, the Registrar on or before the latest date to apply B- reads as follows for graduation as announced in the Academic Calen- =27 of each academic year .)-ro participate in the formal athletic programs C+ =2 3 dar, and satisfied all financial obligations with the All students in the University are academico at the liniversity, a student must be currently C University =20 dismissed if they fail three courses in one serf)e, a full-time student Full-time status is D enrolled as It is the student's responsibility to determine that =1 0 ter Students can be readmitted by University catalog as enrollment of 12 F the stud,^ defined by courses taken in each semester are sequentially cor- =00 standing committee of the college or school to wh,^ credits minimum per semester Such a program Grades S, P, U, N, 1, and W are independent of the rect and necessary for the degree program the student is returning If a student transfers k, allow a student to graduate within five years Quality Point System Courses credits graded F would The student, in consultation with an advisor, must U, another school within the University, the stude4 student athlete must be making satisfactory N, 1, and W do not earn credit, and if required for b)A periodically review progress toward graduation, and can be admitted only by the Dean of that school academic progress This means that a student must graduation, must be repeated and passed resolve any question about fulfilment of graduation For students who have attempted 15-30 have successfully completed 24 credits during the credl^ requirements or more than 30 credits in one year, the guideliri^, previous acaderruc year This would allow a student REPEATING COURSES AND COURSE Each school and each department determines are the fall, spring, and summer semesters in which to RETROGRADATION requirements for graduation which the student is earn these 24 credits In addition the student ath- Academic Warning 175 to 199 QPA (Letter of war, expected to know, as well as the following Students ordinarily are permitted to repeat courses lete must satisfy the student standing policy as out- ing may be sent by appropriate Dean) in which D, and F grades were received The request lined in the Student Handbook and Utuversity 1 The bachelor's degree requires a nummum of for permission to repeat a course is to be submitted 120 semester hours of course credits in all except Probation 150 to 1 74 QPA (Subject to the juri, catalogs in letter form to the academic advisor An authorized Pharmacy which requires 163 credits and Nursing diction of the appropriate Committee on StudeR c)Student-athletes must maintain a 2 0 cumula- request to repeat a course form must be obtained which requires 125 credits Standing and may be required to modify or restric t1ve QpA at all times in order to be acaderrucally eli- from the advisor before registering in the repeat academic program) gible to compete in inter-collegiate competition 2 All bachelor's degrees require an overall mini- course All grades are retained on the permanent QpAs for student athletes are calculated at the end mum quality point average of 2 Q wl-uch is a C grade Dismissal Less than 150 QPA academic record The result of the final attempt in (Readmission ma, of each semester" average in a 4 0 system (Students should further a repeated course is, however, the student's status be permitted on recommendation of the appropri determine the need for mimmurn QPA requirements in the course with regard to attempted credits, ate Committee on Student Standing) ACADEMIC COORDINATOR OF in their major, science course, etc ) earned crecbts, and the completion of requirements For the students who have attempted 31-60 credit INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS semes- Retrogradation, a corollary of the repeat credit rule 3 The final year's work (a nummurn of 30 or who have attempted up to 61 under which a student may earn credit once only credits within fou. The acaderruc progress of student athletes engaged ter hours of credit) must be completed in residence semesters, these guidelines prevail for a course, prescribes that a student may riot move in intercollegiate competition is monitored by the at the University office of the Academic Coordinator of Intercollegiate backward from an advanced course to a lower level Academic Warnings 185 to 199 QPA (Letter o, 4 All undergraduates must complete the Univer- course and receive credit for both Any doubtful warning may be sent by appropriate Dean) Athletics This office also provides other academic sity Core Curriculum situation must be decided support services for student athletics including, but by the department chair- 5 All undergraduates must complete a minimum Probation 175 to 1 84 QPA (Subject to the jurLs not limited to, study halls, tutorial assistance, person or dean involved of four writing intensive courses at the 200 level and diction of the appropriate Committee on Studen academic advisement, registration assistance as well above PASS/FAIL ELECTIVES Standing and may be required to modify or restric as orientation academic program) 6 Students on acaderruc probation may be candi- One course a semester, elected by a junior or sen- dates for graduation only with permission of the ior and approved by the academic advisor as pro- DEAN'S LIST Dismissal Less then 175 QPA (Readmission mai Committee on Student Standing of their school viding an opportunity to expand and enrich the stu- be permitted on recommendation of the appropri To achieve distinction of being named to the Dear^s The candidate who has satisfied graduation dent's experience, may be taken on a pass/fail (S- ate Committee on Student Standing) List, a student must have a record for a semester U) basis If passed, the credits will count for gradua- that shows completion of a full-time schedule, a requirements by a Challenge Examination (credit by semester hours of tion, but neither grade nor credits wr1l be calculated Students who have attempted 61 or more credit quality point average of at least 3 25, and no grade examination), within the last 30 in the quality point average and who have a QPA of between 185 and 199 mal lower than a C The full-time schedule must include study for the degree, will fulfill the residence Once a course has been identified as a pass/fail continue on probation for one semester However at least 12 credits exclusive of pass/fail credits requirement provided a minimum of 30 semester elective, the course must be completed as such, and students who have earned 90 credits or more art hours of credit has been earned in course work at subject to dismissal unless they have a QPA of 2f' the University in the final year's study the grade submitted must be an S or a U No GRADUATE COURSES FOR required course may be taken on this elective pass/ or better Students who accumulated three F grade UNDERGRADUATE CREDIT fall basis in one semester are subject to dismissal Appeal WRITING INTENSIVE COURSES Qualified seruors may be permitted to register in cer- The decision to elect the pass/fail option must be of academic disnussal must be directed to the appro, It is universally recognized that the ability to write tain graduate courses at the level for under- made no later than the close of the period provided priate College or School Committee on Studen 500 clear, correct, and effective prose is an indispens- graduate credit on the recommendation of the advi- for making schedule changes An authorized pass/ Standing Students subject to the jurisdiction of th able component of being an educated person It is, sor and with the approval of the dean of the fail election declaration form must be obtained from appropriate Committee on Student Standing 9 therefore, entirely appropriate that Duquesne graduate school involved courses are the advisor accordance with the established guidelines whoal' All 500 includes among its central objectives the develop- described in graduate school catalogs permitted to re-enroll on a full-time basis but con ment of the abilities to write clearly, correctly, and STUDENT STANDING tinue participation in noncurricular and extra effectively GRADUATION Progress toward a degree is measured by the curricular activities shall be without appeal if thO REQUIREMENTS Every graduating student must have completed cumulative quality point average The scholastic are subsequently dismissed from the University fol The candidate for a Unrversity degree must be a per- a minimum of four Writing Intensive courses beyond records of students who fail to meet the minimum poor scholarship son Of good moral character who has satisfactorily the two-semester Core writing sequence At least

28 ACADEMIC POLICIES rUITION AND FEES 29

two of the courses must be taken in the student's TRANSFER WITHIN THE UNIVERSITy major field The other two courses may be taken in It would be to the student's advantage to disc%, either the major field department or in the student's part IV: the proposed transfer with an academic advisor of 1 T" school or college Writing Intensive courses are 0 0 the new school no later than two weeks prior t, Tuition and Fees offered in every department at the 200 level and preregistration It is the advisor's responsibility t, above and emphasize the principles and practices effect the change of writing unique to the respective field ,ruition and Fees I WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE HONORS First semester freshmen may withdraw from courses The University reserves the right to change tuition and fee charges if exigencies require such action The Degrees are awarded with special mention cum with the approval of an advisor up to the period figures shown apply to the 1994-95 term only, unless otherwise indicated laude, magna cum laude, or summa cum laude to stu- of final examinations and receive a grade of 'W'by dents who have completed the regular course with processing the proper form TUITION unusual distinction and who have completed a If a student, other than a first semester freshrnan, RATE 1 (Arts, Business, Education, Nursing, Pre-Pharmacy) minimum of 60 credits in residence Honors are wishes to withdraw from a course, he/she may d, Full-time Undergraduate Tuition (12-18 cr) $11,10700 based on these standards so with the approval of an academic advisor and Universit^ Services Fee 77200 Cum Laude—Quality Point by processing the proper form up to the date 11,87900 Total Average 3 50 to 3 74 announced in the Academic Calendar for with per-credit Magna Cum Laude—Quality Point drawal with a "W" grade Undergraduate Tuition 37400 Average 3 75 and above If a student wishes to withdrawal from a course University Services Fee 2600 Summa Cum Laude—Upon recommendation of the after the date announced in the Academic Calen 40000 Faculty and a 3 90 QPA, the Magna Cum Laude cita- dar, the student must seek approval of the Com Total tion may be raised to Summa Cum Laude iruttee on Student Standing of the student's School Graduate Tuition 39100 If approval is granted, the student then initiates the University Services Fee 2600 UNIT OF CREDIT appropriate form through the advisor Total 41700 The unit of credit is the semester hour One semester A student who is not granted approval of the request and withdraws from the course unofficially hour of credit is granted for the successful comple- RATE 2 (Health Sciences) will receive a "F" grade for the course tion of one hour a week of lecture or recitation, or Full-time Undergraduate Tuition (12-18 cr) $12,92400 at least two hours a week of laboratory work for one University Services Fee 77200 semester of 15 weeks Total 13,69600 Per-credit Undergraduate Tuition 41400 University Services Fee 2600 Total 44000 Graduate Tuition 41600 University Services Fee 2600 Total 44200

RATE 3 (Pharmacy) Full-time Undergraduate Tuition (12-18 cr) $13,04800 University Services Fee 77200 Total 13,82000 Pre-credit Undergraduate Tuition 41800 University Services Fee 2600 Total 44400 Graduate Tuition 42000 University Services Fee 2600 Total 44600

RATE 4 (Music) Full-time Undergraduate Tuition (12-18 cr) $13,80400 University Services Fee 77200 Total 14,57600

(Continued next page) 30 TUITION AND FEES TUITION AND FEES 31

Per-credit WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION OF The University requires that a prepayment of $300, Undergraduate Tuition which is applicable to the following semester's room University Services Fee 45400 ATTENDANCE 2600 and board account, accompany all applications for Total fficially withdrawing from the University, a room reservations or renewals This prepayment is 480 1110,10, receives rerrussion of part of the tuition Graduate Tuition non-refundable 45600 student for the semester or session in accordance Reservations are made on a semester basis — University Services Fee ,,,ithcii"o the Tuition Remission Schedule The amount Total 2600 August to December, January to May Rooms may 48200 of the rerrussion is added to payments, and a refund be occupied no earlier than the first day of orienta- upon request where a credit balance is FEES 15 made tion for all freshmen and new transfer students created on the student's total account Room assignments are made on a first-come, first- Application (non-refundable) The Effective Date of Withdrawal for determining serve basis Therefore, it is extremely important for Matriculation Deposit (non-refundable) $ 45oo the percent of rernIssion is that on which the appro- 20000 the student to return his/her housing application Residence Hall Pre-Payment (non-refundable) priate Academic Dean was notified by letter of the immediately upon receipt of it Over-crowded con- Change of Schedule 30000 student's decision to terminate attendance and for processing each form 500 ditions have occurred in the past and students have Credit by Examination requested official withdrawal It is also the recorded been temporarily assigned three to a room or in for each semester hour for recognition of proficiency date of the student's separation from the Univer- of course credit (See policy in Part 111, page 25) lounges Therefore, students returning their appli- Orientation (New Stude— 3000 sity and regarded as the last day of attendance A 10000 cations after all rooms have been assigned will be Late Registration student is considered enrolled and "in attendance" housed in temporary housing, be placed on a wait- Removal of I Grade 2500 until he or she acts to terminate attendance in con- 500 ing list, or not assigned a space in the residence area Registration Correction Fee formity with this policy even though absences from All students occupying rooms in the University Continuing Registration Fee 1500 classes were observed and recorded before the Effec- 10000 residence halls are required to take a University Meal *Undergraduate Pharmacy Student Activities (for Third, t,ve Date of Withdrawal Plan The Primary Plan billed to all students is a Fourth, and Fifth Year Students) When a student's attendance is involuntarily ter- 3750 14-meal plan Also, included with the Primary Plan *University Services Fee minated in a semester because of personal disability is a $100 flexible spending account which can be us- Environmental Sciences $26 per credit arising from injury or illness, any remission of tui- 41600 ed at Rockwell Expressway, Options, Off-Ramp, and tion beyond the linuts prescribed by the withdrawal the in-room pizza delivery program *Charged on each semester registration refund policy is subject first to the approval of the Residence Halls are closed during vacation Academic Dean, then the Provost, and finally, the periods (Thanksgiving, Christmas, Easter and LABORATORY FEES Executive Vice President for Management and Spring break) Business The University reserves the right to modify these Some programs require a breakage charge of $15 00 a Semester, this is proportionately refundable, depend ing upon the losses incurred charges if exigencies require such action TUITION REMISSION SCHEDULE Regular Session—Room and Board (14 meals a Laboratory fees apply to the 1994-1995 academic year This schedule applies to tuition only, it does not week) *English Language Placement Testing (ESL) apply to other charges, such as the University Fee, 3000 course fee, and laboratory fees, nor to the reduc- Single for each semester $342300 $270900 *English Language Placement Testing (ESL) fee is a one-time fee tion of credits resulting from course withdrawals Double for each semester **Laboratory Breakage Fee made after the Change of Schedule period 1500 Summer Sessions—Room and Board* (Summer'94 One breakage card per semester will cover laboratory breakage in Chemistry Within the Semester Percent of Remission rates) 80 GRADUATION FEES First Week $3100 Second Week 80 Single per day Thesis Binding Fee—Doctoral Dissertation Third Week 40 Double per day $2450 Thesis Binding Fee—Master Thesis 9350 20 8350 Fourth Week After Fourth Week None SUMMER TUITION Within the Summer Session—Based on a ROOM AND BOARD—WITHDRAWAL Summer tuition is calculated on a per credit basis See page 29 for the rate that applies Six Week Session Standard which you are enrolled to the school in AND REFUND First Week 60 A resident student must notify the Assistant Direc- 20 Second Week tor of Residence Life in advance of the planned AUDITING A COURSE None After Second Week withdrawal No refund of room charges will be The cost for auditing a course is the same as the per credit cost of a course made where withdrawal occurs after the opening ROOM AND BOARD classes In the event of withdrawal, board will be The request for on-campus residence is made on the refunded at the rate of 75 per cent of the balance same form used for application for admission to the remaining on the student's meal plan, up until mid- University After the student has completed the ad- semester After the mid-semester point, no refund mission procedure and has paid the matriculation will be made No reduction of charges nor refund deposit, the residency request is referred automatic- of payments to which a student may have been ally to the Director of Residence Life The request otherwise entitled will be made if withdrawal is not Is processed and necessary application forms are for- in accordance with the official withdrawal warded to the student procedure

32 TUITION AND FEES, STUDENT LIFE, PROGRAMS, SERVICES AND ORGANIZATIONS 33

No student is penrutted to remain in the residence Ten Month Payment Plan Duquesne sponsors a very active intramural pro- halls after academic withdrawal from the Univer- The Uruversity is now offering a 10-month payment part V: gram in such fields as tennis, touch football, volley- sity has been completed plan through Tuition Management Systems JMS) ball, street hockey, basketball, softball, indoor/out- The basics of the program are Student Life,, door soccer, coed wiffle ball, and aerobics 1 ) The parent pays TMS $120 00 to enroll in the OFFICE OF COMMUTER AFFAIRS *Those desiring residency for the Summer Session should make Programs, Services plan Enrollment must be completed prior to August Whether living with relatives or commuting from reservations with the Assistant Director of Residence Life three 8th weeks prior to opening date of your session A non-refundable and Organizations their own apartment, the Office of Commuter deposit of$20 must accompany each application Afteroccupancy, 2 ) The parent makes 10 monthly payments to Affairs offers valuable services and programs for the deposit is applied toward the room and board expenses This TMS making allowances for any financial aid TMs commuter students If commuter students have a deposit is not refunded if the room is not occupied Rates shown then forwards payment to the University on a are for 7994 summer session only question, suggestion, complaint, concern or simply monthly basis A. DIVISION OF STUDENT LIFE need information, check with this Office Assistance For additional information, contact TMS at N41SSION is available in many areas, including FINANCIAL MATTERS 1-800-722-4867 The mission of the Division of Student Life is to Parking and Transportation The Office of Com- All charges for tuition, fees, room and board, less establish and maintain a total living, learning and developmental environment that will enhance muter Affairs can assist students with University financial assistance authorized by the Financial Aid CASHING CHECKS parking information and in forming carpools PAT Office, are payable at registration For your con- students' growth for the individual self-actuahzation A student may cash a check up to a maximum of and positive involvement in the world community bus schedules are available in the Office Bus passes venience, MasterCard and VISA can be utilized to are sold in the Information Center of the Union pay tuition and fees $50 at the Cashier's Office on the Ground Floor of the Administration Building between 9 00 A M and PHILOSOPHY 4 00 PM , Monday through Friday, except during Off-Campus Housing Up-to-date listings are BILLING PROBLEMS registration, with a validated ID Card for,the cur Consistent with the educational philosophy of the maintained of rooms, apartments, houses and rent semester University and the above stated mission, the Stu- "roommate needed" situations Area maps, apart- Take the billing statement to the office indicated for dent Life Division provides the student with oppor- ment directories and housing search assistance are an explanation or correction concerning these bill- tunities to participate in a variety of experiences with also available ing matters BAD CHECKS fellow students, faculty members and adminis- If someone needs to a) Balance Forward, Credits, Payments Deposits— It is the policy of the University to charge bad checks trators The Student Life Staff encourages students Commuter Message Center Accounts Receivable Office to the student who cashes them regardless of the to initiate new programs, implement change and get a message to a student on campus, they may call 396-6660 The message is posted outside the maker A $300 service charge will be assessed on participate in the essential processes of University b) Financial Aid Awards, Federal Loans, Guaranty Office for the student to pick up Loans, and Employer Billing—Office of the checks that are returned from a bank for lack of governance on many levels Director of Financial Aid funds Payment of registration or room and board Adult Leamer Services Services are provided for with an NSF check will result in cancellation of the ORGANIZATION adult learners including newsletters, family pro- c) Student Finance Program, (Deferred Payment registration Plan)—Accounts Receivable Office The Executive Vice President for Student Life coor- gramming, assistance with adult tutoring and a dinates the Departments of Athletics, Commuter monthly Brown Bag Enrichment Series Duquesne d) Housing Reservations and Housing Charges— PRE-REGISTRATION Affairs, Counseling and Testing, Duquesne Union, Adult Learners Organization (DALO) is an adult Office of Residence Life Freshman Development and Special Student Ser- organization specifically designed for adult learners Students with a balance due the University for the Its officers can be contacted through the Office current semester or prior terms are not permitted vices, Greek Life, Health Service, judicial Affairs, STUDENT FINANCING PROGRAM- to pre-register for the next semester Residence Life and Student Activities These Depart- ments are briefly described below Additional infor- Commuter Assistance Program This program is (All prior balances must be paid in full before the mation may be obtained directly from each Depart- a support network of upperclassmen students who student is eligible for this plan ) Duquesne Univer- ment and through the Student Handbook and Code of serve as advisors and provide resources for new sity students desiring payment of their tuition and Student Rights, Responsibilities and Conduct commuters C A's plan activities, provide informa- other charges for the semester by installment, con- tion and supply encouragement Students should tact in person the Student Finance Section at Final be contacted by their C A prior to entering their Registration The Student Financing program pro- ATHLETICS first semester vides financing for up to 50% of the current semes- Duquesne University is a member of the National ter charges less financial aid authorized and other Collegiate Athletic Association (Division 1) All rules Other Semces include, Suggestions/Complaints in payments, to be repaid to the University in two of this organization, including those pertaining to Action, Commuter Update, Student Handbook dis- equal installments Interest is charged at the rate of a student's eligibility for a varsity team, are followed tributio commuter students and distribution of 2/3 of 1% per month A delinquency charge on each Duquesne University believes in and promotes the commuter I D cards (after validation by the I D monthly installment in default for a period of ten concept of the student athlete Athletic grants-in-aid center) days or more will be charged in an amount equal are available for all varsity sports with the excep- The Office is located in the Duquesne Union, to 5% of such installment or $5 00, whichever is less, tion of football Room 315 and is open throughout the year to serve except that a mimmum charge of $100 may be made The Athletic Department fields men's varsity students Office hours are extended during the Fall teams in baseball, basketball, cross-country football, and Spring semesters when the Office is open Mon- SW-91 tennis, wrestling, womees varsity teams day through Thursday, 8 30 a in - 6 00 p in and in basketball, cross-country swimming, tennis, track Friday until 4 30 p in Additional evening and and volleyball, coed varsity teams in golf and rifle, weekend hours are available by appointment For and club teams in bowling, hockey, and crew further information call 396-6660

34 DIVISION OF STUDENT LIFE S,rLiDENT LIFE, PROGRAMS, SERVICES AND ORGANIZATIONS 35

OFFICE OF STUDENT tion and to those seeking practical expenence to aug- ACTIVITIES and regulations for the Living Learning Centers is OFFICE OF GREEK LIFE The Office of Student Activities coordinates the pro- included in the Residence Life Handbook ,rhe office of Greek Life promotes the growth and ment college training Part-time and summer jobs in the community are also available through the grams, services and facilities of the Duquesne development of students who choose to affiliate with center Students interested in campus employment Union, provides programming and administrative OFFICE OF FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT Greek Letter Groups, and seeks to promote the should contact the Office of Human Resource support for all recognized student organizations, AND SPECIAL STUDENT SERVICES Greek system as an integral and productive part of Management publishes the Fall and Spring Semester Activities FRESHMEN The office of Freshman Development the institution Calendars, and coordinates the Duquesne Univer- and Special Student Services serves to implement TO accomplish this mission, the Office of Greek sity Volunteers, the University's volunteer program and direct programs which integrate and enhance Life promotes the intellectual, vocational, social, COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER The staff of this office provides services and recreational and moral development of students, the academic, cocurricular, and spiritual chmensions The Counseling and Testing Center provides amenities required to meet the daily needs of cam- provides training in leadership skills and other per- of the Freshman experience at Duquesne Universi- academic, personal and vocational counseling pus life, provides advice and assistance in all phases sonal and social skills, promotes student involve- ty To accomplish this, the office directs the The student experiencing academic difficulties of campus programming, arranges all scheduling of in extracurricular activities and community Freshman Orientation Program, implements the ment may request evaluation of math, reading and study events in the Duquesne Union, and produces and projects, provides training in group processes, Freshman Mentor Program, assists freshmen with skills Professional assistance is available in dealing presents a balanced series of cultural, educational, including the development of "esprit de corps", pro- finding tutors when needed by interacting with the with test anxiety or stress management on an indi- social and recreational programs in support of the motes Greek Life as a productive and viable lifestyle Learning Skills Center and the other departments vidual basis or in group format mission and goals of the University on campus, and promotes an appreciation for dif- providing tutorial services, coordinates the New Stu^ Personal counseling for aid in adjustment to col- The Duquesne Program Council is the student ferent lifestyles and cultural heritages organization of the Duquesne Union which involves dent Seminar Program with the Counseling and lege life (homesickness, roommates, personal rela- students in all aspects of planning and imple- Testing Center, prepares and edits both the tions), anxiety, depression, eating problems, drug and alcohol abuse and sexual victimization Short meriting various programs The DPC offers students Freshman Newsletter and the Parents Newsletter, B. PROGRAMS and long-term confidential counseling are provided a chance to be creative and to gain effective leader- develops freshmen leadership through the COMPREHENSIVE STUDENT with psychiatric consultation and referral as war- ship, communications, and program planning skills Freshman Class Advisory Committee, advises freshman honor societies, and interacts with the ADVISEMENT ranted Workshops and support groups are held throughout the academic year for Time and Stress OFFICE OF JUDICIAL AFFAIRS Offices of Commuter Affairs and Residence Life in Students pursuing undergraduate studies are assigned to a student advisor who will work with Management, Test Anxiety, College Survival Skills, The Office of judicial Affairs plays an important role developing programs for freshman commuters and them throughout their undergraduate career at the Eating Disorders, Adult Children of Alcoholics, Sex- in developing responsible student conduct Its pur- residents The office is also responsible for monitor- University The student advisor, located in the ual Victimization, and others upon request pose is to protect the rights and freedoms of all ing freshman grades by interacting with the Deans' school in which the student is majoring, acts as an Testing and counseling are provided for choosing students while insuring that these rights and Offices of the Undergraduate Schools of the Univer- ombudsman for the student in his/her interaction a major, choosing an occupation, investigating career freedoms are not misused within the context of sity as well as the Comprehensive Student with all officials throughout the University aptitudes, investigating acaderruc strengths or diffi- students' responsibilities to the University It Advisement Advisors are trained to assist students in develop- culties A counselor assists the student seeking voca- administers the University Judicial Board comprised STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES The Office of ing and maintaining academic schedules, securing tional guidance in systematically exploring and of students, faculty and administrators with a stu- Freshman Development and Special Student Ser- financial aid, and in interacting with professionals discovering his/her interests and abilities through dent chairperson The judicial Board nunmuzes legal vices also provides services to all Uruversity students in other fields who will assist them in their social, testing and individual counseling Students learn technicalities in dealing with student conduct prob- with disabilities Services such as classroom reloca- psychological and spiritual development To help how their interests and abilities relate to the world lems, and instead focuses on the developmental of work and education They receive help in clari- process tion, specialized testing accommodations (extended maximize thier success and satisfaction with univer- time testing, seclusion testing, and oral testing, etc ), sity life, students are encouraged to meet with their fying occupational goals and in choosing an aca- demic program suitable to those goals OFFICE OF RESIDENCE LIFE note-taking and other accommodations can be ar- advisor regularly ranged through the office on an individual basis Information about the applications for national The Office of Residence Life is committed to creat- (CLEP, MAT, GRE, NTE, Students with learning disabilities should subirut qualification examinations ing an environment in each of the four (4) Living CAREER SERVICES CENTER etc) are also available a psychological evaluation that is no more than three LSAT, GMAT, SAT, Learning Centers in which the student may grow Students and graduates of Duquesne University The Counseling and Testing Center staff provides years old, to the Office of Freshman Development and develop as a total person Its philosophy and have available to them the full services and pro- 24-hour emergency psychological services In addi- and Special Student Services, Room 309, Duquesne programs are based on the belief that the Living grams of the Career Services Center Persons with tion, the Student Assistance Program and the Union The student's evaluation is utilized to assist Learning Center experience is an important part of uncertain or changing vocational goals may seek Academic Intervention Program provide special in determining the student's strengths and needs the total University education Therefore it is the career planning through personal contact with the assistance for students who are having atypical prob- A review of the evaluation is conducted by a Learn- purpose of the Office of Residence Life to facilitate professional staff and use of the career resources lems Please contact the Office of Counseling and ing Disabilities team which includes the student and the personal and academic growth of the resident Early use of this service is encouraged Testing at 396-6204 for any additional information pertinent University staff Following a meeting of student To this end, the professional and resident The individual with well-defined career goals may the team, certain learning accommodations are assistant staff will provide the means to foster such seek employment assistance and advice, including HEALTH SERVICE development recommended resume preparation, interview and job search tech- All freshmen students and sophomores with a The office works with students on communicating niques, job referrals and credential services The MedicallNursing their needs to faculty members and the University QPA of below 2 5, except those residing with their graduating student may also be' interested in cam- The Health Service provides for the evaluation and community, and assists students in connecting with parents or relatives, are required to live in one of pus interviews with visiting employers treatment of illness and injury Duquesne's Living Learning Centers All students campus resources, such as the Learning Skills Undergraduate/graduate students may earn • Allergy injections are given when ordered by a living on campus are further required to take a Uni- Center, the Counseling and Testing Center, and academic credit for approved preprofessional work physician Students must provide serum and versity meal plan Housing Agreement terms are other campus resources under the University's Internship Program, which instructions effective for the entire academic year; with room and Please contact the Office of Freshman Develop- is administered by the Career Services Center board rates being determined on an annual basis ment and Special Student Services at 396-6657 or The part-time and summer employment program • Health counseling and referrals to medical, social, Additional information regarding programs, policies 396-6658 for any additional information is important to students in financing their educa- welfare agencies as needed 36 37 PROGRAMS — OTHER DEVELOPMENTAL SERVICES STUDF NT LIFE, PROGRAMS, SERVICES AND ORGANIZATIONS

*Routine screening physicals are provided for designed to meet the needs of students and is priced promoting and supporting events, programs, to serve as student representatives on crucial Univer- driver's license, teacher certification, premarital, lower than individual health insurance poll,,,, ,,,d alt"Ities which foster deeper communication, sity committees and to recognize and fund student pre-employment Nominal fee Inquiries about health insurance should be direct., awareness, and understanding among U S and organizations Routine gynecological assessment and treatment to the Risk Manager (396-6677) International students at Duquesne, and providing COMMUTER COUNCIL Health Education NOTE The University is not responsible for medical on.golng direct service and appropriate referral ser- to international students and scholars on cam- The Commuter Council is an officially recognized, The Health Service provides numerous quality expenses resulting from participation in intramural sports vices health education programs for the University com- pus in a personalized and professional manner funded student governmental organization open to munity These programs promote good health, EMERGENCY The OIE supports the university's strong commit- all students at the University The purpose of the safety and the early detection of illness, thereby ine,it to international education as a valued com- Council is to identify commuter concerns and to pro- • A Crisis Coordinator is available 24 hours a da porient of the overall mission of the institution vide educational, social and service-oriented pro- preventing consequences of disease, injury and to assist in any type of emergency resulting fro Y accidents 111 grams for the University's large commuter popula- Illness, Injury, Psychological Problems LEARNING SKILLS CENTER tion To involve the entire community in its pro- S taff • Call Campus Security 396-6002 They will Provide The Learning Skills Center is an ancillary academic grams, the Council works closely with the Student The medical/nursing professional staff consists of assistance and will contact Paramedics, Health service whose primary charge is the intellectual Government Association, Residence Council, all Registered Nurses and Board Certified Physicians Service and the Crisis Coordinator as needed development of students Services are provided in Duquesne Program Council and the administration affiliated with Mercy Hospital coordination with academic offices of the University Immunization RETENTION OFFICE As part of its academic assistance efforts, the RESIDENCE HALL ASSOCIATION Duquesne University has established a Pre-Matncu- The Retention Office, under the direction of the Learning Skills Center delivers diagnostic and The Residence Hall Association supports Living lation Immunization Policy All incoming under- Executive Vice President for Student Life, coor prescriptive services Individualized developmen- Learning Center activities and is involved with the graduate students (Freshmen, Transfers, Fellows, dmates the efforts of the entire University commun tal programs in reading, writing, mathematics and Office of Residence Life in developing and imple- Second-Degree) are required to provide documen- ity to ensure that the personal and educational science are offered to students who seek to upgrade menting Living Learning Center policies and pro- cedures All resident students are automatically tation of immunization Immunization requirements experience for all students is the best possible their academic skills and advance their intellectual will follow guidelines from the Centers for Disease Policies, programs, services and opportunities are growth members of Residence Hall Association and are Control Students must provide this documentation constantly reviewed, refined and improved in an ef A free tutorial service provides students with com- encouraged to attend meetings, functions, etc spon- or registration for class will not be permitted fort to meet the legitimate needs of students con- petent tutors in numerous subject areas In addition, sored by the group In-Hospital Care sistent with the mission and goals of the University a comprehensive study skills program is available It is the aim of the Residence Hall Association to o University physicians are attending staff physi- to enhance learning capabilities as well as to assist serve as a link between the resident students and cians at the Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh In students experiencing academic difficulties the admirustration Aside from the council activities, ARCHIVES representatives of the Residence Hall Association emergency situations, students are transported The University Archives exists to collect, appraise, and/or referred to the Emergency Room at Mercy THE PSYCHOLOGY serve on university coninuttees organize, describe, make available, and preserve COUNSELING CENTER Hospital At that time, University physicians are records of historical value to the University From INTERFRATERNITY ASSOCIATION consulted regarding the student's treatment and The Psychology Counseling Center, located in disposition this, the Archives seeks to promote knowledge and The object of the Interfraternity Association is to understanding of the origins, aims, and programs Rockwell Hall, is both the clinical training facility for graduate students in psychology and a counsel- develop and maintain fraternity life and interfra- Location of the University and their development through ternity relations at a high level of accomplishment the years Among the Archive's many holdings are ing center for the Duquesne campus community The Health Service is located on the second floor, and the general public The Center specializes in and, in so doing, to consider the goals and ideals Towers Living Learning Center 396-1650/1652 departmental records, university and student of member groups as continually applicable to cam- publications, photos and memorabilia individualized personal counseling and psycho- Eligibility therapy These services are provided by advanced pus and personal life, promote superior scholarship Members of the Duquesne community and the as basic to intellectual achievement, cooperate with All undergraduate students are prepaid community at large areencouraged to use the col Ph D candidates in clinical psychology under the By electing to join the Health Service program, supervison of licensed Faculty psychologists in the member fraternities and the University administra- lections for research or special interest tion in concern for and maintenance of high social all non-resident graduate and part-time students are The University Archives are located on the 1st Department of Psychology Working together with eligible for first aid and referral services as well as a trained counselor, the counseling interviews are and moral standards, act in accordance with floor of the Library Paul Demillo, Director Phone - National Interfratemity Conference policies, and to all the benefits of ongoing primary care such as 396-6323 meant to provide the client with the opportunity physician visits and allergy injections A nominal to explore and find his or her own solutions to per- act in accordance with such rules established by the fee of $25 per semester is required sonal problems Single conferences or a series of Interfraternity Council C. OTHER DEVELOPMENTAL The Interfratemity Council (IFC) serves as a clear- Treatment or diagnostic procedures by non- SERVICES interviews in individual or group counseling can be University physicians, clinics or hospitals must be arranged at the Center's office This counseling is mg house for the Interfraternity Association and as a forum for airing constructive proposals for the paid by students, their family or their medical insur- OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL free of charge to the Duquesne community and, of ance This includes laboratory work performed in course, completely confidential improvement of the fraternity system Membership EDUCATION the Health Service and gynecological laboratory ser- in the IFC is composed of appointed representatives vices such as PAP smears The Office of International Education (OfE) provides D. STUDENT GOVERNANCE from each of the nine member fraternities services to international students and scholars pur- All health records are confidential and will not be PANHELLENIC ASSOCIATION released without the student's permission suing undergraduate and graduate degree programs STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION at the university These specialized services include The Student Government Association is designed The object of the Panhellenic Association is to develop and maintain sorority life and intersoronty INSURANCE furnishing pre-arrival information to accepted to provide a forum for the expression of student students, facilitating compliance with U S Immigra- views and interests, to maintain academic freedom relations at a high level of accomplishment and, in 0 It is strongly recommended that each student tion and Naturalization Service (INS) requirements, and student rights, and to provide effective repre- so doing, to consider the goals and ideals of member obtain some form of health insurance The Univer- assisting in academic and crosscultural adjustment sentation in the policy making and operations of the groups as continually applicable to campus and per- sity provides a Student Health Insurance Plan through initial arrival and extended orientation pro- University Iwo major functions of the S G A are sonal life, promote superior scholarship as basic to

38 39 STUDENT ORGANIZATIONs WDUQ RADIO — CAMPUS MINSTRY

intellectual achievement, cooperate with member DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY VOLUNTEEPS N4EDIA ORGANIZATIONS WDUQ's programming includes news, jazz and fraternities and the University achrurustration in con- public affairs, as well as nationally syndicated pro- The Duquesne University Volunteers is the Univer cern for and maintenance of high social and moral WDSR grams such as "Car Talk;' "All Things Considered;' sity's volunteer program which coordinates and is the Duquesne Student Radio It standards, act in accordance with National Panhel- WDSR (610AM) and "Echoes" Special programming, including live monitors the volunteer activities of all individual broadcasts approximately nineteen hours per day, lenic Conference UNANIMOUS AGREEMENTS coverage of congressional hearings, local and students and all student organizations Student seven days per week during the Fall and Spring and policies, and to act in accordance with such national elections, jazz and blues festivals are also volunteers provide a high standard of service to the Semesters They offer experience and just plain fun rules established by the Panhellenic Council featured WDUQ produces several programs for campus and local community while, at the sarne the following areas national syndication annually The Panhellenic Council (PHC) was established Management, Advertising, News, Music time, fulfilling the University's Mission Statement WDUQ operates year round, 24 hours a day, for the purpose of strengthening womeWs frater- Relations, Radio Personalities (DJs), Produc- which seeks to "instill a spirit of service" in all reaching audiences within a 70 mile radius of Pitts- nities and sororities as organizations and for pro- tion, and Public Relations students burgh, this includes southwestern Pennsylvania, moting cooperation among the groups through students who have worked at WDSR in the past parts of Ohio, West Virginia and Maryland The over scholastic, athletic, and social activities Member- have gone on to work at CNN, KDKA, WTAE, 100,000 listeners help contribute to the yearly ship in the PHC is composed of the elected repre- SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS KQV Radio News and SONY Records — just 97Rock, operating budget of WDUQ during their bi-annuall sentatives of each of the six womeds fraterruties and Social organizations are composed of college men io mention a few on-air fundraisers two womeds sororities and women who have joined together for friend PUBLICATIONS Students are employed in several capacities, either ship, comradery, and activities They sponsor and The Duquesne University Code of Student as volunteers, interns or in a work-study position E. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS promote social, athletic, cultural, and academic Rights, Responsibilities and Conduct All students are supervised by the station's profes- GENERAL events Many of these organizations belong to Inter The Student Code is the definitive statement of sional staff Fraternity Council or Panhellenic Council standards, policies and procedures regarding stu- WDUQ is licensed to Duquesne University, and There are more than 100 student organizations at dent rights and responsibilities, campus organiza- has been broadcasting since 1949 The station is Duquesne Some serve the needs of specific interest t1ons, student governance, student records, student located on the fourth and fifth floors of the Des groups, others relate directly to major areas of study PERFORMANCE GROUPS conduct and the University judicial System Copies Places Communications Center on campus Regular Some honor academic achievement Many are TAMBURITZANS are available at the Duquesne Union Information business hours are Monday through Friday, 9 a in formed to meet social, service or religious needs and The Duquesne University Tamburitzans were Center to 5 p in Tours are available upon request interests Whatever their purpose, these organi- founded in 1937 at the University and were the first The Duquesne Duke, the University campus news- zations and their activities comprise a major part paper is written and edited by the students for the of campus life university-based performing folk ensemble in the United States The group takes its name from the students It appears every Thursday during the aca- The Office of Student Activities provides adminis- tamburitza family of stringed instruments indi- demic year except during examination periods and Part VII: trative and programming support for all recogniz- holidays, and provides an array of campus news, genous to the folk cultures of Southeastern Europe ed student organizations Any student group student opimons, editorials and advertisements The The group exists for the dual purposes of persery Campus Ministry wishing to apply for official University recognition paper is geared to all members of the University must initiate this process through the Office of Stu- ing and perpetuating the Eastern European cultural administrators, faculty members, employees, and heritage in the United States while offering scholar The Campus Ministry is deeply concerned with the dent Activities Recognized organizations must also most of all students Membership in the Duquesne religious life and growth of Duquesne students and annually update their registration ships to students who are academically sound and Duke is open to all students , all campus residents Its policies and programs are who possess talents in the performing arts Each The Duquesne Magazine is a literary publication, oriented to furthering that growth at the personal year the Tamburitzans search for new talent to fill HONOR SOCIETIES published each semester which affords students the as well as the community level For Catholic stu- vacancies in the ensemble Applicants do not These societies have as their primary purpose recog- opportunity to submit writing, artwork and dents, Eucharistic liturgies are celebrated daily, and nition of academic excellence and leadership necessarily need a specific background in folk music photographs the Sacrament of Reconciliation is scheduled regu- achievement and are members of the Association or dance Performing experience in a band or orches- UEspnt du Duc, the University yearbook, highlights larly and by appointment For all students, faculty of College Honor Societies tra, singing in a chorus, or taking lessons in tap, the events of each year for students, faculty and and staff, whatever their faith, the Campus Minis- ballet or jazz dance may provide the skills needed staff It is published in the fall of each year, and ters are available to help with spiritual direction, PROFESSIONAL AND DEPARTMENTAL to quahfy for a scholarship in this unique ensemble mailed to all seniors pictured in the book to remind counseling, advice, or sympathetic listening The ORGANIZATIONS The group performs 80 shows each year and them of their alma mater This yearbook covers stu- Campus Ministry provides a listing of Worship ser- travels extensively throughout the United States and dent life on campus, groups and organizations, var- vices in nearby churches or synagogues and refer- These professional organizations exist to provide Canada Inquiries concerning auditions should be sity, club and intra-mural sports, events on campus, rals can be made to introduce the student to the opportunities for career development and the made in the fall prior to auditions which are held and the year in review Membership on the Year- various ministers or rabbis in the area The Univer- exchange of ideas pertinent to students' academic in February For further information please contact book staff is open to all students sity Chapel is open each day for private prayer and pursuits With this purpose in mind, these organi- the Tamburitzans office The Student Handbook contains mformation about quiet meditation It is available too, to groups for zations sponsor numerous programs including the University which concerns the students Copies specific services of a religious nature debates, symposiums and lectures THEATRE are available at the Duquesne Union Information The Campus Ministry sees itself at the service of all in an open, unstructured, nonthreatening rela- DUQUESNE PROGRAM Center COUNCIL The Red Masquers provide an extracurricular out- tionship and invites the entire Duquesne Commu- The Duquesne Program Council (DPC) is the major let for students who wish to participate in theatre nity to make use of its services student programming organization of the Univer- The organizations aim is to provide the University Part VI: Campus Ministry's religious, social, and com- sity It provides social, recreational, educational and and its students with the educational and cultural munity outreach activities are announced by posters cultural activities for the entire University The DPC benefits that accrue from a dramatic program in line WDU'-%V Radio in residence halls, and almost all other campus directed by students and is comprised of several with these objectives, the Masquers' program offers buildings Its main office is Room 102 on the first committees which present such events as concerts, a variety of stage entertainments—one-act plays, WDUQ 90 517M, is a professionally operated non- floor of the Administration Building, with addi- dances, art exhibits, lectures and ski trips Member- musicals, comedies, tragedies Any Duquesne stu- commercial radio station, affiliated with the National tional offices in Duquesne Towers, St Anr^s, and ship is open to all students dent is eligible for membership Public and American Public Radio Networks Assumption

40 UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS AND COURSES UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS AND COURSES 41

J Roland Ramirez, Ph D, Philosophy 102 Imaginative Literature some understanding of the scientific bases of Part VIII: selected problems facing humankind (Students 0 Kurt Rethwisch, Ph D, Economics ,,,I,i Critical Writing 3 cr Joseph F Rishel, Ph D, History . liege-level introduction to imaginative literature may also satisfy the Core Science requirement by University Programs Tom Rockmore, Ph D, Philosophy A,rid c to a variety of critical techniques for interpreting one of the following courses Biology 111 or 112, Charles T Rubin, Ph D, Political Science Iniaginative literature Thinking and Writing Across General Chemistry 121 or 122, General Physics 201 and Courses John D Scanlon, Ph D, Philosophy the Curriculum is a prerequisite or 202 ) Marilyn Schaub, Ph D, Theology 171 Biology Carolyn Shankovich, M M, Music 121 Problem Solving with THE UNIVERSITY CORE CURRICULUM Creative Mathematics 3 cr Evolution, inheritance, and the interrelation of Core Faculty Michael S Slusser, Ph D, Theology energy, life, and the physical environment provide Carmen Stonge, M A , Art History An exploration of mathematics as a science and an Madeline C Archer, Ph D, Art History art with an emphasis on problem solving Students the unifying themes of this course Each of these Kathleen A Taylor, Ph D, Mathematics is examined from multiple levels of organization— Daniel E Barbush, M A , Mathematics ay", alsoculu satisfy this requirement with one of the Bruce Beaver, Ph D, Chemistry William M Thompson, Ph D, Theology from the molecular to the blosphere—demonstratmg Samuel J Tindall, Ph D, English ba Cal s courses (111 or 115), or Fundamen G Richard Benzinger, M A, English tals of Statistics 125 the diversity of life within which the commonality Bernard F Beranek, Ph D, English Steven B Vardy, Ph D, History of life is found Issues to be considered include those Perry K Blatz, Ph D, History Daniel P Watkins, Ph D, English 132 Basic Philosophical critical to effective citizenship in our changing world Stanley Bober, Ph D, Economics Wallace S Watson, Ph D, English Questions 3 cr such as disease, reproduction, genetics, genetic Richard E Bond, Ph D, Economics Bernard j Weiss, Ph D, History philosophy, literally the "love of wisdom;' is a engineering, and ecology discipline for discussing basic questions about our- George R Bradley, Ph D, Mathematics George S Worgul, Ph D, S T D, Theology 172 Chemistry Anne Brannen, Ph D, English Wilhelm S Wurzer, Ph D, Philosophy selves and our world In this course, in addition to The fundamental concepts of structure, bonding, Michael Cahall, Ph D, History Frank T Zbozny, Ph D, English reading and evaluating several works written by properties, and chemical reactivity are preserted Michael Cahill, Ph D, Theology major figures chosen from the history of philosophy, through lecture and classroom experimentation A Rebecca Carpenter, Ph D, English STATEMENT OF PURPOSE students are encouraged to think philosophically for consideration of consumer chemicals and the role themselves and to formulate their own answers to Anne M Cl Lfford, C S J , Ph D , Theology of the chemical industry emphasizes the importance The core curriculum is a cluster of courses within perennial philosophical questions Donato A DeFelice, M S, Mathematics Duquesne's general curriculum that focus on values of chemistry and related technologies in our every- Frederick Evans, Ph D, Philosophy central to liberal education and to the nussion of the 141 Social, Political and day lives The chemical dimensions of selected social Abhay Gaur, Ph D, Mathematics University The purpose of the Core is threefold Economic Systems 3 cr issues of current importance in the areas of environ- Edward L Gelblum, M A, Philosophy Core courses encourage students to develop a The disciplines of Economics, Political Science, and mental chemistry, energy technology, and food pro- Lee Glick, Ph D, Economics universality of vision, they assist students in Sociology collaborate to explore questions about duction are examined Frank R Gorga, Ph D, Chemistry building a foundation for professional studies, they equality and inequality in various societies The 173 Physics Louis Haas, Ph D, History encourage students to cultivate the habit of life-long course specifically addresses economic, political, Through lecture and classroom demonstration John K Hanes, M A, English learning and legal issues as they relate to gender, age, race, students investigate the fundamental notions of James P Hanigan, Ph D, Theology Duquesne's Core courses emphasize critical think- and ethnicity mechanics motion, inertia, force, momentum, and Jack W Hausser, Ph D, Chemistry ing and effective communication Making informed 151 Shaping of the Modern World 3 cr energy Emphasis is placed on the great Newtonian Samuel J Hazo, Ph D, English , judgments and speaking and writing clearly and An understanding of change through time is essen- synthesis of the 17th century With this foundation, J Clifton Hill, C S Sp, Ph D, Physics persuasively are the marks of an educated person tial to the comprehension of the world in which we students are prepared to move on to topics chosen Eleanore W Holveck, Ph D, Philosophy Students practice these skills not only in specific live This course integrates the 20th Century experi- from among the following properties of matter, heat Susan Howard, Ph D, English courses but also across the entire curriculum ence of the United States with that of Europe, Asia, and thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, jean Hunter, Ph D, History Ducluesne's Core courses integrate fundamental Latin America and Africa as it examines the forces light, and modern physics The course introduces Thomas Isenhour, Ph D, Chemistry themes of enduring importance the history and which have produced the great changes of our students to the analytical processes of the scientific Chester A jurczak, Ph D, Sociology cultural heritage of the West, the diversity and century method and also helps them recognize applications Thomas A Keagy, Ph D, Mathematics richness of all human cultures, the structures by to the physics involved in everyday life 161 The Arts and the Joseph J Keenan, Ph D, English which societies organize themselves, the role of 3 cr David F Kelly, Ph D, Theology Human Experience 3 cr Core Theology science in the modern world, the relation of the arts The Core Theology courses expose students to the Charles D Keyes, Ph D, Philosophy to human experience, the process of defining per- The visual and musical arts are explored in light of Linda Taylor Kinnahan, Ph D, English major styles, artists, themes and monuments in the major religious traditions of humankind The sonal identity and personal values The questions courses examme the moral, intellectual, and cultural Stuart M Kurland, Ph D, English which are generated through the exploration of arts and as components of a broader historical and Albert C Labriola, Ph D, English cultural experience The course draws upon the rich dimensions of these traditions This requirement these themes are ennobled by a tradition of may be fufilled by any one of the following courses Rand Lewis, Ph D, History philosophical and theological inquiry resources of the Pittsburgh community, such as the Robert E Madden, Ph D, Philosophy Carnegie Institute, the Pittsburgh Symphony, the 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187 Patrick L Malloy, Ph D, Theology Pittsburgh Ballet, and the Pittsburgh Opera 182 Human Morality CORE COURSES An introduction to the basic questions and Paul T Mason, Ph D, History Core Science 3 cr Holly A Mayer, Ph D, History There are seven courses and two course-areas in the approaches of Christian ethics, emphasizing the for- University Core, totaling 27 credits Students may choose one of the courses described mulation and formation of moral values, the sources Mark S Mazur, Ph D, Mathematics below (171, 172, or 173) Each course presents a body Moni McIntyre, I H M, Ph D, Theology 101 Thinking and Writing and context of Christian ethics, in its biblical and of fundamental knowledge to provide the student historical development, and including applications Magali Michael, Ph D, English Across the Curriculum 3 cr with an awareness and understanding of the disci- to some contemporary issues Kent Moors Ph D, Political Science Practice in analysis and expression in many dis- pline As this body of knowledge is explored, exam- Frederick Newberry, Ph D, English ciplines, as preparation for other work in the ples of scientific inquiry will be presented to explain 183 The Judeo-Christian Religious Tradition Jerome L Niedermeler, Ph D, English university-wide integrated Core Curriculum and for the scientific method as the foundation of modern A study of the fundamental beliefs, values and spint Ronald M Polansky, Ph D, Philosophy later courses throughout the university scientific thought Each course will lead students to of the Judeo-Christian tradition as expressed in its 42 UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS AND COURSES LNI.VERSITY PROGRAMS AND COURSES 43

religious texts, worship, spirituality, moral codes, exceptional high school records are encouraged t, ,rhe ESLP offers intensive, semi-intensive, and Advanced-Level Courses 0-2 cr Hrs /Week and intellectual tradition The course includes an apply Further information is available at the Offic, specialized instruction on basic, intermediate, and 130 Advanced ESL Grammar 4 investigation of the Judeo-Christian faith in a per- of Comprehensive Student Advisement advanced levels Intensive levels meet for twenty A rapid review of English grammar including sonal God, in the dignity of the human person, in hours of instruction per week Semi-intensive and advanced-level practice designed to supplement oral the importance of community, in the fundamental IHP COURSES ,peciahzed levels offer instruction for between four and written proficiency Prerequisite Intermediate- goodness of creation and the meaning and value of sixteen hours per week, depending upon stu- level Courses (125 through 129) or Placement human existence The IHP curriculum consists of the following and courses derits' proficiency as deterryuned by English Lan- Testing 184 Introduction to the Bible guage Placement Tests 4 101 Logic and Rhetoric 3 The ESLP focuses primarily upon English for Aca- 131 Advanced Oral Skills An introduction to the methods of investigation CT An advanced ESL oral proficiency course including necessary to understand the sacred books of Jews Clear and disciplined thinking, reading, speaking demlc purposes (EAP) Qualified students at inter- and writing mediate and advanced levels may combine course- conversational practice, preparation and presenta- and Christians An examination of the historical, tion of oral reports, and participation in discussion literary, and theological aspects of a select number 111 and 112 Civilizations work in their academic degree major with ESL study Eligible international students accepted to of seminar topics Prerequisite Intermediate-level of key biblical texts and a discussion of their con- Great Issues I and 11 3 cr each Courses (125 through 129) or Placement Testing temporary relevance An intensive study of key ideas and significant peo undergraduate degree programs may be awarded academic credit for their ESL coursework 132 Advanced ESL Reading—A 4 185 Religions East and West ple and events of the great civilizations of West and East The ESLP offers instruction throughout the aca- An advanced reading skills course including mten- A study of some of the world's great religions which demic year during three semesters Fall (Late August sive vocabulary development, scanning, reading are thought to be particularly representative of 114 The American Experience 3 cr to December), Spring (January to April), and Sum- comprehension, and reports on outside reading humanity's religious experience namely, archaic tra- The rise and sigruficance of the U S as a democratic, mer (May to July) ESL faculty advisors assist each Prerequisite Intermediate-level Courses (125 ditions, Hindu and Buddhist traditions, Chinese industrial, affluent, and open society student in the selection of appropriate ESL courses through 129) or Placement Testing traditions, and the Islamic path 203 Societal Structures 3 cr a, five major areas grammar, reading, listening corn- 133 Advanced ESL Writing 4 186 Roman Catholic Heritage The objective and subjective societal framework prehension/note-taking, pronunciation/speaking, An advanced writing skills course including con- An introduction to the fundamental beliefs of within which the individual functions This course and writing A full-semester orientation program is centrated practice in theme conceptualization, or- Roman Catholicism and their expression in hterature will be offered by one or more faculty from Eco also available to assist new international students ganization, outlining, paragraph development, and and the visual arts After a brief consideration of noryucs, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology, in adjusting to acadernic and cultural life in the extended composition Prerequisite Intermediate- the interrelation of religion and culture, Roman and content will vary university level Courses (125 through 129) or Placement Catholicism is studied in various historical periods 211 Cultural Perspectives 3 cr Testing Origins of Christianity, the Patristic Age, the Mid- dle Ages, Scholasticism and the Renaissance, the An inquiry into patterns of beliefs, values, ideol 134 Advanced ESL Comprehension ogles, and norms of human society through studies COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and Oral Presentation 4 Reformation and the Counter-Reformation, and the 0-2 cr Hrs /Week An advanced course focusing on listening com- Modern and Contemporary Eras of language, literature, religion, art, and history This Basic-Level Courses course will be offered by one or more faculty from 120 Basic ESL Grammar 4 prehension, presentation, and note-taking skills in 187 Christian Understanding of the Art History, Classics, Communication, English, 121 Basic ESL Pronunciation/ 4 language laboratory/practicurn settings Prerequisite Human Person 3 cr History Modern Languages and Literatures, Philos Oral Skills Intermediate-level Courses (125 through 129) or An investigation into the question of "What does ophy, and Theology, and content will vary 122 Basic ESL Reading 4 Placement Testing it mean to be human?" according to Judaeo- 123 Basic ESL Writing 4 Christian teaching, a discussion of the relationship In addition to the above-listed courses, all IHP students must complete the following general 124 Basic ESL Comprehension 4 Special Purpose Courses var cr of the human person to self, others, the world, and requirements 135 ESL Special Topics 4 the Divine as the basis for humanness, a study of A group of basic-level courses for students whose natural sciences 3 cr native language is other than English Includes up An ESL course designed to address specialized skill the issues involved in these four relationships, e g , development in English as a Second Language freedom, grace, contemplation mathematics (Problem Solving with Crea- to sixteen hours of classroom instruction and four tive Mathematics, Calculus, Statistics) 3 cr hours of language laboratory instruction per week Prerequisite Placement Testing Note Approved alternate courses for Core 141 are social sciences 3 cr Level and course assignment determined by place- 140 ESL Special Purposes Reading 4 available to students in the College and the School philosophy 3 cr ment testing An English for Special Purposes course focusing on of Business Administration In general, students theology 3 cr intensive and extensive reading skills offered will complete the Core requirements according to humanities 3 cr Intermediate-Level Courses 0-2 cr Hrs /Week through the use of instructional materials designed guidelines established by their respective schools Core 121 Problem Solving with Creative 125 Intermediate ESL Grammar 4 around specialized fields Prerequisite Placement and in consultation with the Advisement and Refer- Mathematics Intermediate ESL Pronunciation/ 4 Testing ral Center 3 cr 126 An exploration of mathematics as a science and an Oral Skills 141 ESL Special Purposes Writing 4 art with an emphasis on problem solving 127 Intermediate ESL Reading 4 An English for Special Purposes course focusing on THE INTEGRATED HONORS PROGRAM 128 Intermediate ESL Writing 4 acadernic writing and research skills required to pre- The Integrated Honors Progam (IHP) is the honors 129 Intermediate ESL 4 pare research summaries, final reports, and term ENGLISH AS A track of the University Core Curriculum It is in- SECOND LANGUAGE Comprehension papers Prerequisite Placement Testing tended for qualified students who wish to accept PROGRAM A group of intermediate-level courses for students 142, 145-146 ESL Guided Study var the challenge of an accelerated learning experience Duquesne University offers a comprehensive Eng- whose native language is other than English in the Core program Acceptance is based on a A multi-level program of ESL language proficiency lish as a Second Language Program (ESLP) open Includes up to sixteen hours of classroom instruc- development offering supervised, continuously review of credentials, including high school grades, to international students admitted to academic tion and four hours of language laboratory instruc- QPA, SAT or ACT scores, high school class rank, sequenced instruction in individually-prescribed degree programs as well as students adnutted to the tion per week Prerequisite Basic-level Courses (120 learning modules Prerequisite Placement Testing and a letter of recommendation from the high school ESLP on a non-degree, certificate of completion through 124) or Placement Testing principal, counselor, or teacher All students with basis

44 UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS AND COURSES COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 45

143 ESL Graduate Research Paper Core 101 Thinking and Writing College of GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS An advanced writing course for graduate interna- Across the Curriculum (ESL) 3 cr To receive the Degrees of Bachelor of Arts or Bache- tional students, offering intensive instruction in An introduction to and preparation for both the lor of Science in the College of Liberal Arts, a stu- in Liberal Arts bibliographic and research methods as well as the umversity-wide integrated Core Curriculum and the dent must complete the following requirements conventions of expository writing Prerequisite many general and specific aspects of the entire Administration A minimum of 120 semester hours of course Placement Testing university curriculum Prerequisite Placement credits The last 30 hours must be taken at the 144 Advanced ESL Reading—B Testing Interim Dean Constance U Ramirez, Ph D University An advanced reading skills course, including literary Core 102 Imaginative Literature University Core Curriculum selections and outside reading, especially designed and Critical Writing (ESL) 3 cr to prepare for CORE 101 level reading Prerequisite A college-level introduction to imaginative literature HISTORY College General Requirements, as described Advanced ESL Reading—A and critical techniques for interpreting imaginative In 1878 the Fathers of the Congregation of the Holy below 147 ESL Term Paper literature, with special attention to self-editing skills Ghost and the Immaculate Heart of Mary estab- Major program (minimum of 24 credits, see An advanced writing course for undergraduate and cultural contexts of literary interpretation ],shed a College of Arts and Letters which was departmental listings) international students preparing especially for incorporated in 1882 as Pittsburgh Catholic College Minor program (minimum of 12 credits, see CORE 101 The course offers instruction in the con- EXTRA-DEPARTMENTAL COURSES of the Holy Ghost with authority to grant degrees departmental listings) in the arts and sciences In 1911 the College and ventions of expository writing and in working with 008 Study Skills 1 cr University Council of the Commonwealth of Penn- An overall minimum cumulative quality point and documenting sources Prerequisite Advanced An examination of the academic problems most fre- average of 2 0 A minimum cumulative quality point ESL Writing sylvania extended the charter to university status quently encountered by college students Practical and approved the amendment in favor of the cor- average of 2 0 both in the major and in the minor exercises on a variety of topics, including time 148 ESL Academic Discourse porate title, Duquesne University Removal of I and F grades both in the major An advanced, colitent-based series of excerpts from budgeting, stress management, note-taking tech- department and in required courses university texts, offering practice in analytical niques and test preparation strategies PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Pre-registration (on form SR1) for B A or B S reading, note-taking, and synthesizing Prerequisite 015 University 101 1 cr Duquesne University believes that education is con- degree in major field Submission of application Placement Testing An exploration of the college adjustment process as for the degree on form provided by the Registrar, 149/150 New International Student it occurs Study and discussion center on the cerned with the human person as a whole — mind, body and soul It believes that each individual has before the deadline published in the current Seminar 0-1 cr exploration of college expectations, acadermc skills, University calendar No student is considered a self-esteem, major and career choices, values, time the obligation to self, society, and God to develop A series of discussions and activities designed to degree candidate prior to submission of this form management, social skills and activities and univer- potential to the fullest In this comirutment, the Col- facilitate the transition and adjustment of new inter- and official registration for the degree national students to U S academic life, the city of sity helping resources lege of Liberal Arts sets its objectives and forms its Pittsburgh, and Duquesne University curricula The objectives of the College are COLLEGE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I To provide a solid foundation for lifelong Students enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts for the B A or B S degree are required to complete the learning Umversity Core Curriculum, consisting of 27 credits, 2 To develop an awareness of the methodologies for graduation and epistemologies of the major areas of knowledge In addition to the University Core, students in the so that evaluations and judgments may be valid College are required to fulfill the following area 3 To assist in both the growth of self-knowledge requirements for graduation and the development of a philosophy of life Modern or Classical Language proficiency at the 202 level 4 To assist in the understanding of one's relation Math/Science (mathematics, to God, to society, and to nature computer science, biology, 5 To perfect that skill in the use of standard Eng- chemistry, physics) 3 credits lish necessary to clear, coherent expression of one's Social Sciences (Political Science, thoughts, hopes, and ideals Psychology, Sociology) 6 credits (two disciplines 6 To cultivate a background ior the learned pro- must be fessions and for scholarly pursuits represented) History/Literature 6 credits DEGREES (must include The College confers two undergraduate degrees literature) Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts Students Philosophy/Theology 6 credits who complete the major in classics, commurucation, (must include economics, English, history modern languages and philosophy) literatures, philosophy, political science, psychology, 3 credits sociology, and theology receive the B A degree Communication Students majoring in mathematics or computer Courses taken in major or minor programs may science can follow a curriculum leading to either a also be used to satisfy the College General B A or B S degree Requirements 47 46 OF LIBERAL ARTS SPECIAL PROGRAMS COLLEGE

COLLEGE ACADEMIC POLICIES ne,, Ernphasis — One of the following areas to register for the program by the end of their University-Level Courses Taken While in lilo ,3 ust listed freshman year To register, students should file a Effective catalog School concentration may be chosen All courses of completed application form in the College Office Degree requirements are those stipulated in the University-level courses taken by entering freshr,,, the School of Bu siness and Administration are it, This, along with a copy of the most recent transcript catalog of the year in which a student matriculates students while in high school will be evaluated ^rieral Business Sequence f(, will be sent to the advisement office in the School The student is responsible for knowing the require- credit if the following criteria have been met A Ge Principles of Management 3 cr BUS 361 of Business Administration A School of Business ments for the degree Requirements may be changed Principles of Marketing 3 cr The courses are recorded on an official transcri l3us 371 advisor will assist the candidate in planning the without notice or obligation This catalog has been 3 cr from an accredited institution of higher learn, Bus 331 Business Finance prepared on the best information available as of program ng Management Information Systems Sequence Spring 1994 Major requirements are those stipu- The grades are C or better Business 381 Intro to Decision OTHER CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS lated in the catalog of the year in which a student The student has completed one semester at 3 cr declares the major Duquesne with a C+ average, or better Sciences Certificate programs are also available in Computer TWO advanced management Science (Department of Mathematics and Computer Academic Load 6 cr information courses Science), Corporate Communication and Profes- While a 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is SPECIAL PROGRAMS C Management Sequence sional Communication Skills (Department of Com- considered full-time study, students may normally Bus 3 cr 361 Principles of Management munication), and Gerontology (Department of carry five courses (15-17 PROGRAM IN WORLD LITERATURE credits) in one semester A Two advanced management courses, Sociology) Several of these are offered in conjunc- schedule of more than five courses or 6 cr 17 credits must The Departments of Classics, English, and Modern general or human resource tion with the Center for Continuing Education be approved by the Deads Office Students on Languages jointly offer a World Literature prograrn, Marketing Sequence Further information may be obtained from the academic probation may not take more than D 15 with both major and minor sequences Principles of Marketing 3 cr appropriate department or from the Center credits Students who wish to carry more than 12 Bus 371 For requirements, course descriptions, and further Two advanced marketing courses 6 cr credits of courses in the summer sessions must con- information, see World Literature Program in Col INTER-SCHOOL MINORS sult with the Dean lege Course Descriptions E Finance Sequence 3 cr Acaden-ac loads for non-native speakers of English Bus 331 Business Finance Inter-school minors are available in Education and 6 cr enrolled in degree programs are determined in PRE-LAW Two advanced finance courses Music For complete details students should con- If a stu- accordance with the university's English Language Accounting Sequence sult the advisor or the Dean of the College Students who intend to prepare for a career in law F dent has an interschool minor, all elective credits Proficiency Requirements in consultation with 311 Intermediate Accounting 1 3 cr may select any subject area for the undergraduate Bus Duquesne University English as a Second Language Bus 312 Intermediate Accounting 11 3 cr must be chosen from the Liberal Arts courses major In consultation with the Pre-Law advisor, the Program advisement One advanced accounting course 3 cr students will be expected to meet degree require COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Residence Requirement ments in the major department, as well as admis Law Sequence G The Cooperative Education program is a service to The last 30 credits must be taken in residence at the Prerequisite - Substitute 251 Legal sion requirements of the law school of their choice students seeking expanded education through work University Process for 282 Probability and experience and to employers seeking temporary pre- CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS Statistics 11) Plus 9 credits from Limits on Inter-School Electives professional staff with the ultimate objective of early Bus 353 Contracts 3 cr A maximum of 12 credits in Duquesne University This program enables students to preserve the Bus 354 Commercial Transactions 3 cr identification of the best available college educated courses outside the College of Liberal Arts may be benefits of a liberal education while also acquiring talent for permanent assignment Bus 355 Law of Business Organizations 3 cr applied to the B A or B S degree However, if the business skills The program consists of 4 prereq Under this plan, students may be employed in Bus 356 Legal Aspects of Human student chooses the Certificate in Business Program uisite courses (12-14 credits) in the College of Liberal business, government and other institutional settings Resources Management 3 cr (24 credits) or an inter-school minor (Education, 15, Arts and 8 courses (24 credits) in the School of The program design provides for short-term work Music, 15), the maximum credits required will be Business Administration Specific requirements are H International Business Sequence assignments, and it requires the regular rotation of Bus 341 International Business 3 cr in applied to the degree, but all other courses must as follows students each job and competitive referrals for each be selected from College offerings Two advanced international business work period Employment may be either full- or part- Liberal Arts 6 cr Major/Minor in Same Department courses time for one acadermc term or its equivalent 109 College Algebra (3 cr) Appropriate Modern Language "for A student may not major and minor in the same It is expected that the cooperative education Stu- or business" at 306 level 3 cr department, with the exception of language majors, dent will be paid a salary commensurate with the 105 College Algebra and Trigonometry (4 cr) who may minor in a second language, and majors Suggested Additional College Electives work assigned The actual job must be pre- 111 Calculus for Non-science Students in computer science or mathematics, who may (3 cr) 383 Writing for Business and Industry (3 cr) professional, well-defined and fully supervised or major in the companion discipline 385 Prof and Tech Writing Workshop (3 cr) Sixty (60) or more earned credits and a cumula- 115 Calculus 1 (4 cr) 102 Techniques of Oral Commurucation (3 cr) tive quality point average of 2 5 or better are basic Sequential Courses 221 Principles of Economics 1 (3 cr) (3 cr) requirements for student qualification for the Pro- Sequential courses must be taken in proper 401 Cooperative Education 222 Principles of Economics 11 (3 cr) gram Clearance from academic advisors is required sequence Credit will not be given for a prerequisite The student must complete the business emphasis of those studying in departments with other intem- course if courses for which it is prerequisite already Business and Administration as it is set up There are no substitutions ship options have been taken 182 Information Systems 1 (3 cr) The student must achieve a minimum grade of When employed, and before starting work, a (Substitution of College computer courses may be C in each course Temporary Transfers cooperative student must enroll in the course, allowed in consultation with the program advisor) Students with waivers for prerequisite courses No course taken by a student in the College as a "Cooperative Education;' which carries a nummurn- 281-282 Quantitative Analysis (6 cr) (Introduction to Computers and Statistics I and 11), Temporary Transfer at another institution may count maximum of three to nine credits depending on the (Student may substitute 301302 Introduction to especially math and computer science rnajors, will toward a College degree unless approved by the credits in Busi- number of hours of work Probability and Statistics) (Prerequisite 116 be permitted to take an additional 9 Dean For further information about the Cooperative Calculus ) neSs and Administration Education Program, interested parties should con- CLEP and Advanced Placement 214 Financial Accounting (3 cr) Because in most cases it will take three years to tact Director, Career Services Center — See page 10 215 Managerial Accounting (3 cr complete the certificate, students are strongly urged

49 48 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

3 cr special interests of students and faculty can be BACHELOR OF ARTS — LIBERAL ARTS MINORS 206 Greek Art A study of the architecture, sculpture, vase paint- served Courses offered include The Image of This program is designed for those students who American Literature History and minor arts of the Greek world from Minoan Women in Art, Picasso, Impressionism, Egyptian prefer not to choose a formal major or minor offered Art History Italian mg, to Hellenistic times The student is introduced to Art, and Post Impressionism in a traditional discipline All requirements other Classical Civilization journalism the extensive vocabulary of Greek art which has than the major and minor must be completed Stu- Classical Languages Mathematics 374 Michelangelo His Art and His World 3 cr been a continuing formative force in Western art dents must select one area of concentration Latin Media Studies From its beginning in Medici Florence to its conclu- Humanities, or Social Sciences A concentration cr sion amidst the spiritual turmoil of the Counter Greek Philosophy 207 Roman Art 3 requires a minimum of 30 credit hours and a max- Communication Political Science An introduction to Roman innovations in architec- Reformation, Michelangelo's career spanned several imum of 39 hours Courses must be chosen from Studies Priestly Formation ture, sculpture, and painting The background of generations of Italian art and history This course courses 200 and above Further information is Computer Science Psychology Roman art in Etruscan, Greek, and Egyptian civili- examines the genius of Michelangelo in the context available in the DeaiVs Office Criminal justice Sociology ,ations is investigated, and the impact of Roman art of the artistic and cultural forces which combined Economics Spanish in formulating Christian Art, Renaissance Art and to create the Renaissance BACHELOR-MASTER'S PROGRAM English Literature Theology Neo-Classicism is analyzed 376 Contemporary Art 3 cr A student who has completed all requirements and French World Literature 210 American Art 3 cr A study of the neo-avant-garde from 1945 to the pre- a total of 90 credits with a 3 5 average may apply German Writing An overview of American architecture, painting, sent in the major European art centers and in for the bachelor/master's program After successful Gerontology/Human sculpture and decorative arts intended to acquaint America The reception of the various modernist completion of the master's program, the student will Services the student with the major trends and contributions movements of contemporary art are examined in the receive the bachelor's degree from the College of of American art from colonial to modern times context of social and cultural changes in the twen- Liberal Arts Further information is available from tieth century Major movements included are Course Descriptions 220 History of Photography 3 cr the Graduate School of Liberal Arts survey of photographic developments from the Abstract Expressionism, Realism, Pop Art, A Minimalism, Happenings, Performance Art, Con- ART HISTORY early 19th C to the present Emphasis is upon the BACHELOR/PROFESSIONAL SCHOOL ceptual Art, and the New Art of the Eighties Director Madeline C Archer, Ph D United States and upon the interaction of and con- 90 credits with a 3 5 A student who has completed frontation between artists and photographers 398 Art and Society 3 cr overall average and satisfied all undergraduate cur- Survey and period courses in the history of western This course explores the ways that social and ricular requirements may apply for the bachelor's art are offered by the Art History program of the 312 Late Medieval Art 3 cr political conditions and demands affect artists' degree after the successful completion of the first History Department to introduce the concepts of art Western European Art from the lith to the 14th cen- aesthetic choices Although many of the examples year of professional work in an accredited medical history to those who wish to extend thed visual tury Focus is upon the development of stone discussed in class are drawn from the visual arts, or law school Further information is available from perimeter and to understand the role of the visual vaulting systems, monumental architectural sculp- other art forms such as literature, drama, music and the Dean's Office arts in Western culture Qualified students may take ture, stained glass, fresco and panel painting, and dance are included as appropriate The class will additional upper division art history courses offered illuminated manuscripts in England, France, Italy, examine thematic topics through history such as art SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE at member colleges of the Pttsburgh Council on and Germany and social protest, art in the service of governments, A Higher Education In addition to personal enrich- 3 cr student who has received a bachelor's degree from 321 15th Century Renaissance Art and commercial art It also looks at issues of con- another school may become eligible for a second ment and heightened awareness of man's will to An investigation of the Renaissance spirit of the 15th troversy in contemporary art worlds as they affect bachelor's degree by earning an additional 30 create visual forms, the study of art histroy can lead upon attitudes of man, century Concentration is artistic production semester hours in residence in the College of Liberal to careers in teaching, publishing, museology, his- nature, and social structure, and to materials, tech- Arts and by meeting all departmental and College toric preservation, urban redevelopment, apprais- niques, pictorial representation, and iconography 431 Directed Readings 1-3 cr requirements if not already satisfied The additional ing, and consulting Permission of Department 331 Art of the Nineteenth Century 3 cr 30 credits must be completed at the University and An assessment of the major movements of the nine- 441 American Painting and Sculpture 3 cr may not be taken through cross-registration Fur- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR teenth century in Europe and America, with special Selected topics in 18th, 19th and early 20th century ther information is available from the Dean's Office A History major with a concentration in Art History emphasis on the social, political and economic American Art History are examined in the context of is available Consult the History Department listing social, political, cultural and economic issues Topic THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S DEGREE aspects, that determined Modernism in Europe from for requirements 1789 to 1890 The course also addresses the chang- exarnples include The Changing American Land- For more information contact the Office of Admis- ing role of the avant-garde artist and the formation scapes in the 19th Century, American Portraiture, sions or the Dean^s Office REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR of the new patronage, the art market, museum insti- American Impressionism, American Women Artists, The minor consists of 15 credits, nine of which must tutions, and exhibitions The Rise of American Art Acaderrues, Art Criticism, MAJORS and Patronage, Exhibitions, and Museum Institutions be above the 100-level 332 Art of the Twentieth Century 3 cr Classics Media Studies 111 History of Art Ancient to Examination of the major American and European 442 American Architecture 3 cr Classical Civilization Philosophy Medieval World 3 cr artists and movements of the early twentieth cen- Construction, style, building types, and concepts Communication Political Science A chronologically oriented, detailed presentation of tury Beginning with the work of CLzanne and his of city planning in American architecture from the Studies Psychology the history of Western art This survey deals with impact on the formation of Cubism and Futurism, 17th century to the present The social and political Computer Science Sociology the contradictions and parallels in the various avant- forces affecting style are emphasized The course English Concentrations In Near Eastern, Greek, Roman, Early Christian and garde practices from 1905-1945 are assessed and also includes an introduction to the theory and prac- French Sociology, Criminal Medieval art (Can be elected to fulfill the history/ literature requirement ) evaluated The changing affiliations of artists, such tice of historic preservation German Justice, Human as their political and aesthetic associations, are a Services/Gerontology 112 History of Art Renaissance to 443 American Decorative Arts 3 cr Greek major emphasis History Spanish Modern World 3 cr Decorative arts from the Pilgrims to the Bauhaus are journalism Theology A continuation of 111 Surveys Renaissance, Ba 370, 371, 372, 373, 375 examined in context historical, formal, technolog- Latin World Literature roque and Modern art in Western Europe (Can be Special Studies in Art History 3 cr ical, and cultural Field trips to Carnegie Institute Mathematics elected to fulfill the history/literature requirement ) An occasional course in this series is offered when and other area collections are scheduled

50 DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 51

478 Internship 3 cr programs with balanced history and literature com 213, 214 Intermediate Ecclesiastical 206 Greek Art 3 cr Practical experience in art related areas introduces ponents They are strongly encouraged to fulfill the 3 cr each A study of the architecture, sculpture, vase paint- Latin the student to the many opportunities in the art College language requirement in either Latin or Selections from Biblical and Christian Latin mg, and minor arts of the Greek world from Mmoan field Prerequisite Permission of the Art History Greek All courses in Greek or Latin at the 200 level literature to Hellenistic times The student is introduced to faculty and completion of 15 Art History credits or above apply to the Classical Civilization Major the extensive vocabulary of Greek art which has ,.he following will be taught as Latin or Greek been a continuing formative force in Western art REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR courses or, for those students who are qualified as 207 Roman Art combination Latin and Greek courses 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS The Department offers a rrunor in Latin (a minimum Each course will cover an individual author or An introduction to Roman innovations in architec- of 12 credits above the 100 level), a mmor in Greek Chairperson group of authors or a genre Each course may be ture, sculpture, and painting The background of (a minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level), and Lawrence E Gaichas, Ph D repeated as long as a different author or work read Roman art in Etruscan, Greek, and Egyptian civili- a minor in Classical Civilization with concentrations Professors zations is investigated, and the impact of Roman art in Greek Civilization, Roman Civilization, Ancient 301 pye-Fifth Century 3 cr Jerry Clack, Ph D in formulating Christian Art, Renaissance Art and History, and Ancient Art and Literature (12 credits The Iliad, the Odyssey, the Homeric Hymns, Hesiod Neo-Classicism is analyzed Lawrence E Gaichas, Ph D above the 100 level) with approval of the Depart. Pindar, and Greek lyric poetry Stephen T Newmyer, Ph D 219 Computer Use in the Humanities 3 cr ment and advisors 302 Fifth Century 3 cr Assistant Professor A survey of non-scientific applications of computers Herodotus, Thucydides, Aeschylus, Sophocles, in the humanities Ann Thomas Wilkins, Ph D ORIGINAL LANGUAGE COURSES Euripides, and Anstophanes Lecturers 230 Ancient Theatre 3 cr 101, 102 Basic Latin I and 11 4 cr each 303 Fourth Century 3 cr An examination of the origins and development of Howard F Burrell, M A Study of the fundamentals of Latin grammar and Greek orators, Plato, Aristotle, Xenophon Menander ancient tragedy and comedy Readings from the works Gilbert Z Puznakoski, M A syntax combined with occasional exercises in trans 3 cr of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Anstophanes David Seward, Ph D 304 Alexandrian Period lation from Roman authors Apollonius Rhodius, Theocritus, Callimachus and Menander, Plautus, Terence, and Seneca 103, The study of Classics is a unique discipline It is not 104 Basic Greek I and Il 4 cr each the lesser Alexandrian authors 231 Ancient Epic 3 cr Study of the fundamentals of Greek grammar and the study of a language or literature alone It is rather 305 Roman Republic 3 cr A study of ancient epic literature with particular the investigation of one of the world's inspired syntax combined with frequent exercises-on trans- Plautus, Terence, Cicero, Lucretius, Catullus, Caesar, attention to the techniques of oral and literary com- lation from Greek authors civilizations, the Graeco-Roman world As such, it and Sallust position Readings from the works of Homer, Apol- offers the student insight into the broadest aspects 111, 112 Basic Sanskrit 3 cr each 306 Augustan Literature 3 cr lonius of Rhodes, Vergil, and Lucan of human existence set in a perspective distant A study of the fundamentals of Sanskrit grammar Livy^ Vergil, Horace, Ovid, Propertius, and Tibullus 232 Ancient Novel and Romance 3 cr enough from one's own to expand significantly the and syntax combined with exercises in translation Survey of Greek and Roman prose fiction with spe- understanding and appreciation of humanity's aspi- Some previous foreign language experience is 307 Imperial Literature 3 cr cial emphasis on the nature and development on rations, failures, and occasional triumphs desirable Seneca, Lucan, Petromus, Martial, Plutarch, Tacitus, Juvenal, Pliny the Younger, Suetonius, Apuleius, narrative techniques Readings from Homer, 113, 114 Elementary Ecclesiastical Herodotus, Xenophon, Apollonius of Rhodes, the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJORS and Lucian Latin 3 cr each Greek Romances, Lucian, Petromus, and Apulelus The Department offers four major programs Clas- Study of the fundamentals of Latin grammar and 308 Post Classical Literature 3 cr sical Latin, Classical Greek, Classical Languages syntax as represented in Scripture and Church Post classical, medieval, renaissance and neo-Latin 233 Ancient Satire 3 cr (knowledge of both Latin and Greek required), and Fathers authors Investigation of the satirical element in classical literature with special reference to the writings of Classical Civilization (no knowledge of Greek/Latin 115, 116 Biblical Greek I and 11 309 Studies in Genre 3 cr 3 cr Lucian, Lucilius, Horace, Persius, Martial, and required) Credits applied to any major must be at This course is designed to help the student with little Selected genre of Greek and/or Latin literature the 200 level or above Juvenal or no previous knowledge of Greek to learn the 400 Independent Readings and elements of KOINE 242 Ancient Law 3 cr 1)The Classical Latin major requires at least eigh- Greek grammar, syntax and Research Var cr teen credits in Latin as well as six credits in ancient vocabulary Example texts will be drawn primarily An historical survey, including the contributions of 500 Independent Readings and history or ancient literature courses in English from Biblical authors but will also include other the Babylonians and the Greeks and of the Romans Hellenistic authors such as Philo Alexandrinus Research Var cr to the development of law between c 500 B C and 2)The Classical Greek major requires at least eign- I A D 500 teen credits in Greek as well as six credits in ancient 201 202 Introduction to Latin CLASSICS COURSES IN ENGLISH history or ancient literature courses in English Readings I and Il 3 cr each 244 History of Ancient Medicine 3 cr Selections of major Latin author(s) (NO GREEK OR LATIN REQUIRED) 3)The Classical Languages major requires at least Examination of the most significant medical theories twenty-four credits in Latin and Greek in addition 203, 204 Introduction to Greek 121 General Etymology 3 cr and practices in the period from the Egyptian tem- to six credits of ancient history or ancient literature Readings I and 11 3 cr each A study of Greek and Latin roots to facilitate the ple physicians to the doctors of the Roman Empire courses in English The Survey of Sanskrit Litera- Selections of major classical Greek author(s) compr^hension of modern English as it is written Special attention will be given to Hippocrates and ture (211-212) may be substituted for the credits of 207, 208 Biblical and Patristic by our acknowledged modern masters Galen either Latin or Greek Greek 3 cr each 122 Etymology of Scientific Terms 3 cr 245 Greek History 3 cr 4)The Classical Civilization major is an individu- Selections from biblical and Christian Greek Introduction to Greek and Latin elements of scien- An examination of the development of Greek his- ally designed program of twenty-four credits of an- literature t1fic terminology tory and culture from earliest times up to the death of Alexander of Macedon cient literature, history, art, and archeology Student-, 211, 212 Survey of Sanskrit 123 Classical Mythology 3 cr majoring in Classical Civilization create programs Literature 3 cr each A presentation of the major myths of Greece and 246 Hellenistic History 3 cr with the close advice and the approval of the Selected readings from major Sanskrit texts includ- Rome with special attention to contemporary inter- A survey of Mediterranean history from the death Classics Department to fit their backgrounds, inter- ing the Mahabharata, Hitopadesa, Kathasaritsagara, pretations of myth and the influence of myth on art of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and the ests, and career objectives Majors should formulate Manavadliarmasastra, Rigveda, and Meghaduta and literature establishment of the Roman Principate

53 52 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATI()^ COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

Media Audiences 247 History of the Roman Principate 3 cr Frank J Thornton, M F A reflecting our commitment to internship experience 1 COMM 475 Comm Research Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial Paul J Traudt, Ph D arid Introduction to professional challenges Methods structure from Augustus to the death of Commodus 1. addition to a comprehensive curriculum and Assistant Professors extensive internship program, we have significant 2 COMM 419 Mass Communication & 248 History of the Late Roman Robert E Frank, M A 011_campus organizations such as a student news Everyday Life Empire 3 cr Janie M H Fritz, Ph D paper and radio station that provides excellent 3 COMM 491 Media and Information Examination of Roman history from the accession Geoffrey Gurd, Ph D Opportunities for learning, including production Technology of Severus to the death of Justinian Maureen S Williams, Ph D nences for the University television station and Media Messages exPeour public radio station (WDUQ) 249 Egyptian Civilization 3 cr Ai^unct Faculty 1 COMM 215 Media Design & A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the Mary Niederberger, B A Scriptwriting REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR pre-dynastic period to the establishment of Roman Diane Ramos, M B A 2 COMM 285 TV Criticism rule in Egypt Special attention will be given to the Professor Emeritus 30 credits in communication is 3 COMM 240 Video Production Studio attistc, literary, and religious achievements of A minimum of Egypt Paul Krakowski, M A required (To encourage a broad liberal education, 4 COMM 340 Video Production 260 The Classical Tradition 3 cr Eva Robotti, M A the maximum allowable credits in the department EFP/ENG 45 ) students design, in consultation with their A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman civih- is 5 COMM 145 Audio Production I zation on later cultural life advisors, a Plan of Study that is coherent and DEFINITION OF THE DISCIPLINE balanced (The Plan of Study form is available from B Specialization Development in 261 Contemporary Literature and Classics Advisement 6 Hours Minimum 3 cr Communication is both an ancient and extra faculty advisors and the Departmental office ) An investigation of the influence of ancient myth ordinary contemporary discipline — from classical ,,Coherence" is provided by following the require- on 20th century French, German, Italian, English III Major in journalism Greek culture to what has been called the "Cori, ments of one of the degree programs listed below and American Literature munication Century" "Balance" is achieved by taking a range of courses Department Core Courses — 15 Hours 300 Seminar 3 cr Commurucation in written and oral form helps representing different perspectives, levels, and A Also Required Topics variable us know, establish and clarify belief, and act upon types In order to facilitate this goal, five core courses I COMM 271 New Writing & are required of all majors 315 Archaeological History of the the environment to bring about change or to rein Reporting 1 2 COMM 371 News Writing & Ancient Greek World 3 cr force stability in cornmunication contexts ranging COMM 201 Human Communication and Society A survey of the archaeology of Greece from pre- from interpersonal, organizational, intercultural, COMM 210 Mass Communication and Society Reporting 11 3 COMM 375 Editing for Print history to the Roman period Some discussion of advanced technological and media environments COMM 301 History of Communication excavation technique as well as the history of Greek The "comprehensive" nature of our communication B Specialization Areas Developed in COMM 310 Intercultural Communication archaeology program introduces the student to organizational Advisement 6 Hours Minimum communication (profit and not-for profit), media, COMM 494 Communication Ethics 316 Archaeological History of Athens 3 cr News Editorial journalism, public relations and advertising career Students are also encouraged to take an intern- A detailed investigation into the topography and New Production and Management options ship and, if eligible, to consider writing an Under- monuments of Athens and Attica, from the Advertising The Des Places Communication Center serves as graduate Honors Thesis prehistoric to the Roman period Public Relations the focal point for departmental activities The BY DEGREE 317 Archaeological History of the Center's resources, in addition to classroom space SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Ancient Roman World 3 cr for courses dealing with relational and public com I Major in Communication Studies Required 18 Hours Minimum A survey of the archaeology of Italy from pre-history munication issues, include two writing/word pro Department Core Courses — 15 Hours 494 Communication Ethics (3 hrs to the mid fourth century A D Some discussion of cessing computer laboratories, a research laboratory, A Also Required excavation technique and the history of the an instructional photo laboratory, seminar rooms, Two of the following courses (6 hrs 1 COMM 103 Introduction to Interper- discipline a performance room, a television production studio, 201 Human Communication and Society sonal Communication and the studios of public radio station 210 Mass Communication and Society 318 Archaeological History of Rome 3 cr WDUQ 2 COMM 102 Public Speaking 310 Intercultural Communication A detailed investigation of the topography and 3 OR, COMM 304 Persuasion monuments of Rome from pre-history through 301 History of Communication DEPARTMENT OBJECTIVES B Specialization Areas developed in Constantine Major Our department is unique, a leader in a advisement (9 hours) MINOR CONCENTRATION 319 Archaeological History Seminar 3 cr national trend toward "comprehensive" communica 1 Human Communication Nine hours dependent upon advising in the Possible topics include The Bronze Age Aegean, The tion departments All areas of Commurucation 2 Rhetoric Development of Vase Paintings, The Etruscans, etc studies are represented within one department 3 Organizational/Professional areas of Communication Studies interpersonal/organizational communication, jour Communication Media Studies DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION nalism, rhetoric, public relations, and media This comprehensive communication program provides II Major in Media Studies journalism Chairperson students with a wide arena of course options, taught Department Core Courses — 15 Hours Ronald C Arnett, Ph D UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM by nationally known faculty A Also Required At least one course Professors 102 Public Speaking 3 cr Practical Experience An important characteristic of from each of the following area Ronald C Arnett, Ph D Develops communicative skills necessary to analyze the Duquesne Communication program is the (9 hours) verbal discourse and to perform effectively in public Associate Professors quality of internship opportunities Nearly all jobs Media Institutions speaking situations that confront the educated per- Robert V Bellamy, Ph D require experience We have more than 250 intern 1 COMM 476 Media Law & Regulation son As a result of this course you should be able D Clark Edwards, Ph D ship sponsors in the Pittsburgh area alone We also 2 COMM 369 Media Programming to perform and critically analyze informative and Margaret J Patterson, M A place students in internships from New York to Los 3 COMM 368 Media Management & persuasive discourse Richard H Thames, Ph D Angeles We employ our own internship Director, Economics

55 54 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATI()^, COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

theory as well as application of principles of per- 103 Introduction to Interpersonal be able to recognize grammatical errors corr News Analysis 3 cr 251 Communication 3 cr them, and avoid making such errors in t eir Investigates current issues and the world's trouble suasion in a variey of contexts 0., Develops communication skills in a variety of rela- writing spots, considering histories, econonues, ethnic dif- 305 Evidence 3 cr tionships such as friendships, romantic relation- ferences and ennuties, religious differences, political 182 Photojournalism 3,4 Designed for students of exposition, discussion, per- ships, work relationships, and farruly relationships anything which has to be understood in Introduces students to the use of photography , suasion, and argumentation who must support Topics include self-disclosure, nonverbal communi- 0^erten's to give— the reader/listener/viewer an intelligent a medium of communication Teaches the funda assertions with evidence and defend judgments cation, conflict, listening, communication in relation- I the news mentals of camera work, light, filters, film develop rendering of with probable cause in the many aspects of public ship development and deterioration, and communi- ing, and printing Students must supply their ow^ News Writing & Reporting 1 3 cr communication To teach students the nature of cation competence 271 35 mm adjustable camera, film and printing paper Teaches the fundamentals of news reporting and evidence and its use in public commurucation They 111 Introduction to Media Arts 3 cr Lecture/ Laboratory wntulg Students practice in laboratory exercises and should be able to identify and use good evidence Familiarizes students with equipment applications covering campus news beats and special events to recognize bad evidence and fallacies of arguments 201 Human Communication and by and technology, and provides basic hands-on expen- outside and in class Computer-based writing only Society (Core) using an analysis of articles and speeches ence in media production Theory and applications 3 cr ,be course includes instruction on how to meet Human communication and society examines how 308 Nonverbal Communication 3 cr of EFP/ENG, studio video, radio-audio, and photog- deadlines, conduct interviews, cover a beat, discover people influence, and are influenced by, institutions, Examines nonverbal communication in human inter- raphy are explored and organize material, do journalistic research and groups, and other individuals This course uses b4 action Topics may include channels of nonverbal public news stories Stories will be judged for 120 Acquisition of Communicative historical and contemporary perspectives for explor conummication, functions of nonverbal communica- Behavior thoroughness, accuracy; concisesness and quality 3 cr ing the way communication works in every day life tion, the relationship of verbal to nonverbal com- Campus beat stories will be made available to The Focuses on the acquisition of verbal and nonverbal both practically and philosophically, including how Duquesne Duke for possible use Writing must munication, and current research on nonverbal communication from infancy through childhood communication constructs, maintains, and changes the reflect improvement during the semester Students communication with emphasis on the comparative analysis of way we view the world Course content includes a are often encouraged to rewrite their stories There Intercultural Communication (Core) 3 cr theories of communication development Exarrunes consideration of the various ways individuals acquire 310 are quizzes on the AP Stylebook throughout the physical, neurological, psychological, and social knowledge through public and private discourse Intercultural commurucation exposes the student to bases of 'language " Discusses socio-lmguistic differ- course the importance of communication among and 202 Business & Professional ences with reference to racial and regional variations 3 cr between politically, culturally, and ethnically diverse Communication 281 Visual Communication 3 cr Introduces students to the theories of visual percep- people as a bridge to understanding in an increas- 122 Phonetics 3 cr Focuses on one-to-one (e g , interviews), group (e g tion, graphic communication and their practical ingly multi-cultural world This course explores the Approaches the English language through the study problem-solving, planning), and individual (e g application to the production of visual communica- role of media in the erasure and creation of political and production of speech sounds as systematized formal proposals) communication in business' tion Topics will include framing, dommance, gestalt and social boundaries, addresses the role of inter- by the International Phonetic Association Course government, industrial, and not-for-profit or service theory, additive and subtractive theories of color, personal perception in communicating with persons origin and value of the international phonetic alpha- organizations bet, basic principles of English intonation, English symmetry, etc from vaned cultures, and allows the student to apply 203 Introduction to Small Group and these understandings in their own lives spelling, the human Speech Machine and corrected Color Photography 3 cr Organizational Communication 3 cr 282 speech The 44 individual sounds of spoken English mm slide photography and its appli- 3 cr Develops communication skills in group and Investigates 35 333 Advertising and PR Campaigns are isolated and classified cation to audio visual production Each student will Uses case study method to develop an understand- organizational relationships A primary focus is learn to develop and mount color slides as well as 145 Audio Production 1 3 cr leadership and membership in problem-solving and ing of the principles and practices of contemporary produce a slide show from initial proposal to final Investigates the types of recording equipment, decision-making groups and organizations advertising and public relations microphones, and sound systems needed for pro- script Each student will also be given an introduc- 210 Mass Communication and 340 Video Production EFPIENG 3 cr duction plus the skills of recording, mixing' and tion to color printing Prerequisite 182 Society (Core) 3 cr Introduces electronic news gathering and electronic editing Small group recording projects, individual 285 Television Criticism 3 cr fields production as remote location video produc- presentations, reading assignments, lectures An exploration of the contemporary social impact of mass communication through considerations of This is a genre criticism course from both journalistic tion techniques Covers pre-production planning Offered in conjunction with the School of Music and academic perspectives Genre, socio-cultural the (1) functions and uses of all forms of mass com- and design, on-location production, and post- and close-textual approaches will be used Genre 146 Audio Production 11 3 cr munication, (2) socio-political and cultural context production editing Out-of-class production time will include soap operas, situation comedies, crime- Investigates advanced aspects of audio production of media institutions, delivery systems, technology required Taught in a professional multi-track studio Offered and diffusion, (3) influence of media content on dramas, sports, children's programming, game Prerequisite "B" grade or better in 240 Video in conjunction with the School of Music social constructions or reality, and (4) major theories shows, religious television, etc Studio or permission of course supervisor 151 Voice and Diction and research methods through which we attempt History of Communication (Core) 3 cr 3 cr 301 351 Radio and Television Announcing 3 cr to understand this impact The history of communication surveys the ancient Trains students in the voice and diction skills Applies principles of effective speaking to required of professionals Some phonetics Breath traditions of rhetoric and public communication 215 Media Design and Scriptwriting 3 cr broadcasting control Volume control Pitch control Vocal stress through the rise of mediated and mass delivery Introduces the theory, process, and techniques of Proofing and preparing materials for on-the-air — melody — expressiveness systems This course focuses on the thematic designing and writing for corporate media performance Reading aloud from scripts and Develop a knowledge of sounds and language, parallels that evolved in relational and mediated employee communication, training, and marketing teleprompter, pacing for clarity and effectiveness methods of breath control, resonance, inflection, communication This course explores the connec- promotion Planning for and writing corporate video Developing tonal variety, establishing an image of melody of language, pitch, volume and overall vioce tions between knowledge and information diffusion scripts — skills transferrable to the development of friendly authority for broadcasting the news, sports, control other media forms The history of communication critically explores the relationships between communication and socio- weather and commercials The course relies on lab 177 Language for journalists 0 cr 240 Video Production Studio 3 cr cultural development work This course is designed to teach students the basic Introduces fundamentals of "live" television studio cr 355 Acting for the Camera 3 cr rules of English grammar, to stress the importance production techruclues, coupling basic technical and 304 Persuasion 3 An introduction to the art of acting, beginning with of using the English language correctly, and to help aesthetic considerations Student group and indi- Examines theory and practice of the influence of characterizations and applying whatever perform- prepare students for the required Language Skills vidual productions beliefs, attitudes, and behaviors Topics may include Exam By the end of the semester, students should ancient and modern approaches to pgsuasion iniz techniciues are reauired for the role e 9 dialect- 56 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIO,\ COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 57

454/554 Interpersonal Communication bodily control, associative memory, etc Scenes will 402 Argumentation and Debate 3q derits how to use various writing techniques to 3 cr be studied first in traditional live theatre approach, Applies the principles and methods of critical debb^ e people to respond to a specific message Examines communication between individuals in 1^pe d then adapted to the studio setting eration to a significant contemporary social issii, learn to analyze the audience and then the context of a variety of human relationships C,"""'heyeat, rs'1', ,th e right message, using the proper language Topics may include phases of relationship develop- 367 Radio-TV Principles & Writing 3 cr Emphasizes advocating, defending, and refutlnga aw I Studies and applies writing principles and practices proposition of policy Topics include evidence and prerequisite 333 ment, self-disclosure, and conflict in relationships A variety of established and contemporary for radio and television news in a lecture-laboratory reasoning, debate form, rebuttal, and types 0 4,1/531 computer Graphic Design 3 cr approaches to relationship theory and research will course Prerequisite 271 debate As a result of this course, you should be able Visual Communication has been a common human to reason, use evidence, solve complicated evidence be covered 368 Media Management and Economics 3 cr practice since eople first marked upon cave walls requirements for contentions, prepare a brief, and This course introduces students to the basic manage- VVe also know that pictures and words convey mean- 455/555 Small Group Communication 3 cr debate both affirmative and negative sides of the ment operations of a contemporary electronic media Ing on several psychological levels The study of Examines communication processes in small groups proposition or policy facility and the economic parameters of the U S ,,,Ual communications is a relatively new scientific Topics may include group formation, structure, decision-making, norms and roles, status, errors in media industries Operating divisions including 417 Multinational Communication 3 cr and esthetic enterprise This course uses computer- sales, programming, promotion, research and Focuses on the similarities and differences in the based desktop-publishmg software to create various decision-making, interaction models, conflict, and finance will be covered Current regulatory policies way people from different nations think, act and forms of visual communication while weaving into methods of doing research in and about small as they impact on day-to-day operations will be negotiate Contrast between East and West 1, overall class understanding, the theories of page groups included presented as an education model Training exercises design, color and iconic symbolism This course 456/556 Organizational Communication 3 cr 369 Media Programming 3 cr are acted out in many sessions focuses on the theoretical framework of visual com- Investigate the scope and function of communica- ,nunication and provides practical applications This course introduces the students to various pro- 419/519 Mass Communication & tion process in organizations in order to provide gramming strategies in the electronic media Topics students with an understanding of the concepts, Everyday Life 3 cr 4321532 Print Production & will include role of the programmer, ratings research, Course examines theories and research in the field Graphic Design 3 cr theories, and methods needed to asses the nature television network-affiliate relations, independent of mass media (notably television) and societ^ Examines the print communication of business, of communication processes and the realtionships television, public television, cable systems, commer- Topics include social learning theory and mass ,ndustrY professional, and non-profit organizations between communication and organizational vari- cial radio, public racho, syndication, "new" program- media, prosocial television, cultivation theory and Students practice the writing, designing, and editing ables Topics covered may include organizational ming outlets (e g , DBS, LPM, etc news, politics, and agenda setting, functions and of brochures, newsletters, annual reports, maga- theory, management styles, supervisor-subordinate 370 Media Promotion 3 cr effects of pornography, mass media depictions of zines, and other internal and external publications communication patterns, informal communication, Using marketing theory, media principles and promo- women and minorities Students learn the elements of typography, graphic network analysis, organizational climate and culture, tion techniques, the student will develop the ability design, typesetting, paper selection and all other motivation, satisfaction, and commurucation audits 421/521 Sex Roles and to write and produce effective on-air and external corn- components of print production 457/557 Communication, Science Communication 3 or munications; for an electronic media outlet There will and Revolution 3 cr Examines research on differences in men's and 433 Advertising Practices 3 cr be an examination of standard promotion practices, Examines how communicative beliefs built upon women's communication styles in a variety of con Teaches copy writing and design of a marketing plan unique strategies, and the rules and regulations of pro- assumptions common to science and revolution motional campaigns The student will prepare an en- texts, including personal, social, and work relation for consumer advertising Major campaign com- influenced the "modern" world's understanding of tire campaign after assessment of an assigned outlets ships This course will enable students to under piled Lecture-laboratory Prerequisite 333 Student communication Develops more completely and iniage and goals The student will utilize in-house, pur- stand how men and women communicate differ should know and be able to plan a marketing pro- in philosophically the rhetorical perspective introduced chased and/or traded radip, and television spots con- ently in some situations and will increase students' motion program for a consumer product that deals in "Process of Communication" by applying that junction with print and public relations devices to per- ability to make informed judgments about which with such diverse areas as advertising and collateral particular perspective to contemporary systems of suade/educate the viewer/hstener as to the attraction differences matter areas of advertising belief Covers the rhetorical-communication theories of the product Prerequisite 368 or permission of 427/527 Communication Management 3 a 4361536 Marketing Communication 3 cr of the Sophists, Plato, Aristotle, Weaver, Burke, department Examines the role of communication in manage Covers the principles and practices of marketing Grassi and others 371 News Writing & Reporting 11 3 cr ment Topics include supervisory style, performance communication Emphasizes promotion area of the 458/558 Communication and Teaches advanced writing of news stories, such as evaluation, interviewing, leadership, and organiza marketing mix including advertising, sales promo- Imagination 3 cr business, government, and court stones, and intro- tional behavior tion, public relations and personal selling duces students to in-depth, analytical coverage of Examines how the triumph of beliefs dominated by 437 Media Sales 11 public issues Applies practice in off-campus stones 429 Advertising Production 3 cr 3 cr imagination" over beliefs dominated by "science" has This course explains the multi-faceted dimension of and laboratory exercises Prerequisite 271 focuses on applying theories of sales and marketing, changed our understanding of communication As a result of this course you should know and to print media Students learn to design specula sales within contemporary business environments — Rhetorically analyzes science-fiction/fantasy (the be able to write complex news stories It applies tion ads to be used to approach potential chents and with special emphasis on the tools for media sales literature combining science and imagination) for practice in outside stories and lab exercises This to tailor ads for specific clients Students learn to Topics include researching and prospecting clients, insights into the shift in commonplace assumptions course is a vigorous introduction to public affairs use desktop publishing software to design and pro phases in the selling process, developing and main- about reality which characterize the "moderrf' and the reporting duce ads A substantial number of assignments INLl, taming rapport with clients, closing the deal, etc "post-modern" worldviews Covers the rhetorical- be coordinated with students in 437 Media Sales and 375 Editing for Print 3 cr 441 Interactive Video 3 cr communication theories of the Sophists, Plato, Anstole, Teaches editing and presentation of the written word the advertising editor of the Duquesne Duke with ths Investigates interactive video as a medium that goes Bacon, Ramus, Burke, Pe3rlman, Ong and Hudson for the print news media in a lecture-lab course intent that student designed ads will be used in beyond linear media Examines its applicability in 467 Advanced Writing for Style, headlines, page design and layout covered publication of not-for-profit organizations and by th, industrial and educational environments Both com- Radio & Television 3 cr student newspaper 382 Advanced Photojournalism 3 cr Puter authoring systems and authoring language are Teaches newswriting for radio and television in a Investigates advanced black and white photography 430 Public Relations Practices 3 cl used To introduce students to interactive techno- lecture-laboratory course Prerequisite 367 As a techniques Includes a refinement of dark room Provides students with the opportunity to develof logies, including software and hardware Student result of this course you should be able to write, for- skills with an introduction to high contrast materials writing skills for various public relations audience' efforts will result in compilation of their own interac- mat and have a workable knowledge of news writing and studio lighting techniques including the media The objective is to tea,11, tive product(s) techniques

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION, OF LIBERAL ARTS 59 58 COLLEGE

471 Advanced Public Affairs Reporting 3 cr 480+481+496+498 cannot exceed 9 credits tow,,, 494 Communication Ethics (Core) ' 3 cr - Requirements 60 credits with a minimum of 9 Teaches interpretive reporting of urban affairs in a the minimum 30 credits required for the major St, corlimurucation ethics explores theoretical and prac credits in the internship area, and an overall Q P A lecture-laboratory course Analysis of major political, dent may take more than a total 9 credits, but tti^ tical issue, In the explanations of ethical options and of 2 5 or better, written recommendation from rele- economic and social developments that have local extra credits will count as electives decisions in relational, organizational and media vant faculty member(s), open to majors only May contexts Case studies, practical analysis, and cur- be taken for 3-6 credits No more than 6 credits of news interest and significance Includes guests and 481 Practicurn In Debate 1-6 C, field trips Prerequisites 271, 371 Designed for all persons on the University Debat, rent ethical chlernmas in cornmurucation are mvesti- internship may be taken to count toward the Team Meeting times will be used for critiques of gated from multiple theoretical perspectives as minimum 30 credits required for the major Prereq- 472 Writing Editorials, in practice performances, sharing of evidence, cco ^tcujat,d by authors the field of commurucaton uisite departmental approval Critiques & Reviews 3 cr struction and analysis of arguments and interpreta Exanunes the basic principles of reviewing art forms 496 Directed Readings* 1-6 cr 499 Undergraduate Honors Thesis 3 cr tions Prerequisite permission of instructor May N the opportunity for students and faculty to Proposal submitted by student approved by thesis (literature, movies, theatre, etc ) and writing thoughful, offers repeated for up to 6 credits, maximum Of 1 credit, informative echtonals on local, national and world conduct in-depth study of a topic not covered, or advisor and Chair of Department per semester and maximum of 3 credits toward th, affairs This course is designed for the print or elec- covered only briefly, in other departmental courses degree in communication, up to 3 additional credits troruc communicator who wishes to develop a speciah- order to enroll in Directed Readings, students may count as electives Note Total credits fol In zaton, but is intended for generalists as well must first secure approval from the faculty member 480+481+496+497+498 cannot exceed 9 credit, best qualified to guide their study Approval requires DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS 3 cr toward the minimum 30 credits required for th, 473/573 Feature Writing discussing with the faculty member his or her major Students may take more than a total of 9 (1) Chairperson Teaches feature article writing for the general and availability and level of interest (2) submitting to the credits, but the extra credits will count as electives David W Pentico, Ph D specialized print publication Includes writing for faculty member a written proposal for the project, Professors internal and external corporate publications, as well 482 Practicum in College Radio 1-3 or including justification for pursuing the topic out- as query writing and marketing for the free-lance Stanley Bober, Ph D Designed for all persons working for a college radio side of scheduled courses, a statement of goals and writer and feature writer for the print news reporter Kurt Rethwisch, Ph D station Conducts formal critiques of WDSR and roposal for evaluation procedures (exams, papers, To help students develop research, interviewing and related college media Topics range from manage topic,projects); " and a preliminary bibliography on the Associate Professors writing skills neecessary to produce polished feature ment to technical to regulatory issues Prerequisite obtaining the faculty member's signature Richard Bond, Ph D writing permission of instructor May be repeated for up to on the approval form, (4) subrrutting the signed pro- Lee Glick, Ph D 6 credits and maximum of 3 credits toward the 474 International Mass Communication 3 cr posal to the Department Chair for a signature Matthew Marlin, Ph D degree in communication Up to 3 additional credits Studies world news systems and analyzes their roles approving the arrangements proposed May be may count as electives as instruments of world understanding Compares repeated for up to 6 credits This course is meant The purpose of the Econonucs program is to enable U S -foreign systems, including newspapers, broad- 484 Health Communication 3 cr to enable students and faculty to conduct in-depth the student to understand the workings of the U 5 casting, magazines, and wire services Examines communication theory and research as It study of a topic not covered, or covered only briefly, and International economy and to develop the stu- relates to the health care context Uses a systems in other departmental courses dent's capacity to think analytically about a wide Communication Research 475/575 perspective to investigate such issues as interper range of economic and social problems An ability Methods 3 cr 497 Special Projects 1-6 cr sonal communication (e g , doctor-patient, nurse in to think analytically and to write concisely- are This course provides training in gathering and Students this course prepare print or electroruc patient, doctor-nurse), patient satisfaction and com stressed in courses in Economics A grasp of the products (e g , brochures, slide shows, video pro- analyzing data relevant to communication phenom- pliance, and group and organizational communica methodology of Economics enhances the student's ena Topics may include qualitative and quanitative grams, etc ) commisioned by University or com- tion (e g , health care teams, job stress, self-help ability to think systematically about issues that anse g , content analysis, sampl- munity organizations In order to be adrrutted to the research approaches (e groups) Investigates specifically, within an interper everyday in the news media The study of Eco- ing, survey design and statistics) Hands-on com- course you must (1) find a client — preferably a sonal and theory perspective, issues such as nomics is indispensable to anyone interested in puter applications for statistical analyses are reassurance, confirmation, and interactional control University organization or not-for-profit agency — government, politics, or international affairs included who will pay production costs, (2) gather a group 490/590 Special Topic Courses in Economics serve as a solid prepara- of students who have the skills necessary to do the 476 Media Law and Regulation 3 cr tion for Law School or for MBA programs The 491/591 Media Information and production, (3) audition or present a portfolio to the Examines the legal rights, privileges, ethics and 3 cr general background the student acquires prepares Technology instructor, and (4) be recommended by one or more responsibilities of the mass media — electronic and An advanced examination of the societal impact and him or her for career opporturuties in strategic plan- faculty members in the area of your expertise (e g , print Covered topics include the historical founda- the political economy of information and techno ning, government, banking, etc writing, graphic, etc ) tions of media law, First Amendment, transporta- logical diffusion Students will explore a relevant This is a laboratory course This course may be tion/communications "tradeoff," distinctions topic in-depth through classroom presentation(s) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR repeated for up to 6 credits, maximum of 3 credits between law, regulation, and policy, obscenity/inde- and the completion of a seminar paper Examina per semester and maximum of 3 credits toward the Eighteen credit hours are required for a minor in cency, libel, access, copyright, and the impact of tions at discretion of instructor Prerequisite Com degree in communication Economics These credits must include Principles evolving media technology pletion of departmental core or permission of 221 and 222 It is strongly recommended that instructor Note Total credits for 496+497+498 cannot exceed 480 Practicum In journalism 1-6 cr students having Economics as a mmor consult with 9 credits toward the minimum 30 credits required Designed for all persons working for a college news- 492 Seminar Current Issues Dr Richard Bond of the Economics Department for In Communication 3 CT for the major Students may take more than a total advisement paper, this course conducts formal critiques of The of 9 Discusses professional problems and advancement, credits but the extra credits will count as Duquesne Duke and other college media Areas of electives Course Descriptions and faculty listing are pro- in the field of Communication Specific topics van criticism range from the technical production of a vided in the School of Business Administration Open to majors only 498 Internship collegiate newspaper to journalistic philosophy 1-6 cr Section of this Catalog on Pages 115-116 Prerequisite permission of instructor May be 493 Multi-Media Production 3 CT Provides a supervised observation/experience pro- repeated for up to 6 credits, maximum of I credit Provide practicurn based experience to advanced, gram of study (assignment and performance) in per semester and maximum of 3 credits toward the production students Topics and assignments van areas such as media, marketing, editorial, human degree in communication, up to 3 additional credits To provide professional-level production envirOn resources, and public relations Most placements are may count as electives Note Total credits for ment to students nearing graduation In the Pittsburgh /Western Pennsylvania area 60 DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISti COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 61

Prerequisites — For all 200-level courses, student, must have completed Core 101, Thinking and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 208 Poetry 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Writing Across the Curriculum (or its equivalent) Eighteen credit hours in English above the 100 level Appreciation of British and American poetry critical Core 102, Imaginative Literature and Critical Writin, are required for the English minor No more than analysis of traditional and experimental poetic Chairperson (or its equivalent) may be taken concurrently by per. six hours in English may be taken at the 200 level forms, consideration of philosophical and social con- Joseph J Keenan, jr, Ph D mission of the Chair For all 400-level courses English minors will concentrate their studies in one cerns of poetry students must have taken Core 101 and 102 and ai of the following three emphases English and/or 209 Drama 3 cr Professors least one English course at the 200-level Individual American Literature, Literature and Film, or Writing A historical survey of major dramatic forms through Ralph C Boettcher, Ph D, Emeritus courses numbered above 200 may require specific Additionally, English minors must fulfill the follow- Samuel j Hazo, Ph D a selection of representative works by major play- prerequisites, for more information, consult the ,11g minimum requirements wrights from the classical tradition of Greece and Albert C Labriola, Ph D, Department Distinguished University Professor a Any two courses from the following English Rome to the Theatre of the Absurd 201, 202, 205, 206, 210, 211 G Foster Provost, Jr, Ph D, Emeritus REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 210 Readings in Western Daniel P Watkins, Ph D These courses are designed to introduce Literature 1 3 cr Wallace S Watson, Ph D Thirty credit hours in English above the 100 level students to the literature of particular historical A survey of major literary works of the Western Frank T Zbozny, Ph D are required for the English major No more than periods while emphasizing the development world from ancient times through the Renaissance twelve hours in English may be taken at the 200 of analytical and writing skills essential to the with emphasis on continental traditions The course Associate Professors level Additionally, English majors must fulfill the study of literature Under ordinary circum- explores both the thematic preoccupations of George Richard Benzinger, M A following minimum requirements stances, this requirement must be fulfilled by Western writers and the development and evolution Bernard F Beranek, Ph D a Any two courses from the following English the end of the sophomore year of literary forms John Kenneth Hanes, M A 201, 202, 205, 206, 210, 211 These courses are designed to introduce b Advanced courses offered by the English 211 Readings in Western Joseph J Keenan, Ph D Department to make up the required number Literature H Stuart M Kurland, Ph D students to the literature of particular historical 3 cr periods while emphasizing the development These courses should be taken in one of the A survey of major literary works of the Western Frederick Newberry, Ph D areas of emphasis indicated above One Jerome L Niedermeier, Ph D of analytical and writing skills essential to the world from the Enlightenment to the present, with study of literature Under ordinary circurn advanced course from another area may be emphasis on continental traditions The course Constance Deucher Ramirez, Ph D, substituted Assistant Academic Vice President for stances, this requirement must be fulfilled by explores both the thematic preoccupations of the end of the sophomore year Note English minors may elect to enroll in a Senior Western writers and the development and evolution University Programs and Interim of literary forms Dean of the College and Graduate b Five 400-level courses (which may include the Seminar if space is available School of Liberal Arts Senior Seminar specified below) as follows 215 Non-Western Literature 3 cr Samuel J Tindall, Jr, Ph D 1) Three courses in English literature, chosen HONORSPROGRAM Study of representative texts (in English translation) from three of the following Students interested in pursuing Honors in English outside the European-American tradition, particu- Assistant Professors a) Medieval should consult with the Department larly from Asia and Africa Anne Brannen, Ph D b) Sixteenth/Seventeenth Century Smclud- COURSES 308 Applied Linguistics 3 cr Susan Howard, Ph D ing Shakespeare Studies) Linda A kinnahan, Ph D 201 English Literature Survey I — Practical uses of structural linguistics in the teachmg c) Re storation-Eighteenth/Nineteenth of composition and literature Magah Michael, Ph D Century Through the Eighteenth Century 3 cr d) Twentieth- Century (English or Representative works of English literature in their 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, Instructor literary and historical contexts 378, 379 Special Studies in English, Rebecca Carpenter, Ph D American) 2) One course in American Literature 202 English Literature Survey 11 — American, or World Literature 3 cr each If an American course is taken to fulfill Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries 3 cr Two or three courses in this sequence are offered The English Department's curriculum unites inten- every semester by the English Department to meet sive and critical reading in a broad range of texts the Twentieth-Century requirement above, Representative works of English literature in their this requirement must be fulfilled with a literary and historical contexts the current interests of both students and faculty from the English and American literary traditions Examples of courses regularly offered include with close attention to the presentation of ideas, course in pre-Twentieth-Century American 203 Advanced Writing 3 cr literature Science Fiction, Introduction to Film, Southern Literature, especially in writing Course offerings include a Designed to build upon writing skills learned in The Literature of Mystery and Detection, Christian wealth of literature courses, at all levels, and courses 3) One course at the 400 level selected frorn Core 101 and 102 centered chiefly on development a group of courses designated as Literature and Art, Women Writers and the Novel, in criticism and theory, linguistics, literature and of style and accuracy Modern Short Story, and The English Bible and film, and writing Special Topics courses may vary theoretical These courses will explore approaches to 205 American Literature Survey I — Literature in subject matter and approach, interested students Beginnings to 1865 3 cr should consult the English Department office for literary texts (and other forms of cultural 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, expression such as films) with specific Representative selections from American authors 388 , 389 Writing Workshops 3 cr specific information Certain courses are open only treated in both their literary and their historical with special permission, which may be sought in reference to a body of theoretical discourse contexts Courses in this sequence are offered each semester the English office Senior Seminars are open only that is explored systematically and critically in a workshop format designed to develop students' 206 American Literature Survey 11 — to English majors and, depending on space, English At pre-registration each semester, the creative and/or technical writing skills Examples of Department will post a list of courses that After 1865 3 cr courses regularly offered are Playwriting, Poetry minors Not only does the degree in English pro- Representative selections from American authors vide a foundation for graduate work (in areas such meet this requirement Workshop, Fiction Workshop, Writing for Business and c A Senior Seminar (which may fulfill one of the treated in both their literary and their historical Industry, Professional and Technical Writing Adn-ussion as business, education, law, library science, and, of contexts course, English), it also provides the liberal prepara- 400-level requirements specified above) by instructor's permission only tion that is sought by the business world (in such d Three additional elective courses offered by the 207 The Novel 3 cr areas as personnel, advertising, and management) English Department Introduction both to various types of novels and to critical analysis of fiction 62 DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISIj COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 63

The remainder of the English courses are divided Eighteenth Century Studies 44, Colonial American Literature 3 cr Studies in Language, Criticism, and Theory into areas of emphasis During a four-year period, CLIltural/historical approach to the theological, 420 Senior Seminar Eighteenth Century A 460 The English Language 3 cr each course from each area will be offered at least political, and aesthetic developments in 17th- and English Literature 3 cr An introduction to linguistic analysis with primary once For specific topics and schedule, consult English 18-centurY America emphasis on the history of the structure of English Department Open only to English Majors and 442 American Literature of the from old to modern English Medieval Studies Minors (if space is available) National Period 3 cr 461 Senior Seminar 400 Senior Seminar post-revolutionary literature of the emerging nation, 422 Restoration Literature, 1660-1740 3 cr Language/Criticism/Theory 3 cr Medieval English Literature 3 cr Dryden and his contemporaries Particular emphasis including Irving, Brown, Cooper, Simms, Rowson, For specific topics and schedule, consult English For specific topics and schedule, consult English on satire, drama, and criticism Child, and Sedgwick Department Open only to English Majors and Department Open only to English Majors and 424 English Classicism 3 cr 445 American Romaticism 3 cr Minors (if space is available) Minors (if space is available) The Romantic/transcendental movement emphasiz- Developments of neo-classical literature from the 462 Introduction to Linguistics 3 cr 402 Chaucer 3 cr Restoration to the death of Pope Primary attention ing Emerson, Thoreau, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Basic principles and methods of modern linguistics, A study of The Canterbury Tales and minor poems given to Swift and Pope and Whitman emphasizing phrase-structure grammar and its prac- 410 Medieval Special Topics 3 cr 428 Late Eighteenth Century 446 American Realism and Naturalism 3 cr tical application to teaching post-Civil War fiction of Twain, Howells, James, Studies in the ideas and attitudes of the medieval English Literature 3 cr 464 Modern English Grammar 3 cr period approached through one of its dominant Johnson and his circle, the development of the Chopin, Wharton, Crane, and Norris Basic principles of phase-structure (generative- genres such as the romance, the drama, the lyric, novel, the aesthetic movement 449 American Literature Special Topics 3 cr transformational) grammar and its application to the etc or through some of its major writers other than Studies designed to reflect current interests of faculty 429 Eighteenth Century Special Topics 3 cr study and solution of problems in writing Chaucer or through international readings in Old and students alike Topics can be drawn from such Studies in Eighteenth Century thought and aesthetic 465 History of Literary Criticism 3 cr and Middle English, Old Icelandic, Medieval French areas as historical background, womerYs and ethnic in the works of one or more of its major writers A study of the major statements about the nature and German (all read in English translation) studies, regional literature, special themes, major Austen, Burney, Johnson, Pope, Richardson, Swift, of literature and the nature of criticism etc , or through the ideas and attitudes conveyed authors, and literary genres Sixteenth/ Seventeenth Century Studies 466 Literary Theory 3 cr in one of the dominant genres of the Eighteenth A study of the principal developments in twentieth- 411 Senior Seminar Sixteeth/ Seventeenth Century the drama, the essay, the novel, poetry, etc Twentieth Century Studies century literary theory and criticism, with emphasis Century English Literature 3 cr 450 Senior Seminar Twentieth Century on New Criticism, structuralism, post-structurahsm, For specific topics and schedule, consult English Nineteenth Century Studies English /American Literature 3 cr Marxism, and feminism Department Open only to English Majors and for specific topics and schedule, consult English Minors (if space is available) 430 Senior Seminar Nineteenth Century 468 Special Studies Department Open only to English Majors and English Literature 3 cr Language/Criticism/Theory 3 cr 413 Sixteenth Century English For specific topics and schedule, consult English Minors (if space is available) Studies designed to reflect current interests of faculty Literature 3 cr Department Open only to English Majors and 452 English Literature from and students Topics chosen explore in depth a par- Survey of non-dramatic English literature of the Six- Minors (if space is available) 1890 to 1945 3 cr ticular figure, movement, or idea An example of teenth Century through the end of the Elizabethan Focuses on the interaction between tradition and a course regularly offered is Feminist TheorylGender age includes works by authors such as Sidney, 435 English Romantic Literature 3 cr study of the aesthetic, moral, political, and literary innovation, in the context of intemational"Modem- Studies Spenser, and Shakespeare A aspects of English romanticism approached through ism," including work by such writers as Conrad, 490 Topics in World Literature 3 cr 415 Milton 3 cr the writings of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Yeats, Eliot, Rhys, Woolf, Joyce, and the war poets Exploration of selected themes through the study A close scrutiny A survey of Milton and his times Shelley, Keats 453 English Literature Since 1945 3 cr of literary texts from various national traditions, of the minor poems, Paradise Lost and Samson 436 Victorian Literature 3 cr Focuses on the literary innovations in post-1945 texts addressing theoretical and critical issues involved in Agornstes A study of the poetry of Tennyson, Browning, which reflect the century's radical cultural and the comparative study of literature May be cross- 416 Seventeenth Century English Arnold and the prose of Arnold, Carlyle and philosophical shifts listed with one or more courses in the other world- Literature 1 3 cr Ruskin Attention also given to the poetry of Moms, 456 American Literature from literature sponsoring departments, (Classic and Survey of drama, prose, and poetry to 1660 Rossetti and Fitzgerald 1900 to 1945 3 cr Modern Languages) 419 Sixteenth/ Seventeenth Century 439 Nineteenth Century Special Topics 3 cr American poetry fiction, and non-fiction prose of Special Topics 3 cr Studies in Nineteenth Century thought and the first half of the twentieth century, focusing on DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY Studies in Sixteenth/Seventeenth Century literature aesthetic in the works of one or more of its great such literary movements as Modernism, the Harlem focusing on the works of one or more of its major writers such as Wordsworth, Tennyson, Browning, Renaissance, and the Southern Renaissance, on Chairperson figures — e g , Sidney, Spenser, Shakespeare, Dickens, Hardy, or through the ideas and attitudes regional writing, and on the literature produced by Bernard J Weiss, Ph D Donne, jonson — or on one of its dominant genres conveyed in one of the dominant genres of the Nine- diverse racial , ethnic, gender, and class groups Professors drama, the epic, lyric poetry^ etc Examples of teenth Century within American culture jean E Hunter, Ph D courses regularly offered include "Shakespeare on 457 American Literature since 1945 3 cr Paul T Mason, Ph D Filrn" and "English Renaissance Drama" American Studies American poetry, fiction and non-fiction prose, Steven B Vardy, Ph D Michael P Weber, D A 440 Senior Seminar Earlier representing various literary styles and movements Shakespeare Studies Bernard j Weiss, Ph D American Literature 3 cr and exploring diverse issues of cultural identity in 412 Shakespeare 1 3 cr For specific topics and schedule, consult English contemporary America Associate Professor Comedies and romances Department Open only to English Majors and 458 Twentieth Century Special Topics 3 cr Madeline C Archer, Ph D 418 Shakespeare 11 3 cr Minors (if space is available) Study of one or more authors, genres, and/or Perry K Blatz, Ph D Histories and tragedies themes Joseph F Rishel, Ph D -,qwr"-

65 64 DEPARTMENT OF HISTORy , COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

267 Canada 3 cr 322 Contemporary Latin America 3 cr Assistant Professors 244 History of Ancient Medicine 3 cr An examination of the causes of revolution, as well Michael C Cahall, Ph D Examination of the most significant medical theories All introduction to Canadian history with particular attention to the years from 1763 to the present, and as the major social, economic, and political crises Louis Haas, Ph D and practices in the period from the Egyptian ten,. confronting the Latin American region Holly A Mayer, Ph D ple physicians to the doctors of the Roman Empire to Canadian-American relations and contemporary Carmen Stonge, Ph D Special attention will be given to Hippocrates and Canada 340 History of Western Law 3 cr Galen Primary emphasis will be placed on the rise of cus- Professor Emeritus Topical Surveys tomary law, especially its development in England Joseph R Morice, Ph D 245 Greek History 3 cr and America 3o5 History of Medicine 3 cr An examination of the development of Greek his, 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR tory and culture from earliest times up to the death A survey exploring the development of medicine in 343 Church History the Western World in terms of medicine as an art A religious and historical exploration of the growth A mimmurn of thirty credits must be taken including of Alexander of Macedon and as a science The latter part of the course will of Christianity from the first century, discussion of 'The Shaping of the Modern World' (Core 151), 246 Hellenistic History 3 cr focus on the social and institutional aspects in the those issues within the Church and the external History of the U S (103, 104), and either Westen A survey of Mediterranean history from the death development of American medicine forces which brought about major conflict and Civilization 213 or 214 Fifteen credits must be taken of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and the 3 cr each development from 200, 300 and 400 level courses At least six establishment of the Roman principate M7, 308 History of Science A survey exploring the significance of scientific 345 American Church History 3 cr credits must be taken at the 400 level Six credits 247 History of the Roman Principate Emphasizes the historical development of major of Art History can count for a History major 3 cr developments within the historical and social con- Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial text of Western culture religious traditions in America, both Catholic and Graduation with 'honors' in History requires a 3 5 structure from Augustus to the death Of Commodus Protestant Special attention will be given to "the Q P A and the taking of the Senior Honors Seminar 311, 312 World History and the 248 History of the Late Roman Empire life of the mind" of Christianity in America, the (490) 3 cr Historian 3 cr each frontier expansion of religion, the often-controversial A History major with a concentration in Art Examination of Roman History from the accessior, The course traces the main events of world history of Severus to the death of Justinian interaction between the Church and American cul- History is required to take 30 credits of History and in relation to the most important theories of world ture, the place of religion in the creation of the Art History courses, which must include Western 249 Egyptian Civilization 3 cr history and in the context of an inquiry into the American character, and the unique separation of Civilization I and 11 (213, 214), Art History Ill and A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the nature of historical understanding The first semes- church and state 112, and a Senior Honors Seminar or a Directed ter treats prehistory, the emergence of civilization, pre-dynastic period to the establishment of Roman 347 War in Modern Society 3 cr Readings course in Art History Of the fifteen addi- rule in Egypt Special attention will be given to the and the world views of the major classical civiliza- A study and analysis of the phenomenon of war in tional credits, at least nine must be taken in Art artistic, literary, and religious achievements of Egypt tions The second semester is an inquiry into the the Western World from the Age of Napoleon to the History courses above the 100 level 254 The History of the Modern nature of modernity present, with special emphasis upon the inter- A maximum of twelve transfer credits in History Middle East 3 cr 315 Archaeological History of the relationship between international conflict and can be applied to the major requirement A study of the modern Near East with concentra- Ancient Greek World 3 cr social, political, and technological change tion upon the conflict between imperialism and A survey of the archaeology of Greece from pre- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 348 Family and Society in History 3 cr nationalism, traditionalism and western influences, history to the Roman period Some discussion of Interaction between the farruly, the traditional basic Students who wish to minor in History may con- in the area excavation techniques as well as the history of Greek unit of society, and the larger world in modern sult with a department undergraduate advisor The 255 History of Asia 3 cr archaeology times Working through family histories, the course student is required to take fifteen hours including A survey of Asian civilization from ancient times to 316 Archaeological History of Athens 3 cr will investigate the changing nature of the family History of the U S (103, 104) the present day, western colonialism, the rise of the A detailed investigation into the topography and in an effort to better understand the modern The Art History minor in History consists of fif- nationalist movement, and the establishment of monuments of Athens and Attica, from the pre- institution teen credits of Art History courses, with at least nine modern states historic to the Roman period History of the American credits at the 200, 300, and 400 level 357 257, 258 Russian History 3 cr each 317 Archaeological History of the Presidency 3 cr Introductory Surveys Development of society and state in Russia from Ancient RomanWorld 3 cr Primarily an investigation and evaluation— per- their origins to the twentieth century A survey of the archaeology of Italy from pre-history sonal, political, contemporary, and historical—of 103 History of the United States each president with some attention to the growth 259, 260 East-Central Europe 3 cr each to the mid fourth century A D Some discussion of to 1877 3 cr of the office The historical development of American institutions, The medieval and modern history of the small excavation techniques and the history of discipline ideals, and society from earliest times to 1877 nations situated between Russia and Germany on 318 Archaeological History of Rome 3 cr 360 Constitutional History of the the east and west, and the Baltic and Mediterranean United States 3 cr 104 History of the United States A detailed investigation of the topography and Seas on the north and the south monuments of Rome from pre-history through An analysis of the Supreme Court and constitutional since 1877 3 cr development, stressing the major controversies in Constantine The historical development of American institutions 265 England to 1715 3 cr the field The foundations of England, emphasizing the ori- Archaeological History Seminar 3 cr ideals, and society since 1877 319 History of the United States' gins of the common law, the rise of parliament, the Possible topics include The Bronze Age Aegean, The 362 Area Courses Political Parties Since 1868 3 cr development of English society, and England's con- Development of Vase Paintings, The Etruscans, etc A detailed examination and analysis of the origins, 212 Europe in the Feudal Age 3 cr tribution to Western thought 320 Colonial America 3 cr leadership, and operation of the major political par- The world of the Middle Ages—a survey of medi- 266 Modern Britain 3 cr The exploration and settlement of the British North ties since 1868 aeval maes political, social, and cultural activities 1763 A study of the first industrial nation, with special American Colonies to 364 The American Mind 3 cr 213, 214 Western Civilization 3 cr attention to the achievement of constitutional 321 American Revolution 3 cr The origins, development and contemporary modes An introductory survey of the origins and charac- monarchy, the social and econorruc problems of A survey of the major events, persons and move- of American thought, including major "climates of teristics of European Civilization, emphasizing the industrialization, the nature of British imperialism, ments in American history from 1763 to 1790 opinion;' diverse movements, and selected scien- personalities and events and institutions that have and the problems faced in the 20th century tific, political, religious, social, and artistic topics shaped the WestI

66 DEPARTMENT OF HISTORy COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 67

366 The Modern Mind 3 cr 401 Medieval Europe 3 cr 460 History of U S Immigration 3 cr Assistant Professors The major ideological tendencies of modern Euro- 413 Rennaissance Europe 3 Cr An examination of the dynarrucs of immigration to Daniel Barbush, M A pean thought and their connection to society and 414 Reformation Europe 3 cr the United States with emphasis on the new im- Bret Larget, Ph D politics, and to the major philosophic and scientific 417 Reason and Revolution 3 Cr rnigration at the turn of the century Hershel Sacks, Ph D 419 19th Century Europe currents of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries 3 cr 461 American Science and Technology 3 cr Donald Simon, Ph D 370 Current History 3 cr 421 Era of Fascism 3 cr 422 20th Century Europe The development of science and technology in Adjunct Professor What are the major forces affecting our lives today? 3 cr America from colonial times to the twentieth Robert Hill, Ph D Where do they come from? Where will they lead to? 441 American Painting 3 cr 442 American Architecture 3 cr century Lecturers Resources will be current media such as news- American Urbanization in Timothy Kelly, M A, M S papers, TV, etc 443 American Decorative Arts 3 cr 470 444 Origins of Modern Science 3 cr Historical Perspective 3 cr Phillip Lunney, M S 375 History of Inner Asia 3 cr 445 Imperial Russia 3 cr This course examines the development of the Edward Markoff, M A The history of Inner Asia from Genghis Khan's 446 Soviet Russia American city with special focus upon changes in 3 cr MATHEMATICS PROGRAM Mongol Empire to Mikhail Gorbachev's Soviet 447 Hapsburg Empire 3 cr land use patterns, social class arrangements, polit- Empire 448 Ottoman Empire and Balkans 3 cr ical organizations, mobility and rnigration, ecolog- The major objectives of the mathematics program 378 Europe and International 452 Amer Tech & Material Culture 3 cr ical patterns, industrial and commercial are to provide knowledge of the theoretical basis of Politics, 1870-1970 3 cr 453 Explorations in Psycholustory 3 cr developments, transformation of the built environ- the field, appreciation for the intrinsic beauty of the A study of global international relations since 1870, 462 The American Character 3 cr ment, and the creation of a national urban policy discipline, skill in interpreting the concepts under- lying quantitative procedures, and ability to apply with emphasis upon the evolution from a European 478 Family and Society in U S 3 cr 472 US Labor and Capital 3 cr centered world to global politics 480 American Popular Culture 3 cr modern mathematical techniques and tools to prac- An analysis of the forces which have shaped Amen- tical problems Courses in the curriculum give 382 Psycholustory 3 cr can industrialization, focusing on the impact of students an opportunity to develop the basis for Examines the inter-relationships between Specialized Areas and Topics unionization and the development of big business critical and logical analysis of problems and to psychology—especially psychoanalysis—and his- 358 Civil War and Reconstruction 3 cr on the everyday lives of Americans from pre-indus- design and implement creative solutions In addi- tory Psychology leadership of group behavior, or An intensive study of the American experience trial craftsmen to industrial workers tion to comprehensive programs leading to a major war, etc before and after the War for the Union 479 Diplomatic History of United States or nunor in mathematics, offerings are designed to 385 Women in History 3 cr Since 1898 3 cr serve the liberally educated person in support of 367 Science and Society in the other disciplines A survey of the historical experience of women, Twentieth Century 3 cr Emphasis is upon involvement of the United States from ancient times, with emphasis on the forces that in both World Wars and its role as an imperial power The economic, social and cultural consequences of REQUIREMENTS FOR A MAJOR have led to the modern changes in women's status the rise of modern science 481 The Modern Historian 3 cr The development of modern historical thinking and The student may choose to pursue a major in 386 Historical Geography 3 cr 379 Revolution in the Modern World 3 cr mathematics with a program leading to a Bachelor A survey of the physical world which is the basis scholarship as it is related to the major intellectual An analysis of the major political and social revo and social currents of modern times of Arts (B A ) or a Bachelor of Science (B S ) degree for a human civilization, past, present, and future lutions since 1789, the nature of the revolutionary The B A program, which requires a minimum of What are the possibilities and limitations of differ- phenomenon, and the inevitable counter-revolu- 490 Senior Honors Seminar 1 3 cr 33 semester hours of mathematics, allows a great ent places for human development? How success- tionary trend Senior Honors Seminar II 3cr deal of flexibility for persons interested in combin- ful or unsuccessful were human settlements? 380 European Fascism 3 cr 499 Directed Reading, Selected mg the major program with a strong mmor or dou- Emphasis also on geography as an intellectual dis- ble major in a non-science discipline The B S pro- cipline and cultural phenomenon An intensive study of the major fascist movements Historical Topics 3 cr and regimes of the twentieth century in light of the gram, which requires a nummurn of 39 semester 389 Europe Industrialism and hours of mathematics, is recommended for students political, economic, social, intellectual, and psycho- interested in scientific applications or further study the Masses 3 cr logical tensions which produced them A historical analysis of Europe in the last two cen- in mathematics on the graduate level Requirements turies with particular attention to the relationsrup 387 The American Frontier 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS are as follows between technological and social change and its An historical view of man's attempts to create new AND COMPUTER SCIENCE Mathematics Core (B A and B S ) 115, 116, 215, impact on politics and culture societies, concentrating upon ecological issues, fron- 216, 30Q 306, 402, and 415 A grade of C or bet- tier experiences, and utopian ventures Chairperson ter must be achieved in all mathematics core 395 Pittsburgh and the American City 3 cr Thomas Keagy, Ph D courses Remaining courses must be taken at the 388 United States 1945 to the The rise of Urban America, using Pittsburgh as a Professors 200 level or above case study of city growth and change, industriali- Present 3 cr Extra-disciplinary Requirements (B A and B S A discussion of selected contemporary issues, for Thomas Keagy, Ph D zation, immigration, and renewal in the twentieth Kathleen A Taylor, Ph D Computer Science 150 century eign and domestic, which illustrate the identity crisis Additional B S Mathematics Requirements in the US Associate Professors Applications component At least one course 397 Reform in Modern America 3 cr George R Bradley, Ph D The study of the progressive reform movements in 420 Special Studies in chosen from 301 and 308 Frank DAmico, Ph D the United States since the Civil War European History 3 cr Theoretical component at least two courses Topic will be announced by the instructor The Donato DeFelice, M S chosen from 403, 420, and 416 398 Economic History of the course may be taken more than once Adam Drozdek, Ph D Adchtional B S Extra-departmental Requirements United States 3 cr Abhay Gaur, Ph D General Analytical Physics 211-212 investigates the economic development of the 421 Special Studies in Charles Loch, M A United States, emphasizing its impact on social and American History 3 cr Mark S Mazur, Ph D APPLICATIONS political issues as background for current econorruc Topic will be announced by the instructor The Lih Shashaani, Ph D If an appropriate program of support work is problems course may be taken more than once planned, the mathematics major may choose a

OF LIBERAL ARTS 69 68 DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENq COLLEGE

3 cr operating systems, including Unix, VMS, and Dos ,25 Applications of Statistics career from fields including actuarial science, 125 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 C, Applications and techniques of procedures in Offerings provide opportunities for students seek- astronomy, biomathematics, operations research, An introduction to descriptive and inferential inf,"iItial statistics, analysis of variance and ing courses supporting other disciplines as well as computer related fields, economics, electronics, statistics including random variables, probability and comparisons, random and fixed effects comprehensive programs leading to a major or a "aiiance, engineering, geophysics, operations research, sampling distributions, and hypotheses testing multiple regression, and correlation minor in computer science physics, statistical surveying for industry and Modeco Is, 215 Calculus 111 4 Cr Prerequisite 301 or permission of instructor governmental agencies, ancl teaching Elective Vectors and surfaces, vector valued functions, Par^ 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR courses in the major program which have a par Fundamentals of Geometry tial differentiation, multiple integrals, vector 330 ticular connection to an application area include Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry from both The student may choose to pursue a major in com- calculus, sequences, and series Prerequisite Business 301-302, 308, 325, and 425 116 the synthetic and metric axiomatic approach Prereq- puter science with a program leading to a Bachelor ,,site 300 of Science (B S ) or a Bachelor of Arts (B A ) The Computer Science 235, 301-302, and 308 216 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 cr program, which requires a minimum of 32 Education 301-302, 311, and 330 Solutions of first order equations, linear equations, 402 Abstract Algebra 3 cr B A Natural Sciences 301-302, 308, and 420 differential operators, Laplace transforms, Power Cyclic, abelian, and factor groups Isomorphisms, semester hours in computer science, allows a great Social Sciences 301-302, 325, and 425 series techniques, and elementary application, direct products, integral domains, rings, and fields deal of flexibility for persons interested in combin- Statistics 301-302, 325, and 425 ing the major with a strong minor or double major Prerequisite 215 Prerequisite 215, 300, and 306 in a non-science discipline The B S program, which 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR A MINOR 235 Discrete Mathematics 3 cr 403 TOPOlogy requires a minimum of 39 semester hours in com- Mathematical logic, sets, relations, functions, Topological spaces, homeomorphisms, connected- The minimum requirements for a minor in puter science, is recommended for students inter- graphs, trees, Boolean algebra, algebraic structure,, ness, compactness, regular and normal spaces, mathematics are 115-116 and 9 additional hours in ested in scientific applications for further study in nietric spaces, convergence, and separation axioms courses numbered 200 or above including at least algorithm development, and languages Prerequi computer science at the graduate level Require- 215, 300, and 306 one course numbered 300 or above site 111 or 115 Prerequisite ments for all majors are as follows 3 cr Computer Science Core 100, 120, 150, 210, 220, Suggested concentrations include 300 Foundations of Higher Mathematics 3 cr 415 Advanced Calculus 1 250, 300, 325, and 350 (each with a grade of "C" Computer applications 235, 3CQ 301, 306, and 308 Mathematical logic, mathematical induction and Functions, convergence of sequences and series, or better) Logic and foundations 300, 311, and 330 other proof techniques, sets, relations, functions, 11rints, continuity and uniform continuity, deriva- Additional B A Computer Science Requirements Scientific applications 215, 216, 306, 308, and 425 number systems, countability^ and lustory of mathe tives, the mean value theorem, and Taylor's formula At least 9 additional hours at the 300 level or Statistics 301-302, 325, and 425 matics Prerequisite 116 Prerequisite 215, 300, and 306 above (at least 6 of which must be taken at the 102 Trigonometry 1 cr 416 Advanced Calculus Il 3 cr 301 Introduction to Probability and 400 level) Trigonometric functions and their inverses, iden- continuation of 415 including integration theory Statistics 1 3 cr A Additional B S Computer Science Requirements tities, graphs, and other properties Credit is not and advanced topics in analysis Prerequisite 415 An introduction to probability theory and math& 480 and at least 15 additional hours at the 300 allowed for both 102 and 105 matical statistics including probability distributions 420 Introduction to Complex level or above (at least 9 of which must be taken 105 College Algebra and Trigonometry 4 cr of discrete and continuous random variables and Variables 3 cr at the 400 level) Algebraic expressions, solution of equations and their mathematical expectation and bivariate and The complex number plane, analytic functions, inte- Mathematics Support Courses (B A and B S inequalities, algebraic functions and graphs, trigo- multivariate probability distributions Prerequisite gration of complex functions, sequences and series, 115-116 (Calculus 1 & 11) and 235 (Discrete nometric functions, solutions of simultaneous equa- 116 and conformal mappings Prerequisite 215, 300, and Mathematics) tions and inequalities Credit is not allowed for both 306 Additional B S Support Courses Physics 419 102 and 105 or for both 105 and 109 302 Introduction to Probability and (Intro to Microcomputers) and at least two 425 Experimental Design 3 cr 109 College Algebra 3 cr Statistics 11 3 cr mathematics courses selected from 300 (Foun- Analysis of variance, multiway analysis of variance Factoring, radical expressions, equations, inequalities, A continuation of 301 including probability and dations of Higher Mathematics), 301 (Intro to problems, Latin square designs, factorial designs, functions and their graphs, exponential and loga- sampling distributions of random variables and Probability and Statistics), or 306 Linear Algebra crossover designs, split plot designs, analysis of nthmic functions, systems of equations and inequah- hypotheses testing Prerequisite 301 unbalanced data Prerequisite 325 ties Credit is not allowed for both 105 and 109 306 Linear Algebra 3 cr COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS Ill Calculus for Non-Science Students 3 cr Systems of linear equations, vectors and matrices, Majors who choose an emphasis in commercial Limits, continuity, differentiation, implicit differ- determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, applications complete a certificate program in entiation, applications of the derivative, exponen- innerproducts, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM business or complete a minor in another field related tial and logarithmic functions and their derivatives, Prerequisite 116 to business or commercial applications Possible pro- integration, and applications of integration Credit The major objectives of the computer science pro- fessional positions include business applications 308 Numerical Analysis 3 cr is not allowed for both 111 and 115 Prerequisite gram are to provide the student with a knowledge programmer, systems analyst, data base adirunis- Numerical techniques for solving problems involv 109 or equivalent of the theoretical basis of computing, an apprecia- trator, and information systems analyst Suggested mg linear systems, interpolation, functional approxi- 115 Calculus 1 4 cr tion for the relationship between the various com- electives include 401, 410, 425, 435, and 445 mation, numeric differentiation and integration, and Functions and their graphs, limits and rates of ponents of the field, skills in applying the subject solutions to non-linear equations Identical course to practical problems, and an ability to adapt to new change, derivatives, the mean value theorem and SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS its applications, integrals, and logarithmic and to Computer Science 308 May be counted as either technologies and advancements Courses in the cur- Majors who choose an emphasis in scientific appli- exponential functions Credit is not allowed for both mathematics or computer science, but not both riculum give the student appropriate tools to iden- cations should minor in one of the laboratory 111 and 115 Prerequisite 105 or equivalent Prerequisite 116 and either Fortran (251) or Com- tify problems best solved by means of a computer puter Programnung 1 (150) and to design and implement effective, economi- sciences, mathematics, or another field related to 116 Calculus Il 4 cr cal, and creative solutions for them Typically scientific applications Possible professional posi- Transcendental functions, techniques of integration, 311 Number Theory 3 cr students gain practical exposure to a number of pro- tions include scientifc applications programmer, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, Taylor's Divisibility, congruences, quadratic residues, gramming languages including Ada, Assembly, C, engineering analyst, and software engineer Sug- formula, analytic geometry, plane curves, and polar diophantine equations, and arithmetic functions Fortran, Lisp, Modula-2, Pascal, Prolog, and gested electives include 308, 410, 418, and 425 coordinates Prerequisite 115 or equivalent Prerequisite 300 71 70 COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGR4, COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

REQUIREMENTS FOR A MINOR 251 Programming Languages 401 Data Base Management Systems 3 cr of the use, design, and implementation A nummum of 16 hours in computer science and Fortran I ,rhe study DEPARTMENT OF MODERN Concepts of the Fortran programmin a Uage management systems Topics include LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES three hours of discrete mathematics are required for of data base current DBMS implementations, and a minor All programs must include Math 235 and including formatted 1/0, arrays, looping te n1 Iles, data models, and subprograms with an emphasis on scient data description, manipulation, and inquiry lan- Chairperson Computer Science 100, 120, 150, 220, 300, and three Carla E Lucente, Ph D applications Prerequisite 101 or 150 or e Vale 1C pages Prerequisite 300 adchtional hours numbered 300 and above Suggested lit computer science courses related to commercial apph- 410 Artificial Intelligence 3 cr Professors 252 Programming Languages C++ Francesca Colecchia, Ph D cations include 325, 401, 410, 425, 435, and 445 Sug- Cr I(nowledge representation and natural language Concepts of the C + + programming language pie Carla E Lucente, Ph D gested computer science courses related to scientific requisite 250 or equivalent processing, search strategies, design and applica- applications include 308, 325, 410, 418, and 425 of heuristics, and applications to practical prob- Gregorio C Martin, Ph D tions 253 Programming Languages leirls in areas such as psychology, medicine, science Associate Professors 100 Elements of Computer Science 2 cr Modula-2 I Cr and architecture Expert systems Prerequisite 300 Mark Frisch, Ph D An introductory course for students in other Concepts of the Modula-2 programming language Formal Languages and Automata 3 cr Margaret R Hicks, Ph D disciplines Includes a survey of computer organiza- Prerequisite 250 or equivalent 418Introduction to formal languages and their relation Brent Peterson, Ph D tion, the theory of computer languages, computer 300 Data Structures 3 Cr to automata The Chomsky hierarchy of classes of Assistant Professors components, data representation, data storage, Methods for organizing data and an introduction t. grammars Normal forms Recognition of languages Donald H Kellander, M A operating systems, networks, artificial intelligence, the connection between the design of algorithm, by automata Parsing classes of context-free lan- jean-Michel Lanskin, Ph D graphic, the history of computers, and issues and the efficient implementation and manipulation guages Decidability problems Prerequisites 220 Anne Maier, M A relating to ethics, security, and privacy Corequisite of data structures Abstract data types, trees, and and Discrete Mathematics Marc Snyder, Ph D 110 or 120 3 cr Instructor graphs Prerequisites Discrete Mathematics (235) 425 computer Graphics 101 Introduction to Programming 3 cr and 210 introduction to theory and methodology of com- Marie Ciccone Sakmar, M A A first programming course Microcomputer pro- puter graphics The course will develop the mathe- Professor Emeritus granumng in Basic, algorithms, data representation 308 Numerical Analysis 3 cr Primitivo Colombo, Ph D Numerical techniques for solving problems involv niatical basis of the representation of objects and sur- Credit not given to computer science majors or faces with computers Topics include geometric minors ing linear systems, interpolation, functional approxi The Department of Modern Languages and Litera- mation, numeric differentiation and integration, and transformation, fractals, winclowing and clipping tures offers courses in French, German, Italian, 110 Computer Applications 1 cr solutions to non-linear equations Identical course animation, and two-dimensional graphics Prereq- Japanese, and Spanish The four language skills A laboratory complement to COSC 100 Includes to Math 308 May be counted as either mathematics uisite 300 (reading, writing, speaking, and oral comprehen- basic computer skills, word processing, spreadsheets, or computer science, but not both Prerequisite 150 435 Theory of Programming Languages 3 cr sion), are emphasized at all levels beginning with data bases, networks, analog to digital conversions, or 251, and Calculus 11 Syntactic and semantic problems in defining pro- the elementary courses Fluency in the active use and commercial data bases Corequisite 100 grain languages Problems of language implemen- of the language is emphasized Courses beyond con- 311 System Programming and Design 3 cr 120 Problem Solving with Computers 2 cr tation Global properties of algorithmic languages versation and composition stress primarily literary A laboratory complement to COSC 100 for persons An introduction to the interaction between software including scope of declaration, storage allocation, studies in which the student is systematically intro- and hardware components in an integrated system interested in further study in computer science grouping of statements, binding time Subroutines, duced to the literature and is given a working Algorithm development, program structure, top Deals with program translation issues including coroutines, and tasks Comparison of several lan- acquaintance with the culture of the groups whose down design, and an introduction to programn-ung assemblers, linkers, loaders, and initial processing guages Prerequisite 300 language he/she is studying Choice of courses deal- in compilers Prerequisites 220 and 250 in Pascal Corequisite 100 Analysis and ing with specific works, authors, and auxiliary sub- 445 Systems jects is also presented Courses are also offered in 150 Computer Programming 1 3 cr 325 Operating Systems and Software Design 3 cr Structured programming in Pascal Data types and Computer Architecture 3 cr Introduction to the analysis, design, and implemen- Linguistics, Language for Business, and Language representations, arithmetic and logical operations, 1/0 An introduction to the organization of various types tation of large software systems Topics include for Musicians All courses at the 300- and 400-levels control structures, subprograms, arrays, records, and of operating systems and to basic computer architec- methods and tools for the structuring and modu- are conducted in the target language Incoming stu- an introduction to file processing, recursion, stacks, ture Areas of concentration are implementmg mulh- lar design of large systems, organization and tech- dents with previous language background are searching, and sorting Prerequisites 100 and 120 programming, memory management, communi- niques of team programming, design evaluation and required to take the language placement test Stu- dent participation is required in the language labo- cating with input/output devices, concurrency, syn validation Prerequisite 300 210 Computer Programming 11 3 cr chronization, file systems and scheduling the pro ratory at the elementary and intermediate language Dynamic allocation, stacks, queues, linked lists, cessor Prerequisites 220 and Discrete Mathematics 480 Senior Project 1-3 cr levels and strongly encouraged at the advanced trees, string processing, advanced searching, and An individual or group project involving a signifi- levels It is recommended that students who must sorting, hashing, and abstract data types Prereq- 350 Computers and Humanity 3 cr cant programming component, documentation, and fulfill language requirements begin these courses in uisite 150 An exploration of the impact of computerization on written report on a topic of current interest in com- present and future society — including freedom, the their freshman year 220 Computer Organization and puter science Prerequisites Senior status and 300 Majors and minors are advised to spend a sum- position of humans in the world of technology, the mer, a semester, or a year abroad in the university Assembly Language 3 cr status of women, and ethical issues of privacy, 491-499 Selected Topics in The organization and operation of a conventional Computer Science 1-3 cr programs or those approved in advance by the secrecy, and honesty Philosophical issues in corn- department Further information may be obtained computer including principal instruction types, data puter science, especially in artificial intelligence, Topics selected in consultation with the advisor representation, addressing modes, program control, Prerequisite Consent of the department chair- in the department office It is also recommended such as the difference between man and nature, the that majors in the department include a course in and 1/0 Assembly language programming Prereq- special position of man in the universe, and the person uisite 210 the art of the country of the language in which they problem of thinking, creativity, intelligence, and specialize as well as one course of literature in trans- 250 Programming Lanaguages C 1 cr emotions in machines Prerequisite At least one lation in the literature of a country other than that Concepts of the C programming language Prereq- course in computer science or permission of uisite 150 or equivalent instructor of their major 11^^ r1woo 60) DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATUR^S OF LIBERAL ARTS 73 COLLE6E

A maximum of 12 transfer credits will be accepted 115 French for Musicians 2" 470 20th Century French Novel 3 cr towards the major Specially designed for majors in music to provide French Poetry Middle Ages to 20th 3 cr A study of the major works, authors, and move- The student possessing a knowledge of foreign them with those skills in French to meet thel, 528 P,o ments of the 20th Century languages will find career opportunities in a num- fessional requisites Registration linuted to Students Century mechanics of prosody, various genres, Study of ber of fields such as education, government in the School of Music periods, movements in French poetry 471 20th Century French Theatre 3 cr From Jules Romains to lonesco and the Theatre of employment, foreign service, social work, business 120 Intensive French 17th Century French Literature 3 cr and industry, tourism, and international law 6c, 329 the Absurd Fundamentals of oral and written French till2es Emphasis On 17th Century French prose and poetry include a play of Corneille, Racine, and 472 Sartre and Camus 3 cr a different approach allowing the student to con, Will also plete one year's work in one sernester Contrastive study of Sartre and Camus and their REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR lecture N4ohere hours and one-hour laboratory each wee French Prose of the 19th Century 3 cr works The Department offers major programs in French, 330 French prose of the 19th Century 480 Directed Readings Var cr 202 Intermediate French 11 Examination of German, and Spanish In addition, it offers a minor 4 Readings of literary texts under close faculty super- Emphasis on the written and oral aspects of the Ian 18th Century French Literature 3 cr program in Italian, as well as non-major courses in vision, for majors only and only with written per- guage prerequisite French 102 331 Siecle des lunneres, with empha- An overview of the mission of the Department Variable credit Japanese on the literary works of the four major Elementary and intermediate courses must be 220 Intensive French 6 cr ,15 "PhAosophers" Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, and taken in sequence Credit toward the major or minor Review and continuation of 120 Utilizes techniques German allowing the student to complete one-year's worj^ Rousseau will not be given for 101, 102, 201, 202, or 239, 240 in 101 Elementary German 1 4 cr one semester Prerequisite 120, 102 or equivalent voltaire and His Age 3 cr 301 and 302 or 306 is the prerequisite to all courses 332 Fundamentals of oral and written German Three numbered 312 and above I 239, 240 Readings in Modern in-depth work on Voltaire, plus one other writer of hours of class and one hour laboratory per week the period, such as Prevost, Beaumarchais, Bernar- The major program in Modern Languages and French Authors 3 cr each 102 Elementary German 11 4 cr Literatures consists of a minimum of 27 semester Selections from modern works of literature Does din de Saint-Pierre, etc Fundamentals of oral and written German Three hours at the 300 level and above Required courses not carry credit toward a major or minor Prereq 3 cr 360 French for Business hours of class and one hour laboratory per week are uisite 202 or equivalent Spoken and written language of business French Prerequisite German 101 Conventions of letter writing, import, export, and French 301 and 302 or 306, 462, 463 Majors will 301 French Conversation 115 German for Musicians 2 cr commercial transactions discuss their courses with their advisors and Composition 1 3 cy Specially designed for majors in music to provide Prerequisite 202 460 French Culture and Civilization 3 cr them with those skills in German to meet their pro- German 301 and 302 or 306, 460, 461 Majors will study of the major cultural and socio-political fessional requisites Registration linuted to students discuss their courses with their advisors 302 French Conversation A and Composition 11 movements of France through its literary works in the School of Music Spanish 301 and 302 or 306, 401, 402, 453, 460 3 cr Prerequisite 301 462 Chanson de Roland through 202 Intermediate German 11 4 cr Majors will discuss their courses with their advisor An emphasis on the oral and written aspects of the 306 Intensive French Conversation 18th Century 3 cr Main authors and movements language Prerequisite German 102 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR and Composition 6 cr Literary Survey 11 Prerequisite French 202 of the Middle Ages, 16th, 17th and 18th Centuries 239, 240 Readings in Modern The minor program consists of a minimum of 12 German Authors 3 cr each This course is the equivalent of 301 and 302 463 19th Century to Modern Period 3 cr semester hours at the 300 level and above It could Selections from modern works of literature Does fulfffl the prerequisite for all courses above this level Literary Survey II Main authors and movements 490 Independent Field Study of the 19th and 20th Centuries not carry credit toward a major or rrunor Prereq- 302 (All Languages) Var cr is the prerequisite for all courses above this level uisite 202 or equivalent 464 17th Century French Theatre 3 cr 320 Stylistics 3 cr The student will participate, under the supervision An overview of the theatre of le grand siecle Empha- 301 German Conversation and Comparative study of English/French style in 3 cr and guidance of the instructor, in selected tours to sis on Corneille, Moliere, and Racine Composition 1 various foreign countries to undertake independent spoken and written French Prerequisite 202 465 18th Century French Theatre 3 cr study on selected and approved projects involving 321 Phonetics 3 cr An overview of the major dramatists of the century, 302 German Conversation and the exploration and study of history, life, work, arts Mechanics of phonation with comparative English 11 3 cr including Marivaux, Voltaire, and Beaurnarchais Composition and culture Prerequisite Prior perriussion of the French application to phonerruc analysis of French Prerequisite 301 instructor and Department Chairman 466 19th Century French Poetry 3 cr 322 Theatre de I!Avant-Garde 3 cr Intensive German Conversation The major poetic movements of the 19th Century 306 495 Professional Language Internship 3 cr The "avant-garde" theatre since 1950 such as and Composition 6 cr Romanticism, Parnassianism, Symbolism, with a An unpaid internship consisting of 100-120 hours Ionesco, Beckett, Genet, Schehade, Vian, Pinget Prerequisite German 202 special emphasis on Baudelaire of supervised work for which the student will 325 Realism and Naturalism 3 cr This course is the equivalent of 301 and 302 It could receive three credits See Department for particulars Theories of the two movements in the latter part of 467 19th Century French Novel 3 cr fulfill the prerequisite for all courses above this level the 19th Century Selected novels from the 19th Century, from Roman- French ticism to Naturalism 302 is the prerequisite for all courses above this level 326 The Literature of the Existentialist 320 German Culture and Civilization 3 cr 101 Elementary French 1 4 cr Movement 468 19th Century French Theatre 3 cr 3 cr study of the major cultural and socio-political Fundamentals of oral and written French Three Beginning with the influence of the Revolution on A Analysis and discussion of selected works of A movements of Germany through its literary works hours of class and one hour laboratory per week Camus, J P Sartre, and G Marcel French literature, through the literary movements of the century Emphasizes works written for the 324 Popular Tradition in German Literature 3 cr 102 Elementary French 11 4 cr 327 The Symbolist Movement in stage and currents in criticism and directing Legends, fairytales, folklore, and chap books Fundamentals of oral and written French Three French Poetry 3 cr Introduction to German Poetry 3 cr hours of class and one hour laboratory per week A basic introduction to the Symbolist movement, 469 20th Century French Poetry 3 cr 329 German verse from early modern times to contem- Prerequisite French 101 with emphasis on hermetic poetry of Mallarme and Ambivalence of modem French poetry after Baude- Rimbaud laire Will consider Apollinalre, Valery, Breton, Aragon, porary Narrative, dramatic, and epic verse Empha- Eluard, Cocteau, Supervielle, Saint-Jean Perse sis on lyric verse 74 DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATUR^S OF LIBERAL ARTS COLLEGE 75

330 Modern German Prose 3 cr 115 Italian for Musicians 2 C, Spanish 325 Contemporary Spanish Novel 3 cr Individual's search for identity in the prose works Specially designed for majors in music to prov1d 1 4 cr The Spanish Novel since the Civil War From Cela of Thomas Mann, F Kafka, H Hesse, and H Boll e 101 Elementary Spanish them with those skills in Italian to meet their profe, Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Three to the present 331 Modern German Theatre 3 cr sional requisites Registration limited to students class and one hour laboratory per week 326 hours of Contemporary Spanish-American Fiction 3 cr From the introduction of naturalism into German the School of Music 102 Elementary Spanish 11 4 cr Most recent developments in the novel in histori- drama in the late 19th Century to the most recent cal perspective From Asturias through Garcia Mar- 201 Intermediate Italian 1 3 Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Three movements since World War II Will discuss Haupt- quez and Sarduy An intensified review of grammar and rral,, of class and one hour laboratory per week mann, Brecht, Zuckmayer, Durrenmatt and Frisch hours emphasis on oral skills Prerequisite Italian 102 prerequisite Spanish 101 327 Spanish Culture and Civilization 3 cr 360 German for Business 3 cr A study of the major cultural and socio-political 202 Intermediate Italian 11 12o intensive Spanish 6 cr Spoken and written language of business German 3 Cr movements of Spain through its literary works Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Utilizes Emphasis on the oral and written aspects of the lan Conventions of letter writing, import, export, and a different approach allowing the student to com- 328 guage Prerequisite Italian 201 Modern Spanish Theatre 3 cr commercial transactions one year's work in one semester Six lecture plete From Buero Vallejo to the present, including the 460 German Literature from the 306 Advanced Italian Conversation hours and one-hour laboratory each week "Underground Theatre" Middle Ages to the Baroque 3 cr and Composition 3 cr 202 Intermediate Spanish 11 4 cr 329 Revolt and Change A survey of German literature from the Middle Ages Prerequisite 202 or equivalent Prerequisite for all Emphasis on the oral and written aspects of the lan- The Spanish American Novel 3 cr through the 17th Century courses above 306 guage Prerequisite Spanish 102 Nature and types of protest expressed in modern 461 German Literature from the 314, 315 Individual Study 220 Intensive Spanish 6 cr Spanish-American Literature Major works of "pro- I Var Cr 18th Century to the 20th Century 3 cr With written permission of the department Prereq Review and continuation of 120 Utilizes techniques test Literature" A survey of German literature from Lessing to the uisite 202 allowing the student to complete one-year's work 330 Theatre of the Golden Age 3 cr present in one semester Prerequisite 120, 102 or equivalent Reading and discussion of works of the major 321 Modern Italian Novel 3 462 Advanced German Stylistics 3 cr cr Readings in Modern Spanish dramatists of the period selected plays by Lope de A study of the works of significant representatives 239 Comparative study of style 3 cr Vega, Calderon and Tirso de Molina of neorealism, analyzed within the framework Authors of the Selection from modern works of literature Does not 360 Spanish for Business 3 cr 464 German Romantic Literature 3 cr social and political atmosphere of pre- and post carry credit toward major or minor Prerequisite 202 Spoken and written language of business Spanish The German Romantic movement following the World War 11 Italy Napoleon era The role of the individual in the or equivalent Conventions of letter writing, import, and commer- works of Novalis, Tieck, etc 322 Commercial Italian 3 cr 240 Readings in Modern cial transactions Spoken and written language of business Italian, Spanish-American Authors 3 cr 465 Modern German Prose 3 cr 401 Spanish Literature from the Cid conventions of letter writing, import, export, and Selection from modern works of literature Does not through the Siglo de Oro The process of alienation in modern German narra- 3 cr commercial transactions carry credit toward major or minor Prerequisite 202 Survey of major works from the Medieval Period tive Includes novels by H Hesse and T Mann or equivalent through the 17th Century 467 Age of Goethe 323 PirandeIlo, Svevo, Pavese 3 cr 3 cr 301 Spanish Conversation 402 Spanish Literature from the Study of important works of Goethe and other Analysis and stylistic comparison of these three and Composition 1 3 cr 18th Century to the Present 3 cr major writers of this period writers representative of the literary evolvement after Prerequisite 202 Survey of works representative of the major liter- verismo to the psychological novel and drama, and 468 Goethe's Faust 3 cr ary movements of the 18th, 19th, and 20th Century to neorealism 302 Spanish Conversation Emphasis on the spirit of the 18th Century as per- and Composition 11 3 cr 453 Trends in Latin American Literature 3 cr sonified in Goethe's Faust 324 Introduction to Italian Poetry 3 cr Prerequisite 301 Major movements and representative works from A study of the works of the most important modem 470 Literature of the Enlightenment 3 cr 306 Intensive Spanish Conversation Pre-Columbian period to the present A study of literary works of major writers of this Italian poets and Composition 6 cr 460 The Quixote 3 cr era such as Klopstock, Lessing, and Kant 326 Italian Culture and Civilization 3 cr Prerequisite Spanish 202 An in-depth study of Cervantes' masterpiece and 471 Sturm und Drang 3 cr A study of the major cultural and socio-political This course is the equivalent of 301 and 302 It could of the symbolic meaning of the two main characters "Storm and Stress" as Germany's literary revolution movements of Italy through its literary works f" the prerequisite for all courses above this level 461 Spanish Literature since against the despotic tyrants of the 18th Century, in- 302 is the prerequisite for all courses above this level the Civil War 3 cr cluding Goethe's The Sorrows of Young Werther and Japanese 322 The Nineteenth Century Novel The Civil War as mirrored in this literature Its rela- Schiller's The Robbers 3 cr 101 Elementary Japanese 1 3 cr Examines the realist, naturalist, and regionalist novel tionship to contemporaneous literary expression in 480 Directed Readings Var cr Fundamentals of oral and written Japanese Three in the works of Galdos, Claim, Pardo Bazan, Pereda, other countries From Hernandez through Goytisolo Reading of literary texts under close faculty super- hours of class and one hour laboratory per week and Valera and Sastre vision, for majors only and only with written per- 102 Elementary Japanese 11 3 cr 323 Don Juan as a World Literary Figure 3 cr 462 Avant-Garde mission of the Department Variable credit Fundamentals of oral and written Japanese Three Principal plays and narrative poems dealing with Spanish-American Theatre 3 cr An introduction to the avant-garde theatre in Span- Italian hours of class and one hour laboratory per week the theme from its origins in Seventeenth Century ish America Historical perspective Influence of Prerequisite Japanese 101 Spain through modern times Authors include Tir- 101 Elementary Italian or equivalent 1 3 cr so de Molina, Moliere, Mozart, Byron, Zorrilla, and European avant-garde Fundamentals of oral and written Italian Three 201 Intermediate Japanese 1 3 cr G B Shaw 463 Lorca and the Generation of 1927 3 cr hours of class and one hour laboratory per week An intensified continuation of oral and written 324 The Generation of Major poets of the "Lorca-Guillen generation" who Japanese Prerequisite Japanese 102 or equiva ent 98 3 cr 102 Elementary Italian 11 3 cr Major works of Spain's turn of the century authors brought Spanish poetry to the new "Siglo de Ord' Fundamentals of oral and written Italian Three 202 Intermediate Japanese 11 3 cf in their aesthetic and historical contents Includes 464 The Literature of the Siglo de Oro 3 cr hours of class and one hour laboratory per week An intensified continuation of oral and written Unarnuno, Azorin A Machado, Pio Barola, J R Spain^s most glonous era through the poetry prose, Prerequisite Italian 101 Japanese Prerequisite Japanese 201 or equivalent Jimenez and Valleinclan and drama of its major authors

OF LIBERAL ARTS MFJ 76 DEPARTMENT OF PHILC)Sopjj^ COLLEGE

Courses 256 Philosophy of the Human Sciences 3 cr 465 Literature of Spanish Romanticism encourages a concentration on original, Maj., 13,51c 3 cr The relations of the human sciences with other 13asic courses are intended as electives for general Study of the major poems, plays and historical philosophical texts from Plato through the medie,,l sciences, with philosophy, and with practical life are and modern periods to the present oridergraduates, as well as for majors and minors novels of the period Authors include Duque de considered The use of mathematics and other The Department, made up of professors who ha,, of these courses are offered every year Pre- Rivas, Espronceda, Larra, Becquer, Rosaha de Castro Sorne in issues will be discussed in relation to past and con- different philosophical interests, attempts to develop requisite at least one 100-level course philosophy and Zorrilla temporary philosophical and scientific thought the capacity for independent thinking on all issues Religion 3 cr 466 The Age of Enlightenment (3 cr 203 Philosophy Of 260 Philosophy of Law 3 cr Because it fosters the ability to read with understar, is an introduction to the nature of The study of literary works of major 18th century This course This course includes a study of major legal tradi- ding, to think logically, to argue rationally, and to religious experience Topics might include religious Spanish writers tions Other topics for discussion might be justice, evaluate critically, philosophy is an excellent symbolism, belief, free will, and the existence of evil 467 Readings in Medieval Literature ethics and law, legal reasoning, and philosophical 3 cr preparation for many careers Majors have distin Readings are chosen from both traditional and con- The development of Spanish literature from its oral guished themselves in graduate schools in phd,, issues involved in evidence and procedure temporary writers tradition as well as the evolution of the Spanish lan- ophy and in careers in law, medicine, business, and 270 American Philosophy 3 cr guage, beginning with the "jarchas" through La in the priesthood 204 Literature and Philosophy 3 cr This course will cover significant movements in Celestina This course explores philosophical themes in works American philosophy, e g , puritanism, transcen- 480 Directed Readings REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR of literature dentalism, and pragmatism, with an emphasis on Readings of literary texts under close faculty super- A total of 30 credits 2o5 Existentialism 3 cr key figures such as Peirce, Dewey, James, and vision for majors only and only with written per- 24 credits above the 100 level, This course examines the method and style of Royce mission of the Department Variable credit at least 9 credits chosen from courses thought of this movement Readings might include 280 Oriental Philosophy 3 cr 300-305, workr by Sartre, de Beauvoir, Camus, Heidegger, This course provides an introduction to Oriental at least 6 credits at the 400 level Marcel, and others thought through the study of traditions such as Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Hinduism REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 206 Philosophy of Film 3 cr This course examines the art of cmema from a philo- 290 Concentrated Philosophical Readings 3 cr A total of 15 credits DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY sophical perspective This is a private tutorial arranged with an individual no more than 6 credits at the 100 level, Chairperson professor It is intended for a student who needs at least 6 credits at the 300-400 level 211 Marxism 3 cr to concentrate on a philosophical topic which is not Eleanore Holveck, Ph D This course studies the political philosophy of Karl offered in a regular course Professors Introductory Courses Marx, as well as that of Engels, Lenin, and contem- Charles D Keyes, Ph D Core Courses porary Marxists Historical Courses Ronald Polansky, Ph D 132 Basic Philosophical Questions 3 cr 212 Political Philosophy 3 cr Prerequisite at least one 100-level or 200-level J Roland E Ramirez, Ph D Philosophy, literally the love of wisdom, is a Fundamental political questions are explored Topics course Tom Rockmore, Ph D discipline for discussing basic questions about may include the origin of the state, justice, freedom, 300 Ancient Philosophy 3 cr John Scanlon, Ph D ourselves and our world In this course, in addition war, and revolution Readings may be chosen from This course studies the beginning of philosophy in Wilhelm S Wurzer, Ph D to reading and evaluating several works written by works by Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbles, Locke, Greece, from the PreSocratics to Plotinus, with Associate Professors major figures chosen from the history of philosophy, Rousseau, Hegel, and Marx readings taken primarily from Plato and Aristotle Frederick Evans, Ph D students are encouraged to think philosoplucally for 214 Philosophy of Sex This course is usually taught every year in the fall Eleanore Holveck, Ph D themselves and to formulate their own answers to 3 cr This course provides an introduction to some of the semester Robert Madden, Ph D perennial philosophical questions This course, which is required for all students in the University basic themes and texts, both traditional and contem- 301 Medieval Philosophy 3 cr Assistant Professors counts for the major and minor in philosophy porary, related to the philosophical study of sex It This course studies medieval texts in English transla- D Th&^se Bonin, Ph uses historical, analytical and phenomenological tion selected as representatives of the broad range 105 Ethics 3 cr Edward Gelblum, M A methods and gives attention to the sexual origin of of issues, approaches, and theories which charac- This course provides an introduction to some impor our consciousness of values tenze the major Christian, Jewish, and Islamic philo- Professors Emeriti tant ethical theories of past and present times ib Andr6 Schuwer, Ph D sophical thinking of the period This course is course is taught at least once a year 220 Philosophy of Death and Living 3 cr Michael Strasser, Ph D usually taught every year 106 Introductory Logic 3 cr This course provides an introduction to some of the basic themes and texts, both traditional and contem- 302 Early Modern Philosophy 3 cr The program offered by the Department of Philos- Analysis of the requirements for valid reasoning, porary, related to the philosophical study of death This course discusses some major issues in modem ophy is designed to be a basic part of the student's logical fallacies, types of definitions, and important Its main purpose is to ask how human beings can thought beginning with Descartes It includes the liberal education It is intended to introduce students informal aspects of arguments in ordinary discourse be happy in view of cleatIt's certainty, therefore, it analysis of texts chosen from such important figures to philosophical thinking, past and present, to pro- will be studied, in addition to the formal logic of inferences involving simple and compound state emphasizes the act of living as Montaigne, Pascal, Hobbes, Spinoza, Leibniz, vide a discipline for asking the basic questions of Locke, Hume, and Kant This course is usually ments This course is taught at least once a year 225 life, and to help students to begin relating their other Elements of Thomistic Thought 3 cr taught every year academic subjects to one another and to human 107 Medical Ethics 3 cr This course provides an introduction to the basic 304 Later Modern Philosophy 3 cr experience The Department of Philosophy contri- Ethical questions that arise in medical care and concepts and principal ideas of Christian philosophy This course examines the period of modern butes to the mission of Duquesne University by research will be examined Topics might include the with an emphasis on the system of Saint Thomas philosophy initiated by Kant It deals primarily with encouraging faculty and students to seek the truth doctor/patient relation, informed consent, euthari Aquinas the crucial thinkers of the nineteenth century in- and to examine the moral foundations of their asia, the definitions of health, person, and death 255 Philosophy of Technology 3 cr cludmg Hegel, Feuerbach, Kerkegaard, Marx, Mill, thought and action 109 Contemporary Moral Problems 3 ct This course consists of a philosophical examination and Nietzsche This course is taught at least once The Department of Philosophy is one of the This course includes a discussion of several moral of how our lives are shaped by technology and the every two years Prerequisite 302 or permission of world's leading centers for the study of contem- theories, which are then applied to concrete case relation of technology to science and metaphysics the instructor porary continental philosophy The Department also studies from various fields

78 79 DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENct COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

305 Contemporary Philosophy Comparative Political Systems 3 cr 463 Problems in Ethics 3 C, human concerns, e g for justice and order Empirical 209 This course concentrates on philosophy from 1900 This course consists of a discussion of selected issue, ,rid normative methods of understanding political Developing States 3 cr to the present and covers the methods of selected in ethics life will lead students to an appreciation for subjects An examination of democratization, economic twentieth-century movements This course is taught development, cultural conflicts, and regional rela- 492 Simone de Beauvoir 3 Cr such as sources of conflict in international and at least once every two years Prerequisite 302 or tions in developing states such as India, Malaysia, This course attempts to elucidate the phdosophy,f domestic Politics, surfflanties and differences among permission of the instructor Simone cle Beauvoir, which might be called political structures and goals worldwide, debates Nigeria and Mexico situated phenomenological existentialism, by about political ideals over the centuries, and United 245 International Relations 3 cr Advanced Courses careful analysis of selected essays, novels, and aut, 5tates' political institutions and public law A study of the major factors involved in international These courses are designed for majors, minors, and biographical accounts The class concentrates on The political Science majors go on to law school and relations, including sovereignty, nationalism, other serious students of philosophy Ethics of Ambiguity, The Second Sex, and She Caine t, careers in law, government and administrative work balance of power, and international law and Prerequisites at least one 200-level and two Stay at the local, state and national levels, jobs in private organization 300-level courses or special permission of the gidustrY finance, or the mass media, and continued 496 Symbolic Logic 3 cr 290 American Political Thought 3 cr instructor studies at the graduate level This course emphasizes the procedures and philos, An analysis of diverse perspectives on key issues, Many 400-level courses are also 500-level graduate phical presuppositions of symbolic logic courses A description of the courses which are such as equality, rights, race, or religion, that define 497 Aesthetics the distinctive character of American politics taught in any given semester is available during 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR This course examines theories of art and explores preregistration The following descriptions are a 292 Public Policy 3 cr questions such as the beautiful, creativity, the Thirty semester hours are required, not more than sample of some of the courses taught recently An examination of how government responds to imagination, and the role of art in life Readings rial six of which can be at the 100 level These credits 404 Plato's perceived social and political problems, with Republic 3 cr include selections from Aristotle, Lessing, Kant, must include 105, 208 or 209, 245, 317 or 318, and This course concentrates on Plato's text, with a con- emphasis on how those problems are defined, and Hegel, Nietzsche, and Heidegger 427 or 436 why programs succeed or fall sideration of various interpretations student transferring to Duquesne from another 498 Philosophy of God 3 Cr A 408 Aristotle Philosophy of Action College or Unr^ersity may receive a maximum of 12 294 The American Presidency 3 cr 3 cr This course introduces students to selected texts and This course emphasizes an analysis of Aristotle's A study of the role of the President at the center basic themes in types of religious experience such transfer credits applied to their major requirements various discussions of Praxis of the decision making process in the American in both his theoretical as Babylonian, Greek, and Judeo-Christian It and practical writings political system emphasizes such questions as What is the Holy? 420 The Philosophy of Saint Augustine 3 cr What is the status of arguments for the existence REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 295 War and Peace in the The early dialogues and the Confessions will be high- of God and the immortality of the soul? Why is there Fifteen credits are required, not more than three of Nuclear Age 3 cr lighted Topics include Augustine's views on skep- human suffering if God is good and all-powerful? which can be at the 100 level A maximum of six An examination of the interaction between politics ticism, truth, free will, the existence of God, the Attention is given to both traditional and contem transfer credits can be applied to the minor and the use of force in the nuclear age Emphasis distinction between faith and reason, the soul, porary philosophical texts upon an analysis of the major causes of war and memory, and time 499 Advanced Seminar 3 cr 105 American National Government 3 cr the influence of technological developments 422 Saint Thomas Aquinas Treatise on Man 3 cr A small group of students will prepare and read This institutional structure and policy-making pro- 317, 318 Western Political Thought 3 cr each This course will emphasize Aquinas' psychology, papers on a selected philosophical topic cesses of national government are examined as A study of the ideas that constitute our western epistemology, and theory of appetition, 1 e , love, reflections of the assumptions of liberal democracy heritage of reflection on perennial political issues will, affectivity, and emotion Original texts will be and of the American social and economic systems 317 considers theorists from the classical period to the main focus throughout 110 Current Problems in the early 16th century, 318 considers theorists from 443 Hegel's Logic and International Politics 3 cr the late 16th to the late 19th centuries Kierkegaard's Postscript 3 cr A survey of the various issues that states currently Government and Politics of This textually-based lecture course criticizes the DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL 321 face in mternahonal politics, including disputes over 3 cr claims that (1) Hegel's philosophy is indifferent to Eastern Europe SCIENCE territory use of force, access to global resources, the human existential concerns and (2) Kierkegaard's An overview of major political developments in Chairperson environment, trade, technology transfer, health position is "irrationalist " The course shows that selected Eastern European countries since 1945, with Patricia Dunham, Ph D issues, and the role of international organizations some elements of Kierkegaard's critique of Hegel's emphasis on the difficulties of making a transition logic are based on logic itself Professor 115 Human Being and Citizen 3 cr to post-communist governments Kent F Moors, Ph D An introduction to the perennial conflicts of political 445 Nietzsche and Deconstruction 3 cr 322 Government and Politics of Russia While testing Heidegger's assertion that Nietzsche's Associate Professors life, using literature, plays, music and works of and the Independent States 3 cr thought marks the complete end of metaphysics, Patricia Dunham, Ph D P011bLal thought With the demise of Marxism-Leninism as a back- this course explores the site of thinking's other Charles T Rubin, Ph D 202 State and Local Government 3 cr drop, this course studies the cultural and economic issues that will mold the shape of reconstruction in beginnings within and after cleconstruction Assistant Professors A study of the role of state and local government 460 Introduction to Phenomenology 3 cr Steven Majstorovic, Ph D in the Federal Union the Post-Soviet era The basic approach to philosophical issues Peter Roman, Ph D 208 Comparative Political Systems 323 Constitutional Law developed by Husserl, the founder of phenomen- Advanced Industrial States 3 cr Federalism 3 cr ology, will be explored Topics include intentionality Political Science studies the ideas, institutions, A comparative analysis of political systems of A detailed examination of Supreme Court cases con- signs, and meaning behavior, values, and goals of human collective life Western Europe and Japan Emphasis is on the cenung the nature of federalism, federal power, state 461 Freud and Philosophy 3 cr The department stresses that understanding political Political history, institutions, parties and major power, judicial review, commerce clause, due pro- This course considers the impact of Freud and his life is a necessary part of the study of human exist Policy issues facing these countries cess and apportionment Students read and brief followers on contemporary philosophical issues ence, since politics is an expression of our deepest court decisions 80 DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENC^ OF LIBERAL ARTS 81 . C,L)LI,EGE

324 Constitutional Law 408 Theory of Comparative 3 cr who plans to enter graduate school in psychology Civil Liberties 3 cr Government 455 j,,t,d States Foreign Policy 3 foreign policy since the Second is strongly encouraged to take advantage of the offer- A detailed analysis of Supreme Court decisions A critical analysis of the major theories empl,,,, of American d th emphasis on the domestic sources ings in sister universities through the procedure of bearing on Bill of Rights guarantees, e g freedoms in the study of comparative government, W,,, A,shi Y VVorld War, wl cross-registration of speech, press, assembly, right of legal counsel, special emphasis given to understanding the pr.b. of forelgi., policy, and present issues equal protection, voting rights Students read and lems associated with the transition from totalitarla, 499, I)Irected Readings in FOR THE MAJOR 1-3 cr REQUIREMENTS brief court decisions or authoritarian rule to democracy Political science ,portunity for selected students to engage in The major program consists of 103-Introduction to 325 Constitutional Law 418 Politics and the Environment 3 An 01,nderit study and research Permission of Psychology plus a minimum of 24 semester hours Criminal Law 3 cr Environmentalism is one of the major rlflrrn iridepe These credits must include 220, 223, and 328 223 This course will consider appellate cases in criminal movements of our time This course examines it, irlstructor required Introduction to Existential Phenomenological Psy- goals, and the conflicts created rights, and major aspects of criminal procedure by them chology, and 328 Psychology of Personality are Students read and brief court decisions 419 Ethnic Politics designated as writing-intensive courses Majors Policy and Theory desiring to pursue graduate study in psychology are 329 Political Economy of Russia 3 Cr This course analyzes the meaning of ethnicity, IWARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY strongly advised to take six additional credits and the Independent States 3 cr various cases of and explanations for ethnic conflict, through cross-registration at other universities A study of the way in which econorruc and political Chal rperson and approaches to ethnic coexistence Richard T Knowles, Ph D (Learning Theory, Experimental, Perception, forces interact in the restructuring of a nation, with Memory, etc ), and Statistics (125 Fundamentals of special attention given to trade issues, commercial 420 Contemporary Political Thought 3 cr professors Statistics offered by the Mathematics department ventures, banking reform, and environmental A study of the central controversies in political Anthony Barton, Ph D may be considered part of the mathematics/science questions thought during the 20th century D R08,, Brooke, Ph requirement) Finally, it is recommencled that majors 422 American Defense Policy Constance Fischer, Ph D 335 Mass Media and Politics 3 cr 3 cr enroll in a hospital or community practicum for William Fischer, Ph D A study of the mass media and its nature, role, and An examination of the institutions, Policies, and credit, and/or do volunteer work in a neighborhood decision making of the American defense establish Richard T Knowles, Ph D impact on US politics The emphasis is on the clinic Three credits earned in practicurn count ment This course emphasizes American civil Rev Edward Murray, C S Sp, Ph D media as instruments of political communication toward the 24 required credits, an additional three military relations, the structure and behavior and opinion leadership of Associate Projessor credits in practicurn may be earned above and defense organizations, and policy formulation in a Paul Richer, Ph D beyord the required minimum of 24 Information 340 American Political Parties 3 cr changing international environment Michael Siplora, Ph D about such opportunities can be obtained from the An intensive study of the roles of interest groups 424 Women and Politics 3 department secretary Prospective majors should and political parties in the decision making pro- cr An examination of the political socialization and Assistant Professors consult the departmental secretary concerning the cesses of the American system of government, with Suzanne Barnard, Ph D behavior of women in U S political culture, their special procedure followed for the declaration of the attention devoted to the internal dynamics of these Daniel Burston, Ph D role in elections, their input as an interest group major A mirumurn of 15 credits in psychology exclu- institutions Bruce Fink, Ph D and the public policies particularly affecting or sive of practicurn must be taken at Duquesne Eva Simms, Ph D 376 Elections, Campaigns, and affected by women University for the major Russell Walsh, Ph D Voting Behavior 3 cr 426 Government and the An examination of the cleterminates of opinions and Federal System 3 cr The undergraduate program of the Department of REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR political beliefs, political participation, and voting An overview of the dynamic nature of policy mak psychology is designed 1) to introduce and familiar- Requirements for a nunor are 103 and 223 and any behavior, the significance for democratic govern- ing within United States' intergovernmental rela ize students with the fundamental content, issues, three of the following 225 or 226, 280, 328, 340, 352, ment of findings in these areas tions from a variety of perspectives, including and interests of various areas of psychology and 361, 390, 400 level courses may be taken for the analysis of the diversity of American political sub 380 Controversies in Public Policy 3 cr critically evaluate and reformulate these in the con- minor with permission of the department head A cultures and public policy outputs of sub-national A review of the conflicts that animate various areas text of psychology as a human science, 2) to foster minimum of nine credits in psychology must be governments of policy making, e g technology development, intellectual and personal freedom and critical think- taken at Duquesne University for the minor 3) to pre- religion and politics, censorship, family issues 427 Quantitative Analysis 3 cr ing as essential to the humanizing process, A study of the quantitative methods for the analysis pare the professionally oriented student for 385 International Law and of political and social phenomena, including data advanced study, 4) to provide a foundation for COUNSELING SERVICES Organization 3 cr collection, analysis, and interpretation careers involving human services To these ends, Personal counseling services are available to all stu- A survey of the historical development and present the department offers a wide variety of courses dents at the Psychology Counseling Center located 430 Internship in Practical Politics 4 cr role played by international law in the world com- covering psychology conceived as a human science, in Rockwell Hall A work and observation experience in government munity, and the formation and operation of such a natural science, and within a historical perspec- and political offices at the city, county, state, or 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr organizations as the United Nations and its tive Further study in graduate school prepares stu- national levels Permission of department required (Prerequisite to all courses) specialized agencies dents for careers in mental hospitals, schools, mental Introduction to fundamental concepts and methods 436 Advanced Seminar 3 cr health and social welfare agencies, business and 401 The American Congress 3 cr of psychology, examined from both traditional and An in-depth consideration of selected topics in the industry In our rapidly changing society the An investigation of the operation of the Congress phenomenological perspectives Prerequisite for all discipline Open to seniors and advanced juniors demand for professionally trained psychologists is within the American system of government other departmental courses only Permission of instructor required increasing 3 cr While the department believes that human scien- 220 Systematic Psychology 405 Values, Ethics and Policy 3 cr 450 Workshop — International Studies 3 cr tific psychology is the most viable and encompass- For majors only Traditional approaches (behavions- A study of how public policies reflect both various An intensive summer school course presents political, I 1119 approach to the study of the person, it also tic, physiological, psychoanalytic) to sensation, per- conceptions of justice and the human good, and dis- foreign policy, cultural, religious, and social issues realizes its responsibility to expose its students to ception, learning, and motivation Required for agreements about these goods that influence the direction of developing nations other psychological approaches Hence, every major majors

82 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOCy COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 83

223 Introduction to Existential 392 The Individual and His/Her World 3 Cr Criminal Justice emphasis 103, 211, 212, or 213 It Phenomenological Psychology 3 cr Examination of individual's relation to society, from is recommended that at least six credits be selected I)EpARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Introduction to a human-science alternative to psy- a developmental and cross-cultural perspective from those courses at the 300 level or above chology as a natural science Prerequisite for 356 and 393 Principles of Psychoanalytic Chairperson Courses included in the Social Change and Social 410, required for majors and minors Writing- Charles F Hanna, Ph D Thought 3 Structure emphasis are 104, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, intensive course Cr Exarrunation of the times and contributions of Freud professor 210, 211, 215, 217, 225, 302, 303, 315, 316, 317, 318, 225 Developmental Psychology I and selected other major psychoanalytic theorists N,rma Feinberg, Ph D 415, 416, 424, 425, 454 (Infancy and Childhood) 3 cr Permission of department head for non-majors Associate Professors Criminal justice This program provides the student Growth and development of the child, with empha- Charles F Hanna, Ph D 394 Psychology of Language and with the opportunity to develop knowledge and sis on personality development Joseph D Yenerall, Ph D Expression 3 cr skills in preparation for career pursuits in many Assistant Professors 226 Developmental Psychology Il Communication as a life-embodied relation of per areas of criminal justice, including probation, parole, Nm4ary Frances Antolini, Ph D (Adolescence and Maturity) 3 cr son to world and others Emphasis is on phenomen investigation, corrections and research or for those Richard A Colignon, Ph D Development from adolescence, through adult ological, modern psycholinguistic, and/or post who wish to pursue advanced study Timothy F O'Donoghue, Ph D stages, to coping with death structuralist approaches Pern-ussion of department Required courses N4atthew Schneirov, Ph D 101, 103, 200, 201, 202, 300 OR 230 Psychology of Community head for non-majors 301, and 456 3 Gall Flint Stevens, Ph D credits must be selected from the Experience 3 cr 410 Advanced Existential- Social Change and Social Structure emphasis It is pro^ssor Emeritus Experience of community phenomena, e g , indi- Phenomenological Psychology 3 recommended that at least six credits be selected cr Eleanor V Falls, Ph D viduals versus group priorities, intimacy vs privacy Detailed investigation of selected works in from those courses at the 300 level or above Chester A Jurczak, Ph D 280 History of Psychology 1 3 cr existential-phenomenological philosophy and psy Courses included in this emphasis are 103, 211, 212, Overview of figures and issues in the history of psy- chology Prerequisite 223 Perryussion of department The Sociology Department offers an intellectually 213, 216, 218, 264, 310, 311, 314, 365, 366, 369, 409, 454 chology, from precursors to present head for non-majors liberating education and pre-professional training 432 Gestalt Psychology for its students Majors and other students, regard- 328 Psychology of Personality 3 cr 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Critical examination of major theories of personality, Contributions of Gestalt psychology (especially the less of major, learn the discipline, build critical think- A nummum of required for majors Writing-intensive course works of Kofka, Kohler, and Goldstein) to traditional ing skills and develop intellectual and social values 15 semester hours is required for the and human-science psychology Permission of such as those articulated in the Mission and Goals minor, this must include 101 Survey of Sociology 340 Social Psychology 3 cr department head for non-majors Statement of the University Our curriculum allows Although the minor program is self designed, a Foundations of social processes, attitudes, values majors to strive for excellence in either of two areas, faculty advisor should be consulted to assist in the and roles, public opinion, propaganda and commu- 450 Contemporary Issues in Social Change and Social Structure or Criminal design Clinical Psychology 3 cr nication, personal participation in society justice A human-science examination of the approach, 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr THE GERONTOLOGY CERTIFICATE methods, data, and current issues of clinical psy Examination of theories and data on disordered REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR chology Permission of department head for non The Department offers an 18-credit program leading human existence A minimurn of 33 majors semester hours is required for the to a Certificate in Gerontology available to all majors 356 Research Psychology Theory major These must include 101 Survey of Sociology, and minors as well as students and para-profes- and Practice 3 cr 453 Psychology of Gender 3 cr 200 Classical Sociological Theory, 201 Sociological sionals outside the Department and University Review of theory and practice of traditional and This course explores men's and women's existence Methods 1, 202 Sociological Methods II, EITHER 300 Students from outside the University who register human-science research Includes student projects as genclered beings The theoretical as well as exist History of Social Thought OR 301 Contemporary for the Certificate do so through the Division of Con- Prerequisite 220, 223, permission of department ential dimensions of gender are thematized, and the Sociological Theory and 455 OR 456 Senior Seminar tinuing Education biological, social, and personal contexts will be Majors must also choose one of two areas of emphasis head for non-majors To earn the Certificate the student must complete discussed Social Change and Social Structure or Criminal justice 361 Psychology of Identity 101 Survey of Sociology and 5 of the following 3 cr Courses within the selected emphasis are to be sched- and Fulfillment 3 cr 457 Independent Studies courses 203, 207, 208, 225, 303, 315, 317, 415, and 450 uled in consultation with the student's faculty advisot The ways in which identity is lived individually and A tutorial course for an exceptional student who OR 451 In addition, the major must complete collectively Designed to be personally relevant to wishes to pursue a particular study with a faculty 125 Fundamen- tals of Statistics, offered by Procedure for application By the end of the change the life of the student Open to juniors and seniors member For majors only, usually those intending the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science This course may of schedule period in the semester the student only graduate study, advanced coursework. completed Permission of faculty member and department head also satisfy the University Core Requirement Credits intends to complete the Gerontology Certificate, he 370 Psychology of Aesthetic Experience must 3 required earned in 4501451 Fieldwork I and II will not count Theoretical and empirical explorations of aestheticcr toward the 33 required A Complete the application form in the experience 490 Special Topic 3 cr A visiting professor presents his/her specialty, or a Sociology Department Office (504 College 390 History of Psychology 11 3 cr EMPHASES Hall), regular faculty member presents highly specialized Intensive study of selected historical figures, in dia- studies or an experimental course Repeatable Social Change and Social Structure This emphasis is B Officially register for the Certificate on the logue with contemporary themes Reading of pri- Prerequisites vary with the instructor Permission designed for the student desiring a broad overview registration form mary sources Prerequisite 280 Of Sociology of department head for non-majors to prepare for advanced study or a wide 391 Applied Psychology Practicum 3 cr range of occupations and careers COURSE DESCRIPTIONS An applied psychology setting provides opportu- Required courses 101, 200, 201, 202, 300 OR 301, 101 Survey of Sociology 3 cr nity for working directly with professionals Settings 455 12 of the remaining 15 credits must be selected An introduction to the basic concepts, processes, have included psychiatric hospitals and community any courses in the emphasis (course numbers and institutions which are the subject matter of from centers Majors only, permission of Department ,are listed below) The remaining 3 credits must be sociology as an academic discipline Required for head Repeatable once selected from the following courses within the ALL Sociology Majors Tor

84 DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOC^ COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 85

103 Introduction to Criminal justice 3 cr 210 Sociology of Sex and Gender 3 q Special Topics Institutions 3 cr An introduction to the criminal justice system, The study of how conceptions of masculinity and ,02 justice system, and the theories of crime applied to depth examination of the structure and conse- female offenders Also considered are women as vic- including police, courts, correctional facilities and feminiruty are influenced by social institutions, ho, An in uerices of enduring cultural patterns and social tims of crime as well as opportunities for women community based corrections Required for the gender shapes the self, behavior and social relancin relationships which comprise specific institutions as employees of the criminal justice system Prereq- Criminal Justice Emphasis ships, and the characteristics of gender inequality as religion, the economy, the political order, uisite Prerequisite 101 such 103 education, and medicine and health Prerequisite 104 Cultural Anthropology 3 cr NOTE 211 Social Deviance 3 The following courses are cross-listed with An introduction to a major subfield of Anthropology Cr 101 A study of the forms and consequences of social the Graduate Center for Social and Public Policy which explores the ongins, development and diver- I de sociology of Mental Health viance and law Prerequisite 101 or 103 303 401/501 Complex Organizations sity of human cultures 3 cr and Illness 3 cr 212 Drugs and Society 3 The aim of this course is to give students a survey 200 Classical Sociological Theory 3 cr cr An examination of the incidence and prevalence of The political, practical, and personal effects of the sociological approaches to the study of orgam- Of sub, indicators of mental health and illness and an in An intensive review of basic sociological principles, zations A chronological perspective is used at the stance use on society and individuals Also con depth scrutiny of the histor34 social construction, and a study of selected classical theories and schools outset, focusing on scientific management, human sidered are control and treatment of this problem and Implications of issues of mental health and ill- of thought Prerequisite 101 Required for ALL relations, Weberian and other perspectives Major 213 Criminology 3 ness Prerequisite 101 Sociology Majors cr attention is given to current sociological approaches A study of sociological explanations of criminality, 310 The Law and the — environment technology, power, control and 201 Sociological Methods 1 3 cr correlates, causation, and criminogenic conditions juvenile Offender 3 cr culture as they ir^npact upon organizations Prereq- A discussion and application of the techniques and Prequisite 103 A survey of those aspects of the legal system that uisites 101 and senior standing research procedures used in sociological research 215 Mass Media and Society 3 cr relate to the identification, processing, and rehabili- Prerequisite 101 Required for ALL Sociology 404/504 Social Ecology and The study of the role of mass media in contemporary tation of the juvenile offender Prerequisite 103 Political Culture 3 cr Majors societies by examining the social, economic, 311 The Law and the Adult Offender 3 cr This is a socio-political analysis of urban culture cr political, and cultural contexts within which they 202 Sociological Methods 11 3 The legal procedure from arrest through sentenc- including demographic diversity and trends, and operate Prerequisite 101 A study of the construction and application of ing emphasizing applicable state statutes and U S socialization Historical and contemporary explana- techniques for data analysis in social research 216 Delinquency and Society 3 cr Supreme Court cases Prerequisite 103 tions of urban and suburban environments provide Specific attention is given to computer uses in the A study of the phenomenon, theories and causa 314 The American judicial System 3 cr an understanding of today's metropolis as the fabric 101 and 201 It is social sciences Prerequisites tion of juvenile delinquency Prerequisite 101 or 103 Development of local, state and federal court for human groups to live and survive Prerequisites highly recommended that the corequisite of 125 217 Social Movements 3 cr systems, the operation of these courts, and issues 101 and senior standing Fundamentals of Statistics be completed before tak- A study of sociological theories of social movements in administration and case law Prerequisite 103 409/509 Punishment and Corrections 3 cr ing this course Required for ALL Sociology Majors and ar^ exploration of a number of contemporary 315 Socialization and the Life Span 3 cr This course covers the corrections systems in this 203 Social Gerontology 3 cr protest movements and sociocultural movements An examination of the socialization process through- country including probation, parole, community An examination of the social and cultural forces that Prerequisite 101 out life with a particular focus on the adult years corrections, jail and prison How and by whom impact the process of aging and the statuses and 218 Treatment and Rehabilitation 3 cr A study of stability and change in statuses, roles, these agencies and facilities are administered and roles of the aged in human societies Community and institutional rehabilitative pro and self-image among age-groups Prerequisite 101 organized is examined The system is studied from grams are considered in terms of treatment methods the perspective of parole and correctional officers 205 Person and Society 3 cr Social and Cultural Change 3 cr used and their effectiveness Prerequisite 103 as well as how the correctional system impacts upon A study of the person's interaction with societal analysis of the perspectives, directions, pro- offenders Prerequisites 101 and senior standing groups, organizations and institutions Prerequisite 225 Family Systems 3 cr cesses, consequences and mechanisms of. social and 415/515 101 A study of the family institution and its interaction cultural change Prerequisite 101 Health, Illness and Social Policy with other community institutions 317 3 cr 206 Sociology of Social Problems 3 cr Population and the Environment 3 cr 264 Police and Society 3 cr This course considers the major health and illness A study of the major social problems apparent in An analysis of population dynamics and theories, An analysis of the role of police in the communit),, issues apparent in both regional and national areas American contemporary society Examples of the and the impact of demographic structures on the and some of the critical issues in law enforcement' Students are involved in library and field research problems which may be analyzed include poverty, earth's ecology and natural resources Prerequisite Prerequisite 103 101 on the outcomes (identifiable or probable) of cur- violence, and environmental declines rent or proposed policy responses to such health History of Social Thought 3 cr 300 318 Sociology of the City 3 cr and illness issues Prerequisites 207 Sociology of Health and Illness 3 cr 101 and senior An introduction to the ideas of Western thought An analysis of urban life and its impact on social standing What social and culture factors affect the health of which predate the formal discipline of Sociology and relations Prerequisite 101 human populations? This study exarrunes the social an examination of the social context which led to 416/516 Minorities and Public Policy 3 c, 365 Community Corrections organizations and social processes related to well- the development of these ideas Prerequisite 101 or 3 cr The historical evolution of American public policy Study of community corrections agencies and pro- being and sickness in various societies Prerequisite permission of the Department This course OR 301 toward minorities is examined This includes the grams for criminal offenders, including probation, 101 is required of ALL Sociology Majors legal/constitutional changes, migratory patterns, intermediate sanctions, and parole Prerequisite 103 social institutions and political mobilization Con- 208 Racial and Ethnic Groups 3 cr 'Pending approval of the College Curriculuir 366 Police Organization and temporary problems and issues are evaluated within A comprehensive survey of roles performed and Committee, this course may be used to particall) Nlanagement 3 cr this context Prerequisites 101 and senior standing problems faced by racial and ethnic groups Prereq- fulfill the "history" area requirement in the N& Principles of organization, management, and super- NOTE uisite 101 College Curriculum The courses listed below are NOT cross- v1sOry techniques applied to law enforcement agen- listed with the Graduate Center for Social and 3 cr 301 Contemporary Sociological Theory 3 cr 209 Social Stratification cies Prerequisite 103 Public Policy An examination of who gets what and why, with A study of selected contemporary theories arid 369 Women and Crime 3 cr a primary focus on the American setting Prereq- schools of thought Prerequisites 101 and 200 Thi 450/451 Fieldwork 1, 11 6 cr each The nature and extent of crime committed by Internship in a number of different settings uisite 101 course OR 300 is required of ALL Sociology Major' 225 Women, the processing of women in the criminal hours in placement are required for 6 credits Semors 86 OF LIBERAL ARTS 87 DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOCJ COILFGE

3 cr and the world, and how theology tries to clarify and and majors or Geronotology Certificate students Duquesne's Department of Theology offers , ,14 The New Testament only Prerequisite Majors must have 21 completed pni, the books of the New Testament, respond to them in the context of faith and other gram which undertakes an acade m1c study presentation of credits in the major Credits do not count toward religion and experience The Department enriph,Of A,,,ciuding their literary makeup, historical origins aspects of human experience the 33 required for the major sizes Catholic Theology, in dialogue with other ,,d testimony, and theological content, practical 220 Jesus the Christ 3 cr 454 Selected Readings 1 or 2 cr Christian traditions, non-Christian trad approaches in interpreting key passages of the New An introduction to the study of Jesus as Christ and Savior, concentrating on the principle mysteries of Independent, supervised reading Seniors and Judaism It acknowledges the fact of theltlonsuniver,^ and Testarrient his existence The insights of the New Testament and Archaeologymajors only Prerequisite 27 completed credits in search andfor religious meaning andthe experience, and Bible 3 cr the major seeks not only to offer the possibility of illumination through archaeology of the the early church councils will receive special atten- a study (^ the varying approaches to religious witnesses AS tion, as well as representative interpretations among settingI the cultural background, and the 455 Senior Seminar — Social In historica I the theologians history^ but also to place Catholic Theology in Con, elerits described in the Bible, a general introduc- Change and Social Structure 3 cr munion with that quest It aspires to a fruitfW 225 The Theology and A seminar designed to serve as a capstone to the to the techniques of archaeological investiga- encounter with other university disciplines, since on a study of the principal archaeological sites Practice of Prayer 3 cr student's academic career Seniors and majors only and the department is convinced that theology's Co. It:on An intensive examination into the experiential basis, Prerequisite 21 completed credits in the major ,rl palestine cerns are related to all vital human issues in this theoretical understanding, and variety of forms of Required for ALL Sociology Majors with a Social prophetic Literature of the way, the Department of Theology seeks to reale prayer in the Christian tradition The course will Change and Social Structure emphasis 315 3 cr Duquesne University's mission with special atten old Testament include both theoretical analysis and personal reflec- study of classical Israelite prophetism which was 456 Senior Seminar — tion to moral and spiritual values tion on prayers and the experience of praying A sharp protests against social abuses, Criminal justice 3 cr characterized by by an 230 The Church 3 cr A sernmar designed to serve as a capstone to the power politics, and religious hypocrisy, and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR urgent call to return to the roots of the Israelite faith A study of the Christian community of believers in student's academic career Seniors and majors only its origins, some of its major historical and dogmatic The major program consists of a minimum of 27 The prophets will be treated as outstanding Prerequisite 21 completed credits in the major emphases, and its contemporary understanding of credits taken at the 200 level or above These credits exaniples of persons who tried to remain faithful Required for ALL Sociology Majors with a Crimmal itself will include 205, 213, 214, 220, 250, 230 or 331, to God's word by making it a word heard in their Justice emphasis 1^81 the remaining credits will be electives chosen in con own day 235 Christian Worship 3 cr The meaning of ritual and worship in Christianity sultation with the undergraduate advisor of the The Pauline Literature 3 cr 316 with special emphasis given to the history of wor- theology department critical study of the letters traditionally attributed A ship and the developments in both Roman Catholic to Paul i(including Hebrews) The material will be DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY and Protestant worship since the Vatican Council REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR situated historically and theologically in the light of Chairperson contemporary scholarship 242 Love in Theological Thought 3 cr James P Hanigan, Ph D A minor consists of 12 credits taken at the 200 level An examination of the theology of love in contem- or above Students should consult the undergradu 317 The Wisdom Literature of the Professors porary thought, focusing on farmly love, friendship ate advisor of the theology department for the Old Testament 3 cr James P Hanigan, Ph D love, romantic love, and Christian agape and their design of the minor A study of Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, job and other relationships The "failures" and healing of love will David Kelly, Ph D wisdom writings which treat both the practical Marilyn Schaub, Ph also be treated D search for happiness through living in accord with COURSE INFORMATION 3 cr William Thompson, Ph D the natural and social orders and the more specula- 258 Catholicism An explanation of the spirit, beliefs and practices George S Worgul, Jr, Ph D , S T D The Department has organized its courses into three tive quest for answers to such basic questions as of Roman Catholicism including its understanding Associate Professors divisions Biblical Studies, Religious and Theological 'Why do the innocent sufferT and "If we all die, of sacramentality, mediation and communion, a Michael Cahill, Ph D Studies, Ethical Studies what is the meaning of life?" study of the Roman Catholic classics and issues con- Charles Fenner, C S Sp, Ph D The numbering of the courses indicates the level 321 The Gospel Literature 3 cr fronting Roman Catholicism Michael Slusser, D Phil of the approach A critical study of the four Gospels The material 260 Protestantism 3 cr Assistant Professors will be situated historically and theologically in the 100 — These are courses in the University core An introduction to the thought of the principal Anne M Clifford, C S J , Ph D curriculum light of contemporary scholarship reformers Luther, Calvin, Zwingh, Wesley, a study Patrick L Malloy, Ph D 490 Field Experience in of speculative and practical forces operative in the Mom McIntyre, H M, Ph 200 — These are courses introducing students to I D 3 cr fifteenth-sixteenth centuries which gave rise to the particular areas or questions in theology Biblical Archaeology Assistant Clinical Professor Six weeks of supervised participation in an archae- reforming movement, the formulation of Protestant Helen M Waugh, M D 300 — These courses explore subject matter in 010giCal excavation in the Ancient Near East, expen- Orthodoxy greater depth and specificity than do courses at the ence in stratigraphic digging, pottery identification, Adjunct Associate Professors 271 Eastern Christianity 3 cr 200 level scientific analysis of finds, and recording methods John W Hoyt, M D A study of the main theological developments in Offered every two or three years, approval of par- Christopher J Daly, M D 400 — In these courses selected topics are dealt the Eastern Church from the Patristic age on through ticipants core sta' ff required Mark Schrrudhofer, M D with at a more advanced level, independent research by the medieval times until the modern days as they Stacey A Hinderliter, M D is required 493. Directed Readings in shape its distinctive spint and mentality and as they Elmer J Holzinger, M D Biblical Studies 3 cr are interpreted in the Eastern Churches Charles E Hollerman, M D BIBLICAL STUDIES The topics will change regularly and will be pub- 274 Church History 1 3 cr Diann M Westrick, M D lishedwi in- -e Aep. rtmerit 213 The Old -+-me-+ I cr A religious and historical exploration of the growth Daniel R Thompson, M D I A presentation of the Old Testament writings in their of Chnstianity from the first century up to the Refor- Rev Charles S Bober, S T D RELIGIOUS AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES mation, discussion of those issues within the dynamic context of culture, politics, and geography, as well as an introduction to their literary modes 205 The Mystery of God 3 cr Church and the external forces which brought about theologies, and themes An exploration of basic questions concerning God major conflict and development OF LIBERAL ARTS 89 88 DEPARTMENT OF T1 [C^OVLEGE

Human Life and Morality 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 275 Church History 11 3 cr 372 Religious Themes in 01scussion352 of the fundamental moral principles 15 credits These must include 6 credits from the Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant develop- Literature and Film making any of the "life decisions;' the 9 credits must be selected from 3q ^ lved in Core the remaining ment from 1500 to the present day, special emphasis An exploration of religious experience and rellgl,,, of the definition of life, a survey of the 111y,o, oblerrI qualifying courses in at least two of the participating on the crises, revolutions, and reforms that were concepts as expressed in significant wor ds In fdrn moral approaches to the issues of war and departments central to this development and literature, including themes concer PA d u Va.','?' capital punishment, abortion, birth control, person's relationship to self, others, and to eac a 280 Religious Experience 3 cr od %^atnasia, genetic engineering, nd the new CORE COURSES An examination of the dimensions of mankind's 470 Christian Mysticism eUt 3,, logy 210 Readings in Western religious experience, e g , mystical, ritual, mythical, A study of the mamfold Christian experience ernbryo of Health Care Ethics 3 cr Literature 1 3 cr ethical, and scriptural, an analysis of the likeness mysticism, I e , experiential contact with God, as see of practical and theoretical issues in the A survey of major literary works of the Western and differences of how the Divine is sensed and in famous exemplars of mystical expen Stu ofy nce, e g, 3'ethicsA d health care Issues include life and death world from ancient times through the Renaissance, responded to in varied geographical, cultural, and Jesus Christ, Paul, Ignatius of Antioch, s questions, profession al-patient relationships, and in English Translation, with emphasis on continental chronological contexts John Ruysbroeck, Catherine of Siena, Te sa of rnoral aspects of the health care professions traditions The course explores both the thematic 283, John of the Cross, Venerable Liberma preoccupations of Western writers and the develop- 284 Judaism People and Faith 3 cr each 45, War and Peace in A survey of modern Jewish history to discover roots 475 Theology and Catechesis 3 Christian Perspective 3 cr ment and evolution of literary forms An examination of the principal theological and and traditions of the Jewish people in America, All analysis of Christian teaching of the moral per- 211 Readings in Western Israel, and the Soviet Union view of the pedagogical themes of modern religious education, ,,ssibtbty of using violence and participation in war Literature 11 3 cr Holocaust and its effects on world Jewry The faith, and of the place of catechesis in the ministry of the from biblical times to the present, including an A survey of major literary works of the Western Church, a presentation of the historical background beliefs and practices of Jewish life today (This course evaluation of the varieties of pacifism, of nonviolent world from the Enlightenment to the present in of the contemporary catechetical renewal is sponsored by the Chautauqua Society) resistance, and of just war theories English Translation, with emphasis on continental 491 Experience in the 301 Marriage 3 cr 495 I)irected Readings in traditions The course explores both the thematic personally-onented and practical treatment of the Teaching of Religion 6cr A Christian Ethics 1-3 cr preoccupations of Western writers and the develop- marital union as seen in its Christian theological, One semester of supervised experience in teaching The topics will change regularly and will be ment and evolution of literary forms psychological, and sexual aspects, a discussion of rehgion in a high school environment in conjunc published within the department 215 Non-Western Literature 3 cr Christian marriage as a bond of love, as a sacrament, tion with a cooperating high school teacher and Study of representative texts (in English translation) University Department coordinator This course Is and as a way of human fulfillment outside the European-American tradition, particu- open only to majors in Theology upon approval of 331 The Church in the larly from Asia and Africa Cross-listed with English the Chairperson of the Department Modern World 3 cr 213 An analysis of the Churchs role in human develop- 494 Directed Readings in Religious WORLD LITERATURE PROGRAM 490 Topics in World Literature 3 cr ment today and in offering solutions to present and Theological Topics 1-3 cr This program is offered jointly by the Departments Exploration of selected themes through the study problems of humanity in light of Vatican 11's"Pastoral The topics will change regularly and will be pub of Classics, English, and Modern Languages and of literary texts from various national traditions, Constitution on the Church in the Modern World" lished within the department Literatures it is designed to give the student an addressing theoretical and critical issues involved and other related documents 498 Seminar in Theology 3 a awareness of the historical and cultural frameworks in the comparative study of literature May be cross- 335 Theology of the Sacraments 3 cr A critical analysis of selected topics in theology or in which the literatures of classical Greece and listed with one or more courses in the sponsoring of selected works A practical treatment of the seven sacraments in rela- by outstanding theologians, open Rome, Europe (both,Great Britain and the conti- departments tion to their significance for the Christian's daily only to juniors and seniors with a major or minor nent), Asia, Africa, and the Americas have evolved, spiritual growth and fulfillment, consideration of in theology their influences upon each other, and an in-depth QUALIFYING DEPARTMENT COURSES human needs for ritual and symbol, discussion of understanding of selected major literary works from ETHICAL STUDIES Classics Any literature course, either in translation recent revisions and developments in sacramental these cultures 243 Religion and Social Issues 3 cr or in the original language, numbered 200 or higher theology For additional information and advising, contact A study of the influence of religious convictions in one of the sponsoring departments English Any literature course at the 300- or 400-level 340 Studies in Black Theology 3 cr confronting major social issues of today's wor , Any literature An exarrunation of the dimensions of the religious e g , population growth, famine, ecology, liberation, Modern Languages and Literatures REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR course, either in translation or in the original experience of Black Americans, e g , its history, its and revolution, truth as a social issue, wealth, tax relationship to African ongins, to slavery, to racism, ation, and stewardship 24 credits These must include 490, Topics in World language, above 306 to Christian denominations, an analysis of special Literature (3 credits), at least 6 additional credits 250 Christian Faith and the elements in that experience, e g , Black Churches, selected from the World Literature Core courses Moral Life 3 cr preaching, music and the "American Way of Life" listed below, and 15 credits from qualifying courses A theological examination of the relationship in Classics, English, and Modern Language and 345 Women and Christianity 3 cr between religious beliefs and moral convictions, it Literatures — including at least one course from each Survey of the Old and New Testament views of pays particular attention to the sources and methods of these departments The program must include women and a history of the status of women in the of moral theology, to the relationship between com at least one course studying literature in its original Roman Catholic and major Protestant traditions with munity authority and the authority of conscience, I language other than English (For appropriate lan- emphasis on the contemporary role and spirituality and to the means for overcoming sin and growing guage prerequisites, see listings for Classics and of women in Christianity in virtue Modern Languages and Literatures) 348 Religion in America 3 cr 351 Sexuality, Sex, and Morality 3 Cr Co rse selections for the major should be made A study of Judaism and Christianity in the U S A An analysis of the nature of sex and sexualitv on the basis of a coherent plan of study, and with a focus on their historical developments and according to the sources and developments of Gins I pproved in advance by the World Literature contemporary trends, an exploration of the role tian thought, the integration of these coi ts into CoordinatorI religion plays in American society and culture a contemporary moral and ethical syste... 90 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 91 SCIEN% 46,-400L OF r , -J"

In addition to the University Core, students ,Vtleotlal courses BACHELOR-MASTER'S PROGRAM IN School of Natural and AND ENVIRONMENTAL School of Natural and Environmental Scien 1ri cesth, Rguential courses must be taken in proper CHEMISTRY Environmental Sciences required to fulfill the following area requirerne ak lience Credit will will not be given for a prereq- SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT for graduation ri^ wo,q, if courses for which it is prerequisite - te course For students planning on careers as environmental ti have been taken Administration Modern or Classical Language Proficiency , adY professionals, the School offers a unique, five-year I Dean Tansfers program providing a bachelor of science degree in Social Sciences (Political Science, the 202 level Tevil? en by a student in the School as a cherrustry and a master of science in environmen- Heinz W Machatzke, D Sc NO co Psychology, Sociology) 6 credits (t., fer at another institution may count tal science and management Te HISTORY disciplines ool degree unless approved by the Dean Students who wish to complete the joint BS/MS must be The School was created in 1994 as a result of the Ctg and Advanced Placement (See page 10) program will follow the curriculum for chemistry division of the Departments of Biological Sciences, represented) majors in the School of Natural and Environmental Chemistry and Biochemistry and Physics from the History/Literature 6 credits VarversIty-Lewl Courses Takien While in High School Sciences They may begin course work in the envi- by entering freshmen former College of Liberal Arts and Sciences The (must inchidt, Und,ersity-level, courses taken ronmental sciences in the third year The bachelor School offers undergraduate and graduate programs literature) students while in high school will be evaluated for of science in chemistry will be awarded at the end credit If the following criteria have been met and includes the Center for Environmental Science Philosophy/Theology b credits of the fourth year if all University and College Core The courses are recorded on an official transcript and Management (must include Curriculum requirements have been met Students from an accredited institution of higher learning GPA of 3 0 or bet- DEGREES philosophy) must have earned a cumulative The grades are C or better ter to be permitted to continue graduate course work The School confers the Bachelor of Science degree Communication 3 credits The student has corripleted one semester at in the Environmental Science and Management for students who complete the major in biology, bio- Courses taken in major or minor programs rla^ Duquesne with a C+ average, or better (ESM) program during the fifth year chemistry, microbiology or physics also be used to satisfy the General Requirement, BACHELOR's DEGREE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS ACADEMIC POLICIES SpECIAL PROGRAMS SECOND student who has received a bachelor's degree from To receive the Degree of Bachelor of Science in the Effective Catalog A School of Natural and Environmental Sciences, a Degree requirements are those stipulated in th^ another school may become eligible for a second student must complete the following requirements pRE-LAW bachelor's degree by earning an additional 30 catalog of the year in which a student matriculate, Students who intend to prepare for a career in law A minimum of 120 semester hours of course The student is responsible for knowing the require semester hours in residence in the School of Natural "'jo,may eect any subject area for the undergraduate credits The last 30 hours must be taken at the and Environmental Sciences and by meeting all ments for the degree Requirements may be changea In consultation with the Pre-Law advisor, the University department and School requirements if not already without notice or obligation This catalog has beer, students will be expected to meet degree require- satisfied The additional 30 credits must be com- University Core Curriculum prepared on the best information available as ot the major department, as well as admis- ments in pleted at the University and may not be taken College General Requirements, as described Spring 1994 Major requirements are those stipu sion requirements of the law school of their choice through cross-registration Further information is below lated in the catalog of the year in which a studeni declares the major available from the Deari^s Office Major program (minimum of 24 credits, see pRE-HEALTH PROFESSIONS Academic Load Students who intend to prepare for a career in departmental listings) THREE-YEAR BACHELOR's DEGREE medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, or related Minor program (minimum of 12 credits, see While a 12-credit schedule in a regular semesteri, fields may major in the subject area of their choice For more information contact the Office of Admis- departmental listings) considered full-time study, students may normal) carry five courses (15-17 credits) in one semester A and should select a major as soon as possible They sions of the Dear^s Office An overall minimum cumulative quality point schedule of more than five courses or 17 crechts mu& must meet degree requirements of the major depart- average of 2 0 A minimum cumulative quality be approved by the Deari's Office Students or, ment, as well as admission requirements of the profes- MAJORS point average of 2 0 both in the major and in the academic probation may not take more than 1, sional school of their choice The Pre-Health Profes- Biochemistry Microbiology minor credits Students who wish to carry more than 1; sions advisor assists the medically-onented student Biology Physics Removal of I and F grades both in the major credits of courses in the summer sessions must con Cherrustry department and in required courses sult the Dean UBERAL ARTS ENGINEERING Students who intend to prepare for a career in engi- MINORS Submission of Pre-Graduation Review Form Residence Requirement neering may enter a 3-2 binary program that Duquesne Advertising Corporate (available in School Office) to the Dean's Office, The last 30 credits must be taken in residence at N University maintains with Case Western Reserve Uru- American Literature Communication no later than two weeks before pre-registration University for the final semester versity in Cleveland, Ohio, and Florida Institute of Art History Computer Science Limits on Inter-School Electives Technology Students are expected to meet the cumcu- Criminal justice Pre-registration (on form SR1) for B S degree in Biochemistry A maximum of 12 credits in Duquesne Universiti' lar requirements of the School of Natural and Environ- major field Submission of application for the Biology — Professional Economics courses outside the School of Natural and Environ mental Sciences except for the completion of a major degree on form provided by the Registrar, before Minor English Literature mental Sciences may be applied to the B S degree Program Under the guidance of a liaison officer, they the deadline published in the current University Biology — Academic French However, if the student chooses the Certificate id will normally complete the program at Duquesne calendar No student is considered a degree candi- Minor German Business Program (24 credits) or an inter-school University in three years, then enter an engineering date prior to submission of this form and official Broadcast journalism Gerontology/Human program at Case or Florida Institute of Technology minor (Education, 15, Music 15), the maxirnun' Chemistry Services registration for the degree Upon completion of the program at CWIZU or FIT credits required will be applied to the degree, bul Classical Civilization History GENERAL REQUIREMENTS students will be awarded the B A Degree from all other courses must be selected from Schooll Classical Languages Italian in Duquesne and B S Degree from the School of Students enrolled of ferings Mathematics the School of Natural and Envi- Engineering Latin ronmental Sciences for the B S degree are required Major/Minor in Same Department For complete details consult with the Liaison Offi- Greek Media Management/ to complete the University Core Curriculum, con- A student may not major and minor in the sanic cer for the Binary program in Engineering in the Communication Operations sisting of 27 credits, for graduation department Physics Department Media Performance 92 DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCtN ^J' 93 5CI400t OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

MINORS (Continued) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJ()]R Readings in Cell and 1 pm-Health Professions Emphasis 480 Media Production Print Journalism The Department of Biological Sciences offer, tli, 00100 Molecular Biology 1 cr Introductory Microbiology 3 cr Microbiology Psychology Bachelor of Sciences in Biological Sciences arid 203 481 Readings in Ecology OL Introductory Microbiology Lab 1 cr Organizational Public Relations American Society of Microbiology app,,, and Evolution 1 cr glol, 2 04 Lab 1 cr Communication 4' Cell Chemistry Readings in Microbiology 1 cr Sociology Bachelor of Sciences in Microbiology Of the ec plol, 212 482 Vertebrate Microstructure 3 cr 1 cr Philosophy Spanish required for graduation from Duquesne UnIv 610L 238 483 Readings in Physiology Vertebrate Microstructure Lab 1 cr Physics Theology majors in biological sciences are required to 239 484 Readings in Developmental Cori, 0 L Introduction to Entomology 4 cr Political Science World Literature plete the 27 credit hour biology core, 10 L 354 Biology 1 cr credit h. 0 Undergraduate Research 2 cr Priestly Formation Writing of electives in either Option I (pre-health profe,, 4^ 398 BIOL 490 Seminar 1 cr 910L Undergraduate Research 2 cr emphasis) or Option 11 (zoology/graduate enip 399 CHEM 401 Biochemistry 4 cr 6101, Comparative Animal Physitology 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL sis), and 29 corequisite science/math coi, 8101, 450 MATH 125 Fundamentals of Statistics - Cardiovascular and Respiratory 3 cr Students majoring in microbiology 1010are requirN 6101, 455 Biostatistics SCIENCES ed k" Physiology 3 cr complete the 18 credit hour rrucrob 1 PHYTH Chairperson H Bernard Hartman, Ph D gy core a,,C Cardiovascular and Respiratory 48 credit hours in corequisite science/math couls,, 8101, 456 407 Anatomy 5 cr physiology Lab 1 cr Professors By completing this course sequence, a Stu ent General and Comparative Corequisites for the B S in Biological Sciences are Peter Castric, Ph D completes a biochemistry minor 910L 460 Endocrinology 4 cr 1 4 cr H Bernard Hartman, Ph D Course objectives are met through lectl1r,, CHEM 121 General Chemistry Reproductive Physiology 4 cr 5 cr Ans Sideropoulos, Ph D laboratory experiments and exercises, field work 8101, 468 CHEM 122 General Chemistry Ill Steven Thomas, Ph Neurophysiology 3 cr 4 cr D participation in professional organizations, wee^,' 8101, 472 CHEM 205 Organic Chemistry 1 Neurophysiology Lab 2 cr 4 cr Associate Professor seminars, and research Students are encourage, glol, 473 CHEM 206 Organic Chemistry 11 Kenneth Boyd, Ph 401 Biochemistry 4 cr 1 4 cr D to become involved in undergraduate research pt,. CHEM MATH 115 Calculus Fundamentals of Statistics - 4 cr Assistant Professors jects with faculty mentors MATH 125 PHYS 201 General Physics 1 3 cr Olushola Adeyeye, Ph D Blostatistics PHYS 202 General Physics 11 4 cr John Doctor, Ph D REQUIREMENTS FOR THE B S. IN for students planning careers in ecology, IN James R Garey, Ph D BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES option 11 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE B.S. John J Maurer, Ph D environmental science, physiology, molecular All students must complete a 27 MICROBIOLOGY Melissa A Melan, Ph D credit hour cor^ W109Y, or zoology Select 10 credit hours from the consisting of the following courses All students mustcomplete an 18 credit hour core, Kyle W Selcer, Ph D list choosing at least one course from each category John F Stolz, Ph D FRESHMAN YEAR option II Graduate Emphasis listed below Research Assistant Professor BIOL 121 Biology 1 3 cr HIOL 203 Introductory Microbiology 3 cr CATEGORY A Mary Alleman, Ph D BIOL 122 Biology I Lab 1 a Introductory Microbiology Lab 1 cr Microbial Genetics 3 cr BIOL 123 HIOL 204 BIOL 405 Af^unct Faculty Biology Ill 3 cr Cell Chemistry Lab 1 cr BIOL 212 CATEGORY B Jagdish P Bhatnagar, Sc BIOL 124 Biology 11 Lab cr D I a BIOL 3ol Eucaryotic Molecular Biology 3 3 cr Michael Delp, Ph D cr BIOL 424 Immunology SOPHOMORE YEAR BIOL 33o General Ecology 3 Authur K Katoh, Ph D 1 cr CATEGORY C BIOL 211 Cell Chemistry BICL 331 General Ecology Lab Spyros D Korrunos, D Sc 3 a 3 cr BIOL 400 Biotechnology Laboratory BIOL 213 Cell Biology BIOL 340 Evolution 3 cr John Kuchta, Ph D 3 a 4 cr Techniques BIOL 214 BIOL 353 Invertebrate Zoology Shivendra V Singh, Ph D Cell Biology Lab 1 a BIOL 403 Techniques in Light and BIOL 354 Introduction to Entomology 4 cr JUNIORISENIOR YEAR Electron Microscopy 3 cr BIOL 395 Special Topics — Biology is the study of mechanisms and principles BIOL 311 DNA Techniques 4 cr Genetics 3 cr Animal Biology 1-3 cr BIOL 407 Recombinant governing living systems Based upon chemistry, BIOL 312 Genetics Lab 1 a Undergraduate Research 2 cr CATEGORY D physics and mathematics, knowledge of biology is BICIL 398 BIOL 313 Developmental Biology 3 a Undergraduate Research 2 cr BIOL 334 Medical Microbiology 3 cr an essential element in a liberal education Through BIOL 399 BIOL 314 Developmental Biology Lab 1 Cr 2 cr BIOL 395 Water Microbiology lectures, serrunars, laboratories, and participation 8101, 402 Research Skills BIOL 315 Mammalian Physiology 3 a 3 cr (Special Topics) 3 cr in research projects, the Department of Biological BIOL 424 Immunology BIOL 316 Mammalian Physiology Lab 1 cr Comparative Animal Physiology 3 cr Microbial Ecology 3 cr Sciences at Duquesne University provides not only BIOL 450 BIOL 427 BIOL 428 Microbial Ecology Lab 2 cr insight into this vast and exciting area, but intel- BIOL 451 Comparative Animal ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 1 cr BIOL 432 Environmental Microbiology 3 cr lectual enrichment, as well as preparation for pro- Physiology Lab fessional careers Ten credit hours should be selected from the follow BICIL 455 Cardiovascular and CATEGORY E 3 cr Students majoring in biology develop a course of ing two program options Options are available for Respiratory Physiology BIOL 396 Clinical Mycology and study suited to their long term goals For example students who wish to concentrate their efforts in BIOL 456 Cardiovascular and Respiratory Parasitology (Special Topics) 3 cr 1 cr the Health Professions Program advisor counsels order to prepare for particular career specialties It Physiology Lab 'BIOL 398 Undergraduate Research 2 cr students as they progress through their curriculum is not essential to choose courses from a single BIOL 460 General and Comparative BIOL 399 Undergraduate Research 2 cr 4 cr and apply for admission to health-related profes- option, students are urged to consult the Health Pro- Endocrinology BIOL 420 Natural History of Animal sional schools Course selections of students fessions Program advisor, the Microbiology 01 BIOL 461 General and Viruses 3 cr 1 cr wishing to pursue graduate training, or the many Biological Sciences Major advisors concerning Comparative Endocrinology BIOL 425 Molecular Virology 3 cr course selections 4 cr and diverse bio-technological research career oppor- HIOL 468 Reproductive Physiology BIOL 426 Pathogenic Microbiology 3 cr 3 cr tunities in industry, government or uruversities, are Option 1 For students pursuing a career 111 BIOL 469 Signal Transduction BIOL 433 Molecular Pathogensis 3 cr guided by the Microbiology Major and Biological BIOL 472 Neurophysiology 3 cr medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine SeleCt OTHER DEPARTMENTAL COURSES AVAILABLE Sciences Major advisors 810L 473 Neurophysiology Lab 2 cr 10 credit hours from the list WITH CONSENT OF ADVISOR

94 DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES. 95

Science/Math corequisites for the B S in 121, 122 required, BIO 121, 122, 123, 124 highly therapy, industrial, agricultural, and marine micro- 312 Genetics Laboratory 1 cr Microbiology are recommended Prerequisites for nursing students biology are presented Prerequisites 121, 122, 123, The laboratory emphasizes analysis of eukaryotic BIOL 121 Biology 1 3 cr - BIOL 101, 102 Lecture 124 Lecture Mendelian inheritance and modern methods of BIOL 122 Biology 11 3 cr molecular genetics Prerequisites 211, 213 208 Anatomy and Physiology 204 Introductory Microbiology BIOL 123 Biology I Lab 1 cr Laboratory I Cr 1 cr 313 Developmental Biology 3 cr BIOL 124 Biology Il Lab 1 cr Laboratory includes examination of the micro and Laboratory This course explores the developmental biological 211 Cell Chemistry 3 cr BIOL 203 Introductory Microbiology 3 cr gross anatomy of the body, physiological exper, processes of morphogenesis, growth, differentia- BIOL 204 Introductory Microbiology Lab 1 cr All Introduction to biological macromolecule struc- ments, and exposure to certain basic clinically t,re, cell biochemical pathways, metabolic control, tion, pattern formation, and reproduction in a BIOL 429 Microbial Physiology 3 cr important measurements and techniques Prereq expression This sophomore level course variety of organisms These processes are exammed CHEM 121 General Chemistry 1 4 cr uisite 207 (or concurrent registration) Laboratory and gene at the molecular, cellular, and organismal levels to CHEM 122 General Chemistry Il 5 cr ,,II survey cell blocherrucal processes and is 209 Anatomy and Physiology 11 designed to prepare biology students for the cell provide the student with a current overview of this CHEM 205 Organic Chemistry 1 4 cr 3 Cr Continuation of 207 Lecture biology, microbiology, developmental biology, gene- rapidly advancing field Prerequisites 211, 213, 214 CHEM 206 Organic Chemistry 11 4 cr t1csand physiology core courses Cell Chemistry is 314 Developmental Biology Laboratory 1 cr CHEM 401 Biochemistry 4 cr 210 Anatomy and Physiology COSC 100 Elements of Laboratory 11 1 cr not a substitute for Chemistry 401 Concurrent 315 Mammalian Physiology 3 cr enrollment in organic chemistry is recommended Computer Science 3 cr Continuation of 208 Laboratory Examination of the molecular and cellular Laboratory component is optional Prerequisites MATH 115 Calculus 1 4 cr mechanisms of mammalian body function, includ- 220 Sex and Sexuality 3 cr 121, 122, 123, 124 PHYS 201 General Physics 1 4 cr Consideration of sex and reproduction as univer ing consideration of the basic components of PHYS 202 General Physics 11 4 cr sal biological functions and special emphasis on 212. Cell Chemistry Laboratory 1 cr biological control systems and the manner in which physiological and psychological basis of human sex This is an optional laboratory course to accompany various tissues and organ systems contribute toward REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR uality This course also arms to examine sexual func BIOL 211 Cell Chemistry Common techniques used the maintenance of physiological homeostasis in The department offers two minor programs tioning, sexual behavior, and sex therapy Lecture to investigate the chemistry of cell processes will be health and disease Lecture Prerequisites 211, 213 carried out, including electrophoresis, chromatog- or permission of the instructor 1 Professional Minor which consists of 121, 122, raphy, ultracentrifugation, protein purification, and 316 Mammalian Physiology Laboratory 1 cr 123, 124 and a minimum of 12 credits selected MAJOR COURSES blomacromolecule model building from the department's major courses num- 330 General Ecology 3 cr All courses for majors are also open to non-majors, 213 Cell Biology 3 cr A survey of basic ecological principles with em- bered 200 or above Individual course prereq- providing that individual course prerequisites/back uisites must be met This course addresses cell structure, function, and phasis on populations, communities, and ground expectations are satisfied physiology Topics include cell organelles, cell ecosystems Selected topics will include population 2 Academic Minor which consists of 121, 122, 123, 121 Biology I Diversity, Ecology, growth and differentiation, cell cycle, membranes, dynamics, life history strategies, competition, niche 124 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from Evolution 3 cr protein trafficking, cell-cell communications, and the theory foraging theory, species diversity, and suc- the department's courses numbered 200-395 An introduction to the scientific study of living organization of cells into different tissue types Lec- cession Students will learn basic statistical techni- Courses which are open to either majors or systems at cellular, organismal and community ture Prerequisite 211 ques to analyze ecological data Lecture Prereq- non-majors may be selected Individual course levels by surveying animal and plant diversity, 214 Cell Biology Laboratory 1 cr uisites 121, 122, 123, 124 and a comfortable rela- prerequisites must be met ecology and evolution This course and Biology 11 tionship with mathematics 238 Vertebrate Microstructure 3 cr provide basic information and concepts necessary 331 General Ecology Laboratory 1 cr NON-MAJOR COURSES (not for Biology major to understanding living systems and their interrela A study of tissue and organ structure and the rela- credit) tionships Lecture tionship of that structure to function Prerequisites 334 Medical Microbiology 3 cr 101 Introduction to Life Processes 2 cr 12l, 122, 123, 124 and permission of instructor A systematic coverage of mechcal nucrobiology and its 122 Biology 11 Cells, Genetics, Lecture role in clinical medicine Emphasis is based on cur- Lecture, laboratory and recitations focus upon fun- Development 3 cr damental molecular and cellular processes This 239 Vertebrate Microstructure rent concepts of infectious disease and microbial Study of living systems at the molecular cell and genetics as it pertains to pathogenicity Special atten- course is prerequisite for nursing students who plan muticellular levels This semester is an in;rodu'cilon Laboratory 1 cr to take Biology of Microbes and Anatomy and tion is given to host-parasite interactions and to the to cell chemistry, cell structure and function, 301 Eukaryotic Molecular Biology 3 cr interpretation and significance of laboratory findings Physiology This course is restricted to nursing energetics, inheritance, reproduction and develop A detailed survey of DNA structure and replication, students only in the diagnosis and treatment of human microbial ment 121 is not a prerequisite to 122 Lecture transcription and translation, pre-mRNA process- disease Prerequisites 121, 122, 123, 124, and 203 or 102 Introduction to Life 123 Biology I Laboratory 1 cr ing, gene structure, the constitution of the eukaryotic equivalent or permission of the instructor Lecture Processes Laboratory 1 cr genome, and regulation of gene expression with Laboratory experiments and demonstrations which 340 Evolution 3 cr 201 Biology of Microbes 2 cr illustrate animal and plant diversity, ecological prin emphasis on eukaryotic organisms There is no laboratory component but students are encouraged This course will discuss the origin of life, introduce Examination of microbes as to what they are, how ciples, and evolutionary concepts classical prokaryote and eukaryote evolution, and they grow, how they may be controlled, what their tu take BIOL 407 Prerequisites 311 or a course in 124 Biology 11 Laboratory 1 cr biochemistry then concentrate on the study of evolution by relationships to other living things are, why and Laboratory experiments and demonstrations illus modern molecular methods using prokaryote and how some of them cause disease Prerequisites for trating cell and molecular principles, energetics, 311 Genetics 3 cr eukaryote models This course will include reading nursing students 101, 102 Lecture inheritance, reproduction and development This course covers classical Mendelian genetics, assignments from current literature and several field 202 Biology of Microbes Laboratory 1 cr variations of Mendelian genetics, chromosomal trips Prerequisite 311 203 Introductory Microbiology 3 cr Inheritance, and molecular genetics of prokaryotes 207 Anatomy and Physiology 1 3 cr Introduction to rrLcroorganisms, their morphology, and eukaryotes Topics include genetic disease, 353 Invertebrate Zoology 4 cr Studies designed to provide students with a metabolism, ecology, and cultural ch "Utation, chromosomal aberration, and gene Study of the structure, function, adaptations, diver- background in the areas of the human body struc- with emphasis on their interaction with other t pression Prerequisites 211, 213 sity, evolution and economic importance of organ- ture and the mechanisms underlying normal body organisms, including man Principles or medical ano isms in the major invertebrate phyla Prerequisites functions Prerequisites CHEM 111, 112 or CHEM health related aspects of microbiology, chem. 121, 122, 123, 124

5CHOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 96 DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 97

354 Introduction to Entomology 4 cr 405 Microbial Genetics 3 c, 427 Microbial Ecology 3 cr 451 Comparative Animal Physiology An introduction to insect morphology and A course providing the fundamentals to the rapid1v In this course the interaction of microorganisms, Laboratory I cr phylogeny will be followed by a survey of insect growing f ield of microbial genetics Emphasis is c^ primarily bacteria, with each other, plants, animals This laboratory course farrullarizes the student with ecological interaction' s and physiological processes gene structure and function Areas to be discussed gid fungi, and the environment will be explored a variety of analytical skills and instruments used by as models for animal ecology and physiology Lec- are DNA replication, transcription, translation, Coll Topics such as photosynthesis, biogeochenucal cycl- researchers to obtain detailed physiological and bio- ture and laboratory Prerequisites 121, 122, 123, 124 trol of gene expression, transformation, conjugation ,ng' energy metabolism, microbial evolution, and cherrucal data from diverse groups of animals Areas the role of microorganisms in the biosphere will be investigated include comparative and environmental 395 Special Topics — Animal Biology 1-3 cr transduction, genetic fine structure and collnearit^, examined Prerequisite a course in nucrobiology or Treatment of topics of current or special interest in mapping methods, mutation, DNA repair, plasriud" aspects of metabolism, locomotion, neuro-muscular of the instructor Lecture biology Lecture, laboratory or combinations and their properties Genetic engineering, gene permission physiology, sensory physiology, temperature effects cloning and in vitro recombination are described 428 Microbial Ecology Laboratory 2 cr and acclimation, temperature regulation and heat 396 Special Topics — Microbiology 1-3 cr Prerequisite a course in microbiology Lecture flux, aquatic and aerial respiration, blood, cardio- Treatment of topics of current or special interest in Taken in conjunction with 4Z7 Microbial Ecology An vascular function, loruc and osmotic regulation, and microbiology Lecture, laboratory or combinations 407 Recombinant DNA Techniques 4 independent project developed from topics covered Cr excretion Prerequisite an animal-based physiology Molecular cloning using Lambda phage, plasmids, in the lecture Prerequisite a course in nucrobiology 398, Undergraduate Research 1-3 cr or permission of the instructor course, or permission of the instructor Laboratory Opportunity for selected students to work in the and cosmids will be examined Restriction site 455 Cardiovascular & Respiratory laboratory on research problems under the direc- analysis and transposon mutagenesis of cloned 429 Microbial Physiology 3 cr Physiology tion of a faculty member Registration by permis- DNA will be done The student will carry out nudeic A course examining microbial energy metabolism 3 cr This course provides students with an opportunity sion of instructor Laboratory acid hybridization analysis using Southern blots including organotropy (aerobic and anaerobic Nucleoticle sequencing and sequence analysis wdl respiration, fermentation), chemolithotrophy, and to acquire an in-depth understanding of contem- 399 Undergraduate Research 1-3 cr be discussed Polymerase chain reaction amplifica phototropy Selected topics of microbial biosyn- porary mammalian cardiovascular and respiratory 400 Biotechnology Laboratory tion of DNA will be carried out Prerequisite organ,( thesis, including cell envelope biosynthesis and system biology Topics covered include cardiac cell Techniques 3 cr chemistry or permission of the instructor Lecture structure, will be covered Regulation of energy biology and regulation, the enclothelium, hydrody- A course to familiarize the student with a variety and laboratory metabolism and biosynthesis at the levels of gene narrucs the nucrocirculation, vascular smooth mus- of biological and biochemical techniques including cle biology and regulation, regional circulations, 420 Natural History of expression and enzyme activity will be a major topic electrophoresis and chromatography of proteins and in hemostatic and body defense mechanisms, the res- Animal Viruses 3 cr this course Prerequisites Organic Chemistry and nucleic acids, radio-isotope techruclues, and enzyme piratory properties of blood, pulmonary mechanics Provides an introduction to animal viruses as a course in microbiology or permission of the purification These techniques are useful in such and gas exchange, ventilationiperfusion matching, etiologic agents of disease Emphasis will be placed instructor Lecture areas as medical and industrial biotechnology, and acid-base balance After considering the on the pathogenesis and epidemiology of virus 432 Environmental Microbiology 3 cr science education and biological research Prereq- molecular and cellular mechanisms which underlie infections and diseases of humans as well as selected An in-depth look at how trucrobes, both prokaryotic uisite Organic Chemistry or permission of the normal carchovascular and pulmonary function, and diseases of veterinary significance The laborator^ and eukaryotic, effect the environment Microbial instructor Lecture and laboratory their selective modulation by various pharmac- will include cell culture techniques, propagation and pathways involved in blogeocherrucal cycles and 402 Research Skills 2 cr ological agents, the integrated control of each system assay of animal viruses, and immunological cletec biommerahzation are examined in detail Prereq- This course exposes the student to a variety of impor- will be discussed, including its response to various tion of virus antigens and antibodies Prerequisite uisites Organic Chemistry and a course in tant research skills that are often irisufficiently covered stresses and diseases Prerequisite an animal-based permission of the instructor Lecture and laboraton, microbiology or permission of the instructor elsewhere Areas of familiarization include intermediate physiology course or permission of the instructor level proficiency in using various common softwares 424 Immunology 3 a 433 Molecular Pathogenesis 3 cr Lecture (Wordprocessing, Spreadsheet, Database, Scientific A course in the fundamental mechanisms of the im The vulnerability of man to infectious diseases, even 456 Cardiovascular & Respiratory Graphing, and Draw applications), photographic and mune system with applications in basic research, with the latest advances in modern medicine, is Physiology Laboratory 1 cr electronic slide making skills, electronic linage captur- medicine and public health Topics include the quite evident Today, we see the emergence of new The primary objectives of this laboratory are 1) to ing and manipulation techruques, nucrocomputer- mechanisms of induction and expression of the diseases including AIDS, lyme disease, toxic shock farritharize students with a variety of techniques and based automated data acquisition, reduction, and cellular and humoral immune responses, immune syndrome and chronic fatigue syndrome, as well as analytical instruments used by researchers and chm- analysis techniques, computer network skills, library chemistry, antigen-antibody reactions, immune the reemergence of old diseases like tuberculosis clans alike to quantify and assess carchovascular and skills, electronic reference searching and retrieval pro- genetics, hypersensitivity, and immunopatholog) and rheumatic fever This course is designed to respiratory system function, and, 2) to enhance the cedures, personal reference database establishment and Prerequisite permission of the instructor Lecture introduce the complex interaction between an infec- student's ability to analyze and meaningfully management techniques, scientific writing skills, and tious agent (bacteria, parasites, fungi and viruses) 425 Molecular Virology 3 a interpret cardiovascular and respiratory system data oral presentation skills Prerequisite permission of the and the host (i e man) The focus will be on model This course is a study of the molecular biology d through laboratory experiments supplemented by instructor Lecture and laboratory systems that demonstrate different strategies infec- animal viruses Major emphasis is placed on viru interactive microcomputer simulations The expen- tious agents have adopted for life within the host 403 Techniques in Light and structure and morphology, virus replication ana ments will provide hands-on experience with Electron Microscopy 3 cr We will also examine the host's response (inflam- interaction with the host cell, and moleculal general and microvascular surgery, blood gas This course presents both the general principles and mation, immunity, etc ) to infection Prerequisites genetics Prerequisite a course in molecular bioloT analysis techniques, blood biochemistry, the in vitro applications of light and electron microscopy It 203, 311 Lecture and/or biochemistry Lecture respiratory properties of blood, the physiology and includes an introduction to light microscopy (phase, 450 Comparative Animal Physiology 3 cr pharmacology of the isolated and in situ heart, car- differential interference contrast, brightfield, clark- 426 Pathogenic Microbiology 3 cr This course focuses on the chversity of physiological diac output and regional blood flow measurement field, and fluorescence microscopy), transmission Study of the infectious agents of human disease wib mechanisms which different animals employ, techniques, the physiology and pharmacology of electron microscopy and scanning electron micro- emphasis on host-parasite relationships, unique aspe6 including the high level of physiological and bio- vascular smooth muscle, the control of the cardio- scopy It covers specimen preparation (fixation, of bacterial activities and organization, metabohsrn chemical adaptation and specialization found in embedding, sectioning), photonucroscopy and dark- regulation and genetics which contribute to pathogem vascular system, acid-base balance, pulmonary and animals which live in challenging environments, or room techniques (film developing and printing), in ity including identification of bacteria and principles d alveolar ventilation and gas exchange measurement addition to image analysis, enhancement and inter- prevention, treatment, and laboratory diagnosis Prereq which possess other exceptional physiological techniques, and the control of ventilation Prereq- pretation Prerequisite permission of the instruc- ulsite a course in rrucrobiology or permission o f thE abilities Prerequisite an animal-based physiology uisite an animal-based physiology course or per- tor Lecture and laboratory instructor Lecture and laboratory course, or permission of the instructor Lecture mission of the instructor Laboratory 99 98 SCl.IOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMIST^^'

chemistry to the other sciences and disciplines Elec- pie molecules of inanimate nature The organic sec- 460 General and Comparative 481 Readings in Ecology tIve courses and the opportunity to do undergraclu- tion deals primarily with the structural features of Endocrinology and Evolution 1 Cr 3 cr Ite research allow the chemistry major to develop organic compounds, the cherrustry of functional A survey of endocrine and neuroenclocrine Integra- Discussion and - critical evaluation by faculty arid Interests in a specialized area of chemistry, such as groups and the practical applications of organic com- tion in vertebrate and invertebrate animals Prereq- students of significant papers from the recerit arialytical, inorganic, organic, physical chemistry; pounds in the synthesis of polymers, of carbohy- uisites 211, 213 research literature ,rid biochemistry drates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids enzymes, 461 General and Comparative 482 Readings in Microbiology 1 cr Because of the fundamental nature of chemistry vitamins, etc Biochemistry is treated in terms of the by Endocrinology Laboratory 1 cr Discussion and critical evaluation faculty and as a science, numerous opportunities for advanced digestion and metabolism of nutrients, the functions students of significant papers from the recent of enzymes in the metabolic process and the abnor- 468 Reproductive Physiology 4 cr study, as well as employment, are open to chemis- research literature large percentage of mal metabolic conditions that prevail in disease Lec- A study of reproductive processes at the organismic try and biochemistry majors A ture, two hours, Recitation, one hour, Laboratory, cellular and molecular levels Major emphasis wili 483 Readings in Physiology cr students elect to continue their study in graduate two hours be on mammalian reproduction, but other groups Discussion and critical evaluation by faculty arid programs in chemistry and related fields Chemists will be included for comparison Laboratory will students of significant papers from the recent and biochemists provide a core of personnel in pure 120 Basic Concepts of Chemistry 3 cr focus on modern cellular and molecular techniques research literature ,rid applied research, technical sales, technical This course introduces students to the basic concepts for studying reproductive mechanisms Prerequisite 484 Readings in Developmental libraries, management positions in the chemical and of chemistry and reviews the applications of mathe- related industries, the space industry education, the 315, or permission of the instructor Biology cr matics pertinent to General Chemistry Lecture, environmental sciences and the health professions, Discussion and critical evaluation by faculty and three hours 469 Signal Transduction 3 cr such as medicine, dentistry and veterinary students of significant papers from the recent 121, 122 General Chemistry This advanced cell biology course addresses the medicine The major in biochemistry centers around research literature The fundamental principles and concepts of chenus- question of how the messages from various chemical the core of basic chemistry courses while also pro- try are presented from the standpoint of aton-uc and signaling molecules are "transduced" into biological 490 Seminar cr vidmg; advanced courses in biochemistry and elec- responses Topics include modes of cell communi- Students attend and participate in weekly depart molecular structure with illustrative examples from tives in biology cation, types of chernical signals, steriod hormone mental research presentations and demonstrations descriptive chemistry The basic concepts of thermo- dynamics, chemical kinetics and equilibrium are action, transcluction by cell-surface receptor pro- by biological scientists from the Department of I REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CHEMISTRY teins, channel-linked receptors, G-protem-linked Biological Sciences and from other universities introduced The laboratory portion of the first AND BIOCHEMISTRY MAJORS receptors, catalytic receptors, second messengers, semester illustrates physical and chemical proper- Thirty-two semester hours are required All students cAMP, calcium, calmodulin, mositol trisphosphate ties in a quantitative manner, and the laboratory por- DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY must take 121,122, 221, 222, 321, 323, and 421, pathway, diacylglycerol pathway, protein kinase C, tion of the second semester illustrates the principle Physics 201, 202 or 211, 212, tyrosine-specific protein kinases, serine/threonine AND BIOCHEMISTRY Mathematics 115, 116, of ionic equilibria including qualitative inorganic 111, 112 analysis Prerequisites High school algebra or the specific protein kinases, growth factors, oncogenes, Chairperson Biology If a student takes 111, 112 and 121, 122 chenus- and microbial interactions with transcluction path- Thomas L Isenhour, Ph D equivalent for 121, 121 for 122 111, 112 will not apply ways The material presented is contemporary and try courses, the credits for the Assistant to the Chair 121 Lecture, three hours, Recitation, relevant to most areas of biological/medical sciences to the total required for the degree Kathleen I Whitfield, M S one hour, Laboratory three hours 4 cr The course uses current review articles in lieu of a Chemistry Major All students must take 322, 324, 122 Lecture, three hours, Recitation, textbook Prerequisite Undergraduates must have Professors 422 and Mathematics 215 Jack W Hausser, Ph D one hour, Laboratory, six hours 5 cr instructor approval Biochemistry Major All students must take 401, Thomas L Isenhour, Ph D 205, 206, 221, 222 Organic 472 Neurophysiology 3 cr 524 Students planning to enter a graduate chemistry H M Kingston, Ph D Chemistry 4 cr each Study of the cellular and molecular properties of department should take 322, 324 Omar W Steward, Ph D The theoretical background is developed from the neurons including excitation, conduction, transmis- Associate Professors To meet the American Chemical Society's requirements standpoint of the electronic structure of molecules sion, integration, sensory mechanisms, and neural Bruce D Beaver, Ph D Pr Profebsional Certification, the Chemistry Major and the accompanying energy considerations The processing using vertebrate and invertebrate examp- Shahed U M Khan, Ph D must elect two additional courses from the follow- preparation and the chemical and physical (includ- les Prerequisite a course in animal physiology 545, 546, 547, 548, 572, David W Seybert, Ph D ing 401, 523, 524, 537, 538, ing spectral) properties of representative organic Lecture Pharmacy Paul B Stein, Ph D Mathematics 216 or 308, Biology 505, compounds are discussed in detail Prerequisites Sciences 539 and Physics 306, one of these must be 473 Neurophysiology Laboratory Assistant Professors 121, 122 For 205, 206, Lecture, four hours, a laboratory course This laboratory requirement can Techniques 2 cr Fraser F Fleming, Ph D Laboratory, three hours, and for 221, 222, Lecture, also be fulfilled with 490 The Biochemistry Major An introductory laboratory course with emphasis Frank R Gorga, Ph D four hours, Laboratory, eight hours 324, and 422 for certification on techniques employed to gather data from inverte- Mitchell E Johnson, Ph D must take 322, 321, 322 Physical Chemistry 3 cr each brate and vertebrate sensory cells, interneurons, Paul G Johnson, Ph D FOR THE MINORS A study of the structure and properties of the vari- motor neurons, and muscle fibers Students will REQUIREMENTS Richard E Norman, Ph D ous states of matter, thermodynamics, thermo- learn intra- and extraceflular recording methodology, Anne E True, Ph D A minor in Chemistry consists of 12 credit hours cherrustry, kinetics and an introduction to quantum neuron culture, and histochernical methods Data beyond 121, 122 A minor in Biochemistry consists Professors Emeritus chemistry Prerequisites Physics 202 or 212, acquisition is MacLab hardware and Apple Macin- of 12 credits beyond 121, 122 Normally 205, 206 or Kurt C Schreiber, Ph D Chemistry 122, Mathematics 116 Lecture, four tosh computer based Completion of or concurrent 221, 222 along with 401, will constitute the Bio- hours registration in 472 is required Laboratory Adjunct Professors chemistry minor Heinz W Machatzke, D Sc 3 cr each 323, 324 Physical Chemistry 480 Readings in Cell and Ted J Weismann, Ph D 111, 112 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 1 cr each Molecular Biology cr The course is divided into three segments, general, Laboratory portion of Chemistry 321, 322, four Discussion and critical evaluation by faculty and The Chemistry program is designed to provide the organic, and biochemistry In the section devoted hours students of significant papers from the recent student with a fundamental background in cherrus- to general chemistry the laws of chemical behavior research literature try and an understanding of the relationship of are developed with particular reference to the sim-

PHYSICS SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 100 DEPARTMENT OF 101

200 Physics for Pharmacists 4 cr magnetism are treated in detail in 211 and 212, 401 Biochemistry 1 4 cr growth in physics but it is also realized that there laboratory course designed especially for Phar- respectively Brief treatment of optics and modern An introduction to modern biochemistry at the are many expanding paths to professional growth A niacy students to provide a basic knowledge of molecular level The course includes discussion of The Department program, therefore is structured physics is unually included Co-requisite for 211 physics and its relationship to pharmaceutical Mathematics the structure and function of proteins, the mechan- to provide the essential background for success in 116 Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, science Topics normally covered include mechanics, isms and regulation of enzyme catalysis, biomem- graduate studies in the many current fields which two hours properties of matter, heat and thermodynamics, brane structure and function, the structure and seek Physics graduates, as well as equipping the stu- 301 Thermodynamics 3 cr basic electricity, wave motion and light, and selected metabolism of carbohydrates, and the bioenergetics dent to successfully compete for the available posl. This is an intermediate level course covering the fun- topics in modern physics In addition to being mtro- of ATP synthesis and utilization Prerequisite tions in research institutions, government agencies damental principles of thermodynamics, kinetic duced to the physical concepts, the student will also CHEM 206 or 222 Lecture, four hours, Laboratory, or private corporations Department policy calls for theory and statistical mechanics The following is be instructed in the analytical approach to problem four hours individual attention to student needs a partial list of items generally included tempera- solving that is essential to both the physical and 421 Analytical Chemistry 4 cr ture, thermodynamic systems, work, heat, the first pharmaceutical sciences Prerequisite Mathematics Theoretical and practical training in modern REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR and second laws of thermodynamics, ideal gases, 115 Lecture four hours, Laboratory/Recitation, two methods in chemical analysis with emphasis on A minimum of 34 semester hours is required for a entropy, Maxwell's equation, the kinetic theory of hours (Note Students preparing for a medical instrumental methods Prerequisite 321 Lecture, major These credits must include 211, 212, 301, 329, ideal gas, and the basic concept of statistical degree program must take Physics 201, 202 or three hours, Laboratory, eight hours 330, 361, 372, 402, 403, 430, 473, 483, (474, 484, or mechanics Prerequisites 212, Mathematics 215 485 may be substituted for 483 with departmental Physics 211, 212 Pharmacy students concentrating 422 Inorganic Chemistry 4 cr 306 Applied Electronics 3 cr approval) in Nuclear Pharmacy are encouraged to complete A survey of the basic principles required for under- This course seeks to combine a treatment of the pnn- Extradepartmental Requirements Chemistry 121, 122 physics 201 and 202 ) standing inorganic chemistry including atorruc and ciples of modern electronic instrumentation with or Biology 111, 112, Mathematics 115, 116, 215, molecular structure, crystal structure, nonaqueous 216, 201, 202 General Physics 4 cr each Dractical laboratory experience Topics which will solvents and coordination compounds Prerequisite and 308, Computer Science 105 or 111, and two Designed to give the student a basic knowledge and be included are passive and active electronic com- 322 Lecture, three hours, Laboratory^ four hours years of modern language understanding of mechanics, properties of matter, ponents, electronic measuring instruments, power If a student takes both 201, 202 and 211, 212, crecht 490 Undergraduate Research Maximum 2 cr heat, wave motion, sound, magnetism, electricity, will not be given for both supplies, amplification, feedback and control, linear Selected students work on a research problem under light, and modern physics through the use of and digital devices Emphasis will be on under- the direction of a staff member modern day examples and applications At the com- standing instrumentation rather than on advanced REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 524 Biochemistry 11 3 cr pletion of this course, the student should have principles of design Prerequisities 202, or 212 or This course is a continuation of CHEM 401 The The minor consists of eight hours in the General attained a working knowledge of physics, its techni- pernussion of instructor Lecture 2 hours, Laboratory course presents an overview of the metabolic Analytical Physics (211, 212) and 12 credits of upper ques and reasoning such that the knowledge of 3 hours in transformations of fatty acids and the complex division physics on the 300 and above level The physics gained may be applied to future work the 329 Advanced Laboratory 1 1 cr lipids, amino acids and the purine and pyrimidine department will structure the minor program from sciences or other fields of endeavor Prerequisite This course is designed to acquaint the students nucleotoides The second half of the course offers the course offerings to fit, as nearly as possible, the Mathematics 105 or the equivalent Students who with the basics of modern electronics to the extent a discussion of the molecular basis of genetics, needs and desires of the individual student have completed Mathematics 116 and pre-engi- that the student will have a sufficient background including DNA and RNA metabolism, protein bio- neering students should take 211, 212 Lecture, four to design and use simple electronic circuits in future synthesis, and an introduction to the biochemical REQUIREMENTS FOR BINARY hours, Laboratory, two hours research A set of experiments is performed and basis of recombinant DNA methodology Prereq- ENGINEERING STUDENTS uisite CHEM 401 1 203 Astronomy 3 cr analyzed by the students Subjects covered include In addition to those courses needed to fulfill the This course provides the student with a sampling Discrete Component Electronic Circuits and University and College of Arts and Sciences Core of the principles and concepts of elementary Measurements, Binary numbering system, Gating requirements, each Binary Engineering student is DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS astronomy and astronomical observation Topics Circuits, Boolean Algebra, Digital decoding, multi- required to complete the following Physics 211, 212, covered may include the scale of the cosmos, the plexing and sequencing, flip-flops, counters, digital Chairperson and 473, Chemistry 121 and 122, Mathematics 115, K Thomas Davies, Ph D celestial sphere, the solar system - past, present wave generation and shaping, elapsed time 116, 215, 216, 308 and Computer Science 150 or 251 measurement and shift registers Prerequisite 212 Professors Mathematics 306 is recommended, but not required and beyond, astronomical tools, properties of stars or 202 and consent of instructor Shih-Chi Chang, Ph D Depending upon the field of engineering that a and starlight, the life cycle of stars, black holes and K Thomas Davies, Ph D student elects to pursue, the Binary Engineering neutron stars, and the origin, evolution and proper- 330 Advanced Laboratory 11 1 cr Rev J Clifton Hill, Ph D Student may select additional courses from the ties of galaxies The question of life on other worlds A continuation of Advanced Laboratory I which Assistant Professor following list in order to enhance his/her back- may also be examined This course presumes no includes the following Random Access Memory^ Mark J Comella, Ph D ground and understanding Chemistry 221, 222, scientific background, and is open to all students Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog Conversion, Barbara M Manner, Ph D 321, and 322 Physics 301, 306, 329, 330, 361, 372, within the University It is also suitable for comple- Operational Amplifiers, Active Filters, Function Reginald A Ney, M Sc and 483 Selection of additional courses must e dis- tion of non-core science requirements for students Generators and practical applications of digital cir- in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and as Instructor cussed with and approved by the Binary Engineer cuits including some computer interfacing Prereq- Anna D'Eramo, B Sc ing Liaison Officer who serves as academic advisor a physical science course for School of Education uisite 329 or consent of instructor to all Binary Engineering Students students 361 Mechanics 4 cr The program in the Department of Physics is 211, 212 General Analytical Physics 4 cr each An intermediate level theoretical classical mechanics primarily aimed at providing today's students with Physics Courses An introduction to the fundamental theories and involving concepts and problems that cannot be a fundamental background in traditional Physics as 170 Acoustics 3 cr applications of classical physics designed for understood except by using the mathematical lan- well as the interrelationships with other sciences and A course which presents the physical principles students of science and engineering A good algebra guage of vectors, calculus, matrices, etc Many of disciplines The Department is also aware that in underlying the production, propagation, and per and trigonometry background is presumed and today's changing world, there must be a suitably ception of sound Examples of the principles are the mathematical tools will be reintroduced in the methods of using the calculus are presented The course A flexible program which will best fit the graduate for drawn mostly from the world of musical sound No good calculus background is indispens- approach is strongly quantitative and emphasizes the challenges faced in the many professions which mathematical preparation beyond high school able Tne topics normally covered are motion of a are based on the science of Physics There is always algebra is necessary the solving of problems Mechanics and electro- particle in 3-dimensions, oscillations, central force 102 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS I SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 103

systems, dynamics of many particles and rigid 426 Problems in Microcomputers 1 1-4 cr 474 Quantum Mechanics 3 cr the principles and bodies and Lagrangian mechanics Prerequisites Special topics and problems in microcomputers, A basic introduction to the dynamics of quantum 495 Field Studies 1 1-4 cr 212, Mathematics 215 nucrocomputer interfacing circuitry and related sub- phenomena Some of the topics covered are Schroedinger Equation, oscillators, hydrogen atom , Earth Science Courses 372 Electromagnetism 4 cr )ects suitable for independent work Prerequisites linear operators, Hermitian Matrices, observables, An intermediate course for the science and engineer- Physics 419, or consent of the instructor (NOTE These courses have Physics Department course conservation theorem, spin, angular momentum numbers ) ing students The following topics will usually be 427 Robotics 3 cr and perturbation theory The course will emphasize discussed electrostatics, energy relations in electro- This is an introductory course that deals with robotic PHYS 101 Physical Geology 3 cr application to simple systems Prerequisites 212, static fields, dielectrics, currents and their inter- controllers, programming, operational aids, drive Comprehensive survey of minerals, rocks, structures Mathematics 215 action, magnetic properties of matter, AC circuits, systems, interfacing, end effectors, sensors and and geologic processes of the solid earth Topics Maxwell's equations, and electronic radiations robotic applications Prerequisites Physics 212, or 480 Nonlinear Dynamics (Chaos) 3 cr covered may include earthquakes, plate tectonics, Prerequisites 212, Mathematics 215 202 and permission of the instructor This course provides an introduction to the theory volcanism, surface and groundwater, glaciers, and and applications of chaos The topics presented may 402 Optics 3 cr 430 Senior Research 2 cr mountain formation This course presumes little or This course introduces the student to the principles This is a one year course in which the student selects include characterizations of maps and flows, studies no geologic or scientific background, etc of periodic orbits and bifurcations in simple one- of geometrical and physical optics Topics may a research project, develops it, and prepares a report PHYS 102 Historical Geology 3 cr and two-dimensional maps, sensitivity to initial con- include reflection, refraction, diffraction, polariza- on the results The student is also required to pre A course which examines the essentials of the ditions and the Lyapunov exponents, universal scal- tion, matrix techniques in lens system design, basic sent results of his work at a department seminar or Earth^s evolutionary development through time mg laws and the Feigenbaum constants, fractals, the quantum optics and the laser Prerequisites 212, an appropriate scientific meeting if deemed advis Topics covered in this course may include the Julia and Mandelbrot sets, the Lorenz attractor, Mathematics 215 able A research topic is selected from those sug physical composition and structure of Earth, plate poincar'e sections, Hamiltonian Chaos, and the gested by members of the Physics Department or tectorucs and mountain building processes, the con- 403 Applied Laser Optics 2 cr KAM theorem This course is primarily an experimental course with other science faculty members Work is carried out cept of geologic time and its measurement, and, a 484 Introductory Solid State Physics an emphasis on student work in a laboratory set- in close coordination with the selected advisor, 3 cr history of the development of life on earth Evolu- Bulk properties of materials are discussed with both ting It is open to all interested science students and although all work must be the student's own No tion of local features may also be discussed along the phenomenological and rrucroscopic approaches it is mandatory for all physics majors Some experi- grade is given at the end of the first semester but with their relationships to plate tectonics This Typical topics are the geometric structure of solids, ments to be performed are Laser assembly, the a final grade is assigned at the completion of the course presumes no geologic or scientific back- characteristics, polarization, shapes, and the project in the Spring Semester waves and diffractions, thermal properties, the free ground, and is open to all students within the electron model, bank theory, superconductivity, transverse nature of a laser beam, the reflection, dif- 473 Atomic Physics 3 cr University It is also suitable for completion of non magnetic properties and magnetic resonance Pre- fraction, interference and spectra of lasers and This course provides an introduction to special I core science requirements for students in the Col- holography More advanced experiments could be relativity and quantum theory with applications requisites 212, Mathematics 215 lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and as an earth assigned as special projects Prerequisite 402 or con- drawn mainly from modern theories of the atom 485 Relativistic Mechanics 3 cr science course for School of Education students sent of the instructor Topics usually included are quantum theory of heat This course is an introduction to the Special and PHYS 232 Geology of the National Parks 3 cr 419 Introduction to Micro and radiation, the uncertainty principle, quantum theory General Theories of Relativity A list of topics which The national parks provide accessible and protected Mini Computers 3 cr of the hydrogen atom, many-electron atoms, atomic may be discussed are absolute space, Einsteinian examples of important geologic processes Volcan- An introduction to the electronic design of micro spectroscopy Prerequisites 212, Mathematics 215 Kinematics, Einstemian Optics, spacetime and four ism, mountain building tectonic activity, glaciation, and mini (PC-type) computers and the methods of 483 Nuclear Physics 3 cr ectors, relativistic particle mechanics Prerequisites groundwater and geothermal activity, and river ero- 212, Mathematics interfacing microprocessors and PC's to the outside Experimental and theoretical aspects of the atomic i 215 sion are represented Geologic history and features world Some aspects of assembler and specialized nucleus are discussed The topics presented may 486 Shop Techniques 1 cr of each of the parks will be presented using slides, languages for small computers are examined and include two-nucleon systems, radioactivity and A basic introduction to machine shop practices supplementary reading material, and maps This applied to microprocessor data acquisition from and modes of decay, radiometric dating, interaction of I necessary to experimentalists in all fields Some of course presumes little or no geologic or scientific control of real world sensors and other electronic radiation with matter, nuclear structures and reac the areas covered are shop equipment and its use, background, etc devices Prerequisites Computer Science 200, Com- tions, nuclear fussion, and an introduction to materials, soldering and welding techniques, PHYS 304 Environmental Earth Science 3 cr puter Organization and Assembly Language, and elementary particles Prerequisites 212 or 202 and mechanical drawing and schematics, electrorucs con- Analysis of geologic aspects of mans environment Computer Science 325, Operating Systems and consent of the instructor - struction techniques and practical application with emphasis on geologic hazards and environ- Computer Architecture I Some electronic back- 474 480, 484, 485, 486 Special 487 Problems in Physics 14 cr mental impact of society's demand for water, ground is useful and completion of Physics 202 or Tb^ic Courses 1-3 cr each Special topics and problems in physics and related minerals, and energy Topics covered may include 212 is encouraged These courses are designed to allow the Physics subjects suitable for independent work coastal processes, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, river alternative energy sources, and environmental 425 Microcomputer Laboratory 3 cr Major flexibility in designing hisJher program These 488 Advanced Problems in Physics 1-4 cr law This course presumes little or no geologic or A "hands-on" laboratory course in the use of single courses are offered irregularly and at times when i Problems of a more sophisticated nature board microcomputers for interfacing and control there is sufficient student demand to Justify the scientific background, etc 489 Problems in Health Physics 1-4 cr This course introduces the student to those concepts offering of the course PHYS 491 Environmental and Special topics and problems in health physics and of discrete and digital electronics that relate to the The courses offered include 474 Quantum Hydrogeology 2 cr related subjects suitable for independent work use of these concepts for interfacing the microcom- Mechanics (please note that the department will The course introduces students to the fundamen- puter with the "real" analog world Some of the accept Graduate Chemistry 537, Quantum Chem 492 Health Physics 2 cr tals of geologic materials and sods and deals with topics covered are assembly language programmirig istry, in lieu of the Quantum Mechanics Course), The objectives of this course are to farmliarize the ground and surface water and hazardous earth pro- for an 8085 microprocessor, use of parallel and serial 484 Introductory Solid State Physics, 485 Relativistic student with the various aspects of Health Physics cesses, such as flooding and earth movements Geo- 1/0 ports, analog to digital and digital to analog con- Mechanics and 486 Shop Techniques Descriptions and radiation protection, to introduce the student logical issues of solid waste disposal, hazardous version techniques, motor speed control, and pro- of these courses follow to that background material necessary to understand waste mamagement, and land-use planning will be cess control Prerequisite Physics 419, or consent environmental radiation safety issues, and to pro- covered The course will include case histones, field of the instructor vide a mechanism by which the student may applv trips, and a research paper 104 A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION I A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 105

provides an environment of excellence in teaching A.J. Palumbo School Of and learning The faculty pursues a balance of Acceptance of all international students will be pletion of the first year of academic work at Business Administration theoretical knowledge and practical experience contingent upon the successful completion of the Duquesne University School of Law Students inter- through instructional excellence, research and intel, puquesne University English Placement tests and ested in this program should consult their advisors lectual inquiry and a comnutment to professional ,ny required English language course work This in the sophomore year to plan their program of Administration and community service ,nay involve at least one semester or more of course studies As a consequence of its Mission, the School of work until such time as the student's English Dean language sufficiently improves to take under- Thomas J Murrin, B S , D M S Business Administration sets for itself the follow. ing key objectives graduate classes EARLY ADMISSION TO MBA Associate Dean and Director Students transferring from a school of business PROGRAM-BSBA/MBA o Strive to be that Business School which under that is accredited by the American Assembly of Col- of Undergraduate Studies The School of Business Administration provides an Thomas A Pollack, Ph D stands clearly the critically important changes and legiate Schools of Business must present an overall challenges occurring in the business world and opportunity for students in the School who achieve Associate Dean and Director quality point average of 2 0 (on a 4 0 scale) or bet- the Dean's responds effectively by providing world-class train ter For other students including those transferring List to apply for early admission to the of Graduate Studies Master of Business Adirunistration (MBA) program ing to help prepare students and others to contribute from another school within the University, a quality William D Presutti, Ph D Provided they receive a satisfactory score on the to the survival, competitiveness and long-term suc- point average of 2 25 or better overall and a grade Graduate Management Admission Test, these Assistants to the Dean cess of their organizations Continuously monitor of C or better in all mathematics and business Emily Conrad, M B A and analyze relevant business, economic, political students may apply to take certain MBA courses courses are necessary during the senior year Dean's List students inter- Linda Giannim, M Ed and other developments, domestically and overseas Up to sixty credits of course work taken outside Cynthia Stadtfeld, B S B A to promote that understanding Utilize not only our ested in this program should consult their advisors of the School of Business will be accepted for early in the junior year Director of Communications and Budget University's considerable resources, but also person- transfer credit No more than 27 of those credits may nel and resources from elsewhere in academe, busi- consist of business courses Exceptions will be made Barbara K Gregory; M B A ness, government and labor Chairpersons if the student is enrolled in an established articula- EARLY ADMISSION TO MBA e Become leading practitioners of continuous world- tion agreement with Duquesne University If extenu- Lance B Kurke, Ph D class quality and productivity improvement by out- PROGRAM-B S. PHARMACY/MBA Behavioral Division ating circumstances exist, the student may petition standing offerings and expert lecturers, resource- the Student Standing Committee For further infor- The School of Business Administration and the Kenneth L Paige, Ph D , C P A effective processes throughout the School, and inno- Accounting and Finance Division rnation, the student should consult an acaderruc School of Pharmacy have a cooperative program that vative pedagogical improvements in the classroom advisor enables qualified pharmacy students to apply for David W Pentico, Ph D utilizing the most state-of-art resources available early admission to the MBA program Pharmacy Economics and MIS Division If the student wishes to transfer credit for course a Provide insightful training in international busi- work in business taken elsewhere at the lower level students interested in this program should consult their advisors HISTORY ness incorporating challenges from such countries (freshman and sophomore) when that work is as Japan and Germany and outstanding opportuni- offered at the upper level (junior and senior) in the The A J Palumbo School of Business Administra- ties in such areas as Central and Eastern Europe School of Business AcIrrunistration, the student must BUSINESS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM tion was established in 1913 as the School of Introduce leading-edge knowhow by developing first validate such course work by testing For infor- Accounts and Finance The rapid growth of the WITH COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS programs on relevant topics and addressing the mation about validation by qualifying exammations, AND SCHOOL OF EDUCATION School necessitated a constant broadening of the need for lifelong learning experiences the student should consult an advisor curriculum to encompass all business subjects of The School of Business Administration and the Col- fundamental importance * Espouse ethics as a winning characteristic of organizations that are successful over the long-term DEGREE lege of Liberal Arts and School of Education have In 1931, the name was changed to the School of developed a certificate program in business for Business Administration to reflect the expansion of and promote a commitment to high standards and The School of Business Administration grants the values among the Duquesne community liberal arts and education students Students in the its course offerings and its growing professional degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Adminis- College of Liberal Arts and School of Education who stature in the education community During the next a Continuously evolve a Mission Statement for our tration This degree may be awarded to those who are interested in the program should consult the ad- four decades, new degree programs were added to School which optimally guides our commitments satisfy the entrance requirements and successfully visors in the School of Business Administration enhance the scope of the curriculum and help to our various customer groups — students, parents, complete the School's degree program prepare students for careers in all types of orgaruza- employees, benefactors, alumni and the community tions In 1971, the School became known as the Concurrently contribute substantially to the overall SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS School of Business and Administration Duquesne goal of becoming The Outstanding JOINT PROGRAM WITH Catholic University in America Persons who have received a Bachelor's degree from Following a generous enclownment in October of an approved college or university may be eligible SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES 1991, by Antonio J Palumbo, an accomplished busi- 0 Fully benefit from the resources of existing to enter the program for a second Bachelor's degree ness professional, the School adopted its current Advisory Boards, the Dean's Student Advisory The A J Palumbo School of Business Adminis- in Business Administration A second degree candi- tration, in conjunction with the School of Health name, the A J Palumbo School of Business Council and the Executive Advisory Board to assist date must meet all requirements of the School's Administration in the continuing development of the School and Sciences' Department of Health Information degree program A minimum of 30 credits must be Sciences, offers a joint program in Health Manage to improve the timeliness and effectiveness of our completed in residency PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES business education ment Systems for students interested in the appli- cation of information technology and business skills The mission of the A J Palumbo School of Business THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S/J.D to the management of health care The Health Administration is to be the premier teaching mstitu- ADMISSION A student who has completed 90 credits in the A J Management Systems program offers specialization tion in our market, helping our students to acquire Students who wish to enroll in the A J Palumbo tracks in Systems and Administration the knowledge, skills, and values necessary for par- School of Business Administration should apply Palumbo School of Business Administration with a ticipation and leadership in the evolving global mar- through the Office of Admissions The regular 3 5 or better overall average and who has satisfied ketplace In carrying out that missison, the School University requirements can be found on page 7 all undergraduate curricular requirements may apply for the Bachelor's degree after successful com- 106 A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 107

SCHOOL CENTERS 3 Problems in international business SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Pi Sigma Epsilon - Delta Chi Chapter is the national, Activity complementing direct instruction takes 4 International economic development with an COMPUTER FACILITIES professional, coeducational fraternity in marketing, sales and communications affiliated with the Sales place in the School's ancillary units All function to emphasis on interaction among developed The A J Palumbo School of Business Administration and Marketing Executives International and the provide students and faculty with an opportunity countries and on the relationship of developed operates three large computer laboratories in for professional development as well as to provide and less developed countries gockwell Hall One laboratory is dedicated to per- Pittsburgh SME chapter services to the University and the community at 5 International political and legal issues sonal computers and their applications across the The Society for Human Resource Management is a stu- large business curriculum Another laboratory consists of dent chapter of the national organization SHRM and Center for Quality and Competitiveness terminals which provide on-line access to software is also affiliated with the Pittsburgh Personnel Asso- Center for Economic Education The mission of the Center for Quality and Com- and applications associated with the University's ciation The chapter is for students interested in The Center for Economic Education is charged with petitiveness is to help organizations in the Pittsburgh mainframe computer system The third laboratory careers in personnel/human resources or line the responsibility of initiating and promoting economic region, especially those who lack the required in. is a teaching laboratory dedicated to multi-media management education in the society at large More specifically it applications These laboratories provide state-of-the- house resources and expertise, implement total The Student Accounting Association is a student develops and coordinates econorruc education within art hardware and software support to students in quality management as a business philosophy The organization whose activities promote the involve- Western Pennsylvania and the Tri-State area pnman- the School of Business Administration Center does this by offering programs that heighten ment of students interested in public and private ly to upgrade econorruc literacy and teaching com- awareness about the total quality philosophy and accounting petency in the school system The Center also con- provide knowledge and skills in using the tools of STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS ducts econorruc education programs for clergy, media analysis necessary to improve organization perfor Palumbo These student organizations in the A J ADVISORY BOARDS professionals, and other opinion leaders mance The Center strives to serve as a resource that School of Business Administration exist for the pro- organizations may use to boost their competitive motion of the scholarly and professional interests Advisory Board for Accounting Center for Labor-Management Cooperation positions of members Teresa Anania, CPA, Algor The mission of the Center for Labor-Management John W Bittrier, CPA, Ernst & Young The American Marketing Association members at Cooperation is twofold The first is to serve as a com- Center for Real Estate Studies John G Borman, CPA, Eichleay Holdings, Inc Duquesne University interact with the Pittsburgh munications vehicle for the Pittsburgh region report- Joseph Canny, CPA, Mellon Bank N A The objective of the Center for Real Estate Studies professional chapter on a regular basis to organize ing on what firms are doing to promote labor- Mark M Chain, CPA, Deloitte & Touche is to serve as a regional education center and to pro- seminars featuring successful marketing executives, management cooperation as a fundamental philo- Anthony J Crisafio, CPA, Cinema World Inc vide students with the necessary background so that workshops, career forums, and networking events sophy of how they do business The second is to Charles R Curran jr, CPA, Westinghouse they may obtain various professional designations The AMA is dedicated to furthering the profession serve as a promotional tool to help overcome the in the field of real estate and developing students' careers Electric Corp (Retired) perception of the region as one with a poor labor- Joan Ellenbogen, CPA, Crawford & Ellenbogen Beta Alpha Phi is the honorary scholarship society management relations climate The Center regularly Melvin G Henninger, CPA, Miles, Inc Center for Technology Management of the school Its membership is limited to juniors publishes a newsletter that highlights the positive, David E Kolan, CPA, Schneider Downs The Mission of the Center for Technology Manage and seniors in the Business School who have innovative labor-management cooperation activities & Co, Inc ment is to help organizations cope more effectively attained Q P A's of 3 25 or better with which Pittsburgh area companies are involved Francis j Lison, CPA, KPMG Peat Marwick with rapid, ongoing changes in technology and to The Zeta Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, a national Joseph R Lucot, CPA, Coopers & Lybrand use it as a key factor in building long term advan- honorary fraternity for accredited schools of the The Beard Center for Leadership in Ethics William Lyons, CPA, Consol, Inc tage The Center conducts research in technology American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of The mission of the Center for Leadership in Ethics John R McMurtry, CPA, Ferraro, Krebs & adoption, organization, management procedures, Business, is established at Duquesne University is to accentuate issues of ethical concern by pro- McMurtry oversight, technology diffusion and technology Membership in this honorary fraternity is limited moting public discussion in an attempt to develop Stephen F Piskurich, CPA, Equitable transfer The Center is also responsible for develop- to juniors in the highest five percent of their class an overall awareness of ethical conduct and an Resource Inc ing curricula and teaching programs for students as 1 and to seniors in the highest 10 percent of their class increase in leadership standards for the organiza- well as continuing education programs, forums and Suzanne Quattro, Servistar Corp The Dean's Student Adznsory Council, consists of stu- tion An important initiative in this mission is the seminars for managers and executives John Radacsy 111, CPA, The Acacia Group dent leaders in the School who meet on a regular Distinguished Speaker Series on Ethics At these Robert J Reilly, CPA, AMPCO Pittsburgh programs, prominent executives from the business basis with the Dean to discuss School matters The John E Connelly Center for Robert J Schuler, Blue Cross of Western community share their experiences and philosophy Entrepreneurship and Emerging Enterprise Delta Sigma Pi, a national professional business Pennsylvania on ethical conduct The Center also sponsors regular fraternity, is represented by Theta Rho chapter The The John E Connelly Center for Entrepreneurship Joe D Seltz, CPA, Arthur Anderson & Co roundtable discussions during which business j^ fraternity makes substantial contributions to the and Emerging Enterprise was designed to nurture Joseph T Senko, CPA, Joseph T Senko & leaders, faculty and students express their views and University community through its many service and support the entrepreneurial spirit and emerg- Associates, Inc answer questions activities ing new enterprises in the Pittsburgh region The Timonthy G Sheedy, CPA, NVR Mortgage The Financial Management Association, is a student Dmitri D Shiry, CPA, Price Waterhouse & Co Center for International Management Center is committed to providing world-class train mg to help prepare entrepreneurs and others to con organization for those interested in careers in Robert Sladack, CPA, Internal Revenue Service The objective of the Center for International Man- tribute to the survival, competitiveness and long finance (Retired) agement is to develop a better understanding of the term success of their organizations Through The International Business Association, is a student Sam Stephenson, CPA, Terry & Stephenson, PC American involvement in international affairs and seminars sponsored by the Connelly Center, client organization for those with inteiest in careers in the Samuel A Vitkoski, CPA, BDO Seidman business abroad through teaching and research, it organizations receive training in such areas as area of international business Deborah Wells, CPA, Alpern Rosenthal & is achieved by an interdisciplinary approach leadership, communications, program planning, Phi Chi Theta, a national professional business Company The areas of current research focus are feasibility studies, marketing strategies, financial fraternity, organized to promote the cause of higher Paul Yenerall, Esq , CPA, Eckert, Seamans, Trade expansion between the USA and Eastern planning, total quality management, international business education and training for all individuals, Cherin & Mellot Europe strategy and the management of technology is represented by the Gamma Upsilon Collegiate Management in foreign nations Chapter A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 109 108 A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION I

requirements and Business Administration Core Advisory Board for Finance Linda Dickerson, Riverview Publications N4argaret Schmidt, Allegheny General Hospital requirements as indicated in the illustrations set Anthony C Barna, Kelly-Rielly Associates, Inc Richard DiClaudio, The Hillman Company Patricia A Shields, Westinghouse Electric Corp forth in this catalog Students are strongly encour- Daniel J Bevevino, Respironics, Inc Raymond P Dimuzio, CPA, Deliotte & Touche aged to include additional course work in speech/ Donald A Brozick, Alcoa Eric Theis, Herr-Voss Corporation Dona Hotopp, Goal/QPC communications and in advanced writing in their Michael A Bryson, Mellon Bank, N A William Hulley, Fostm Capital Corporation John Welch, Equitable Gas Co Anthony J Burlando,_ The Hillman Company Thomas Garbe, Consolidated Natural Gas 5usan Wells, Greater Pittsburgh Chamber of programs Regulations for certification in account- Deborah A Cunningham, Federated Investors Company Commerce ing make the program very rigid, this is dealt with Donna R Curran, PNC Mortage Company Phil Kerr, Pittsburgh Tag Company Richard White, Miles, Inc in the section describing the accounting curriculum Francis W Daily, H J Heinz Company Philip W Keys, Intell-RX, Inc f)an Wilson, Shamrock Corporation on the following pages Hen Dykema, Bizet & Co Recommended programs of study for students Char%s Gomulka, RRZ & G Holdings William Lowry, Blue Cross of Western PA Advisory Board for Pre-Law Heinz Machatzke, Duquesne University interested in accounting, finance, human resource Gretchen R Haggerty, USX Corporation Robert E Colville, Esq, Allegheny County management, international business, pre-law Randall King, PNC Bank Corporation John Mawhinney, Eaton Cutler/Hammer District Attorney Thomas V Kondrat, PNC Securities Corporation Jerry McGinnis, Respironics Douglas DeNardo, Esq , Buchanan Ingersoll, studies, logistics, management, management infor- 9 mation systems, and marketing are listed on the Michael F Nemser, CONSOL Inc Arthur (Ned) Uber, Medrad PC William G Nichols, Alcoa Dan Zebrasky, AEG Transportation Systems, Ronald W Frank, Esq , Buchanan Ingersoll, PC pages that follow Frederick S Potter, DQE Inc Students' concentrations should be based upon Hollis T Hurd, Esq , The Benefits Department career objectives and constitute a broad and flex- Kevin P Prykull, PNC Lease, Inc Advisory Board for Management Information Richard A Rua, Mellon Bank, N A Paul Klein, Esq , Duquesne Paralegal Institute ible educational process In addition to course work Charles E Yago, Westinghouse Electric Systems Bryan D Kocher, Esq, Jones, Day, Reavis & Steve Adams, Mercy Pittsburgh Health Systems in specific disciplines, students will be required to Corporation Pogue participate in programs for professional and per- William Buckley, ALCOA (Retired) Lester G Nauhaus, Esq , Allegheny County Advisory Board for Human Resources Cynthia Carbine, Carnegie Works, Inc sonal development as outlined in the following sec- office of the Public Defender tion of the catalog Career advice should be sought Michael Adamcyk, The Hillman Company Jerry Havemann, Heinz, N A Philip O'Connor, Esq , US Department of Richard Antonelli, Esq, Buchanan Ingersoll Wesley H Hutchison, Allegheny Health, from many and varied sources in the University, Veterans Affairs especially faculty Course suggestions and degree Ann R Blaskovich, ARB Associates Education and Research Foundation Ronald J Ricci, Duquesne University School of John Brenkus, PNC Bank Corporation Estelle Kemerer, Medical Center of Beaver requirements for all major areas of concentration can Carol A Churan, Community Savings Law be obtained from the Academic Advisement office Daniel Madden, Consolidated Natural Gas Patrick R Riley, Esq , Riley and De Falice, PC Theresa Curtin-Kelly, Federated Investors Donald Maue, Hillman Company Phyllis Hartman, Society of Automotive William j Smith, Esq, Reed, Smith, Shaw PROGRAMS FOR PROFESSIONAL AND Engineers Wayne Maue, Blue Cross of Western PA & McClay Aaron Herbick, Reed, Smith, Shaw & McClay Bob McAfee, USX Corporation Carol L Starr, Esq , USX Corporation PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT Ronald Hiserodt, Alcoa Donald McMahon, Allegheny Ludlum Hayes C Stover, Esq , Kirkpatrick & Lockhart All students in the School of Business Adminis- Jeff Holst, Miles, Inc Dave Moore, Mellon Bank N A Angeline C Straka, Esq , Westinghouse Electric tration are required to participate in the following Douglas J Kaiser, PPG Industries Ed Reis, Westinghouse Electric Corp Corporation professional and personal development programs Joseph G Kecskemethy, Independent Steven J Schmitt, City of Pittsburgh Jeffrey M Thompson, Esq , Lauer & Perkins in order to complete their degree requirements See Consultant Jay Shock, Miles Inc General Business Courses (p 111) for course des- Donald Lodge, Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh Frank Skowron, Computer Science Corporation Executive Advisory Board criptions and prerequisites Rhonda Mangieri, Action Industries, Inc Charles Southworth, Ketchum Communications Inc Frank Bakos, Westinghouse Electric Corporation Ronald Matlack, Westinghouse Electric Corp Dennis Upton, Mine Safety Appliance Co John F Donahue, Federated Investors, Inc Communications Center Holly Maurer-Klein, Pittsburgh High Technology Russ Zemba, Consol Inc Robert E Faust, Westinghouse Electric Council Corporation Success in business requires an ability to com- Patricia Nigro, Limbach Holdings, Inc Advisory Board for Marketing municate effectively in oral and written form The David Ball, USX Corporation Carl G Grefenstette, The Hillman Company Daniel W O'Malley, TPF&C John J Henry, Sinclair & Rush, Inc Communications Center is a comprehensive pro- Robert R Perkoski, University of Pittsburgh James Bezila, Roerig gram designed to make the mastery of writing and David Reese, PNC Bank, N A Carl Borntraeger, Personal Consultant Frank J Schneider, SSI Services, Inc Wesley W von Schack, Duquesne Light presentation skills a priority for all School of Busi- Mitzie Slagel, North Hills Passavant Hospital Kathy Bynums, Bynums Advertising Service ness students Jane Tibbott, Consolidated Natural Gas Co Eric Christian, Glaxo Pharmaceuticals Company James W Wirth, Alcoa (Retired) The Center presents opportunities for all students John M Wilds, University of Pittsburgh Michelle Cooper, Mercy Hospital to achieve competency through workshop, seminar Richard Williamson, Duquesne University Donna Covelli, St Francis Health Systems and tutorial sessions The programs of the Center Nick Delaney, Components International are designed to interact cooperatively with the Lec- Advisory Board for International Business Thomas V Doyle, Westinghouse Electric Corp Fred Angelone, Mitsubishi International DIVISIONS AND ACADEMIC ture Series and Reading Program Corporation Gary K Eilers, PPG Industries, Inc PROGRAMS Joseph P Backes, Miles, Inc George Harris, Susquehanna Management Pre-Business Experience Associates The A j Palumbo School of Business Administra- H Kentaro Itani, Itam International Inc tion is comprised of three Divisions Accounting and This orientation program is designed to introduce Mary McKinney, Duquesne University Kenneth Holes, XEROX Mark V Santo, Bailey Controls Company Bruce Karger, IBM - Pittsburgh Finance, Behavioral, and Economics and MIS business students to the broad context of a business Rev Thomas Schaefer, Duquesne University Robert Longo, Algor Interactive Systems Students entering the School of Business Admin- education The program serves as an "advance Charles A Schhebs, Jones, Day, Revis and Pogue David Peck, Fisher Scientific istration are expected to inform their advisors about organizer" and exposes students to the concept of Judith Watts, Davy McKee Corporation Alan Ridley, Vesuvius International Corporation their career objectives and their academic areas of total quality management, the importance of ethical concentration, and to consult with them when decision making and the realities of the global mar- Prescott Wintersteen, Respironics, Inc Laurice F Sargert, PPG Industries, Inc in F j Sarknas, Matthews International Trading choosing junior and senior courses indicated any ketplace within a cooperative learning environment Advisory Board for Management Of Students meet with A J Palumbo School of Busi- David Ball, USX Corporation Company the three divisions Their proposed curriculum Richard E Brown, O'Connor, O'Connor, Lordi, Ltd choices must, of course, include the University ness faculty and administrative staff to develop per- Fa

110 A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ill

sonal relationships and to become acquainted with Jumor Yew Semor Yew CLASS ATTENDANCE the organization of the School and the resources Business Core Business Core -Kegular class attendance in the School of Business available Participation in this program is required 331 Business Fman,e 3cr 499 Strategic Management 3, Administration is normally required for maximum GENERAL BUSINESS COURSES for graduation 361 Introduction to 51vireign LanguagelCuBure Management 3cr Requirement 6" educational advantage The responsibility for all The following courses, with the exception of 371 Introduction to Marketing 3cr 402 Outside Reading Program NC, course material rests wholly with the student It is BUADM 401 — Business Administration Internship, junior/Senior Lecture Series 367 Total Quality and Operations 403 Senior Lecture Series NO 368 Management 3cr the prerogative of each instructor to establish specific are required for all students enrolled in the School The purpose of this series of colloquia is to offer Business 9t, Ethics/Communications NC,3cr policies for attendance at examinations, class lec- of Business Administration Major Area of Concemn,t students the opportunity to meet and interact with 302 Outside Reading Program Area of tures, deadhnes for reports, and other specific school government officials, corporate leaders and authors 303 junior Lecture Series NC4 Major C.ucerdcitm, 202 Sophomore Outside Reading Major Area of Concentration or course requirements Program Not for credit during the completion of the students' upper level —15cr Major Area of Concent"':,11 A student who is unable to attend class because Major Area of C.ncntrat n This is a sophomore level professional development courses Students are exposed to current themes and Major Area of Concentration serious illness, hospitahzation, a serious accident of program designed to augment the students' knowl- critical topics in business This series is coordinated Major Area of Concentration 3cr or other extenuating circumstances is responsible edge of contemporary business issues and enhance with the Reading Program Major Area of Concentration 3cr Elecurves for notifying the student's advisor The student Major Area of Concentration 3cir their communication skills Selected readings on Attendance at these programs is required and Major Area of Concentration 3cr Nonn bus :ne' : E:ective should supply a written verification as soon as No bu nes E ectiv, general business topics will be assigned throughout students will participate in writing exercises pertain- 12,r 6E]cctive A student who is absent for cause is possible the academic year Students will be responsible for ing to the lectures expected to complete all of the work in all courses Non business Elective 3cr reporting on the content of the readings through Credits it is the student's responsibility to make up all TOTAL 30CR TOTAL Credits examination and/or short papers Prerequisite Reading Program assignments in all courses and to be familiar with Sophomore standing ICLEP test available for this course See advisors for other options any instructions which may have been given duT- In order to broaden the students' knowledge of the Year) iCore Theology Rec^uuerncm (Sophomore Pre-Business Experience Not for credit business world, a comprehensive bibliography has 182 Human Morality OR Ing the absence 203 been compiled by 113 ludeo Christian Religious Traditions OR This orientation program is designed to introduce the faculty Students are expected '84 hitro to the Bible OR to complete outside readings in a variety of areas 185 Religion, East/West OR business students to the broad context of a business 186 Roman Catholic Heritage OR HANDICAPPED STUDENTS education Students are exposed to the concept of to complement their in-class studies Completion 187 Christian Understanding of the Human Person total quality management, the importance of ethical of this program is required for graduation 3Core Science Requirement (Sophomore Year) Handicapped students requiring special assistance 171 Biology are urged to notify the class instructor or the stu- decision making, the philosophy of cooperative lear- 172 Chemistry Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 1 73 Physics dent's advisor before the first class ning, and the realities of the global marketplace 4Not for Credit Required for graduation Students meet with the A J Palumbo School of Business organizations are becoming more global 5offered through the College of Liberal Arts May be taken during any academic Business faculty and administrative staff to develop in scope, yet business students graduating from Enrollment in Business Courses by Students in year International Business majoes should consult their advisors personal relationships and to become acquainted many American educational institutions still main- ^May be business or non business elective Other Schools of the University with the resources available Prerequisite tain a parochial perspective STUDENTS REGISTERING FOR 300-400 LEVEL BUSINESS COURSES MUST Students enrolled in other schools in the Univer- HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED W CREDITS AND HAVE JUNIOR Sophomore standing To bring an international cultural awareness to STANDING STUDENTS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR KNOWING THE PREREQ sity are welcome to take business courses provided business education and to provide a valuable skill UISITES FOR THOSE COURSES IN WHICH THEY ARE REGISTERED they meet all prerequisites Under no circumstances, 302 junior Outside Reading for our students, the School of Business Adminis- The above sample plan has a degree of flexibility however, may a student in another school take more Program Not for credit tration requires six (6) credits of study in a conver- The University Core, Non-Business Electives, and than 27 credit hours in business Students in the The junior Outside Reading Program attempts to sational foreign language and culture This require- the Foreign Language/ Culture requirement may be College of Liberal Arts, the School of Natural and broaden the students' knowledge of specific busi- ment may be fulfilled at any time during the Stu- taken at anytime during the student's four years Environmental Sciences and the School of Educa- ness topics Students are expected to complete out- dent's program of study Students may consult their academic advisor for tion who wish to take business courses should side readings in a variety of areas to complement further information follow the business certificate program established their in-class studies and to expand their under- by the individual schools Students should consult standing of topics covered in the lecture series Pre- FOUR YEAR SAMPLE PLAN their advisors on this matter requisites BUADM 202 and junior standing (Effective September 1993) ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 303 junior Lecture Series Not for credit Freshman Year Sophomore Year ACADEMIC LOAD Prerequisites — Upper Level Business Courses The lecture series is designed to familiarize students Core University University Core Students may normally carry fifteen credits in one In addition to any specific prerequisites that are with current themes and critical concerns in busi- 101 Thinking and Writing Across 2Core Theology Requirement 3cr semester A schedule of more than 15 credits must listed in the course descriptions, all freshman and ness Speakers from specific disciplines discuss cor- ^h, 3,r iCure Science Recuffemo-ru 3cr be approved by the Advisement Office In the sum 102 —gin.t2"ImCorr a—tere an porate policies and business issues in a regularly 6cr sophomore required business courses must be com- Critical Writing 3cr Trier sessions, students normally carry one credit a pleted before the student may enroll for upper level scheduled lecture series Students are required to 109 College Algebr,i 3cr Business Core week, 1 e , six credits in the six-week session A Hl Calculus 3vr business courses, that is, those business courses submit written reports on lecture topics and cor- 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is con- 132 Basic Philosophical 281 Quantitative Anal^sis 1 3cr numbered in the 300's and 400's The student must responding outside readings Prerequisite Junior Questions 3c, 284 Quantitative Analysis II 3a sidered full-time study Students on academic pro 141 Social Political and Economic 214 Financial Accounting 3, 60 credits or more Upper level standing bation may not take more than 12 credits also have completed Syst-15 3cr 215 Managerial Accounting 3cr courses may only be taken by students admitted 151 The Shaping of the Modern 221 Principles of Economics I 3cr 401 Business Administration World 3cr 222 Principles of Economics 11 3cr CATALOG to the School of Business or enrolled in an 3 cr 161 The Arts and the Human 251 Bs,ee,s U., 3cr EFFECTIVE Internship Experience approved certificate program Exceptions must be 3cr 223 Global Economic This internship provides the student with profes- Perspectives 3c, Degree requirements are those stipulated in the 24cr approved by the Academic Advisors 203 Pre Business catalog of the year in which a student matriculates sional work experience in an organizational environ- Experience NC- Business Core The student is responsible for knowing the require- ment It is an extension of the curriculum and pro- 202 Outside Reading Program NCi Frequency of Course Offerings 182 Information Systems 1 3vr ments for the degree Requirements may be changed vides meaningful experience related to the student's 24cr 183 Information Systems it 3^ without notice or obligation This catalog has beer, The frequency of course offerings included in each area of concentration Internship responsibilities 6cr prepared on the best information available as of Course description is a guide only Changes can must be approved in advance by a faculty sponsor February 1994 The student is supervised within the work setting TOTAL Credit, 30CR TOTAL Credits 30CR occur as student demand warrants

112 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE DIVISION A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 113

and also by a faculty member from the School of COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 3 cr COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p ill Business Administration Internships are available 315 Cost Accounting This course addresses the use of accounting infor- to students in all business concentrations Grading 214 Financial Accounting 3 cr .1ation for purposes of cost determination, cost is Pass-Fall Prerequisites Junior standing and an The purpose of this course is to provide an intro. control and cost analysis Topics include cost ter- overall QPA of 2 5 or better, completion of at least duction to the language of accounting, the principles job order costing, process 15 credits at Duquesne University Offered every of external financial reporting, and the use of general ininology, cost behavior, FINANCE CURRICULUM costing, )oint and bi-product costing, cost alloca- semester purpose financial statements in decision making Students who look forward to careers in finance may tjons, standard costing Inventory management and in Students will develop a basic understanding of the select a program of courses any one of these areas 402 Senior Outside Reading managerial control systems are also stressed along preparation of financial statements, including the securities and investments, corporate finance, and Program Not for credit with the use of cost information for rion-routine balance sheet, income statement, and statement of financial analysis From a comprehensive bibliography compiled by the decision making Prerequisites Accounting 214, 215 cashflows The course will cover both generally The professional designation of Chartered Finan- Business School faculty, students are assigned out- offered every semester side readings to complement the Senior Lecture accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the cial Analyst (CIA) is used by those in the securities Series and expand their awareness of contemporary significance and implications of alternative GAAP 411 Auditing 3 cr industry Suggested courses for students interested business issues Students are expected to participate in the measurement and reporting of assets and Standards and procedures employed by auditors in in working toward this designation are Finance 333, in group discussions and writing exercises on topics equities Prerequisite QSMIS 182 Offered every the examination of financial statements for the pur- 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, and 433 335, 432, 434, and 437 are sug- included in this program Prerequisites BUADM 302 semester pose of rendering an opinion are studied and evalu- Finance 333, 334, ated Emphasis is placed on the theory and philos- gested for students whose career interests lean and Senior standing 215/313 Managerial Accounting 3 cr ophy of auditing Case problems are used to demon- toward corporate finance and financial analysis 403 Senior Lecture Series Not for credit The purpose of this course is to provide an mtroduc- strate the application of the principles studied Pre- For students with an interest in Real Estate or The Senior Lecture Series focuses on controversial tion to cost concepts, prodULt costing systems, requisite Accounting 312 Offered every semester Insurance, several electives are offered in these and thought provoking issues that affect the busi- budgeting systems, and the development of account- areas ing data for internal managerial decisions The stu ness community The series features corporate 412 Introductory Income Finance students are required to take Accounting leaders from top administrative posts and disting- dent will develop a basic understanding of the rela 3 cr Tax Accounting 216 Accounting 311 and 312 are strongly uished professionals from government and aca- tionships between accounting data and manage- This course is a study of basic tax regulations and recommended derne Students are evaluated on the basis of writ- ment's information needs, appreciate why different procedures affecting individuals, and to a lesser ten assignments Prerequisites BUADM,303 and cost measurements are required for different types extent, business units Principle topics include COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 Senior standing of managerial decisions, and understand the signifi- returns, rates, exemptions, income, deductions, sales cance and implications of alternative product costing and exchanges of assets, and credits Emphasis is 331 Business Finance 3 cr and budgeting systems Prerequisites Accounting placed on problems to demonstrate the application This course is concerned with maxuruzing the value ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 214 and QSMIS 182 Offered every semester of the principles studied Also, official forms are of the firm in reference to the risk-return relation- used for demonstration purposes Prerequisites ship To achieve this understanding the student is 216 Accounting Practice and Systems 3 cr DIVISION Accounting 214 and 215 Offered every semester introduced to financial statement analysis Time The purpose of this course is to enable the student value of money concepts are discussed with an to develop a sound understanding of the practices 413 Accounting Information Systems 3 cr ACCOUNTING CURRICULUM emphasis on capital budgeting issues Attention is and procedures used to process accounting infor- This course presents materials relevant to an under- The accounting faculty requires that students con- given to working capital management, cost of capital mation Emphasis is placed on both manual and standing of the basic applications of accounting centrating in accounting take Accounting 216 ' 311, and the impact of leverage on the value of the firm automatic data processing systems The accounting information systems and the techrucal and organiza- 312, 314, 315, 411, 412, and 414, as well as at least Secondary emphasis is given to the securities tional resources that operate information systems one of the following Accounting 485 and/or Law cycle is reinforced along with the processing of markets and organizational form Prerequisites selected speciahzed accounting transactions Prereq Topics include system flowcharting, hardware con- 353, 354, 355, or 454 It is required that the student Accounting 214 and 215, and QSMIS 281 Offered u1site Accounting 214 cepts, file design, batch and online data processing, achieve a 2 5 average in Accounting 214, 215 before every semester data base design and management, EDP auditing attemping Accounting 216 and 311 A minimum 311/312 Intermediate Accounting 3 cr each and system development life cycle Prerequisites 332 Money and Financial Institutions 3 cr grade of C in 311 must be obtained before attempt- These courses are primarily concerned with an Accounting 214, 215 Offered every semester This course examines the influence of monetary ing 312 investigation and analysis of the accounting prob- policy on variables such as the norrunal interest rate, Management information systems courses recom- lems and practices of the corporation, with detailed 414 Corporate and Partnership the level of income, the inflation rate, the foreign mended for accounting students are 481 and 485 study of the component elements of the balance Taxation 3 cr exchange rate, etc Specific topics include bank port- Finance 333 is also recommended for accounting sheet and income statement Basic topics include This course will acquaint the student with the prin- folio management, interest rate risk, the yield curve, students generally accepted accounting principles as they ciples of taxation as applied to corporations, share- real versus nominal interest rates, the Savings and For further information, the student should con- holders, partnerships and partners Emphasis is apply in a corporate environment, financial Loan crisis, financial intermediation, etc Offered sult an academic advisor placed on preparing students to make reasoned and statements, their form, content and use, detailed every year analysis of the balance sheet accounts, income deter sound decisions regarding the tax consequences of CPA Requirements nunation and presentation Prerequisites Account- business transactions Prerequisite Accounting 412 333 Financial Management 3 cr Students who desire to become certified public ing 214, 215, 216 Offered every semester Offered every spring The course is designed to provide a theoretical or accountants in Pennsylvania and who have gradu- 419 Seminar in Accounting 3 cr conceptual framework that a financial manager can ated from a four-year program in a college approved 314 Advanced Accounting 3 cr This course is designed to develop a student's ability use to reach decisions Material is presented with by the State Board of Education may sit for the CPA This course applies fundamental accounting theory in technical expression, deepen understanding of the purpose of involving the student in the funda- examination The degree program of the University to a number of important activities in business accounting theory^ and acquaint the student with mental decisions and compromises of the financial is so approved Activities studied include partnerships, consolida- contemporary accounting problems and literature manager as choices between risk and return are Graduates may sit for the CPA examination in tions, foreign exchanges, governmental and non- Students are acquainted with the philosophy and made Readings, cases, computer analysis of finan- other states, among which are New Jersey and New profit accounting Prerequisite Accounting 311 methodology of research and required to prepare cial problems and a research pro)ect are used Pre- York Offered every semester a research paper Prerequisite Accounting 314 requisite Finance 331 Offered every year I

114 FINANCE CURRICULUM A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 115

334 Risk Management 3 cr tions in debt and equity instruments, commodities 43s Property and Liability Insurance 3 cr A study of the broad spectrum of risk exposures in and currencies Methods of analysis such as Black business enterprises, with special attention to the A study of business and personal applications of Scholes model and arbitrage pricing theory are an casualty, fire, and liability coverages in the form of need for identifying these in terms of nature and essential part of the course Students will have an ECONOMICS AND MIS magnitude Emphasis is on techniques available to opportunity to study actual market behavior both insurance and bonding, including the fields DIVISION aid the decision-maker in making decisions under through project analysis Prerequisites Finance 331 of workmeWs compensation, landlords' and tenants' constraints of uncertainty Methods of alleviation, and 336 Offered every year liabilities, burglary, robbery and theft, automobile, ECONOMIC CURRICULUM avoidance, and insurance are studied Attention is credit and title insurance, fire and related lines, 339 Fundamentals of Real Estate 3 cr fidelity and surety bonding, and relevant aspects of The Economic curriculum is designed to give a given not only to the traditional forms of insurable A study of the problems involved in financing broad understanding of the United States and mter- hazards, but also to implicit risks such as those of inland and ocean marine Prerequisite Finance 331 residential, commercial and industrial real estate offered every third semester national econormes and to develop in students a loss in market value of assets, capital budgeting deci- from the points of view of both owner and lender capacity to think systematically about a wide range sions, new product financing techniques, mergers Methods of financing covered include use of indi- 436 Real Estate Valuation 3 cr of social and econorruc problems An ability to think and other areas where risk is present in the deci- vidual and business equity, loans secured by Mort. The principles and methods of appraising single- analytically and to write concisely are stressed in sion Prerequisite Finance 331 Offered every year gages, land contracts, sale-and-lease-back arrange- family homes, including analysis of region, neigh- courses in Economics 335 Business Financial Problems 3 cr ments, and cooperatives, syndicates, and real estate borhood, site and improvements The market The aim of this course is to provide a vehicle in trusts Attention is given to procedures for origi- approach, cost approach and gross-income multi- COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p. 111. which the student can take material from previous nating, servicing and foreclosing loans and Mort pher approach are presented Income Property Valu- gage arrangements by principals, agents and Mort- ation — forecasting and computation of gross 121 Elements of Economics 3 cr courses and through its utilization solve problems gage bankers Prerequisite Finance 331 Offered Economics 121 is an introductory course in eco- of a financial nature It also provides the student income, expenses, and net operating income, theory every semester and mechanics of deriving alternative capitalization normcs intended to afford an understanding of how with an opportunity to learn to write and deliver our economic system works, of the forces which professional opinions on how to solve business 431 Real Estate Investment Analysis 3 cr rates, applications of compound interest theory, affect the level, composition, and distribution of the problems While the course is taught primarily In this course the student learns the application of residual approaches and mortgage equity analysis output of the economy, and the issues behind cur- through the case technique, other methods are also investment principles and analytical techniques to Critiques of contemporary theory and practices real property Emphasis is on the estimation and Prerequisite Finance 339 Offered every year rent economic problems The course content will used The student is expected to be able to identify define concepts, provide background materials, and problems, reach conclusions, recommend solutions, revenues/expenses and risk/return relationships in develop econonuc ideas necessary to an under- and identify techniques on how they ought be investment valuation of realty and the effects of 437 international Financial financing, income taxes, and entity selection upon Management 3 cr standing of the policy issues constantly before a implemented Prerequisites Finance 331 and 333 This course provides a conceptual framework within Offered every year investment profitability Prerequisite Real Estate 339 complex dynamic economy Not counted toward a Offered every year which the key financial decisions of the multi- degree in the School of Business Administration 336 Security Analysis 3 cr 432 Credit Management 3 cr national firm can be analyzed Emphasis is placed Offered every year An intensive study of the analytic techniques appli- This course gives the student an understanding of on decision elements which are unique to multi- 221 Principles of Economics 1 3 cr cable to the selection of the various securities of the function of credit management Cases, prob national firms All the traditional areas of corporate This course seeks to acquaint the student with con- private as well as public entities Consideration is lems, and field experience may be assigned The stu- finance are explored, including working capital man- cepts and the logical basis to economic reasoning given to the markets in which these securities are dent will have the opportunity to integrate knowl- agement, capital budgeting, cost of capital and fman- Emphasis is placed on understanding the behavior traded and the types of information necessary to edge gained from text material and other financial cial structure, and evaluation and control of opera- of households and firms under competitive and ,the decision-making process of the investor as the sources with that of other disciplines to arrive at a tions In addition, exchange risks and political risks imperfectly competitive conditions in both Output attempt is made to measure the value of a particular logical, sound credit decision Prerequisite Finance are examined extensively Prerequisite Finance 331 and resource markets Offered every semester security Several models are examined in seeking 331 Offered every third semester Recommended prerequisite Econorrucs 442 Offered 222 Principles of Economics 11 3 cr appropriateness in establishing the relative worth 433 Financial Markets 3 cr every year of a security Prerequisite Finance 331 Offered Macroeconomics is concerned with aggregate An extensive and intensive study of the market in 438 Property Management 3 cr every semester which the financing of needs takes place Study is economic relationships These include theories of A survey course intended to provide an introduc- national income determination and the interactions 337 Investment Analysis 3 cr made of the markets for borrowing and lending of capital, both short-term and long-term Financial tion to effective management, marketing and leas- among domestic and foreign econorrues Monetary This course develops an understanding of the ing techniques as they are applied to commercial and fiscal policies and their implications for infla- various types of investments available for a portfolio institutional structures are given emphasis as they act and interact when serving as sources or inter- real estate Examination of both the physical and tion, unemployment, economic growth and foreign Discussion of the risks to which a porttolio may be fiscal management functions and how they impact exchange are analyzed Offered every semester subject and the importance of these risks to various mediaries and users of funds A research project provides the opportunity to concentrate upon an upon the financial performance of property Prereq- 223 Global Economic Perspectives 3 cr types of portfolio builders is undertaken Quanti- uisites Finance 339 and Management 361 tative and descriptive approaches used in portfolio individual topic Prerequisite Finance 331 Offered The purpose of this course is to provide students development are considered Techniques for mea- every third semester 439 Seminar in Finance with an understanding of how geographic factors suring the effectiveness of the portfolio are illus- 434 Life Insurance 3 cr and/or Real Estate 3 cr influence the location and history of trade and trated Prerequisites Finance 331 and 336 Offered A study is made of the risks of death and longevity Concentration upon selected contemporary topics econorruc activity generally The course covers con- every year and their effect upon personal and business situa presented by distinguished visiting professors or temporary global geographic features, basic tions Analyses are made of various forms of life geographic concepts and analytical techniques, and 338 Futures and Options 3 cr resident faculty Open only to senior students insurance and annuity contracts, with emphasis Prerequisite Finance 331 examines in detail selected current or historical The course is designed to develop an understanding upon their functions as instruments of estate crea- business/economic case studies from a geographical of futures and options and other derivative finan- tion and administration Uses of insurance in con 328 Urban Land Economics 3 cr perspective Prerequisite Sophomore standing cial instruments While these contracts may be used nection with bank loans, partners and key persons See Economics Curriculum for speculative purposes, the main emphasis is on 321 National Income Analysis 3 cr are explored Attention is given to accident and 357 the reduction of asset and liability risk for business Real Estate Law 3 cr A conceptual analysis of national income theory, its health coverages, group plans, pension, and regula tools, its basic principles and its social and economic and financial institutions through hedging opera- tion of the industry Prerequisite Finance 331 See Pre-Law Curriculum significance The course explores macroeconomic

116 ECONOMIC AND QUANTITATIVE DIVISION ^ A j PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 117

methods of economic analysis and the determina- Theoretical and empirical aspects will be covered 383 File Processing with COBOL 3 cr tion of aggregate output and income Specific areas Forecasting techniques will also be studied Prereq Structured programming techniques are presented of analysis include unemployment, inflation, and u1sites Economics 221 and 222 as they pertain to business applications in COBOL the U S economy in a global setting Prerequisites INFORMATION 424 Business and Public Policy 3 cr MANAGEMENT Multiple level control break reports, sorting, and Economics 221 and 222 A study of the regulatory techniques used by SySTEMS CURRICULUM table handling methods are covered File process- ing and file maintenance concepts are presented as 322 Price and Production Economics 3 cr government to influence and modify business The Management Information Systems program they relate to sequential, indexed sequential, and An intensive study of the theory of demand, behavior This course also includes an analysis of prepares students for career opportunities in the relative file organizations Methodology and theory production and distribution In addition, recent market structure, conduct and performance con arlalysis, design, development, implementation, inte- developments in the theory of imperfect competi- siderations pertaining to the firm and the industry for creating, accessing, and updating files are gration, management, and maintenance of evolving tion and oligopoly are carefully examined Prereq- Emphasis is given the anti-trust laws and special discussed Utility programs and subprograms are information systems in organizations The MIS cur- uisites Economics 221 and 222 regulatory problems Prerequisite Economics 221 addressed within the structured programming ,culurn provides exposure to chent/server, distributed, framework Prerequisite QSMIS 382 323 Public Finance 3 cr 425 Current Economic Issues 3 cr workgroup, and mainframe computing environments A study of the organization and management of The purpose of this course is to learn about specific ublizing state-of-the-art computer technology combm- 384 Expert Systems in Business 3 cr government revenues and expenditures with current economic issues The course and its content ed. with sophisticated multi-media applications Pro- The potential role of expert systems to support management decision-making is analyzed Expert emphasis on American practices and policies at the will vary depending on the issue or issues being gamn-ung languages and software engineering which addressed For example, topics might include the systems are defined, their development is discussed, various levels of government Benefit-cost and cost- pertain to business applications, database systems, and and areas of business applications are surveyed The effectiveness analysis with their implications for pro- federal budget deficit, economics and politics, or the the solution of information systems problems within economic changes in central Europe and the Soviet artificial intelligence software environment is also gram and capital budgeting receive heavy consider- organizations are included in the coursework For a Union Prerequisite Economics 121, 221 or 222, or explored and evaluated The student will apply the ation The economic consequences of various tax concentration in MIS, completion of QSMIS 382, 383, structures and alternative social choice mechanisms Core 141 concepts of knowledge engineering to expert 385,481, 482, and 483 is required In addition, two systems development through a commercial expert are studied Prerequisites Economics 221 and 222 426 Monetary Theory and Policy 3 cr elective courses must be taken from the following 384, system software tool Problems in installing and This course deals with the chief theoretical contribu 324 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr 386,494, and 485 maintaining an expert system are also discussed tions in monetary theory along with their policy A comparative study of capitalism, socialism, com- Prerequisite QSMIS 183 munism and other economic systems with emphasis implications Specific topics include the modern COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 on analysis rather than mere description of the quantity theory of money, monetarist versus Keyne 385 Computer Systems 3 cr Provides detailed coverage of computer hardware economics of various countries Prerequisites sian models, the stability of the demand for money, 182 Information Systems 1 3 cr Economics 221 and 222 rules versus discretion, rational expectations, After an introduction to the productivity potential and operating systems Topics such as number monetary policy in an open economy, foreign theory^ internal coding schemes, central processing of spreadsheet, graphic and word processing appli- 328 Urban Land Economics 3 cr unit functions and technologies, memory manage- exchange markets, and international capital flows cations, students will use the power of today's A study of the economic forces that influence the ment, internal and external buses, disk drives and Prerequisites Economics 221 and 222 graphical user interface tools to integrate the results location of business and residential location in a storage schemes, BIOS, display, video and multi- 427 Theory of Economic Development 3 cr metropolitan area Specific areas of study include of each of the applications Taking advantage of media standards and hardware, and operating This course is designed to acquaint students with transportation, housing, poverty, and the urban multimedia technology, students will also incor- systems, including networking are covered Other public sector Prerequisite Economics 221 or 222 the area of economic development The subject mat porate sound and visual media into their work In topics such as data communications, printer ter of this course conveniently divides itself into five recognition of the importance of globalization, technologies, analog to digital conversion, compres- 420 Labor Economics 3 cr major categories the nature of development and students will also develop applications that exchange sion techniques, system and hardware maintenance Analysis of the principles of wage and employment problems of measurement, theories of development, data with local mainframes and worldwide net- and troubleshooting are introduced Prerequisite determination in the U S economy under non- factors and forces affecting econorruc growth, & works Offered every semester QSMIS 183 union conditions as well as under collective bar- ferent approaches to a higher standard of living, and gaining arrangements The factors underlying labor problems of domestic and international stability 183 Information Systems 11 3 cr 386 Computer Simulation 3 cr demand and supply are studied with an emphasis Approach to this course encompasses detailed study This course provides the student with an overview Provides an onentaton to the design and implemen- on a human capital approach to relative earnings as well as strong emphasis on theoretical and cintical of the theory and implementation of today's infor- tation of simulation models as a means of studying differentials Issues of labor market discriminations analysis Prerequisite Econorrucs 221 or 222 mation systems The student will develop an under- the behavior of a system The student is required are also analyzed Prerequisite Economics 221 or to validate models and their results for the purpose 429 Seminar in Economics 3 cr standing of information system theory and study 222 the flow of information through the organization to of management decision making Popular simula- The purpose of the seminar is to provide a vehicle tion languages are used to construct general pur- 421 History of Economic Thought 3 cr learn how managers at different levels use informa- for the advanced student to investigate separate sub- pose simulation models as well as financial system tion as a strategic resource Utilizing end-user, This course shows the development of economic ject areas in the field of Economic Theory The models Other topics such as computer graphics graphically-based, relational development tools, thought from the Age of Mercantilism to the pres- seminar procedure will stress written and oral applications using personal computers are also students will apply the systems approach to imple- ent Major emphasis is placed upon the writings of reports Prerequisite Permission of the instructor presented Prerequisite QSMIS 183 menting an actual information system Prerequisite Mun, Quesnay, Smith, Ricardo, Malthus, Marx, 442 International Economics 3 cr QSMIS 182 Offered every semester 481 Systems Analysis and Design 3 cr Jevons, Keynes and recent contributors to econorruc The course covers international trade theory and ideas It offers a study of the fundamental concepts A detailed study of all phases of the systems life international monetary economics Topics discussed 382 Information Processing with COBOL 3 cr of the writers and the influence of institutional con- cycle with emphasis on structured analysis and include the classical and neoclassical theory of com Presents structured programming techniques and ditions upon their philosophy Prerequisite Eco- design techniques Case studies are used to generate parative advantage, balance of trade, balance of COBOL applications The scope of the course ranges nomics 221 or 222 detailed data flow diagrams The student is required payments, custom^s union theory, commercial policy, from an introduction to basic COBOL concepts, data to analyze needs and organize and design files with 423 Business Cycles and Forecasting 3 cr theory of foreign exchange markets, history of inter comparison, multiple level control break reports, corresponding inputs and outputs The issues This course is designed to study the process of national monetary system, fixed versus flexible sorting, and table handling methods to the introduc- involving conversion, testing, training, document- exchange rates Prerequisites Economics 221 and economic change Analyses of Seasonal, Cyclical, t10n of file creation and file processing techniques ing, maintaining and managing a system are also and Secular movements will be undertaken 222 Prerequisite QSMIS 183 addressed Prerequisite QSMIS 183

118 QUANTITATIVE METHODS CURRICULUM A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 119

482 Database Management 3 cr economic problems The objective of the prograr, 445 Multinational Human Resource 3 cr Focuses on the design, implementation and man- is to increase the student's knowledge and Management This course provides the opporturuty for the student agement of organizational databases using database understanding of the uses of mathematics, statistics of,IiAVIORAL DIVISION to develop fundamental knowledge about the global management systems Students will design a con- and computers as aids in clecision-makin The basl, 9 1 corporation's problems and policies of human ceptual, logical and physical database Then, using sequence is comprised of these courses GUIDE QSMIS 182 pRoGRAM resource management in multiple foreign environ- the physical database and a commercial database 183, 281 and 284 followed by Management 367 Prior programs of study offered through the Behavioral ments In addition, students develop the special skills package, students will develop reports interactively to entry into the sequence, Mathematics 109 and ill ,),vision include the following of human resource management as they apply to the and by embedding database calls into COBOL pro- in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or the Human Resource Management particular situations created by the cross-national grams Emphasis will be on the relational model and equivalent are required international Business operations of the global corporation Finally, students its standard language, Structured Query Language develop knowledge in an area or topic of multina- Prerequisite QSMIS 383 COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 Logistics N4anagement tional human resource management and skill in con- 483 MIS Project 3 cr N4arketing ducting cross-national research in the field of human 182 Information Systems 1 Students are expected to use tools and techniques 'I,3 c, Pre-Law resource management Prerequisites Management learned in prior MIS courses to develop an infor- See Management Information Systems Currict urn 361, Senior standing Offered as Needed mation system Using Computer-Aided Software COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 183 Information Systems 11 1,3 cr 456 Legal Aspects of Human Resource Engineering products and fourth generation lan- See Management Information Systems Curricu urn Management 3 cr guages, students design and implement a project HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT See Pre-Law Curriculum chosen from the local business or university com- 281 Quantitative Analysis 1 3 cr CURRICULUM 461 Human Relations and Teamwork 3 cr munity Students work on teams toward a common This course is an introclaction to probability and the The objective of the Human Resource Management This is a senior-level advanced Organizational goal By working on teams, students learn the more commonly used statistical techniques for Curriculum is to provide students with the oppor- Behavior course designed to aid the student in importance of sound documentation and communi- analyzing data from one population, with an tunity to acquire specialized knowledge and appli- developing practical skills in managing interpersonal cations as w6il as the role of standards To facilitate emphasis on their application to decision making cable skills necessary to function as professionals relationships in the workplace The course is ex- the implementation of communications and stand- and quality management Coverage includes b in Human Resources, Personnel, Labor Relations, periential in nature and requires active student par- ards, each student makes frequent oral and writ- descriptive statistics, the concepts of probability :ndsl' Training, and/or Compensation and Benefits ticipation in various group exercises including role ten presentations Prerequisites QSMIS 481, 482 specific distributions, and inferential statistics for For a concentration in human resource manage- playing, business simulation, and discussion groups 484 Networks and Telecommunications 3 cr one population Prerequisites QSMIS 182 and ment, students will take HRM 364, 365, 461, 466 or in addition to more traditional instructional methods Develops an understanding of the importance of an Mathematics 111 468, and Law 456, plus three of the following FIRM such as lecture and case analysis Topics covered in- open systems approach, such as OSI, and contrasts 366, 446, 462, clude organizational socialization, learning styles, 284 Quantitative Analysis 11 3 cr 445, 463, 466, 467, 468, Management it with several proprietary ones, like IBM's SNA and group dynamics, interviewing, listening skills, per- This course continues with the introduction to 465, Internship 401, Field Study 494, and/or TCP/IP Using the OSI model as a base, students formance appraisal, group problem solving team ef- statistics for decision making and quality manage Economics 420 Non-business electives recom- learn fundamentals of physical components, error mended for this concentration are English 383 or fectiveness, managing conflict, supervision, and the ment, focusing on analyzing data from two popula detection and correction, line disciplines and net- History 472, Communications 101, 102, 103, 203, management of change Prerequisite Management tions and regression and correlation In addition 395, work addressing Special emphasis is placed on 304, 306, 402, 404, or 421, Psychology 103, 223, 361 Offered every year there is an introduction to management science The 208, local area networks and connecting them to the 226, 230, 328, 340, 361, 392, or 432, Sociology 101, 463 Collective Bargaining 3 cr focus is on the application of mathematical models organizational networks An actual network 205, 212, or 308, Philosophy 105, 106^ 107, 108, or 109, Study of the relation of federal and state legislation to management, stressing the basic underlying operating system will be used Prerequisite QSMIS Theology 353 issues and administrative aspects of collective 385 structure of situations where the models are appro agreements, specific provisions including adjust- priate, their benefits and limitations, the develop COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111. ment of grievances, conciliation, mediation and arbi- 485 EDP Audit and Control 3 cr ment of models in relatively simple situations (word tration, collective bargaining and public policy Presents EDP auditing standards with a blend of problems and cases), and the interpretation and use 364 Human Resource Management 3 cr Prerequisite Management 361 Offered as needed systems concepts and applications The importance This course includes the techrucal functions and ser- of computerized solutions Prerequisite QSMIS 281 466 Compensation and Benefits 3 cr of incorporating controls in system design is stressed vices provided by an organizatior^s Person- Offered every semester This is an advanced course for Human Resource or throughout Techniques for testing computer pro- nel/Human Resources Department Among the Management majors, focusing on pay and benefits grams, files, and processing systems are presented 367 Total Quality and Operations topics covered are human resource planning and issues Coverage includes relating compensation to Special attention is devoted to the particulars of Management 3 cr evaluation, recruiting, systems, job analysis, job strategy, internal equity, job analysis, job evaluation, auditing real-time systems, time-sharing systems, See Management Curriculum selection, performance appraisal, compensation, externally competitive compensation, market pay and computer service agencies Case studies and benefits, training and development, career planning, 381 Introduction to Decision Sciences 3 cr surveys, developing a pay structure, performance- generalized audit software are used to create a attitude surveys, occupational safety and health, The course covers the application of quantitative based (variable) pay, incentive systems, gain shar- simulated audit environment Prerequisite QSMIS employee rights, labor unions, international person- models to solving organizational decision problems ing, executive compensation, paying expatriates, 183 nel relations, and equal employment opportunity The models covered include linear programming, employee benefits including social security, workers' Prerequisite Management 361 Offered every year simulation, and decision analysis The use of library and unemployment compensation, medical, retire- ment, costing out benefits, flexible benefits, man- computer programs will be emphasized Prereq- '65 Industrial Relations 3 cr QUANTITATIVE METHODS aged care, and cost containment Prerequisites uisites QSMIS 281, 282 This course will not be I -ourse developed to present to the student historical CURRICULUM Management 361 and 364 Offered every year offered after the 1994-95 academic year knowledge of the labor movement, current status of Students in the undergraduate School of Business labor governing the actions of management in a myriad 467 Human Resource Planning 3 cr AcInurustration complete a basic sequence in Quanti- Of ways Presents the role of labor, management and This course provides the linkage between human tative Methods This sequence is concerned with the government in collective bargaining and current in- resources and the strategic direction of an orgam- application of mathematics, statistics, and electronic dustrial relations policies and practices Prerequisite zation Topics covered include the environment and data processing to the analysis of business and Management 361 Offered every year implementation of human resource plannln& needs

OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 121 120 LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT CURRICULU,,q I A J PALUMBO SCHOOL

For a concentration in Logistics, students will take ture, human resource management, organizational forecasting, performance and career management, 342 International Business 5trategic Logistics Management 469, Marketing 375, change, motivation, leadership, conflict, communi- as well as the human resource audit Prerequisite Study Abroad var C, ,V2 and 474, plus four of the following International cation, control, operations management, manage- Management 364 Offered as needed Study abroad opportunities with a number of un, Business 341, Law 353, 354 and 355, and Business ment information systems, international manage- versities are available Students should check with 468 Training in Business and Industry 3 cr Internship 401 ment, and ethics Offered every semester their advisors in the School of Business Administra This course explores the training and development 366 Behavior in Organizations 3 cr bon regarding both opportunities and the possibib^ function in human resource management There is COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 This course is an introductory treatment of organiza- of transfer of credits Offered every semester coverage of the assessment of training needs, tional behavior Students learn a number of theories, 437 International Financial Management designing and conducting training programs, and 3 Cr Business Logistics 3 cr concepts, and applications regarding people- See Finance Curriculum 375 evaluations of training effectiveness Prerequisite See Marketing Curriculum oriented managerial skills Topics covered include Management 364 Offered every year 442 International Economics 3 cr motivation, personality, perception, group 469 Strategic Logistics Management 3 cr See Economics Curriculum I dynamics, performance appraisal, leadership and Strategic Logistics Management is the capstone decision making, cooperation and conflict, organiza- 443 International Marketing 3 cr ,ourse in the Logistics concentration The course wrill tional politics, organizational structure, managing See Marketing Curriculum INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS require students to apply concepts learned in change, and organizational development Prereq- CURRICULUM 444 Business and Society in Europe 3 cr previous courses The course is designed to deal uisite Management 361 Offered every year Survey of the major cultural, social and political fac with issues of inbound logistics including purchas- 367 Total Quality and Operations The objectives of the International Business Cur- tors influencing the conduct of business in Europe ,ng and materials management, internal logistics in- Management 3 cr riculum are as follows cluding inventory management, and outbound The course includes an overview of the major Euro This course is an introduction to the principle topics 1 to provide students with the opportunity to pean economies, a description of the institutions logistics including distribution resources planning and issues in production and operations manage- develop an understanding of the internationaliza- and politics of the European Community, and a The impact of effective logistics management on the ment with a emphasis on total quality management tion of business detailed examination of business and society in Ger organization's productivity and competitiveness will Both manufacturing and service operations are many and at least two other European countries be stressed This course will rely heavily on the case 2 to provide students with the basic skills in deal- addressed The focus is on the basic ideas and Prerequisite Management 361 study method Prerequisites Accounting 215, ing with the international dimension of business issues, with consideration of how operations sup- Management 367, and Marketing 375, 472, and 474 functions 445 Multinational Human port overall strategy and contribute to productivity Resource Management 3 cr offered every year and competitiveness The interactions of operations 3 to increase students' foreign language com- See Human Resource Management Curriculum 472 Transportation 3 cr with marketing, finance, and human resources are petence and understanding of other cultures as they 446 Japanese Business See Marketing Curriculum also covered Global and ethical dimensions of the relate to business operations issues and decisions are raised as appropriate Com- and Management 3 cr 474 Purchasing Management 3 cr For a concentration in international business, puter packages are used to support modeling and This course focuses on the history of Japanese See Marketing Curriculum students will take International Business 341, business, the essential elements of Japanese man decision making in specific areas Prerequisites Finance 437, Economics 442, Marketing 443, and Law agement practices, and the strategies used by suc QSMIS 284 and Management 361 Offered every 454 plus three of the following International Busi- cessful Japanese global corporations including their semester ness 342, 444, 446, 447, Management 445 Students approaches to marketing, operations management, 368 Business Ethics/Communications 3 cr must also take 12 hours of credit in a language human resource management, and financial MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM The course discusses the relevance of social needs Students can request a waiver of the language strategy The Japanese approach to research and in developing a sense of ethics, the need for per- In accord with the objectives of the University and development and busmess-government relations is i sonal ethics in making business decisions, and the requirement if (1) They successfully pass the level of the School, the Management Curriculum alms are tests as given by the Modem Language Department also covered The course ties the business and man importance of a shared sense of values in develop- 1 to introduce students to fundamental concepts Students are expected to be proficient through the agement practices of Japanese corporations to the ing productive work communities The emphasis of management in organizations, private and public, 200 level of a language (2) Students pay for an inde- culture in which these organizations operate Prereq throughout is on practical issues facing people in profit and non-profit, pendent service to test for language proficiency uisite Management 361 Offered every year business The discussions of ethical issues are used as a forum for developing basic communication Results of these tests will determine whether or not 454 The Law of International 2 to provide students a breadth of knowledge of the major organizational functions, skills Offered every semester a waiver will be granted (3) They are native lan- Commercial Transactions 3 cr guage speakers of a language other than English See Pre-Law Curriculum 3 to develop communication skills necessary for 462 Public Administration 3 cr (4) Students have taken language courses at another effective managerial performance, and This course introduces the student to the content University and are able to pass the language profi- 4 to instill an awareness and understanding of of public management and to the work of the public ciency test the issues facing managers and leaders manager at federal, state and local government levels It also compares and contrasts public and LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT For a concentration in management, students will private management and links management theory COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p. ill CURRICULUM take Management 366, Marketing 474, and QSMIS and practice Lecture-discussions and participative The Logistics Management concentration prepares 481, plus five of the following Management 464, 465, 341 International Business 3 cr methods are employed Prerequisite Management students to assume roles as Logistics professionals 493 and 494, International Business 341, Human An introductory study of the environment and man- 361 in both profit making and not-for-profit organiza Resource Management 364, 365, 461, 463 and 466 465 Introduction to Entrepreneurial agement of cross-national business activities Topics tions The focus will be on providing students with COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p. 111. Small Business Management 3 cr include sociocultural, legal and political environ- the necessary theoretical, analytical, and practical This course deals with the overall management of the ment, international monetary and financial systems, skills required to manage the flow of materials and 361 Introduction to Management 3 cr small business enterprise Coverage includes entering international trade, foreign direct and portfolio products from original source to the final consumer This course introduces the essentials of manage- the small business arena, organizing and financing a investments, and the management of international The program of study emphasizes the materials ment It is an overview of the numerous facets of business, operation of the small firm, growth plan- marketing, financial, production and personnel management, operations management, and physid managing decision making, strategic and tactical rung, and problems associated with being small functions Prerequisite Management 361 Offered distribution management dimensions of the field of Planning, orgaruzation/environment relations, struc- Prerequisite Management 361 Offered every year every year Logistics 123 122 MARKETING CURRICUL[i^ I A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

3 cr 493 Independent Scholarly Study 3 cr COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 443 international Marketing 3 cr 476 Product Management Student must initiate an original research pioject in ,,lus course is geared to helping students gain a This course examines methods and tools leading to a field of business of their choice The project is then 371 Introduction to Marketing 3 c, perspective of international marketing including successful product development and commerciahza- scrutinized by a Committee of three faculty mem- tion, as well as the maintenance of existing products This course will provide an understanding Of the how it differs from domestic marketing It will help bers If the project is approved, the Dean will choose dynamic role marketing plays in the economy and students develop skills in analyzing economic and and product lines, including product positioning, a faculty member as director of the project The pro- in the firm Students build a knowledge base with rion-econorruc factors for idenbfymg and evaluating design, marketing mix, testing, forecasting and ject must be completed within an academic semes- regard to strategic marketing, market segmentation foreign market opportunities, this course will allow product launch, plus product strategy and product ter This course is open to students in all concen- marketing research, consumer behavior, the product' students to become familiar with different life cycle management, using case studies and com- trations in the School of Business Prerequisite Stu- mix, the promotion mix, the distribution mix, the approaches for segmenting international markets, puter simulations Prerequisites Accounting 313 or dent must qualify as a University Scholar Offered pricing mix, international marketing, and non-profit It will encourage students to develop skills in for- 215, Marketing 371 and 374 Offered every year every semester marketing The challenges marketing managers face mulating product, price, distribution, and promo- 477 Strategic Marketing Planning 3 cr 494 Field Study will be identified and ethical ways of approaching t1on strategies in the context of business outside the 3 cr This course is designed to enable the student to Field study is an interactive course in which student them will be proposed and critiqued Through the Ljr,ited States, and this course will help develop apply acquired marketing knowledge and expertise teams of two or three provide extensive manage- use of group projects, case discussions, and current skills in undertaking international strategic to real world opportunities The case method is ment counseling to a Pittsburgh area small business events in the marketing area, students will be marketing planning Prerequisite Marketing 371 employed using marketing situations that illustrate owner This course is open to students in all concen- encouraged to organize their thinking to appl^, offered every year trations in the School of Business Prerequisite learned concepts of marketing to managerial OPpor opportunity analysis, marketing environments, 472. Transportation 3 cr approval of the instructor Offered every year tunities Offered every semester product management, communication planning, This course is a detailed and comprehensive pricing and distribution strategies, and global plan- 499 Strategic Management 373 Sales Administration 3 cr 3 or exarnmation of the historical evolution, operation, ning Students demonstrate decision making skills Strategic Management, the "capstone" course of the This course introduces the fundamentals of sales and development of the various components that through leanung to identify and define a marketing undergraduate business curriculum, utilizes top- manship and the problems confronted by the sales U S The make up the transportation system of the problem, analyze and evaluate it, and prepare level, comprehensive organizational case studies as manager Emphasis will be placed on developing overall effects of technology, regulation (federal , recommendations concerning implementation for the primary tool to provide an interactive educa- an understanding of production planning, pricing state, and local), deregulation, and world economic the organization and its environment Students gain tional experience This course is a comprehensive market analysis and specific areas of sales manage factors will also be examined in detail Prerequisite ment Attention will be given to management insight with regard to marketing management by examination of the students' entire business educa- of the' Marketing 371 Offered every year tion, requiring the utilization and integration of the sales force, recruitment, selection and ethical con vicariously taking on the role of a marketing man- 474 Purchasing Management 3 cr important concepts studied in all other business siderations Software will be integrated into this ager Students also develop writing skills, speaking This is an introductory course to the principles of courses Strategic Management provides students course to reflect current trends in sales management skills, and positive group interaction techniques purchasing and materials management The scope with the opportunity to (1) Improve the systems and the selling function Prerequisite Marketing Prerequisites minimum of 12 credits in marketing of the course ranges from understanding how effec- skills needed to integrate knowledge trom all the 371 Offered every year (including 371) This course is recommended as a tive purchasing management can contribute to an functional areas of business, (2) Build the cognitive spring offering for graduating seniors 374 Research Applications in Marketing 3 cr skills needed to diagnose strategic organizational organization's performance to the specifics of sound Whether the student's goal is to become a user of 478 Industrial Marketing 3 cr problems competently, (3) Develop the imaginative purchasing practice associated with that perfor- or practitioner for marketing research, it is crucial' This course focuses on business-to-business skills needed to brainstorm possibilities and find mance Topics covered include the profit-generating for the business student to know how to choose marketing It will demonstrate the differences creative solutions, (4) Sharpen the interpersonal potential of purchasing, the role of purchasing in appropriate techniques that provide accurate infor total quality management, the price versus cost between industrial and consumer marketing, how skills needed to work effectively in group settings, mation for efficient decision making This course and distinction, supplier selection and evaluation, mven- industrial marketers evaluate their marketing envi- (5) Strengthen the persuasive skills needed to examines the methods used by business manage tory management, value analysis, and just-m-time ronments, including an understanding of customers communicate effectively and successfully defend ment to get the information needed to support purchasing Prerequisites Management 361, Mar- and competitors The course applies the elements their decisions in both oral and written forms Pre- marketing decisions selection of target market, requisites Senior standing keting 371 Offered every year of the marketing mix to industrial marketing and (90 credit hours), design of product, distribution, promotion, and Accounting 215, provides a framework for developing and evaluating Finance 331, Marketing 371 and pricing policy These methods include explorator^, 475 Consumer Behavior 3 cr Management 361 Offered every semester (qualitative) research, conclusive (quantitative) This course encourages the student to develop an strategies and plans for industrial markets Prereq- research, sampling theory and application, and understanding of the consumer from the perspec- uisite Marketing 371 Offered every year various statistical techniques used to support tive of the marketing manager Just as the investi- 479 Retail Management 3 cr MARKETING CURRICULUM marketing research Since marketing decisions are gative reporter asks who, what, when, where, why, This course focuses on retail management from a made in a rapidly changing environment, under and how, the student will ask these same questions strategic perspective while emphasizing the similan- In accord with the objectives of the University and standing the type of information required for effec with regard to consumer behavior Also to be ties and differences between the retail and industrial of the School, the Marketing Curriculum alms are tive decision making will minimize risk and maxi studied will be factors that affect the consumer, sector Emphasis will be placed on consumer 1 to provide an understanding of the role of which range from a macro level (the impact of the mize return in marketing dollars invested Prereq behavior, market research, store location, services marketing in organizations, private and public, profit u1sites QSMIS 281 physical and social environment on the consumer) and 284, and Marketing 371 retailing, franchising and the changing retail envi- and non-profit Offered every year to a micro level (knowledge, attitudes, and actions ronment This course applies the elements of the of the individual consumer) Segmentation, posi- 2 to develop skills in dealing with and applying 375 Business Logistics 3 or marketing nux to retail markets and provides a tioning, and marketing mix strategies are discussed fundamental marketing concepts This course analyzes the physical distribution cor, framework for strategic planning in the retail sec- in relation to Consumer behavior theories Miru- 3 cept in its various components including its inter tor Prerequisites Management 361, Marketing 371 to develop commurucation skills necessary for projects are assigned to allow the student to apply effective performance in the field of marketing face with other functions in an organization Costs, Offered every year governmental regulations, and international aspects theoretical concepts to real world experiences The For a concentration in Marketing, students will of physical distribution are also covered in detail student is encouraged to relate her/his previous con- take the following courses Marketing 373, 374, 375, Prerequisites Management 361, Marketing 371 and sumer experiences to consumer behavior concepts 476, 477 and three of the following Marketing 443, Transportation 472 (for Logistics majors) Offered to make the course more meaningful Prerequisite 472, 474, 475 and 478 every year Marketing 371 Offered every year 124 PRE-LAW CURRICULUM I 5CI400L OF EDUCATION 125

357 Real Estate Law 3 Cr 1 The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate in PRE-LAW CURRICULUM The principles of real property law and their applic, School of Education Pennsylvania tion to the transfer of property rights Topics include The objectives of this curriculum are 2 Admission to graduate programs in education real estate applications of contract and agency law Administration and the legal relationships among buyers and The last 30 credits for the degree must be earned 1 To provide students with the opportunity to 0ean develop an understanding of the fundamental legal sellers, landlords and tenants and borrowers and 1),rek Whordley, Ph D at Duquesne University The minimum number of aspects that operate within the legal environment lenders Familiarity with the appropriate clocumen credits for graduation is 120 of business This sequence is focused on the appli- tation (sales agreements, deeds, mortgages arid ASSociate Dean james E Henderson, Ed D cation of substantive legal rights and duties to the leases) and elements of real estate brokerage, fa,, DEGREE analysis of business and economic problems housing statutes and environmental regulation Cpjlr, Department of Elementary, The School of Education offers the Bachelor of 2 To provide solid preparation for the professional Prerequisite Law 251 Offered as needed Secondary, and Reading Education William P Barone, Ph D Science in Education degree study of law See three year Bachelor/J D, p 103 453 Administration of Legal Systems 3 cr The curriculum of the A j Palumbo School of Study of the legal system and the procedures by Chair, Department of Counseling, Business Administration meets the requirements for which legal rights and duties are effectuated arid psychology, and Special Education CURRICULUM registration and general purposes of the State Board enforced, current problems and issues related to the joseph F Maola, Ph D General Education The School of Education requires of Law Examiners in Pennsylvania and the State system in the attainment of its objectives, adryunis Chair, Department of Foundations completion of general education which includes Education Department of New York trative problems in the legal system Prerequisite I and Leadership courses in the humanities, social sciences, natural For a concentration in Pre-Law Studies, the Law 251 Offered as needed Fack R McCown, Ph D and behavioral sciences, and, for Catholic students, students will take Law 353, 354, and 355 as well as 454 The Law of International Commercial Chair, Department of Educational Services theology The University Core Curriculum require- electives offered in this concentration Transactions 3 cr Frank M Ribich, Ed D ments are fulfilled within the General Education COURSE PREREQUISITES - see p 111 This course provides the student with an overall Program perspective of the basic legal problems involved in HISTORY The basic professional edu- 251 Business Law 3 cr doing business with and in other countries Topics The School of Education was founded in 1929 In that Professional Education An introductory course exploring the nature of law covered include an introduction to foreign legal year the newly organized School of Education granted cation program introduces the student to the teach- its sources, and its relation to society, governmeni systems, study of various forms of business organi its first degrees in programs of secondary education ing profession through study of the principles and and business The course focuses on the traditional zation a business person must consider before doing The following programs have since been approved practices of education and the learning process business law topics - property, contracts, torts business with persons in another country, study of for certification by the Department of Education of Specialized courses provide preparation in teaching the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania music educa- techniques and methods required for specific fields agency, business organizations and governmeni the basic legal issues surrounding control for the sale in regulation - as well as the process by which the law of goods, legal problems involved in letters of credit tion 1930, graduate education, 1936, elementary of concentration—elementary, secondary, special is made, the factors that influence it, and the inter- insurance, risk of loss, antitrust aspects of the sale education, 1937, guidance, 1952, school administra- (mentally and/or physically handicapped), or early national legal environment Offered every semester of goods, forms of dispute settlement, and the prob- tion, 1952, special education, 1964, reading specialist childhood education lems of enforcing judgments in and against foreign and reading supervisor, 1969, school psychology, 353 Contracts 3 cr 1969, early childhood education, 1975, school Professional Laboratory Experiences The School has The fundamental concepts of the law of contracts countries Prerequisite Law 251 Offered every year supervision, 1976 developed broad and diversified professional are examined to provide the student with an under- 356 Legal Aspects of Human Resource laboratory experiences designed to provide oppor- standing of the common law system regarding for- Management 3 cr SELECTION AND ADMISSION tunities for observing and working with children mation, performance, third party rights, ethics, A survey course of states and federal laws that influ- Candidates who express a desire to become teachers and youth, these include discharge and remedies The student will become ence the legal environment of personnel and human are admitted to the School of Education through the 1 Planned observations in public and private literate in using the personal computer to generate resource management Study of the Civil Rights Act, University Office of Admissions (apply to Director schools, agencies, institutions and educational search string issues to solve problems assigned in Immigration Reform Law, Privacy Laws involving of Admissions, Duquesne Uraversity; Pittsburgh, PA class Prerequisite Law 251 Offered every semester Drug, Alcohol and AIDS testing in the workplace, 15282) The curriculum for the first two years is settings 354 Commercial Transactions 3 cr Equal Pay Act, Pregnancy Disability Act, Polygraph devoted to the broad learnings in general and basic 2 Teacher aide and tutorial experiences Study of the provisions of the Uniform Commer- Testing Laws, Age Discrimination, Sexual Harass- professional education and beginning course work 3 Student teaching in an approved setting for an ment, and other laws and guidelines to provide the cial Code (UCC) with reference to the nature and in a major discipline or area of concentration entire semester legality of the sale of goods, the formality of sale administrator with an understanding of legal Students are expected to demonstrate personal contracts, transfer of title of goods, warranties, developments to assist him or her in managing a and professional characteristics, attitudes, and com- All of these experiences are completed under pro- nature and kinds of commercial paper, requisites diversified culture in the workplace Prerequisite petencies that will recommend them as worthy can- fessional supervision from the University and from and meaning of negotiabi.lity, methods of transfer Management 364 Offered every year didates for the teaching profession the public or private school or off-campus agency and secured transactions Prerequisite Law 251 Offered every year PROGRAMS GENERAL EDUCATION 355 Law of Business Organizations 3 cr The School of Education has program approval from the Pennsylvania Department of Education for the The following courses in the arts and sciences are A course which focuses on various laws pertaining an integral part of each certification program to the creation and termination of corporations, fran- preparation of Elementary, Secondary, and Special (teaching the mentally and/or physically handi- chises, partnerships, agency and other business Required Courses Credits entities Emphasis on the legal and ethical duties capped) Education teachers Also, in consortium 12 with Carlow College, students can become certified English Area of managers and presented to address investors' 6 in Early Childhood Education Core Writing rights and liabilities, anti-trust, international English Elective 3 business and bankruptcy laws Prerequisite Law The programs, in accord with the philosophy and Communication Area (Speech, 251 Offered every semester objectives of the School of Education, offer students Opportunity to qualify for journalism, English) 3

127 126 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION I 5Cfi0OL OF EDUCATION

Math/Science 12 STUDENT TEACHING g,quired Courses — MUSIC EDUCATION 121 Problem Solving with 16 General and professional course work and profes- The undergraduate experience in the School of Duquesne University Creative Mathematics 3 231 Teaching Physical Education in sional education courses required for this program 125 Fundamentals of Education culminates in student teaching Student are outlined in the School of Music Catalogue teaching allows the undergraduate to apply the prin Elementary Classroom Statistics 3 233 Teaching Health in 172 Chemistry 3 ciples and techniques in an actual classroom or othe, Elementary Classroom SECONDARY EDUCATION instructional setting for a full semester in the senior 173 Physics 3 237 Teaching Art in In addition to the 42 credits (semester hours) in or higher level courses year In order to register for student teaching, ALL Elementary Classroom in the Teacher Education Social Sciences General Education and 27 12 of the following requirements must be met 238 Teaching Music in Core, a student must complete the following 50 141 Social, Political and — Biographical Data Sheet on file Elementary Classroom credits 17-19 in Professional Preparation, 2-4 in elec- Economic Systems 3 — Placement Preference Sheet on file 330 Teaching Elementary 151 Shaping of the Modern tives and a minimum of 30 in an Arts or Sciences — Two faculty recommendations Language Arts & Reading 3 area to satisfy requirements for the degree and World 3 — Tuberculosis test on file 331 reaching Elementary Social certification 161 The Arts and The Human 3 Experience — Act 34 Clearance on file Studies 3 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 Credits 484 Geography 3 — Removal of all I and F grades Professional Preparation — Completion of all methods courses 335 Teaching Mathematics — (All Courses Required) 18 or 19 TEACHER EDUCATION CORE — Completion of all Undergraduate Teacher Edu Grades K-4 497 Reading in the Secondary School 3 The Teacher Education Core focuses on the knowl- cation Core courses Electives 12 Specific Methods Course 3 edge base that underlies effective teaching The — Minimum QPA of 2 5 in major concentration 341 Teaching Secondary Mathematics theoretical principles that constitute the knowledge — Minimum QPA of 2 5 in General Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 342 Teaching Secondary Science base are not only studied but applied to teaching course work 343 Teaching Secondary English practiLe in a variety of ways One way in which The Elementary Education Curriculum consists of —Minimum QPA of 2 5 in Undergraduate 40 credits (semester hours) in professional prepara- 345 Teaching Secondary students are given opportunities to apply theory in Teacher Education Core Foreign Languages practice is through field experiences which begin tion (listed below), 42 credits in General Education, — Minimum QPA of 2 5 in Professional Prepara 27 credits in the Teacher Education Core, and 11 346 Teaching Secondary in the freshman year The Teacher Education Core tion courses Social Studies is designed to develop the knowledge, skills, and credits in electives values undergraduates will need for success in Stu- — Minimum overall QPA of 2 5 — Successful completion of the General pmfessional Preparation Credits *No student may register for additional course dent teaching and for successful entry into the 40 work during the student teaching semester with- teaching profession Knowledge and Communication tests of the (All Courses Required) National Teacher Examinations 231 Teaching Physical Education in out permission Courses (Required in All Programs) Credits Elementary Classroom 1 — Completion of all General Education SPECIAL EDUCATION (MENTALLY 101, 102 Introduction to requirements 233 Teaching Health in Education 1, 11 1, 1 Elementary Classroom 1 AND/OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED) 201, 202 Educational EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 237 Teaching Art in This program is designed to prepare students for Psychology 1, 11 3, 3 Elementary Classroom 1 teaching persons with mental and/or physical dis- 211 Instructional Planning This is a cooperative program, approved by the 238 Teaching Music in abilities, including Autism/pervasive developmental & Assessment Pennsylvania Department of Education, with 3 Elementary Classroom 1 disorder, serious emotional disturbance, neurolog- 290 Professional Development Carlow College Some of the professional courses 325 Teaching Reading in the Seminar/Inclusion are offered only on the Carlow campus ical impairment, specific learning disability, men- 1 Primary School 3 tal retardation, multihandicap, other health impair- 291 Professional Development These 43 credits (semester hours), in addition to 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate Seminar/Inclusion ment, physical disability 1 42 specified under General Education, 23 credits in and Middle Schools 3 in Professional Prepara- 322 Instructional Media 2 The 49 credits listed below the Teacher Education Core Curriculum, and 12 330 Teaching Elementary Language tion and three in Electives in addition to 42 credits 324 Cultural Diversity in Education 2 credits in electives, are required for the degree 3 in 326 Teaching Students with Arts and Reading in General Education and the 27 the Teacher Special Learning Needs 331 Teaching Elementary Social Education Core Curriculum are required for the 3 PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION 3 *327 Developmental Issues in the Studies degree Management of Required Courses — 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 Credits Elementary Classrooms 2 Carlow College 30 335 Teaching Mathematics in Professional Preparation *328 Developmental Issues in the 201 Orientation to Early Grades K-4 (All Courses Required) 49 Management of Childhood Education 336 Teaching Mathematics in 231 Teaching Physical Education in Secondary Classrooms 2 203 Child Development 3 Grades 5-8 3 Elementary Classroom 1 329 Society, Politics, and the 307 Curriculum & Methods for 494 Children!s Literature 3 233 Teaching Health in Teaching Profession 3 Early Childhood Education *491 Student Teaching 12 Elementary Classroom 1 390 Professional Development with Practicurn 4 237 Teaching Art for Seminar/School Culture 1 309 Special Needs Practicurn 1 *No student may register for additional course Classroom Teachers 1 391 Professional Development 311 Infant and Toddler work during the student teaching semester with- 238 Teaching Music in Seminar/Classroom Interaction 1 Programming 3 Out permission Elementary Classroom 1 *Students take 327 and/or 328, depending on the 276 Assessment in Special Education 3 404 EC Nursery School Student Electives 11 area of certification Teaching & Seminar 6 325 Teaching Reading — Primary 3 In Early Childhood Education, 327, 328, 390 and 391 406 EC Primary Student Teaching Recommended Elective 330 Teaching Elementary Language are not required & Seminar 6 485 Problems in Teaching Reading 3 cr Arts and Reading

128 OF EDUCATION 129 SCHOOL OF EDUCATI()N, I 5CfJOOL

equated in hours, not in periods the class meets, 333 Teaching Elementary Science Spring C,,d,t, SENIOR in other words, a student may miss three hours of 335 Teaching Mathematics 102 Imag Lit & Crit Writing Credits spring class time in a three-credit course Grades K-4 Foreign Language 12 13 490 Student Teaching 336 Teaching Mathematics 116 Calculus 11 3 4 Theology or Phil STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Grades 5-8 161 Arts & Human Exper 15 The School of Education provides opportunities for 385 Management of Instruction and 151 Shaping Modern World participation in student organizations related to Behavior in Special Education 102 Intro to Education 11 1 TEACHER CERTIFICATION professional education preparation Students are 386 Mild Disabilities 17 The School of Education has been approved by the encouraged to take an active part in these profes- 387 Severe Disabilities SOPHOMORE perInsylvania Department of Education to offer sional organizations The organizations are 388 Transition to Adult Life work leading to the Pennsylvania Instruc- 478 Advanced Seminar in Special Fall course Duquesne University Chapter of the Council for 215 Calculus III 4 t1orial I Certificate This certificate is valid for six Education Exceptional Children, state and national student years beginning the first year the individual is actu- 490, Fortran or Comp Frog 3 organizations in Special Education Foreign Language 3 oy employed as a teacher In order for a student 491 Student Teaching Duquesne University Student Education Association, a 9,12 201 Educational Psych 1 to be eligible for certification, the following require 493 Student Teaching — 3 student chapter of the National Education 290 Prof Dev Sem I I nerits must be met Special Education 6 Association 17 1 Completion of General Education course work Kappa Delta Epsilon, national education sorority Spring with a minimum grade point average of 2 5 300 Found Higher Math *No student may register for additional course work 3 2 Completion of the Teacher Education Core with HONOR AWARDS 216 Diff Equations during the student teaching semester without grade point average Note that students Foreign Language 3^ a 2 5 These awards, presented at the annual Honors Days permission 3 with a concentration in a secondary school area 202 Educational Psych 11 Convocation, are open to undergraduates in the 3 5 grade point average in course 211 Instr Plan & Assess must have a 2 School of Education 3 work in the area of concentration DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM FOR 291 Prof Dev Sem II 1 Faculty Award for General Excellence in Early Childhood Completion of all Professional Preparation Education MATHEMATICS AND EDUCATION T61 3 courses with a cumulative grade point average Faculty Award for General Excellence in Elementary The School of Education and the College of Arts and SUMMER of 2 5 Education Sciences (Department of Mathematics) have 311 Number Theory 3 Philosophy 4 Completion of all course work with a cumulative Faculty Award for General Excellence in Secondary approved a program of studies leading to a B S in 3 grade point average of 2 5 Education and a B A in Mathematics The program 6 Education Successful completion of student teaching Faculty Award for General Excellence in Special provides an option for students wishing to be cer- JUNIOR 5 tified on the secondary level in mathematics while Note that students may not register for student Education Fall completing a Bachelor's degree in mathematics teaching unless they have satisfied the grade Kappa Delta Epsilon National Professional Education 306 Linear Algebra It is a rigorous program which requires that the 3 point requirements in all areas for outstanding member of Alpha 326 Teaching Students with Sorority Award student maintain a minimum grade point average Completion of all requirements for the Bachelor Kappa Chapter Special Learning Needs 3 6 of 2 5 in general education courses, 2 5 in mathe- of Science in Education degree 328 Dev Iss Sec Clsrm 2 Kappa Delta Epsilon National Professional Education matics courses, and a 2 5 in teacher core and pro- 322 Instructional Media 7 Completion of the application for certification Sorority President's Award fessional preparation The 141 credit hour program 2 497 Tchg Rdg Sec Sch William P Faith Memorial Award to a sophomore stu- can be completed in 4 academic years and one sum- 3 8 Recommendation of the Dean of the School of 301 Prob & Stat I 3 dent for demonstrated potential for excellence in mer session Students wishing to graduate with two Education 390 Prof Dev Sem III teaching Bachelor's degrees (B S in Education and B A in Mathematics) would register simultaneously in the Lawrence A Roche Memorial Award to a junior stu- Spring 17' DUAL CERTIFICATION School of Education and the College of Arts and dent for general excellence in the School of 402 Abstract Algebra 3 Through advisement, a student may complete Sciences and would be assigned an advisor from Education 324 Cultural Diversity in Ed 2 requirements in two certification areas, such as each school Requirements for teacher certification Philip C Niehaus Memorial Award for outstanding Social Science 3 elementary/early childhood, elementary/secondary in Pennsylvania as specified in the catalog must be achievement in the School of Education Literature 3 elementary/special education Such programs met in order to be recommended for state 329 Soc, Pol & Teaching 3 require additional course work beyond the 120 Marjorie Eyles Sullivan Award to a junior who demon- certification in Social Science 3 semester hours for a degree Student teaching strates exceptional promise in special education Required Courses 391 Prof Dev Sem IV 1 both areas is offered during the student's final Council for Exceptional Children Award for outstand- 18 semester ing work in the organization FRESHMAN Fall Credits SENIOR DESCRIPTIONS CLASS ATTENDANCE COURSE 101 Thinking & Writing 3 Fall TEACHER EDUCATION CORE Foreign Language 3 415 Adv Calculus I 3 The School of Education faculty has determined 102 introduction to 115 Calculus 1 4 330 Geometry 3 that the following policy will be in effect for the 101, 11 1, 1 cr 131 Basic Phil Questions 3 341 Tchg Sec Math 3 School of Education and will be adhered to by all Education 1, Introduces students to the profession of teaching for 141 Soc, Pol, Econ Sys 3 Communications 3 P-fessors who teach undergraduate courses It is the purpose of self-assessment and career explora- 101 Intro to Education 1 1 Core Religion 3 Presumed that each student in a professional course will normally attend every session The maximum tion Orients the student to teacher certification 17 History or Literature 3 18 Tkuniber of unexcused absences permitted is issues Includes field experiences 130 SCHOOL OF EDUCATI(),\, I 5CjqOOL OF EDUCATION 131

201, 202 Educational Psychology I, 11 3, 3 cr 329 Society, Politics, and the ,,,rriculurn planning, staffing strategies, parent com- 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate Surveys theory and research which demonstrate Teaching Profession 3 and Middle Schools 3 cr how psychological principles contribute to the class- rilunication, and research on impact of day care on Focuses on the history of schooling as a functlo, young children and their families Weekly practicum. focuses on the transitional period in a developmen- room practice of teachers The principles are derived of society, the political interests of the state in th, required in a child care classroom Prerequisite EC tal reading program in which reading becomes a tool from human development, learning, motivation, educating of its citizens, and the legal dimension, 201 and 203 (Spring semester only) to be used in each content area In addition to con- instructional planning, classroom management, and of education The intent is for aspiring teachers t, tinuing reading skills in the developmental reading evaluation (201 is a prerequisite for 202 309 Special Needs Practicurn 1 cr understand the organizational culture of thed Classroom or other school experience as an aide or program, specialized reading and study skills, 211 Instructional Planning chosen profession observer, with special needs populations necessary for students to function in social studies, and Assessment 3 cr 390, 391 Professional Development science, language arts, mathematics, and other con- 404 Nursery School Student tent areas, will be presented Techniques of deter- Examines course, unit, and lesson planning, issues Seminar 111, IV Teaching and Seminar 6 cr Continues the opportunity for students to refleo mining readability of materials, individualizing in the selection of materials and delivery system, 406. primary Student Teaching and the evaluation of learning experiences Focuses critically on their developing knowledge base and instruction, evaluating and reporting pupil progress arid Seminar 6 cr are also studied on the planning, delivery, and evaluation functions their practical experiences The seminar is designed 1-he student teaching experience involves the pro- required of all teachers (Prerequisite 201 to foster personal as well as professional growth ir spective teacher in a Nursery School setting and in 330 Teaching Elementary Language anticipation of student teaching and entry into the classroom for eight weeks each, the stu- Arts and Reading 3 cr 290, 291 Professional Development profession , primary Seminar 1, 11 1, 1 cr derit assumes teaching responsibilities, applies Presents psychological principles and historical per- Provictes an opportunity for students to reflect 480, 481 Independent Study 1-3 cr theory/practice and develops a personal teaching spective in the language arts, the foundation on critically on their developing knowledge base and With permission of an instructor and approval ol style under the direct supervision of the cooperat- which a good language arts, program should be their practical experiences The sernmar is designed the Dean, seniors may pursue in-depth study of, ing teacher and college supervisor Verification of built Four skills — listening, speaking, reading, to foster personal as well as professional growth subject area or engage in individual projects related student competency will be determined jointly by writing — as acquired by the child, combined with to their professional goals both the cooperating teacher and the college super- knowledge of the evaluative process, teaching 322 Instructional Media 2 cr visor Student teachers return to campus one after- methods, and materials, provide a realistic approach Examines the use of computers and other electronic rioon a week for seminar with the college instruc- to teaching language arts and reading experience technologies as tools for planning, delivering, and EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION tor This seminar provides classroom discussion of evaluating instruction The goal of the course is to 201 Orientation to Early Childhood various student teaching experiences as well as 331 Teaching Elementary Social enhance the integration of technology into classroom Education 3 cr analysis of the goals, program designs and curricula Studies 3 cr practice Examination of the history of child development and of the various early childhood programs in which Emphasizes the design, delivery and evaluation of practices of early education, culminating in an over students teaching is completed Pertinent topics effective social studies plans and units Higher level 324 Cultural Diversity in Education 2 cr view of theoretical issues influencing practice in the related to ongoing professional development will be thinking processes, values and moral development, Examines how the cultural differences among field today Development of the student's observa included No other credits may be taken while the and classroom management are explored in small students influence the nature and extent of their pro- tional skills, completion of on-site observations in student is involved in 404 and 406 without special group simulations gress in school Understanding of the cultural back- early educational settings, defining the role of the permission of the Director of Early Childhood 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 cr ground of students is sought in order to determine Education effective teaching practice Early Childhood Educator, and developing a per Study of theories, techniques, practices, and con- sonal philosophy (Fall semester only) tent of the science area Accent is on discovery and 326 Teaching Students with 203 Child Development 3 cr ELEMENTARY EDUCATION inquiry instructional styles, organizing for learning Special Learning Needs 3 cr 231 Teaching Physical Education in In-depth examination of the development of the 335 Teaching Mathematics in This course is designed to provide an overview of child from birth-eight years in physical, intellectual, Elementary Classroom 1 cr critial issues and strategies related to educating Grades K-4 3 cr social and emotional areas of growth Methods of 233. Teaching Health in Examines mathematical concepts and skills taught students with special learning needs The course recording and assessing growth of young children Elementary Classroom 1 cr content focuses on historical and legal foundations in grades K-4, teaching strategies and methods that will be examined and utilized and a term project 237 Teaching Art in are developmentally appropriate for early grades of special and inclusive education, diverse develop- based on readings and observations will be required Elementary Classroom 1 cr mental characteristics of students with disabilities (Spring semester only) 336 Teaching Mathematics in and strategies for accommodating in the general 238. Teaching Music in 307 Curriculum and Methods for Early Elementary Classroom 1 cr Grades 5-8 3 cr education environment Examines mathematical concepts and skills taught Childhood Education with Practicum 4 cr An introduction to the basic principles and concepts 327 Developmental Issues in the Management Study of curriculum methodology and implemen of teaching physical education, visual arts, health, in grades 5-8, teaching strategies and methods that of Elementary Classrooms 2 cr tation in nursery, kindergarten and primary settings and music to children of elementary school age, foster reasoning and mathematical thinking Investigates closely the psychological characteristics Students will design environments and enact activi including exceptional children 480 Senior Project 3 cr of children from preschool-junior high grades and ties for language development and reading, art, 325 Teaching Reading in the A capstone experience in which seniors engage in the developmental issues they face The course music, play, social studies, science and math for Primary School 3 cr an indepth investigation or pursue a special project focuses on how to manage learning environments children 3-8 years A weekly practicurn in an earlv Major emphasis is on the pre-school, emergent related to their area of specialization Requires spon- in developmentally appropriate ways education classroom is an integral part of this course literacy, and primary grades Content deals with sorship by an instructor and approval of the 328 Developmental Issues in the Management Prerequisite EC 201 and 203 (Fall semester only) language, experiential, cognitive, and perceptual Chairman development in young children and their relation- of Secondary Classrooms 2 cr 311 Infant/Toddler Programming 3 cr 484 ChildreWs Literature 3 cr Investigates closely the psychological characteristics Examination of social needs, program designs arid ship to the beginning reading program In addition, consideration will be given to the basic reading skills A general survey of books and other printed maten- of students from)unior high-high school grades and curriculum implementation of day care services for als for children, criteria for the evaluation and anal- the developmental issues they face The course which comprise the first three years of a develop- children birth-8 years Topics covered include mental reading program techruques of individuahz- ysis of the children's books, types of books available, focuses on how to manage learning environments research on working families, program design, envi considered in terms of interest, needs, and abilities in developmentally appropriate ways lng instruction, evaluating and reporting pupil ronmental design and assessment, comprehensive progress of children 133 5CI400L OF EDUCATION 132 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

478 Advanced Seminar in 386 Mild Disabilities 3 cr 485 Problems in Teaching Reading 3 cr 3 cr teacher Prerequisites Semor status, good acadern,, This course is designed to prepare prospective Special Education Reading difficulties in elementary and secondary Capstone experience for prospective special educa- standing, completion of required profession,1 special education teachers to develop and imple- school levels, discussion of classroom and clinical tion teachers focusing on skills for collaboration, courses, and recommendation of faculty alerit appropriate programs for students with mild procedures in solving reading problems, diagnostic specifically in the Instruction Support Team process, 493 Student Teaching — Secondary disabilities Principles of individualized instruction and corrective techniques, and materials for the 6 Cr a pre-student teaching self-evaluation, and specific Student teaching in secondary education for st11 ,rid appropriate instructional strategies and classroom teacher, reading improvement programs, dents who wish to complete requirements in two inaterials across the curriculum will be emphasized career issues special unit on reading -problems of the special certification areas Registration is concurrent witj^ Students will develop skills in collaborative 490, 491 Student Teaching — needs students (Spring and Summer) Ed 490-Elementary or Ed 490-Special Education ,pproaches to consulting and co-teaching known Special Education 9, 12 cr 490, 491 Student Teaching — full semester of supervised classroom experience 497 Reading in Secondary Schools to facilitate the success of students with disabilities A Elementary 9,12 cr 3 cr 326, in a carefully selected school for mentally and/or A survey course in the teaching of reading, appro In Inclusive education programs Prerequisites Student teaching in an approved elementary school physically handicapped pupils Prerequisites seruor priate for secondary education majors Major 276 under the direct supervision of a cooperating status, good academic standing, completion of emphasis is on methods of teaching reading, the Severe Disabilities 3 cr teacher Prerequisites Senior status, good academic 387 required professional courses, and recommendation materials for evaluating pupil growth in reading and Evaluation, integration, and implementation of theo- standing, completion of required professional reading in the content subjects (Fall) retically based methodologies, curricula, adaptive of faculty courses, and recommendation of faculty instructional techniques and procedures for persons 493 Student Teaching — 493 Student Teaching — Elementary 6 cr SPECIAL EDUCATION with severe disabilities Current legislation is also Special Education 6 cr Student teaching in elementary education for stu- Student teaching in special education for students These courses are designed to prepare students for arialyzed Students will develop skills to facilitate dents who wish to complete requirements in two who wish to complete requirements in two certifica- teaching pupils with mental and/or physical dis the success of students with severe disabilities in certification areas Registration is concurrent with 326, Ed 490 abilities, including Autism/pervasive clevelopmen inclusive education programs Prerequisites tion areas Registration is concurrent with Ed 490-Seconclary or Ed 490-Special Education Ed 490 Secondary Education tal disorder, serious emotional disturbance, neur V6, 385 Elementary or SECONDARY EDUCATION logical impairment, specific learning disability, 388 Transition to Adult Life 3 cr mental retardation, multihandicap, other health This course provides an overview of secondary cur- 341 Teaching Secondary Mathematics impairment, physical disability ricular practices, issues in planning and implement- Explores methods, strategies, and content of second- lng a transition plan, interagency collaboration, as ary mathematics with emphasis on problem solv- 276 Assessment in Special Education 3 cr well as, support issues regarding all aspects of adult ing and technology This course is designed to prepare prospective special education teachers to participate in all stages life for persons with disabilities, including the 342 Teaching Secondary Science of assessment for students with disabilities screen unpact of the Americans with Disabilities Act Explores methods, strategies, and content of second- ing and referral, comprehensive evaluation, and Prerequisites 326, 276 ary science, with emphasis on discovery, inquiry^ individual program planning Theoretical and legal technology foundations related to assessment of students with 343 Teaching Secondary English disabilities will be discussed Course content focuses Examines various ways to teach grammar, language, on basis measurement concepts, a variety of formal and composition, provides opportunity for students and informal assessment procedures, and the use to review the basics of grammar and composition of assessment information for instructional plan- and to develop lessons for teaching at the secon- ning Prerequisite 326 dary level and in special education 326 Teaching Students with 345 Teaching Secondary Foreign Special Learning Needs 3 cr Languages This course is designed to provide an overview of Explores a variety of approaches for teaching foreign critical issues and strategies related to educating languages (K-12), grammar, structure, verbal exer- students with special learning needs The course cises, and literature germane to the specific language content focuses on historical and legal foundations to be taught will be discussed of special and inclusive education, diverse 346 Teaching Secondary Social Studies developmental characteristics of students with in This is a competency-based experience for social disabilities, and strategies for accommodating the studies/history majors that develops evaluation general education environment skills, knowledge of curricula, media and techno- 385 Management of Instruction and logical experiences, and methods, expands planning Behavior in Special Education 3 cr and questioning skills This course covers the management of instruction 480 Senior Project 3 cr in terms of its relationship to successful behavior A capstone experience in which seniors engage in outcomes, practices in applied behavior analysis and an indepth investigation or pursue a special project intervention strategies Topics include parent- related to their area of specialization Requires spon- teacher partnerships, teaming, specific behavior sorship by an instructor and approval of the analysis and a wide range of programming options Chairman within the guidelines of the standards and regula- tions for Special Education Prerequisites 326, 276 490, 491 Student Teaching — Secondary 9,12 cr Student teaching in an approved secondary school under the direct supervision of a cooperating

134 135 SCHOOL OF MUSI^ 5CHOOL OF MUSIC

Proteus I Sample Playback ADMISSION inarices are often presented by visiting artists who puters, (16) EMU SCHOOL OF MUSIC 3 01, Allegro, Easy Vision, Listen, have included Birgit Nilsson, Wynton Marsalis, Modules, Finale Students who wish to major in music should appl, (16) Kawal John Mack, Rebecca Pennys, and Barry Green Practica Musica, Performer, Turbo Synth, through the Office of AcInussions Following this a, (16) Q80 Dedicated Sequen- The Pittsburgh Opera Center at Duquesne, under K4-R Synth Modules, Administration interview and audition should be scheduled Kawai MR370 Digital Pianos the general direction of Tito Capobianco, creates an cers, and (16) Dean through the Administrator of Music Enrollment environment that encourages the development of Michael Kumer Specific audition requirements are mailed to audi The Music Learning Resource Center a multipur- oung artists in all facets of opera production (10) Macintosh SE tionees The audition consists of pose resource center containing Assistants to the Dean solo performan,, ^Ilsltlng faculty have included Beverly Sills, Sher- before a committee, a written theory exam, and an Computers, 11 si Computer, (6) LC III Macintosh Theresa Bargas njI N411nes, Renata Scotto, Maureen Forrester, Carlo individual aural test Students requesting scholar Computers, (1) Quadra 650 Macintosh, Audio Media John Mumper Bergonzi, Regme Crespin, and Isabel Penagos ship assistance should apply through Financial Aid 11 card, Producer, Macromind Director, (8) Korg Applied faculty in the School of Music include Dean Emeritus Taped performances can be evaluated, but the audi 01W/FD Advanced Integrated Workstations, Yamaha members of the Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra as Synth, Roland Gerald F Keenan tion process is not completed entirely until th, well SY77 & DX711/FD, Roland D-70 LA as distinguished concert artists Ensembles in- testing has been done Students receive written con MT-32 & Sound Canvas Sound Modules, Roland residence include the Children's Festival Chorus, the firmation of their status from the Office R8-M Drurn Module, Roland Stereo Teaching Work- of juruor Mendelssohn Choir, and the Pittsburgh New HISTORY Admissions station, EMU Proteus 1/11/111 Sample Players, (2) Music Ensemble Other faculty are recognized in the QY10 The Macintosh software includes Founded in 1926, the School of Music recently It would be helpful for prospective music majors Yamaha academic and cultural communities for their activi- Vision, Galaxy Plus Editor, Performer, celebrated its sixty-fifth anniversary The earliest to have a background in theory piano and certain Easy Vision & ties as performers, conductors, composers, church aural skills prior to entrance If deficiencies exist In Composer's Mosaic, Finale, Turbo Synth, Soft course of study led to the Bachelor of Music degree, Inusicians chrucians, and music scholars Interaction the Bachelor of Science in any of these areas, prerequisite courses may be Synth, Book of MIDI, Listen, Music Lessons, Prac- Music Education program with these outstanding professional musicians is tica Music, M, Hyper MIDI, Deluxe Music Construc- was added four years later On April 29, 1967 the required at the discretion of the audition committee Invaluable in the education of the developing pro- tion Set, Music Mouse, MacRecorder, Screen present music building was dedicated, on this occa- Visits to classes and personal interviews with the applied music staff are encouraged strongly and may fessional musician Recorder, and Music Prose sion Van Cliburn was awarded an Honorary Doctor- Duquesne students also take advantage of the be arranged by calling (412) 396-5064 ate of Music degree The School of Music has been many performance opportunities afforded them by Synthesizer Performance Room consisting of a com- fully accredited by the National Association of DEGREES local music organizations Students perform in the plete Sunn Stereo MIDI controlled Sound Reinforce- Schools of Music since 1966 pittsburgh Youth Symphony, the Pittsburgh Civic ment System, Performance Controllers (2) Zeta Undergraduate music students enroll in one of three Orchestra, the Westmoreland Symphony, the Violins, Zeta Viola, Zeta Cello, (1) Roland GRA (3) PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES degree programs the Bachelor of Music degree, the McKeesport Symphony, and others Guitar to MIDI Converters, GR-50 Guitar Synth, Bachelor of Science in Music Education degree, or Yamaha G-10 Guitar Controllers, Roland TD-7 Com- The School of Music offers a comprehensive musical the Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy degree pact Drum System, Yamaha WX7 & EWI Wind Con- FACILITIES education in tune with the realities ot the times Students planning performance careers, whether in trollers, Roland Octopad and SPD8 Percussion Con- 80 pianos The Overlooking the City of Pittsburgh with its unique concert, symphony orchestra, opera, media arts or The School of Music has well over trollers, KAT MIDI Mallet Controller, and (2) Roland in Recital Hall is equipped with two Steinway concert blend of old and new, with its thriving cultural life, studio recording enroll the Bachelor Keyboard Controllers of Music pro in specially designated PC200 the campus itself symbolizes the goal development gram Students interested in teaching in a private grands Piano majors practice Courses in this area emphasize the synergy of a well rounded professional musician who is well studio situation or at the college level, as well as rooms that contain grand pianos, other practice between traditional musicianship and new techno- in rooms are supplied with studio upright pianos A equipped to contribute to the contemporary musical preparing for a career music ministry, also enroll logical skills world two-manual Harpsichord is available for practice and in this program Students anticipating a career in All students are introduced to state-of-the-art recitals Organ students have access to two Moeller To meet that goal, the School of Music aims to school music teaching enroll in the Bachelor of MIDI and synthesis equipment and its use in per- organs and a Fischer practice organ, an electronic develop in each student the highest caliber of indi- Science in Music Education program, prospective formance, composition, and commercial applica- organ, a three manual Moeller organ, and a Fuhrer vidual performance informed by music therapists enroll in the Bachelor of Science tions Students in composition and in audio tech- current music by Kilgen and Tellers scholarship an intelligent and sensitive musician- in Music Therapy program Students enrolled in tracker organ Two pipe organs niques courses make extensive use of these and a Rodgers electronic theatre organ on campus ship founded upon studies in music theory and other schools and colleges in the University also resources, which are contained in the Music Tech- are also available for recitals and for practice Many history Music studies at Duquesne are enriched by study in the School of Music in recognition of the nology Lab orchestral and band instruments are available for the core curriculum, a sequence of courses which importance of arts education to the full development Students in piano class receive individual assist- instrumental classes place music studies within a broader cultural of each individual, music courses designed for ance and evaluation through connections to the context general students are available instructor provided by a Kawai electronic piano MUSIC TECHNOLOGY FACILITIES Duquesne maintains a commitment to the new Students in the Bachelor of Music program major system Electronic pianos are available to students and innovative — to the proposition that music is in piano, organ, voice, orchestral instruments, guitar, The Recording Studio consisting of MIDI Workbase for practice outside of piano class ever alive and always changing, that the musician recording arts and sciences, or music technology, - Macintosh 11 FX Hand Disk Recording, Digiclesiglys they elect a concentration in classical music, jazz, Pro Tools Hardware, Sound Designer 11 Sofware, of the future must be versatile and adaptable This STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS philosophy is evidenced in the various programs sacred music, or music technology Students in the Audio Media 11 cards, Digital Performer and Studio Bachelor of Science in Music Education program A and offerings available to students, from traditional Vision Sequencing Applications, Sample Cell A Chapter of the national music organization Mu elect a concentration in choral music or instrumental contributes substantially to the students' studies in music theory to a focus on contemporary twenty-four track recording studio consisting of the Phi Epsilon music 8 The Music music and the role of current technology in the hfe Otan MX80 with the Otan 34C Console, Fostex professional and social development The curriculum is enhanced has an active student of a twenty-first century musician by the vital cultural Track Tape Recorder with MIDI/SMPTE Auto Educatiors National Con^rence life in the City of Pittsburgh, which was a factor In Locator, EV 24 Input Console, (2) Otan Half Tracks, chapter which sponsors professional programs and To that end, the School of Music provides offer- its recent ranking as America^s "most livable city" ART Digital Reverb Systems, and Roland VP-70 attends and participates in the state, regional, and ings current with a twentieth century musical educa- The proximity of the School of Music to the city fre- national activities of the association There are active tion it offers students an education for the 21st cen- quently brings these cultural events to the campus The Classroom of the Future keyboard/ computer chapters of the American Guild of Organists, the tury, rooted in the traditions of historical thought Workshops, masterclasses, and special perfor- lab consisting of (16) Macintosh Classic 11 Com- National Association for Music Therapy, and the

136 SCHOOL OF MUSIC 5CHOOL OF MUSIC 137

American Choral Directors Association A chapter of Curriculum leadership qualities, excellent communication skills, with the National Association for Music Therapy A Kappa Lambda, the national music honor society, Students complete 132 credits distributed in the critical thinking and analysis ability and a genuine Upon completion of the academic requirements, a was installed in March, 1988 areas of music, professional education, and general interest in a service oriented profession six-month internship is required, which culminates education Core musicianship classes include post-gTaduate certification course work in music in registration and eligibility for board examination HONOR AWARDS Theory Solfege, Eurhythmics, and Counterpoint education is available to those with B M degrees The Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy degree The Seibert Medal is presented to a senior for excel- Computer literacy, Applied Music and Ensemble are or 13 S in Education degrees Audition and/or course leads to certification as a registered music therapist lence in violin or piano upon recommendation of studied for seven semesters Duquesne is noted for requirements are available upon request upon completion of the 6 month internship from department committee its superb specialized applied music faculty, and all The Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy degree one of the National Association for Music Therapy students may request the teacher of their choice (NAMT) approved clinical training sites It consists leads to certification as a registered music therapist Andre Marchal Award is presented to the graduating Basic methods classes in piano, voice general MUSIC of 1,040 hours of clinical work supervised by a organ student with the highest academic standing In order to receive the Music Therapy degree or and all farrulies of instruments, along with conduct its equivalency for certification, all Music Therapy registered, board certified music therapist Upon in performance mg and orchestration are required All students have students are required to take a prescribed number completion of the internship, application for cer- Jean Langlais Award is presented to the graduating the opportunity to utilize the latest technology In ,rid sequence of courses in Music Therapy, and give tification with the NAMT takes place This qualifies organ student with the highest acaderruc standing music education in special state of the art computer evidence of competency in the field, as determined the therapist to sit for the board certification in Sacred Music and piano labs by the Music Therapy Department in accordance examination Professional education classes include advanced I Cormettz Tucci Piano Performance Award is presented methods courses in vocal and instrumental music annually to an outstanding piano student education, Educational Psychology (in conjunction Mu Phi Epsilon Sterling Achievement Award is with the School of Education), and several semesters presented by Mu Phi Epsilon to an outstanding of clinical, pre-student teaching assignments with senior music student local schools and musical organizations, a full Robert Egan Award for Academic Excellence, Richard semester of student teaching spanning K-12 and Gray Award for Outstanding Service are presented by encompassing both instrumental and vocal music the Music Therapy department to graduating senior culminates the program A unique exchange pro students gram with the American School in London offers an opportunity to student teach for a semester abroad MUSIC EDUCATION/CERTIFICATION General education courses are designed to Admission and Retention in the Music Ed Program develop well-rounded teachers who are able to relate Students are admitted to the School of Music to their society and culture These include 27 credits through the formal application and audition pro- of the University's Core Curriculum in the Liberal cess Successful completion of the process results Arts, several electives, and History and Literature in provisional acceptance to the Music Education of Music program During the first two semesters, students Duquesne is singular in its capacity to offer all the must achieve a 2 75 QPA and complete the first two major international specialized music education sections of the National Teachers Exam with scores methodologies taught by nationally-known special- acceptable to the state Department of Education ists Kodaly Solfege, Dalcroze Eurhythmics, Orff Per- Upon department faculty recommendation, a stu- cussion, and Suzuki Strings are standard elements dent may apply for admission to either the choral of every students curriculum General Music Ed or instrumental certification track After completing methods classes emphasize training in guitar, four semesters with a minimum 2 75 QPA, students recorder, inclusive education, and computer assisted undergo commutative performance evaluations instruction which determine their suitability for the student Students have the opportunity to double major teacher experience Successful results allow a stu- with Performance or Music Therapy, though it dent to apply for the final training level of student should be noted that this will require additional time teaching During this final phase, students must for completion complete the final two sections of the National Teachers Exam MUSIC EDUCATION/MUSIC THERAPY Certification Students completing the course work in music Students who successfullly complete the entire bac- education receive the B S in M Ed and may be calaureate program and achieve satisfactory scores recommended for certification to the PA Department on the National Teachers Exam may apply for Penn- of Education Upon successful completion of the sylvania teachers certification, Instructional Level 1, National Teacher Exam (NTE), graduates may Music, K-12 The teacher training curriculum offered receive the Instructional Level I — Music, K-12 by Duquesne prepares students to teach both vocal certificate and instrumental music at all age levels Permanent Selection of students for this program depends certification is awarded after completion of 24 post- upon completion of admissions and audition pro- graduate credits and three successful years of cedures and an interview with a department teaching within a six year period member Candidates are expected to demonstrate Ini 138 SCHOOL OF MUSIC I 0100L OF MUSIC

BACHELOR OF MUSIC PERFORMANCE — CLASSICAL GUITAR Credits gACHELOR OF MUSIC PERFORMANCE — JAZZICONTEMPORARY GUITAR Credits Fall Spring Courses Fall Spring Colirses Freshman Year Freshman Year Mus Seminar 103 105 Seminar 0 0 105 105 0 0 N4us 0 0 Mus 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 ,N4us 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 130 130 jazz Guitar 3 3 Mus 121 121 Guitar 3 3 N4us 1 1 Mus 119 119 Piano 1 1 N4us 119 119 Piano 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 M115 131 133 134 Solfege 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfege 2 2 MUS 1 1 Large Ensemble Nfus Large Ensemble 1 1 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 121 121 Eurthythmics 2 2 N4us 2 N4us 218 Performance Development Guitar Mus 218 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 2 223 jazz Improvisation 2 Gen Core 3 3 MUS 3 3 Gen Core 16 16 16 16 Sophomore Year Sophomore Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 121 121 Mus 3 3 Guitar 3 3 Mus 130 130 jazz Guitar Mus 119 119 Piano 1 1 119 119 Piano 1 1 N4us 2 Mus 231 Theory 2 mus 231 Theory Mus 336 18th Century Counterpoint 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 2 MUS 2 2 Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 Mus 233 234 Solfege Mus Large Ensemble Large Ensemble 1 1 1 1 Mus 3 3 Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music Performance Development Guitar 2 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 Mus 218 151 Evolution Of jazz Styles 2 Gen Core 3 3 mus 3 3 Electives Gen Core 2 Electives 2 17 17 17 —17 junior Year junior Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 121 121 Mus Guitar 3 3 Mus 130 130 jazz Guitar 3 3 Mus 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 Mus Mus 232 20th Century Techniques 2 Mus 232 20th Century Techniques 2 Mus 116 116 Classical Guitar Ensemble 1 1 Mus 116 116 jazz Guitar Ensemble 1 1 Mus 375 376 Conducting 2 2 Mus 375 375 Conducting 2 2 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 Mus 321 Guitar Pedagogy 2 Mus 321 Guitar Pedagogy 2 2 Gen Core 3 3 Mus 333 Ear Training For jazz Musicians Electives Gen Core 3 3 5 4 2 3 Mus 398 junior Recital 0 Electives fflus 398 junior Recital 0 18 17 17 16 Senior Year Mus 105 105 Seminar Senior Year 0 0 Seminar 0 0 Mus 121 121 Guitar 3 Mus 105 105 3 Mus 130 130 jazz Guitar 3 3 Mus 116 116 Classical Guitar Ensemble 1 1 1 1 Mus 340 Mus 116 116 jazz Guitar Ensemble Orchestration 2 jazz Arranging 2 Mus 341 Analysis Mus 339 2 Mus 341 Analysis 2 Mus 400 Recital 1 Recital 1 Mus Mus 400 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 Gen Core 3 3 Gen Core 3 3 Electives 6 6 4 —6 Electives 15 16 17 16 Total Credits 132

Total Credits 132 141 140 SCHOOL OF MUsiQ 5CI400L OF MUSIC

OAJOR IN ORGAN BACHELOR OF MUSIC PERFORMANCE — ELECTRIC BASS GUITAR Credits Credits Courses Fall Spring Fall Spring Cou rses Freshman Year Freshman Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 0 0 Mus mus 105 105 Seminar 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 Mus 122 122 Electric Bass Guitar 2 2 MUS 110 110 118 118 Organ 3 3 Mus 116 116 Double Bass mus 1 1 Mus 119 119 Piano Njus 119 119 Piano Mus 131 131 132 Theory 2 2 132 Theory 2 2 mus 2 Mus 133 134 Solfege 133 134 Solfege 2 2 2 N4us 1 1 Mus Large Ensemble 1 1 MUS Choral Ensemble Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 N4US 6 6 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 Ger, Core Mus 223 Jazz Improvisation 2 Gen Core 3 3 17 17 16 16 Sophomore Year Sophomore Year 0 0 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Nlus 105 105 Senunar Mus 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 118 118 Organ 3 3 0 0 MUS 1 Mus 122 122 Electric Bass Guitar 2 2 119 119 Piano 1 MUS 2 Mus 116 116 Double Bass 1 1 MUS 231 Theory Mus 119 119 Piano 1 1 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 Mus 2 2 Mus 231 Theory 2 Nlus 233 234 Solfege Mus 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 Choral Ensemble 1 1 mus 3 3 Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music Mus 3 3 Large Ensemble 1 1 Gen Core Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Electives 3 3 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 Mus 151 Evolution Of Jazz Styles 2 18 18 Gen Core 3 3 17 17 junior Year junior Year 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 3 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 118 118 Organ Mus 122 122 Electric Bass Guitar 2 2 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 Mus 116 Mus 2 116 Double Bass 1 1 Mus 232 20th Century Techniques Mus 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 Choral Ensemble 1 1 Mus 232 20th Century Techniques Mus 2 Mus 375 376 Conducting 2 2 Mus 116 116 Jazz Guitar Ensemble 1 1 3 3 Mus 375 376 Gen Core Conducting 2 2 Electives 5 5 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 0 Mus 321 Guitar Pedagogy 2 Mus 398 junior Recital Mus 333 Ear Training For jazz Musicians 2 — — Gen Core 3 3 16 16 Electives 2 3 Mus 398 Junior Recital 0 Senior Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 17 16 3 Mus 118 118 Organ 3 Senior Year 2 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 451 452 Organ Literature Mus Choral Ensemble 1 1 Mus 122 122 Electric Bass Guitar 2 2 2 Mus 116 116 Double Bass 1 1 Mus 340 Orchestration 116 116 N4us 341 Analysis 2 Mus Jazz Guitar Ensemble 1 1 1 Mus 339 Jazz Arranging 2 MUS 400 Recital Mus 341 Analysis 2 Mus 431 432 Organ Improvisation 2 2 Mus 400 Recital 1 Electives 4 5 Mus 218 Performance Development Guitar 2 — — Gen Core 3 3 16 14 Electives 6 6 Total Credits 132 17 16 Total Credits 132 143 142 SCHOOL OF MUSI^ 5CIJOOL OF MUSIC

MAJOR IN PIANO MAJOR IN VOICE Credits Credits Fall Spring Courses Fall Spring Courses Freshman Year Freshman Year 0 0 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 mus 105 105 Serrunar 0 0 Mus 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 mus 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 3 3 Mus 119 119 Piano 3 3 Njus 120 120 Voice 1 1 Mus 131 132 2 2 Mus 119 119 Piano Theory 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfege 2 2 mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus Choral Ensemble 1 1 Njus 133 134 Solfege 1 1 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 \4us Choral Ensemble 2 2 Gen Core 3 3 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics Italian for Singers 2 Mus Music Electives 3 4 N4us 125 126 Italian Diction and Repertory 2 16 —17 Mus 3 3 Gen Core 16 16 Sophomore Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Sophomore Year 0 0 Mus 119 119 Piano 3 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 3 3 Mus 231 Theory 2 Mus 120 120 Voice 1 1 Mus 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 Mus 119 119 Piano 2 Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 Mus 231 Theory 2 Mus Choral Ensemble 1 1 Mus 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Mus 233 234 Solfege 1 1 Mus Chamber Music or Piano Accompaniment 2 2 Mus Choral Ensemble 3 3 Gen Core 3 3 Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 2 Mus Music Electives 2 2 Mus 121 French for Singers 2 Mus 122 French Diction and Repertory 18 —18 1 1 Mus Opera Workshop Vocal Coaching 1 1 junior Year Mus 16 16 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 119 119 Piano 3 3 junior Year 0 0 Mus 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 3 3 Mus 232 20th Century Techniques 2 Mus 120 120 Voice 2 Mus Choral Ensemble 1 1 Mus 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 Mus 375 376 Conducting 2 2 Mus 232 20th Century Techniques 1 1 Mus Chamber Music or Piano Accompaniment 2 2 Mus Choral Ensemble 2 2 Gen Core 3 3 Mus 375 376 Conducting 2 Electives 3 3 Mus 123 German for Singers 2 Mus 398 junior Recital 0 Mus 124 German Diction and Repertory 6 6 Gen Core 16 16 1 1 Mus Opera Workshop 1 1 Mus Vocal Coaching Senior Year 0 Mus 398 junior Recital Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 18 18 Mus 119 119 Piano 3 3 Mus Choral Ensemble 1 1 Senior Year 0 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 3 Mus 341 Analysis 2 Mus 120 120 Voice 3 1 Mus 400 Recital 1 Mus Choral Ensemble 1 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Gen Core 3 3 Mus 341 Analysis 2 1 Mus 313 314 Piano Pedagogy 2 2 Mus 400 Recital 2 Electives 2 2 Mus 127 English Diction and Repertory Core 3 3 17 14 Gen Electives 3 4 Total Credits 132 Mus Opera Workshop 1 1 Mus Vocal Coaching 1 1 16 16 Total Credits 132 144 SCHOOL OF MUSIC I 5CfIOOL OF MUSIC 145

MAJOR IN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENTS OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION-CHORAL TRACK Credits OACHELOR Credits Courses Fall Spring Freshman Year Cou rses Fall Spring Freshman Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 105 105 Seminar 0 0 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 Nitis Mus 101 102 Piano for Music Ed I & 11 2 2 Mus Applied Music Major 3 3 N4us MUS 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 Mus 119 119 Piano 1 1 N4us 131 132 Theory 2 2 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus MUS 133 134 Solfege 2 2 Solfege 2 2 Mus 133 134 N4us 105 Voice for Music Ed 1 2 1 Mus Ensemble 1 Nitis 121 Woodwind Techniques 1 1 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 N4us 101 102 Intro to Music Ed I & 11 1 1 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 N4us Applied Music 2 2 Gen Core 3 3 MUS Ensemble 1 1 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 16 16 N4us 121 6 Gen Core 3 Sophomore Year 18 18 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Sophomore Year Mus Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 2 Mus 119 119 Piano 1 1 N4us 231 Theo 336 18th ^Intury Counterpoint 2 Mus 231 Theory 2 Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 Mus 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 N4us Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 N4us 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 221 Brass Techniques 1 1 Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Mus 251 252 Music Ed Methods I & 11 2 2 Gen Core 3 3 Mus 253 Music Ed Methods Lab 1 Electives 3 3 Mus Applied Music 2 2 18 18 N4us Applied Voice or Advanced Piano Class 2 Core 3 junior Year Gen Elective 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 16 —18 Mus Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 junior Year Seminar 0 0 Mus 232 20th Century Techniques 2 Mus 105 105 340 Orchestration 2 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus Mus Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 373 374 Conducting 2 2 Mus 481 Percussion Techniques 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 381 String Techniques 2 Gen Core 6 6 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 398 junior Recital — 0 Mus 375 376 Conducting 2 2 16 16 Edu Ed Psych 1 3 Mus 485 Ed Psych 11 3 Senior Year Mus 300 Teaching Vocal Music 2 Mus 301 Teaching Vocal Music-Lab 1 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus Choral Lab 1 Mus Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 302 Teaching Instrumental Music 2 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 303 Teaching Instrumental Music Lab 1 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Elective 2 Mus 341 Analysis 2 Acoustics 3 Mus 400 Recital 1 18 16 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Senior Year Electives 6 9 Mus 487 Senior Seminar 1 16 16 Mus Applied Major 2 1 Total Credits 132 Mus Ensemble Gen Core 9 Electives 3 Mus Student Teaching — Vocal 6 Mus Student Teaching — Instrumental — 6 16 12 Total Credits 132

5CI400L OF MUSIC 147 146 SCHOOL OF MUSIC I

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION-INSTRUMENTAL TRACK OACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC THERAPY Credits Credits Courses Fall Spring Courses Fall Spring Freshman Year Freshman Year 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Seminar 0 NUIS Mus 105 105 0 N4us 101 102 Piano Class 2 2 Mus 101 102 Piano for Music Ed I & 11 2 2 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 Mus 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 MUS MUS 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 133 134 Solfege 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfege 2 2 N4us Mus Applied Music 2 2 Mus 105 Voice for Music Ed I 2 Ensemble 1 1 Mus 121 122 Woodwind Techniques I N4us N4us 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 101 102 Intio to Music Ed I & 11 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 Mus Applied Music 2 2 N4us MUS 124 Music Therapy Practicurn 2 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Core 3 3 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Gen Elective 2 17 16 Gen Core 3 3 Sophomore Year 18 18 MUS 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Sophomore Year mus 231 Theory 2 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 MUS 336 18th Century Counterpoint Mus 231 Theo 2 MUS 233 234 Solfege 2 2 Mus 336 18th &tury Counterpoint 2 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 N4us 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicurn 2 2 Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Mus 108 Music in Therapy 3 Mus 221 222 Brass Techniques I & 11 1 1 Mus Applied Music 2 2 Mus 251 252 Music Ed Methods I & 11 2 2 Gen Core 3 Mus 253 Music Ed Methods-Lab 1 Ed 305 Foundations of Special Ed 3 — Mus Applied Music 2 2 15 18 Gen Core 3 3 Elective 2 — junior Year 0 0 18 17 lmus 105 105 Seminar Mus Ensemble 1 1 junior Year Mus Voice 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 308 Influence of Mus on Behavior 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 374 Mus & Move for Excep Person 3 Mus Applied Major 2 2 Mus 315 Piano Improv for Therapy, or Mus 481 Percussion Techniques 2 Music Methods Elective 2 Mus 381 String Methods 2 Mus Guitar 2 2 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicurn 2 2 Mus 373 374 Conducting 2 2 Psy Psychology Elective 3 3 Edu Ed Psych I 3 Gen Core 9 Mus 485 Ed Psych II 3 Mus 251 Music Education Methods 2 Mus 301 Teaching Vocal Music 2 - Mus 300 Teaching Vocal Music-Lab 1 17 19 Mus 302 Teaching Instrumental Music 2 Senior Year Mus 303 Teachinrcg Instrumental Music-Lab 1 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 325 Resea Band Methods 1 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus Choral Lab 1 Mus 375 Conducting 2 Gen Acoustics — 3 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 16 17 Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicurn 2 2 Senior Year Mus 309 Directed Study 2 Mus 487 Senior Seminar 1 Mus 307 Psych of Music Teach & Learn 3 Mus Applied Major 2 Mus 310 Recreational Music 1 Mus Ensemble 1 101 Anatomy and Physiology 3 Gen Core 9 Psy 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 Electives 3 Mus 493 Clinical Experience 0 Mus Student Teaching — Vocal 6 Gen Core 3 Mus Student Teaching — Instrumental 6 Elective 6 16 12 15 16 Total Credits 132 Total Credits 133 148 SCHOOL OF MUSIC 5CHOOL OF MUSIC 149

BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE WITH EMPHASIS IN SOUND 6ACIJELOR OF MUSIC IN MUSIC TECHNOLOGY — PERFORMANCE TRACK RECORDING TECHNOLOGY Credits Credits Courses Fall Spring Fall Spring Cou rses Freshman Year Freshman Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Music Technology Seminar 0 0 1 Nius 105 105 Mus Large Ensemble 1 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 Mus Applied Music 2 2 Ngis 2 2 Mus 119 119 Piano 1 1 Njus Applied Music 119 119 Piano 1 1 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 MUS 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfege 2 2 N4us 131 132 Theory 133 134 Solfege 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythnucs 2 2 NIUS 2 2 Mus 101 Intro to Audio 2 N4us 121 122 Eurhythmics Mus 201 Electronics for Audio 3 Large Ensemble 1 1 N4us 2 2 Gen 109 College Algebra 3 N40 101 105 Music & Technology I & 11 Gen Core 3 3 Core 3 3 Geri 2 18 16 Elective 2 17 17 Sophomore Year Mus 105 105 Serrunar 0 0 Mus Large Ensemble 1 1 Sophomore Year 2 105 105 Music Technology Seminar 0 0 Mus Applied Music 2 N4us 2 2 Mus 119 119 Piano 1 1 N4us Applied Music 1 1 Mus 231 t 2 MUS 119 119 Piano Mus 336 T18 he hTentury Counterpoint 2 231 Theory 2 mus 2 Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 MUS 336 18th Century Counterpoint Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 233 234 Solfege 2 2 mus 1 Mus 101 105 Music & Technology I & Il 2 2 mus Large Ensemble 1 Mus 145 Audio 1 3 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Mus 2 Mus 146 Audio 11 3 Mus 201 205 Music Synthesis I & 11 2 Mus 221 Maintenance 2 3 3 Gen Core Mus 230 Studio Procedures 2 Elective — 2 18 —18 16 18 junior Year Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 junior Year Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus 105 105 Music Technology Seminar 0 0 2 2 Mus Applied Music 2 2 MUS Applied Music Mus 232 20th Century Tech 2 Mus 232 20th Century Techniques 2 Mus Conducting 2 2 375 MUS 430 jazz Arranging Mus 440 Jazz Arranging 1 2 Mus 375 Instrumental Conducting 2 Mus 149 Audio 111 2 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 153 Audio IV 2 mus Mus Electronic Orchestration 2 Elective 3 Music Synthesis III & IV 2 2 Mus 201 Synth 1 2 Mus Mus 118 118 Electronic Ensemble 1 1 Gen 170 Acoustics 3 2 Gen Core 3 3 MUS 101 Intro to Audio Gen Core 3 3 15 15— Elective 4 Senior Year Mus 398 junior Recital 0 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 16 16 Mus Ensemble 1 1 Mus A lied Music 1 1 Senior Year Mus A pp lied Audio 1 1 Mus 105 105 Music Technology Seminar 0 0 Mus nternshippp 2 Mus Applied Music 2 2 Mus 341 Analysis 2 Mus 341 Analysis 2 Elective 3 mus 301 MIDI Contoller Techniques 2 Digital Class 3 N4us 118 118 Electronic Ensemble 1 1 Mus Post Production & Mastering (4 to 1 format) 2 Recital/Project in Music Technology 1 Mus Advanced Audio Production 2 Mus 400 Gen Core 3 3 Mus 400 Final Project in Recording Arts/Recital 1 6 6 Gen Core 6 6 Elective 16 16 17 15 Total Credits 132 Total Credits 132 150 SCHOOL OF MUSIC I 5CfiOOL OF MUSIC 151

BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN MUSIC TECHNOLOGY — ELECTRONIC COMPOSITION TRACK COVRSE IDESCRIPrIONS Large Ensembles 0-1 cr each The Large Ensembles include Wind Symphony, Credits rEgFORMANCE Orchestra, Concert Choir, Chamber Singers, and Courses Fall Spring ,,plied Music 1-3 cr jazz Band Freshman Year prl,ate study of voice, piano, harpsichord, organ, Mus 105 105 Music Technology Seminar Small Ensembles 0-1 cr each 0 0 pitar or orchestral instruments Mus 110 110 Introduction to Music Technology 0 0 The Small Ensembles include Trombone Choir, Mus Applied Music 2 2 107 piano Accompanying 1 cr Brass Ensemble, Guitar Ensemble, jazz Band, Per- Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 ,,,is course is designed for the undergraduate with cussion Ensemble, various woodwind ensembles, Mus 133 134 Solfege 2 2 ,he purpose of affording the student instruction in and Electronic Ensemble Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 the art of piano accompanying Mus Large Ensemble 116 Opera Workshop 0-1 cr 1 1 'Vocal Coaching 1-3 cr Mus 101 105 Music & Technology I & 11 115 A performing class in which students learn stand- 2 2 individual work with pianist as a supplement to Mus 355 Introduction to Composition 2 ard and other opera repertory in the original Gen Core 3 3 opera Workshop and/or Applied Music languages Elective 2 2 French, Italian, German for Singers cr 141 Chamber Music 2 cr 16 16 gudlments of each foreign language offered on a Study and performance of all types of chamber rotating basis in the fall semester in preparation for music for various instrumental combinations Sophomore Year the appropriate Diction and Repertory course Mus 105 105 Music Technology Seminar offered in the following spring Mus 351 351 Composition 114 117, 118, 119 Mus 231 Theory Diction and Repertory 2 cr each Mus MUSICIANSHIP 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 Italian, German, French and English offered on a Mus 233 234 Solfege 2 2 rotating basis each Spring Semester All except Eng- 121, 122 Dalcroze Eurhythmics Mus Large Ensemble 1 1 lish preceded by an introductory course in the fall, I & 11 2 cr each Mus 251 252 History & Literature of Music 3 3 Experiencing, analyzing, and creatively manipulat- in the appropriate language Mus 201 205 Music Synthesis I & Il 2 2 ing the metric/structural and the expressive/inter- Gen Core 3 3 221 Harpsichord Class 1-3 cr pretive components of music through rhythmic Elective 3 2 An introduction to the harpsichord, including movement, ear-training, and improvisation 18 17 history, design, and mechanics Techniques and per- formance practice included, with an equal emphasis 131, 132 Theory I and 11 2 cr each junior Year on solo repertoire and continuo playing These sequential courses are designated to acquaint the student with the harmonic materials of art music Mus 105 105 Music Technology Seminar 313 Piano Pedagogy 1 2 cr Mus 351 351 Composition of the Western Civilization For basic knowledge the Mus 232 20th Century Techniques Students will become acquainted with the tech- Baroque-Classical idiom is explored Harmony is Mus 430 Jazz Arranging niques and materials for teaching piano at the examined in full, but formal and textural aspects are Mus 375 Instrumental Conducting elementary level For piano majors, junior standing also discussed Class contents include part writing, Mus 340 Orchestration is recommended analysis, keyboard work, dictation, harmonic and Mus Electronic Orchestration 314 Piano Pedagogy 11 2 cr intervallic ear training, and drills with computers Mus Music Synthesis III & IV A continuation of 313 concentrating on the tech- The classes meet twice a week for lectures, and once Mus 118 118 Electronic Ensemble mques and materials for teaching piano at the inter- a week for an m-depth laboratory session The scope Mus 101 Intro to Audio mediate and advanced levels of the first two semesters includes diatonic harmony, Gen Core 3 0 cr secondary dommants and simple modulation Pre- Elective 5 398 junior Recital The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree must requisite passing the entrance examination to the 16 17 give a recital during the junior year School of Music Senior Year 400 Recital 1 cr 133, 134 Solfege I & 11 2 cr each Mus 105 105 Music Technology Seminar The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree must These sequential courses are designed to develop Mus 341 Analysis give a recital during the senior year The recital will students' competencies in the areas of intervals, Mus 301 MIDI Controller Techniques be presented to a faculty committee for approval at melodic and rhythimc dictation as well as sight sing- Mus Video & Film Music Prod I & 11 2 2 least one month prior to the date of the ing in traditional meters and tonalities Prerequisite Mus 118 118 Electronic Ensemble Performance passing the entrance exam to the School of Music Mus Internship 3 231 Theory 111 2 cr Mus 400 Final Project in Music Technology 1 This semester completes the study of materials of Gen Core 3 3 the Baroque and Classical style with emphasis on Elective 6 6 ENSEMBLE/CHAMBER MUSIC chromatic harmony and advanced modulation, then 16 16 Required for all students as laboratory work dur- presents some of the most important elements of Total Credits 132 1719 most semesters of full-time enrollment Non- the Romantic and 20th Century idioms Class music majors are invited to register for ensemble meetings and the elements of teaching are the same Ivith permission of instructor as in 131 and 132 Prerequisites 131 and 132

^C,400L OF MUSIC 153 152 SCHOOL OF

It 492 Student Teaching — Vocal 6 cr ,,,,122 Woodwind Techniques, 1, 1 cr, 2 cr 374 Instrumental Conducting 11 2 C, For the senior music ed student who has completed 233, 234 Solfege III & IV 2 cr each ,ntrodtiction to techniques of clarinet, saxophone, A continuation of Instrumental Conducting I wlt^ all required music and professional education A continuation of 134, these sequential Courses are flute and bassoon with an emphasis on emphasis on score analysis and the development ,boe, designed to develop students' competencies in the classes satisfactorily and has been recommended for of a refined and expressive technique development of teaching skills areas of intervallic relationships, melodic and rhyth- student teaching Placement is with the K-12 vocal mic dictation as well as clef reading and sight sing- 375 Choral Conducting 1 221, 222 Brass Techniques 1, 11 1 cr, 2 cr or choral music program in a selected school with ing in nontraditional tonalities and meters Prereq- An introduction to basic conducting techruquesAtli ,,troduction to techniques of trumpet, french horn, a qualified cooperating teacher Daily 7 weeks low brass with an emphasis on development uisite for Solfege 233 is successful completion of emphasis on proper conducting posture, th, ,rid 493 Student Teaching — Instrumental 6 cr teaching skills Solfege 134 preparatory gesture, the release, basic beat pattern,, of For the senior music ed student who has completed and styles, use of the baton, and development 236 20th Century Techniques 2 cr of ,21 Percussion Techniques 2 cr all required music and professional education the left hand Course also will include instruction A survey of the melodic, harmonic, and contrapun- 1,,trodtiction to techniques of percussion instru- classes satisfactorily and has been recommended for tal resources employed by composers in the twen- in score reading, analysis and preparation wItb ,rents with an emphasis on development of teach- student teaching Placement is with the 4-12 instru- tieth century Readings, analysis and short creative emphasis on the standard choral literature Cla, Ing skills mental music program in a select school with a time will be divided equally between lecture cooperating teacher Daily, 7 weeks projects will be assigned string Techniques 2 cr demonstrations and practical conducting experience ,22 Introduction to techruques of violin, viola, cello and 495 Student Teaching Abroad 12 cr 251, 252 History and in a laboratory setting Literature of Music 3 cr each b,,s with an emphasis on teaching techniques PA State requirements for student teaching are met The survey embraces two semesters which are 376 Choral Conducting 11 2 cr by teaching for a full semester at a select school at 325 Marching Band Methods 1 cr Instruction and application of intermediate and an international site arranged chronologically These courses seek to pro- An overview of band methods with an emphasis vide a broad historical frame of reference within advanced conducting techruclues with emphasis on ,iI marching band styles which the relationship of music to the development subdivision, accent and syncopation, subito dynamic change, tempo alteration, tenuto and fe, Music Education Methods 1 2 cr of man's thought can be clearly seen, along with a 251 JAZZ STUDIES mata, asymmetrical meters, supermetrics, and survey and analysis of representative literature A multifaceted course leading to competencies in specialized techruclues for conducting recitative, con Vitar, recorder, classroom instruments, multicul- 141 Chamber Music-jazz 2 cr 335 16th Century Counterpoint 2 cr temporary music, and musical theater Course Wil tural music, and mainstrearrung Field experience The purpose of this course is to develop the skills The course is devoted to a study of the polyphonic include score analysis and preparation, and chor^ and techniques necessary for small jazz ensemble technique of the 16th Century The class meets twice Included techniques and methods while focusing on the performance Emphasis is on rhythm section tech- a week for lectures, analysis, written assignments, Music Education Methods It 2 cr standard choral literature Class time will be divided 252 niques, interaction among the members of the and listening The species approach is employed A continuation of Music Education Methods I with equally between lecture-demonstrations and Prac group, and development of repertoire Prerequisite At least 2 semesters of Theory the addition of Computer Assisted Instruction tech- tical conducting experience in a laboratory setting 151 Evolution of jazz Styles 2 cr 336 18th Century Counterpoint 2 cr niques and materials, plus an overview of contem- A study of the origin, development and styles of A course study concerned with the contrapuntal porary methodologies including Kodaly, Dalcroze, jazz music and its ramifications with an emphasis technique of the period of J S Bach Contents Orff and Suzuki, music technology on recorded music as well as scores include lectures, written assignments, listening, and MUSIC EDUCATION 253 Music Education Methods It Lab 2 cr analysis Prerequisites Theory 1, 11, 111 Clinical experience for 252 Teaching and observ- 226 jazz Improvisation 2 cr 010, 011 Fundamentals of Piano I & II Study and practice of melodic improvisation, con- 340 Orchestration 2 cr ing general music lessons 2 cr each ventional forms and chord progressions, employ- A study of the basic problems of scoring for indi- This course introduces students to basic piano skills 300 Teaching Vocal Music 2 cr vidual instruments, particularly orchestral choirs, ing idiomatic jazz and articulations, major-mmor including scales, triads, cadences sight-reading and For the advanced music education student in both and modal scales, altered scales and chords, the entire orchestra, and unique instrumental com- improvisation The course is intended for student; tracks Methodologies and materials to develop com- binations Analysis of the techniques of orchestra- extended forms, practical applications to standard preparing for Piano for Music Education I but is also petencies for teaching in the vocal area, grades K-12 and jazz literature tion of selected composers of the 18th, 19th, and open to non-music majors kll 100 and 200 level courses are prerequisites 20th centuries 333 Ear Training for jazz Musicians 2 cr 101, 102 Piano for Music Education I & 11 301 Teaching Vocal Music Lab 1 cr 341 Analysis 2 cr The course is designed to train the student to recog- 2 cr each Clinical experience for 301 Teaching weekly vocal A course designed to acquaint the student with the nize aurally the melodic, rhythmic and harmonic This class provides students with functional C0111 music lessons in school systems formal structure of tonal music, from the smallest elements of contemporary jazz The devices used petencies in piano which meet the certification components to the most complex full compositions 386 Choral Lab 1 cr are sight-singing, keyboard work and extensive dic- requirements for the PA Dept of Education It is through analysis, performing and listening Neekly field observations and clinical experience tation Emphasis is placed on four, five and six-note required of all music education majors Entrance to luth Cluldren's Festival Chorus Required with 301 chords, chromatically altered chords and Composition 2-3 cr 351, 352 the class is on the basis of placement testing polychords A course in original creative writing Open to all 302 Teaching Instrumental Music 2 cr Advanced Piano Class students with the approval of the teacher Prereq- A survey of methodology necessary for the develop- 341, 342 jazz Composition 2-3 cr For students who wish to focus on vocal or instru uisite at least one course in counterpoint ment of, and the administration of, the band and A course in original creative writing in the jazz mental accompanying and open score reading orchestra program on the elementary, intermediate, idiom Open to all students with the approval of the Required of non-piano majors in the vocal track in and secondary levels teacher music ed Prerequisite completion of Piano for M115 303 Teaching instrumental Music Lab 1 cr 430 jazz Arranging 2 cr CONDUCTING Ed II Also open to piano majors A clinical experience in area schools, required with A study of the basic techniques of scoring for indi- 302 373 Instrumental Conducting 1 2 cr 105 Voice for Music Education 2 cr vidual instruments and jazz ensembles of various An introduction to baton technique with emphasis For all vocal and instrumental track majors Fun 488 Student Teacher Seminar 1 cr sizes, from small groups to studio orchestras damental techniques of singing, including posture, on basic patterns, cueing, and expression using the Professional seminar for pre-student teachers For Analysis of scores by contemporary big band breath support, torie, diction, interpretatio left hand Students enrolled will form a laboratory $e advanced music education student arrangers ensemble allowing for conducting experience repertoire

154 SCHOOL OF 5o40OL OF MUSIC 155

440 Jazz Theory 2 cr 374 Music and Movement for the MUSR 201 Electronics for Audio 2 cr Student learns five and six part harmony, chromatic- Exceptional Person 2 A study of the fundamentals of electronics dealing ally altered chords, chord spacing and voice leadings; A course of study and experience to train the sto OCORDING ARTS & SCIENCES specifically with theory and terminology as pertam- dent to use music and movement as a tool to pro Ing to audio Prerequisite Intro to Audio appropriate to jazz writing MtjSR 101 Introduction to Audio 2 cr mote therapeutic and educational growth Focus ,, Introduction to basic concepts of audio propagation MUSR Digital Class 3 cr developmental needs correlated with approp,,,, l,oth acoustically and electrically Mathematics for Foundations in digital theory for application in materials and methods ,,Idlo concepts are covered in full All concepts are digital audio recording The study of Analog to MUSIC THERAPY ther, related to the audio Digital and Digital to Analog Conversion are covered 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 cr as well as storage mediums Digital terminology is SACRED MUSIC 3 cr An introduction to Music Therapy as practiced in ""R '4' Audio 1 explained 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 a variety of rehabilitation settings Observations fol- '^uriclatlons'r of the recording process Covered are A survey of choral and vocal literature for the chu* aspects of the recording chain and basic pro- MUSR 131 Applied Audio 1 cr lowed by informal group discussions Basic theory s for with emphasis on practical materials for churc^ two track and multitrack production Directed individual study in Audio about the validity of music as therapy, the relation- ,ed e choirs, soloists and congregations Lab required Prerequisite Introduction to Audio Recording Studio Arranging 2 cr ship of theory to practice Intensive class partici- Musical skills needed for recording studio arrang- pation will be required to prove qualification for 403 Service Playing 2 cr MUSR 146 Audio 11 3 cr ing, conducting and composition Focus on the further, in-depth study of the profession The objective of this course is to develop the set An Intensive study of the commercial recording pro- various idiomatic styles (jazz, Pop, Electronic, and vice playing skills necessary to play for church set cess Intensive hands-on and production projects 108 Music in Therapy 3 cr Classical) for musical flembility Prerequisites Music vices of all denominations through a study of Lab required Prerequisite Audio I An introduction to music methods utilized in ther- applied harmony, counterpoint, hymnody, anther, and Technology, Audio I and Acoustics apy settings Assessment, planning, implementa- accompaniments and conducting from the console MUSR 149 Audio 111 2 cr tion and evaluation of sessions which will be 111dividual studio projects with instructor coaching Students unable to enroll for this course will stud^ MUSIC TECHNOLOGY designed for a variety of populations will be this material in their applied music lesson prerequisite Audio Il MUTK 110 Introduction to emphasized Audio IV 2 cr 410 Church Music Practicurn 3 ct gUSR 153 Music Technology 0 cr 124 Practicurn 2 cr Seminar in practical aspects of church music, esta^ The focus of this course is reinforcement of record- An introductory music technology course that Field placement in a clinical setting for a minimum lishing the music program in a church, graded cho^ Ing techniques learned in Audio 1, 11, and III Each in develops basic proficiency in music notation soft- of 15 hours per semester Certified music therapists systems, childrerfs choirs, instruments in workshop student is required to be engaged a current week- ware on the Macintosh and other specially trained staff who work within contracts, cantor systems, worship commissions, et'C' ly recording session and to be working toward com- MUTK 101 Music Technology 1 2 cr the settings assist in the development and growth 420 Hymnody 2 cr pletion of assigned projects Students meet with the Instructor upon completion of recordings and are cnti- An introduction to music technology Includes basic of the prospective music therapist A study of the churchs heritage of song, the psalm, qued on their performance Prerequisite Audio III MIDI theory, computer notation and sequencing, 307 Psychology of Music Teaching the great hymns of the Medieval Church, the hen and the history of electronic music (the early years) and Learning 3 cr tage of Luther, Calvin and their followers, English NUSR 201 Electronics for Audio 3 cr A study of physiological, psychological, and socio- hymnody, American contributions, twentieth A study of the fundamentals of electronics dealing MUTK 105 Music Technology 11 2 cr with more logical aspects of music teaching and learning century hymnody with special emphasis on th specifically with theory and terminology as pertain- A continuation of Music Technology 1, advanced applications of MIDI theory, computer Emphasis on current research theological framework for each major developmen, Ing to audio Prerequisite Introduction to Audio in the history of hymns notation and sequencing, and the history of elec- 308 Influence of Music on Behavior 2 cr MUSR 202 Maintenance 1 cr tronic music (1945 to the present) Reviews different treatment theories and their rela- 421 Gregorian Chant 2 cr A hands-on overview of daily studio maintenance tionship to music therapy Emphasizes the effects The history, notation and modal system of Gregorian from both a theoretical and practical standpoint MUTK 201 Music Synthesis 1 2 cr of music on behavior and total health Develops a chant Class participation in the singing of chant Topics include machine alignment and preventive Synthesis and sound design, advanced sequencing Chant as prayer and current liturgical application techniques on complex workstations, and SMPTE philosophy of music therapy with a background in maintenance as well as concepts of basic mter- synchronization Prerequisites Music Technology holistic health 431, 432 Organ Improvisation 2 cr ead connection and troubleshooting A practical application of the basic tools of improii I & 11 309 Directed Study in Music Therapy 2 cr MUSR 230 Studio Procedures 2 cr sation including harmonization of melodies at the 2 cr Study topics from areas of music therapy, psychol- Standard setup routines along with basic studio pro- MUTK 205 Music Synthesis 11 organ, two and three part counterpoint, short 0 ogy of music, brain research and other expressive cedures are covered Paper work and session organi- Advanced sound design, hard dIsk recording techni- forms and chorale preludes with emphasis on theLl ques, and introduction to multi-media production therapies are reviewed and discussed zation is emphasized liturgical application MUTK Music Synthesis 111 2 cr 310 Recreational Music in Therapy 1 cr 451, 452 Organ Literature 2 cr each MUSR 240 Advanced Audio 2 cr Sampling, digital sound design and editing, Planning, demonstrating, and evaluating music A survey of organ literature and organ buildings a, Students gain experience in CEDAR (Computer multimedia production, and advanced score activities for patient populations served by music it relates to organ registration The first semeste, Enhanced Digital Aucho Restoration) techniques for notation therapists Skills in leading group music activities, treats organ music from the Renaissance through the purpose of soundtrack restoration Advanced circle and square dances Music Therapy Majors J S Bach The second semester deals with the litera digital techniques and digital signal processing are MUTK Music Synthesis IV 2 cr only Competency in accompanying with guitar ture from 1750 to the present Outside listening ano covered Prerequisite Post Production Advanced project in music technology which and/or piano is emphasized demonstrates expertise in a variety of music readings will be required WSR 301 Post Production & Mastering 2 cr technology skills, includes the creation of a profes- 315 Piano Improvisation for 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 20 This course is designed to give hands-on experience sional portfolio Music Therapy 2 cr A study of the basic concepts or organ construct'011 with various post production and Mastering tools Development of functional keyboard skills in impro- with emphasis on the historical development of tht Proper procedures in formatting and preparing pro- MUTK Electronic Orchestration 2 cr visation on rhythm and dissonant chords as an aid organ and the mechanical operation of the pipes 01 lects for cassette or CD production are covered Sony A study of the basic problems of scoring for elec- in non-verbal communication with the handicapped console Tuning, voicing, and esthetics of orgat' 1630 operation and mastering is covered Prereq- tronic instruments in a variety of musical contexts, client design will be discussed u1site Audio IV including scoring for both electronic and electro-

156 SCHOOL OF MljS,C 5CfIOOL OF NURSING 157

acoustic ensembles Analysis of the techniques of electronic orchestration of selected contemporary School Of Nursing SCHOOL OF NURSING PHILOSOPHY composers in a variety of musical styles Prereq- GENERAL AND DEFINITION OF NURSING uisite Music Technology I The School of Nursing's philosophy evolves from 105 Seminar 0" that of Duquesne University and its mission, goals, MUTK 311 MIDI Controller Registration for Seminar is required of all under Ad,nnustration Techniques 1 cr and objectives This School's philosophy provides graduate Music majors during most semesters of pean The study and application of unique performance de Chesnay, R N, D S N a framework for the development of a personal and full-time enrollment Course matriculation guara, Mary professional philosophy of life based on the moral techniques used with electronic instruments tees availability for master classes, student club Associate Dean, Graduate Program Through analysis of acoustic and electronic perfor- and spiritual values espoused by the University, and meetings, and guest lectures held during the Tu,, Ilieresa L Carroll, R N, Ph D supports a commitment to the values and dignity mances and study of technical exercises students will day and Thursday "common hour" periods learn to control the nuance of performance on elec- Associate Dean, Undergraduate Program of Man which give meaning to life Further, this tronic mstruments Prerequisite Music Technology I 170 Enjoyment of Music 3,:, joarine F White, R N , Ph D philosophy fosters a spirit of inquiry that promotes This course leads to an understanding of h,w continuing intellectual growth MUTK Video & Fidm music's basic elements, melody, harmony, rhythm ,11STORY The School of Nursing faculty believe that nurs- Music Production, I & 11 2 cr and form, are used to communicate the composers ing is a profession and an acadenuc discipline Theory and analysis of compositional techniques for Since it is the policy of the University to establish expressive intent Designed for majors and no, its schools under control of an already established Therefore, a professional nursing education should visual media, applied compositional techniques for music majors No prerequisites occur in institutions of higher education (Semor col- visual media (Class format) 0001, the School of Nursing was originally organized in 1935 as a unit in the College of Liberal lege or university) The faculty is committed to cur- MUTK 355 Introduction to Composition 0 cr Arts and Sciences On March 15, 1937, the Depart- ricula that view nursing as a human science in Fundamentals of composition (Class format) n1ent of Nursing Education was given the status of which the primary concern is the health care of Man a separate school with a Dean in charge from conception through death A creative, flexible, and dynamic environment supports curricula in on December 3, 1937, the State Board of Educa- tion of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania which students can pursue scholarly excellence The approved the school and authorized Duquesne faculty believes that the learning process involves University to confer the degree of Bachelor of both the teacher and learner who plan experiences, Science in Nursing and the degree of Bachelor of share knowledge, and evaluate results Within this Science in Nursing Education upon graduates context, the teacher supports and encourages the according to the appropriate curriculum The pro- student to synthesize knowledge and theories from grain leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science the discipline of nursing, the humanities, and the in Nursing Education was designed to meet the natural and behavioral sciences The curricula and specific needs of the registered nurse while the basic environment are strengthened by the faculty's com- mitment to excellent teaching, scholarship and program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing, the first in Pennsylvania, was designed research, and professional and community service In making explicit the philosophy that underpins for the high school graduate The School of Nurs- ing continued to offer two separate degrees until the curricula, the concepts of Man, Environment, 1%4 In September of that year, a single revised pro- and Health are implicit in the meaning of the con- fessional nursing program was implemented for cept of Nursing as a human science admission of both basic and registered nurse Man is a unique creation of God Man's defining students leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science characteristics are rationality (the capacity to think), in Nursing sentience (the ability to perceive and feel), and voli- In the Fall of 1982, a new baccalaureate nursing tion (the freedom to choose) Man is a complex, program, also leading to the degree of Bachelor of urutary being of multiple dimensions which dynam- Science in Nursing, was instituted and was specific- ically interrelate creating a unified whole Man is ally designed to meet the educational and profes- inclusive of individual, farnaly, and group Man!s sional needs of the registered nurse movement through life is unidirectional, always More recently, a second degree option was initi- moving forward with his history increasing in com- ated In August 1991, this program opened and is plexity Man is wholistic and shares a mutually open designed for students who hold a baccalaureate existence with his environment degree in a discipline other than nursing Environment is all that is external to Man Envi- In 1986, the Graduate Nursing Program was ronment and Man are in continuous, simultaneous, opened to offer the Master of Science in Nursing and mutual interaction The areas of specialization offered are Nunng Administration, with business options including the Health is dynarruc, contextual, and a personal pro- dual MSN/MBA degree, Nursing Education and cess experienced by Man in all aspects of living Man Gerontology Clinical Nurse Specialist chooses his way of living his health and thereby In Fall, 1994 the Graduate Nursing Program creates the potential for a productive and meaningful expanded to include study for the Doctor of Phdo- life Man expresses his health through patterns Sophy (Ph D) in Nursing Health promotion is the term used by this faculty To date, more than 3000 students have graduated to encompass all health care, which includes all from Duquesne's School of Nursing activities directed toward increasing the well-being 158 SCHOOL OF NURSINC I 5CfqOOL OF NURSING 159

of individuals, families, and groups Health promo- initiate, effect and evaluate change in the health care 10 Utilizes leadership skills for the improvement ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS tion occurs through the utilization of the nursing delivery system to ensure quality health care, and to of health care to meet the emerging needs of ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATES process as the nurse exercises leadership in care- enhance the profession of nursing, and to meet th consumers in a changing society Students who are interested in applying for adnus- giving and health education future health care needs of society 11 Strives to enhance the profession of nursing sion to the School of Nursing should request an Nursing is a human science concerned with the 12 Enhances own effectiveness in professional application from the Office of Admissions, promotion of Man's health through the diagnosis PURPOSES OF THE SCHOOL nursing roles through on-going evaluation and Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, PA 15282 The and treatment of human responses to actual or The purposes of the School of Nursing are to meet continuous self-growth specific entrance requirements for admission are potential health problems throughout the life con- the needs of the Public and the Health Care Con, Synthesizes principles of the teaching and tinuum Nursing focuses on helping Man to munity by 13 1 The applicant's high school curriculum must enhance the quality of living through the promo- learning process to promote the health of include a minimum of 16 units distributed as 1 Providing an undergraduate educational pro tion of health individuals/families/groups follows (1 unit = 1 year) gram to prepare students to be professional The nurse initiates interrelationships with indi- English 4 years required nurses pEGREE viduals, families, and groups to assist them in Social Studies 3-4 years recommended describing their health, evaluating alternatives, and 2 Providing a program of graduate studies to The School of Nursing undergraduate program Language 2 years recommended mobilizing their resources for planning change Cen- prepare advanced practitioners leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Math & Science 4 years required tral to the practice of nursing is the nursing process 3 Providing continuing education programs for Nursing Biology 1 year a deliberate, systematic method of inquiry that professional nurses that prepare graduates for Chemistry 1 year pp,OGRAM OF STUDY assists the nurse with problem-solving and deci- roles in advanced nursing practice Algebra 1 year sion-making in the interest of promoting the health The School of Nursing offers a program with a major One additional year of Man The nursing process involves shared deci- PROGRAM PURPOSES AND GOALS in nursing leading to a baccalaureate degree in Nurs- is also required in to qualified high school graduates, registered sion-making which is focused on Man's freedom of The purposes of the program are ,ng science or math nurses, non-nursing baccalaureate graduates, and i e , Physics, Algebra, choice within the context of the situation 1 To prepare generalists who are accountable for The professional nurse is an independent and qualified transfer students The program includes Computers, etc their nursing practice, accept responsibility for four years of study, and is designed to provide the interdependent practitioner who collaborates with 2 A candidate must have been g^raduated from the management of nursing care, and serve student with the knowledge and the skills needed other health professionals to assist Man in achiev- an approved secondary school in the upper two- as advocates in a variety of health care to practice as a professional nurse generalist upon ing maximum health potential The purpose of the Settings fifths of the class, and must have demonstrated graduation The general and professional education Duquesne University School of Nursin^ Baccalau- exemplary personal conduct in the institution 2 To provide a foundation for graduate study acquired in this program provides a basis for the reate Program is to prepare generalists who are Students whose class rank is below the upper two- Within the philosophy and purposes of the School graduate to progress to positions of increasing accountable for their nursing practice, accept respon- fifths are evaluated individually by the University of Nursing, the faculty has formulated a curriculum responsibility and to undertake graduate study sibility for the management of nursing care, and Admissions Committee according to their overall that provides learning experiences to assist students The curriculum is designed to provide a strong serve as advocates in a variety of health care set- academic achievement 1 e high school quality point to acquire specific knowledge and skills The goals liberal arts and science base The course offerings tmgs The Baccalaureate Program provides a founda- average and testing results are reviewed tion for graduate study of this program state that upon completion of the in the natural, biological and behavioral sciences, 3 The primary consideration for admission is the The faculty believes that specialization in nursing program, the graduate and the University core courses support the philos- secondary school acaderruc record This is con- occurs at the graduate level and that special prepara- 1 Promotes the rights, responsibilities, and ophy that provides the basis for the organizing sidered to be the most important criterion of suc- tion is needed to carry out the work and responsi- dignity of man in health care framework of the professional nursing program Professional nursing courses, which constitute the cess at Duquesne University It is the desire of the bilites of the nurse in advanced nursing practice 2 Synthesizes knowledge from the related nursing major, include theory and practice in the Admissions Committee to admit those candidates Within graduate education, there is a core of sciences, the humanities and nursing theories nursing care of individuals and families Learning who possess qualities of character and intellect and knowledge which pertains to specialty areas Each in applying the nursing process who show prorruse of development into useful and nursing specialty area is viewed as evolving This opportunities are provided in hospitals, in homes, 3 Utilizes political, cultural, and social processes contributing citizens evolution is a synthesis of the fields of advanced in schools, in health agencies and in the community in promoting the health of individuals within As of January 1986, felonious acts prohibit licen- clinical nursing and of other related disciplines The The faculty of the School of Nursing conducts all their environment sure in Pennsylvania A person convicted of any purpose of the Duquesne University Master of professional nursing courses and also guides and felonious act may be prohibited from licensure by Science Nursing Program is to prepare a specialist 4 Utilizes the nursing process in the promotion dncts the practicurn learning experiences A variety the State Board of Nursing At the time of applica- in nursing adn-unistration or education and provide of health with the individual/family/group of hospitals and agencies cooperate with the School tion to the School of Nursing an individual who is a foundation for doctoral study along the life continuum in a variety of of Nursing to provide a wide selection of excellent settings currently under charge or who has incurred a felony Nurse adirunistrators are prepared to lead and practice settings conviction must notify the Dean of Nursing in manage providers of care in organizations within an 5 Initiates health care from the perspective of Upon the successful completion of their program writing of the fact and nature of the felony charge/ increasingly complex social, political, and economic the individual/family/group's value systern of studies, graduates are eligible to take the NCLEX- RN examination for licensure in the state in which conviction environment Nurse educators are prepared to teach 6 Utilizes knowledge of ethical and legal dime" they wish to practice specific target populations in a variety of health care sions in making nursing practice decisions 4 A candidate must present satisfactory scores settings In both specialty areas, concepts are those The faculty reserves the right to make changes in on the required College Entrance Examination Board 7 Utilizes the process of inquiry and research which enable students to fulfill specific role expecta- the curriculum and program requirements which are Scholastic Aptitude Test in accordance with the in planning nursing care with individuall tions in their area of specialization Other content believed to be in keeping with the changing health standards to which the University adheres family/group emphasizes concepts related to the values, attitudes, needs of society and/or the best interest of the 5 A personal interview with a representative of and behaviors necessary for role socialization within 8 Accepts responsibility and accountability for students and the School to maintain quality profes- the School of Nursing is necessary prior to the area of specialization Scholarly inquiry and nursing practice sional nursing education The undergraduate pro- admission research are a major component of the educational 9 Assumes the role of advocate in participating gram of studies is fully approved by the State Board process in the graduate program As nursing leaders, with other health care providers and con Of Nursing and is fully accredited by the National 6 Letters of reference are occasionally requested both administrators and educators assess, plan, sumers in the promotion of health League for Nursing if necessary

160 SCHOOL OF NURSIN,^ 5CjjOOL OF NURSING 161

Other additional School of Nursing requirements registered nurse's previous learning experience . personal interview with the Second Degree stu- Training in Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) a prerequisite to all nursing clinical courses include evidence of physical and emotional health towards the requirements of the B S N degree dent advisor within the School of Nursing is Students must show evidence of current CPR train- adequate to meet the demands of the program and Specific information concerning the acceptance . Rlony conviction notification and compliance Of ing prior to entering the clinical area compliance with the standards of personal conduct transfer credits, eligibility for CLE P testing ,, ,0th the Standards of Personal Conduct Policy , An annual physical examination and certain as outlined in the School of Nursing Standards of challenge exan-unations can be obtained by corlt,,, Evidence of physical and emotional health ade ing the R N /B S N Program Chairman within the immunizations and health tests are required for all Personal Conduct policy Following notification of ,,late to meet the demands of the program acceptance to the University by the Office of Adnus- School of Nursing students in the School of Nursing Preclinical sions, the School of Nursing candidate must students must complete specific health requirements Admission Requirements — R N /B S N OMPORARY TRANSFER Progr,, by the designated deadline date of March 15 in order 1 Submit the School of Nursing's required health Students who are interested in applying for adrini, ^yjth prior written approval, a nursing student may to register for the following semester courses before forms to the University Health Services Department sion to the R N /B S N Program should request a, tAe courses during the summer at an accredited col- proceeding to the clinical practicum The School of 2 Submit signed School of Nursing Standards of application from the Division of Continuing Edirc, lege or university other than Duquesne University Nursing provides information on required school tion, Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pa student wishing to do this will become a tem- Personal Conduct Statements 15282 A uniforms to students prior to entrance into the porary transfer student, providing he or she receives In specific instances, and at the discretion of the • High school diploma or equivalent clinical area Nursing students enrolled in clinical the necessary clearance from both institutions Committee on Admissions, the equivalent of these • Graduation from an accredited associate degre, courses must purchase liability insurance in the or diploma nursing program (2 5 Q P A mmimtlr,) I A student must bring to the School of Nursing amounts of $1,000,000/3,000,000 professional requirements may be acceptedAll in lieu of the fore- going precise requirements applicants are evalu- e Verification of current licensure as a registered Associate Dean, Undergraduate Program both the coverage ated based on individual potential and total profile professional nurse catalog description of courses he or she wishes to Each student is responsible for transportation to take and the schedule for the summer session in and from hospital and other clinical agencies Each with variances perrrutted as necessary and desirable 9 Graduate nurses must verify their status by sir^ ,vhlch they are given This request will be evaluated student wdl be expected to have access to an auto- mission of an Associate Degree transcript or for course equivalency and appropriateness mobile to permit experience with home care of TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION diploma from a nursing program 2 Ordinarily, a student who has acquired 60 or clients and their families during the senior year • Present or past experience in nursing See the section on Admissions for further Univer- more credits may not receive advanced standing for sity requirements • Verification of active malpractice insurance courses taken at accredited community or two-year Admission criteria for transfer students • Fulfillment of science and math prerequisites colleges Students desiring waiver of this policy STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS to the nursing clinical courses 1 A cumulative Q P A of 2 5 from the transfer- njust obtain the permission of the Student Stand- Each nursing student is a member of the general ring institution 0 Personal interview with the R N /B S N pro ,rig Committee of the School of Nursing student body and may select and participate in any gram Chairman in the School of Nursing candidate for the Bachelor's degree must com- 2 1 unit of chernistry and 1 unit of algebra, which 3 A of the campus organizations There are numerous o Felony conviction notification and compliance credits (exclusive of challenge can be from either a secondary school or postsec- plete the last 30 social sororities and organizations as well as profes- with the Standards of Personal Conduct Policy ondary institution as indi credits) toward the degree at Duquesne University sional organizations These organizations exist for cated above 4 The student is responsible for earning a mini- the promotion of the scholarly and professional 3 Personal interview with a representative of the e Evidence of physical and emotional health ade mum of a C grade, or its equivalent if he or she interests of members School of Nursing, and two letters of reference quate to meet the demands of the program as indi expects to receive advanced standing The student Alpha Tau Delta (meaning "through force of 4 Felony conviction notification and compliance cated above niust arrange to have an official copy of the tran- character") is a national professional fraternity for with the Standards of Personal Conduct Policy as indi- script of grades earned at the institution in which persons in nursing Theta Chapter was chartered cated above SECOND DEGREE STUDENTS he or she is a temporary transfer sent to the Office on the Duquesne University campus on April 21, 5 Evidence of physical and emotional health ade- This option is available to those who already have of the Associate Dean, Undergraduate Program in 1938 Eligibility is finuted to full-time students who quate to meet the demands of the program as indi- an earned baccalaureate degree in another discipline the School of Nursing in order to receive advanced have completed a minimum of one semester in the cated above and who wish to earn a bachelor's degree in Nurs standing This transcript must be sent immediately School of Nursing with a cumulative quality point ing at Duquesne University A possible 62 credits upon completion of the course Credit can only be average of 2 5 may be transferred into the program Other possible given once for courses that are repeated Provisions affecting Placement The Stu- opportunities which include challenge examinations 4 Student Nurses Association of Pennsylvania 1 No transfer student can be accepted into nurs- and CLEP testing for University credit affirm a com ADDITIONAL EXPENSES* AND dent Nurses Association of Pennsylvania (SNAP) ing clinical practicurn courses during the first mitment to the adult learner The 63 credit accele REQUIREMENTS is a constituent of the National Student Nurses semester of attendance at Duquesne University rated portion of the curriculum comprising the nurs Association, Inc (NSNA) The purpose of SNAP Student Liability Insurance (Professional) ing ma)or courses is offered over a 16 month con is to assume responsilodity for contributing to nurs- 2 Only courses taken within the past ten years (annually) $2500 will be evaluated for transfer credit For courses in secutive period beginning in August of each year ing education, to provide programs representative Specific information about this option can be Uniforms, nurse's cap, nurse's shoes, the natural sciences, the hmit is five years This time of fundamental and current preprofessional interest obtained by identification pin $12000 the development of the limit may be waived in specific instances contacting the Second Degree student and concerns, and to aid m advisor within the School of Nursing Transportation to and from clinical whole person Actve membership is open to under- $ 1000 agencies (weekly) graduate students enrolled in state approved pro- REGISTERED NURSE STUDENTS Admission Requirements — School of Nursing pin, upon graduation grams leading to licensure as a registered nurse and Second Degree in Nursing Option cost varies Duquesne University School of Nursing also offers (if clestred) registered nurses enrolled in undergraduate pro- Physical examinations, diagnostic procedures, the registered nurse an opportunity to obtain the Students who are interested in applying for grams of nursing baccalaureate in nursing degree Part-time or full- adirrussion to the Second Degree in Nursing Option and immunizations time enrollment is available to allow the registered should request an application from the Division Of 1st year $200 OC Class Organizations Each class is an officially recog- nurse to continue to be employed while undertak- Continuing Education, Duquesne University Pitts 2nd-4th year $15000 nized organization in the School of Nursing As ing the course of study Through the acceptance of burgh, PA 15282 Physical Assessment Kit $ 4000 such, each class elects its own officers and conducts transfer credits, CLEP testing, and challenge exami- * Graduation from a baccalaureate program Ir Senior Assessment Examination $ 300C such programs and affairs as its members deem nations, the School of Nursing strives to apply the another discipline All expenses are approximate desirable toward achieving its goals

162 163 SCHOOL OF NURSIN^ I ^CHOOL OF NURSING

Sigma Theta Tau International, Inc is the international Registered Nurse student, for excellence in schol,, RECOMMENDED COURSE SEQUENCE honor society of nursing The Duquesne University ship, professional commitment, and implementah., Nursing Honor Society was officially chartered as of Duquesne's philosophy Sigma Theta Tau int,, FALL SPRING Epsilon Phi Chapter in March 1982 Membership is national, Epsilon Phi Chapter, presents to open to senior students and community leaders one each to a Basic, R N /B S N , Second D, ea,^0""01c Freshman in who meet the criteria for election Graduate Program student for excellenceI urih a, Credits Courses Credits Cou rses Nursing Alumni Association Upon graduation, each ship, leadership, and professional commitment 3 101 Think/Writ Across/Curr* 3 102 Imag Lit/Crit Writing* graduate is cordially invited to join this organiza- 151 Shaping of the Mod World* 3 132 Basic Philosophical Quest* 3 tion as a School of Nursing Alumni SENIOR DIAGNOSTIC ASSESSMENT Theology Core 3 103 introduction to Psychology 3 3 EXAMINATION 111 Principles of Cherrustry 3 112 Principles of Chemistry HONOR AWARDS 3 A senior diagnostic assessment examination N100 Orientation to Prof Nsg 3 201 Biology of Microbes In addition to graduation honors, these awards and required of all seniors The purpose of this batte,, 15 15 others are presented at Honors Day of tests is to provide a mechanism for feedback te The Mary W Tobin Gold Medal and The Dean John- students to help in identifying strengths and we4 son Memorial Medal are awarded annually to two nesses in preparation for the NCLEX-RN licensing Sophomore outstanding seniors chosen by the faculty The Mary examination Credits W Tobin Gold Medal is awarded by the Theta Courses Credits Courses & Physiology 11 4 Chapter of Alpha Tau Delta National Professional GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 207/8 Anatomy & Physiology 1 4 209/10 Anatomy N215 Basic Pharmacology 3 Fraternity for persons in nursing It was established 225 Family Systems 3 General University requirements for graduation are Intro to Inquiry in Nursing 1 in 1945 to honor Mary Tobin, the first Dean of the N222 Human Dev /Life Continuum 4 N234 in the Academic Policies section of this catalog In 3 School, on the occasion of her retirement from the N229 Toward Healthy Aging 2 N253 Nutrition for HIth Promo addition, specific School of Nursing requirements 1 University The Dean Johnson Memorial Medal N272 Basic Comm in Nursing 2 N254 Therapeutic Nutrition are Health Pro-o/Nsg Process 5 established in 1963 commemorates Dean Johnson^s 15 N262 Completion of 125 credits contributions to the growth of the School of Nurs- 17 ing as its second Dean 2 A minimum cumulative over-all quality point Four new awards were presented for the first time average of 2 0 in 1983 The first award on behalf of Miles, Inc is 3 Successful completion of all clinical practicum junior awarded annually to the outstanding graduating courses Credits senior in the area of acute care nursing The award Courses Credits Courses 4 Completion of the required curriculum plan 125 Fund of Statistics 3 4is called the Miles Award for Excellence in Nursing Prac- N312 Pathology N360 Nsg Care Adult Client 11 7 tice in the Acute Care Setting The second award is 5 Removal of I and F grades in all required N320 Nsg Care Adult Client I 7 Psych/Mental Health Nsg courses Psychopathological Alterations N370 called the Lanza Award for Excellence in Home Health N325 3 in Health 2 Care Adult Nursing, and is sponsored by Lanza, Hospital Equip- 6 A candidate for the Bachel&s degree must com 3 Physical Assessment of Adult 2 Elective Nursing/General ment for the Home This award is presented plete the last 30 credits toward the degree at N350 15 16 annually to the graduating senior demonstrating Duquesne University Challenge credits are not outstanding ability in the area of community health included in this 30 credit requirement The third award is sponsored by the United States 7 Submission of an application for the degree No Air Force This award, the Air Force Leadership in Senior student is considered a degree candidate until Nursing Award, is presented to the graduating senior he/she files an application for the degree on a form Credits Courses Credits best demonstrating outstanding leadership qualities Courses provided by the Registrar N55 Nsg Leadership/Mgmt of (in general), contributions to the nursing pro am N410 Nursing Care of the Client Care and/or class, and evidence of community se ice Degree requirements must be completed within Childbearing Family N475 Promotion of Health with and commitment to the profession The fourth 10 years after initial enrollment At the end of the N420 Nursing Care of the 5 individuals/Families/ Groups award is for excellence in scholarship, leadership and 10-year period, the student's record is re-evaluated Child and Family 3 in the Community professional commitment, and is awarded to a in terms of the curriculum in effect at that time, and N430 The Research Process in Nsg 3 N485 Trends and Issues in Nsg graduating senior This award is sponsored by the student is advised of any additional require Humanities Elective N495 Advanced Concepts in Sigma Theta Tau International — Epsilon Phi ments for graduation The responsibility for fulfilling 16 Clinical Nursing 3 Chapter degree requirements rests with the student Elective Nursing/General 3 Five new awards have also been added 16 The Community Health Education Award, estab- lished in 1985, is awarded to recognize the TOTAL = 125 credits graduating senior who demonstrates initiative, creativity, and teaching skills in promoting com- *University Core Courses munity health The Faculty Recognition Award, established in 1986, is awarded to an outstanding graduating senior by faculty vote The Nursing Alumni Award, established in 1987, is awarded to three graduating senior students, a Basic Program student, a Second Degree Option student, and a

165 164 SCHOOL OF NURSIN, 5Cl.1001, OF NURSING

Student Rights ,ofilponents of any nursing course that is repeated, 2420 Nursing Care of the Child A student who is unable to attend class becal,, 5 cr of their final theory or clinical grade for and Family of serious illness, hospitalization, a serious accideQt regardless Bill of Rights—A statement of the student Bill of 430 The Research Process in Nursing 3 cr or other extenuating circumstances is responsible ^e original course flights is available to all students in the Duquesne 455 Nursing Leadership and for notifying the appropriate faculty member , Students will not be allowed to repeat any nurs- University Student Handbook The Student Hand- Management of Client Care 4 cr Department Chairman and the Associate Dear, course failure or to progress without the book can be acquired in the student government of log 475 Promotion of Health with Individuals/ the Undergraduate Program, School of Nursing A ,,Proval of the Undergraduate Student Standing office located in the student union Family/Groups in the Community 3 cr student who is absent for cause is expected to coni Cornmittee Trends and Issues in Nursing 3 cr plete all of the work in all courses It is the student,s Ali authorized "Request to Repeat a Course' forni 485 Advanced Concepts in Clinical School of Nursing Grievance Procedure responsibility to make up all assignments it, g ,,ust be obtained from the appropriate academic ad- 495 Nursing 3 cr Grievance procedures must be initiated within 30 courses and to be familiar with any instructlo., ,q,or before registering in the repeat course which may have been given during the absence In accordance with the university's writing inten calendar days of the occurrence which gave rise to 100 Orientation to Professional Nursing 3 cr sive requirement for all students admitted to the grievance With the knowledge of the involved Attendence is mandatory for all scheduled hours III This course introduces students to the discipline of parties, either party may request that another per- the clinical area This includes community clinlc^ Duquesne Umversity^ the School of Nursing faculty nursing as a human science, and provides the hours as well as those scheduled in the acute care has identified two required courses (N430 The son be present during the discussions framework for explaining the practice of professional area Acceptable reasons for absence will be N485 Trends and If difficulty arises between student and faculty, I, Research Process in Nursing and nursing according to the philosophy of Duquesne accordance with the cur-rent Undergraduate Catalog in Nursing) as primarily meeting this condi- the student should first discuss the difficulty with Issues University School of Nursing Students explore the statement of scholastic policies The student Is not all of the required under- the person directly involved ,on While most, if assumptions about man and environment beginning expected to notify the clinical instructor of the graduate nursing courses have some written com- If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved ' the 3 with the valuing, process and self-esteem as a means absence prior to the scheduled clinical time The appropriate Department Chairman should be con- pyrient as a course requirement, students who are of valuing self In addition, students examine beliefs specific procedure for an excused absence will detemuned to need further assistance with their sulted If the problem persists, the Associate Dean be about man, environment, and health and how they of the Undergraduate Program should then be at the instructor's discretion Tardiness or unexcused Ating skills will be advised to select such courses absence(s) are serious offences of professional make a difference in the practice of nursing contacted 'ele dives Professional nursing is explored from the histor- responsibility and accountability that may result III If the problem is not satisfactorily resolved, a con- The student is cautioned to seek regular advice emerging roles failure to meet course goals and objectives Regard ical aspect as it relates to present and sultation with the Dean of the School of Nursing ftom the faculty and to keep a record of credits less of cause or reason, all chnical practice time must The relationship of nursing research and theories should be arranged, and the appeals committee in earned and the calculated averages The School be made up is exarruned with a concentration on the nursing the School should be convened assumes no responsibility for such errors appearing Handicapped students requiring special assistance theories of Rogers, King, Orem and Watson Should the problem still remain unresolved, a in students' records which may prevent the student are responsible to notify the class instructor before Students begin to investigate how nursing theories "Request of Hearing" form should be filed with the ftom being graduated or at the first class serve as a basis for the practice of nursing Prereq- The School of Nursing faculty reserves the right Provost within 20 days of the appeals' committee uisite None decision 2 Health Requirements AD School of Nursing to withdraw any student from the nursing major Basic Pharmacology 3 cr If the Provost findings determine that a legitimate students are required to conform to the health who, in its opinion, has not progressed satisfactorily 215 This course covers the basic principles of pharma- grievance exists, he will convene the academic due requirements of the School of Nursing in nursing practice even though the quality point cology needed in daily practice This includes drug process committee In all cases, the decision of the 3 average meets required standards Mathematics Competency All School of Nursing effectiveness, mechanism and interaction In most academic due process committee is final If the The faculty of the School of Nursing also reserves students must demonstrate mathematics compe cases, the emphasis will be on the pharmacological Provost finds that a legitimate grievance does not tency by the right to make any changes in curriculum that means of a written examination prior to action of drugs on specific organ systems In some exist, he/she will inform the student within (30) days progression to junior level clinical courses seem necessary or desirable instances, drugs will be discussed in relation to their of his/her determination clinical use in the treatment of disease conditions Curriculum Standards NURSING COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Prerequisites Anatomy and Physiology I REGULATIONS Orientation to Professional Nursing 3 cr To progress to the upper division nursing practice 100 222 Human Development Throughout 215 Basic Pharmacology 3 cr Students in the School of Nursing are preparing courses, a minimum cumulative Q P A of 2 0 is the Life Continuum 4 cr 222 Human Development Throughout the themselves for entry into a respected health profes- required A minimum C grade is also required in This course builds upon the major concepts of man, I 4 cr sion where the highest degree of character and sense the natural and applied sciences (Chemistry, Biology Life Continuum environment, health and nursing The student Toward Healthy Aging 2 cr of responsibility are basic requirements As such, of Microbes, Anatomy and Physiology I and 11, 229 studies human development from conception 1 cr they are expected to conduct themselves, at all times, Nutrition for Health Promotion, Basic Pharmacology 234 Introduction to Inquiry in Nursing through death Emphasis is placed on an individuals 3 cr in a manner befitting this position and according and Pathology) and all Freshman and Sophomore 253 Nutrition for Health Promotion psychological, intellectual and personality develop- 1 cr honor to it For these reasons, the School of Nurs- level required nursing courses Providing a mini 254 Therapeutic Nutrition ment within the context of the family, society and ing insists on strict adherence to the following mum C grade is achieved in the natural and applied 262 Health Promotion Through the culture Health promotion practices are explored 5 cr regulations science theory courses, at least a nummurn D grade Nursing Process relative to each age group throughout the life con- 2 cr is required in the related science laboratory course 272 Basic Communications in Nursing tinuum This course provides the basis for students 1 Class Attendance Attendance is expected for 4 cr Students must achieve a C grade in all nursing 312 Pathology to assess the developmental stages in the dirucal envi- every class session of each course within the School 1 7 cr courses except nursing electives 320 Nursing Care of the Adult Client ronment Prerequisite Introduction to Psychology of Nursing Students are expected to attend the en- Students are ordinarily permitted to repeat 325 Psychopathological Alterations tire class session Specific class attendance require- 2 cr 229 Toward Healthy Aging 2 cr courses in which D and F grades were received All in Health 350 2 cr This course focuses on elderly people, the aging pro- ments (in relation to grading) will be stated in each grades are retained on the permanent acadenuc Physical Assessment of the Adult 11 7 cr cess, and age-related physiological and psychosocial. course syllabus Acceptable reasons for absence will record The result of the final attempt in a repeated 360 Nursing Care of the Adult Client changes Emphasis is placed on enhancing quality be in accordance with the current Undergraduate 370 Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing course is, however, the student's status in the course of life through the promotion of health and wellness, Catalog statement of scholastic policies Considera- and Care of the Adult 3 cr with regard to attempted credits, earned credits, and strategies to encourage independence and func- tion of any other request for an excused absence will the completion of requirements 410 Nursing Care of the Childbearing 5 cr tionmg Environmental and personal safety various be at the instructor's discretion Students must repeat both the theor^ and clinical Family -i 167 166 SCHOOL OF NURSIN^ I 5CI400L OF NURSING

370 Psychiatric-Mental Health living situations, and econoiruc and legal considera- theories while exploring their own style of Corn ,25 Psychopathological Alterations 3 cr tions are discussed The development of gerontology munication, evaluating the effectiveness of corn ,, Health 2 cr Nursing Care of the Adult is highlighted munication, and learning ways to change one's Pat ,his course is designed to address the major This clinical nursing course builds on previously learned communication theory abnormal psy- 234 Introduction to Inquiry tern of relating This course is foundational to nijr, theories of psychopathology and diagnostic by the DSM-3R Emphasis will chology content, and concepts from selected nurs- in Nursing 1 cr ing practice as interaction is essential to the nu,s categories as defined ing theorists The student is provided with the This one credit Introduction to Inquiry in Nursing ing process It is offered prior to or concurrent wlt^ be placed on the students' understanding of the opportunity to care for clients in the psychiatric- course is offered early in the nursing program The Health Promotion through the Nursing Process to multifaceted nature of psychopathology Attention mental health setting and to examine how different focus of the course is on the assessment and further enable students to begin to apply communication .111 be directed to the developmental, biological, socioculture values influence health promotion of development of intellectual capacities of student theory with clients in a long-term setting Prere^ psychological, and sociocultural aspects of path- individuals and families The student identifies the nurses as independent critical thinkers Students uisite Orientation to Professional Nursing ological functioning The theoretical and practical role of the professional nurse as a collaborator in will be introduced to the critical thinking process basis for current treatment modalities will also be 312 Pathology 4 or multidisciplinary treatment team planning and and its components, describe how they think, and addressed Prerequisites Introduction to Psycho- This course is a theory course designed to acquaint explores community mental health resources uti- participate in determining learning strategies that logy, Basic Communications in Nursing, Anatomy students with the structural and functional changes lized in rehabilitation of clients with psychiatric- will enhance thinking Students will be encouraged and Physiology I and II, Health Promotion Through that occur as the result of illness, as well as the mental health problems Prerequisites Basic Com- to actively participate in learning as they progress the Nursing Process body's remarkable ability to compensate for those munication in Nursing, Psychopathological Altera- through the course Through the process of critical illness-related changes Since the abnormal change, 35o Physical Assessment of the Adult 2 cr tions in Health and Nursing Care of the Adult thinking, this course provides a foundation that pro- This course builds on previously learned knowledge can ultimately be traced to underlying molecular Client 1 motes open inquiry into assumptions, beliefs, goals cellular and histological deviations from the of natural and human sciences A systems approach and values that characterize nursing 410 Nursing Care of the homeostatic state, the mechanisms that disrupt this is utilized to teach students to perform a physical Childbearing Family 5 cr 253 Nutrition for Health Promotion 3 cr optimal state will also be elucidated In addition assessment Students learn to differentiate between The focus of this clinical nursing course is on health This course focuses on nutrition and the nursing the basic mechanisms involved in the pathogene' qormal findings and alterations indicative of actual promotion with the family as it relates to childbear- role in health promotion for well individuals and sis of various body systems and the body as a whole or potential health problems Students are provided ing and neonatal care Utilizing the nursing process groups throughout the life cycle Emphasis is placed are emphasized and contrasted with the similar ^ith the opportunity to perform physical assess- the student will focus on the practice of maternal- on nutrition assessment and intervention Food mechanisms that support normal health Prereq merits in the laboratory setting and to utilize these infant health nursing based on selected nursing needs for energy and the major nutrients are con- uisites Biology of Microbes, Anatomy and Phys, skills in the clinical setting in Nursing Care of the theories, knowledge of normal and selected altered sidered for the promotion of health Prerequisites ology I and 11 Adult Client I which is taken concurrently patterns relative to the developmental processes of Principles of Chemistry This course enhances the students ability to uthze 111 and 112 320 Nursing Care of the Adult Client 1 7 cr knowledge of body systems for the purpose of plan- the pregnant client, newborn and family Concepts 254 Therapeutic Nutrition 1 cr Nursing Care of the Adult Client I is the first clinical rang a wholistic approach to nursing care Prereq- of loss, grief, maternal and paternal role identity, This course focuses on nutrition in nursing prac- nursing course offered at the Junior level This uisites Anatomy and Physiology 11, Pathology body image and self-esteem are explored relative to tice for the restoration of health Emphasis is placed course builds on previously learned knowledge of the childbearing family Changing family belief (concurrent) on nutrition assessment and interventions for per- natural and human sciences, concepts from selected 1 systems related to health promotion for mothers and sons with short or long term disruptions of health nursing theorists, Pathology and Physical Assess ^60 Nursing Care of the Adult Client 11 7 cr newborns are examined from ethical, socio-cultural status in relation to current research in therapeutic ment of the Adult which are taken concurrently with This clinical nursing course offered at the junior level and political perspectives The student's role as a nutrition Adult I The student is provided with the oppor tuilds on previously learned knowledge of Path- health educator is further developed through teach- ology, Physical Assessment, Nursing Care of the 262 Health Promotion Through the tunity to apply the nursing process to the care of ing the family Growth in critical thinking and Xclult Client I, and concepts from selected nursing Nursing Process 5 cr adult clients in a variety of acute medical-surgical inquiry is expected as students continue to synthe- theorists The student is provided with the oppor- This course is designed to introduce students to the settings Basic concepts related to the integrity of size their knowledge of childbearing in the perfor- tunity to apply the nursing process in caring for the application of concepts and skills relevant to the biological, psycho-social, spiritual and environ mance of their professional roles Prerequisites adult in a variety of medical-surgical settings The practice of professional nursing The course explores mental health patterns are presented Concepts of Farruly Systems, Nursing Care of the Adult Client family is viewed as a support system to the client man's individual health patterns and includes an loss, grief, and rehabilitation are integrated II, Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing Care of the Increasingly complex concepts related to the integ- introduction to alterations in health patterns throughout the course Students explore the ways Adult in which adult clients respond to alterations in nty of biological, psycho-social, spiritual and envi- Students study the nursing process as the vehicle 420 Nursing Care of the health and the experience of hospitalization How ibrimental health patterns are presented Concepts for providing nursing care to clients The concepts Child and Family 5 cr these changes influence the adult client's unique of loss and grief, oncology and rehabilitation con- of health education, rehabilitation and loss and grief In this clinical course, the student learns the role experience of biological, psycho-social, spiritual and tinue to be integrated throughout the course are incorporated Students identify the interrelation- of the nurse caring for the child and family Using environmental patterns of health, well-being, and Students explore the ways in which adult clients ship of these theoretical components in man's the nursing process as a framework, the student will life style is integrated to provide wholistic and ind, respond to long and short term alterations in health, experience of health The professional role is assess the child with alterations in health and vidualized nursing care Students examine how and examine the influence of more complex changes explored within the framework of the nursing pro- dif address the biological, spiritual, environmental, and feren sociocultural values nifluence health patterns related to the client's experience of health Students cess Prerequisites CPR Certification, Orientation psychosocial patterns of the child and family Norms Adult teaching/learning principles are utilized to also explore community resources for supportive to Professional Nursing, Anatomy & Physiology 1, and alterations in health patterns will provide the meet the client's health education needs Prereq and rehabilitative care, and participate in the referral Anatomy & Physiology 11 (concurrent), Human basis for discussion as they relate to the develop- uisites Health Promotion Through the Nursing Pro of clients for these health care services Students Development Throughout the Life Continuum (con- mental level of the child Content for the physical cess, Basic Communications in Nursing, Basic Phar integrate previously learned and more advanced current), Basic Communications in Nursing ^(con- assessment of the child is presented The nurse's macology, Nutrition for Health Promotion, Physical nursing knowledge reflecting the uniqueness of current), Foundations of Gerontic Nursing role in the promotion of health is identified as a Assessment of the Adult (concurrent), and Path filan's health experience to provide wholistic nurs- 272 major focus of the course Prerequisites Family Basic Communications in Nursing 2 cr ology (concurrent) Ing care to the adult client Prerequisites Nursing Systems, Nursing Care of the Adult Client 11, This is a basic theory course in communication Stu- Care of the Adult Client 1, Physical Assessment of Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing Care of the dents examine the theoretical components of the the Adult, and Pathology communication process, and modalities of nursing Adult

168 SCHOOL OF NURSINc 5CHOOL OF NURSING 169

430 The Research Process 495 Advanced Concepts in Clinical Nursing 3 cr 299 Nursing and Spirituality 3 cr 459 Transcultural Nursing 3 cr in Nursing 3 cr This preceptored clinical course provides students Nursing and Spirituality is a non-clinical nursing Transcultural Nursing builds on the basic concepts This senior level undergraduate research course the opportunity to synthesize previous learning and elective Students explore the universal and time- of man, health, nursing, and environment, and their focuses on the role of the professional nurse as a develop additional knowledge and skills Concept, less truth of the spiritual dimension of human interrelationships as developed in the student's ^onsumer of research Each step of the research pro- of alteration in patterns and clinical decision-makin, nature4 Case histories in nursing are investigated previous sciences, humaruties, and nursing courses cess is examined Application exercises reinforce form the foundation for nursing judgement and Which focus on spiritual needs encountered in the Emphasis is placed on the development of Lem- didactic material The critiquing process is utilized priority setting in complex care situations Student ruirse/client/family relationship inger's model of transcultural nursing and trans- with current nursing studies The advantages and performance as a beginning professional in the pr,c Students are encouraged to develop an awareness cultural health care systems Various issues related disadvantages of quantitative and qualitative tice dimensions of client care is enhanced through their own spiritual dimension and its growth to the nurse's role in the delivery of health care and research are explored Prerequisites Fundamentals advanced clinical knowledge, chnical judgement and of through nursing experiences In addition, students the client's acceptance of health care are explored of Statistics, Introduction to Research in Nursing, technical skill development Prerequisites Nursing discover the gift they bring to the nursing situation Emphasis is placed on the assessment and analysis Nursing Care of The Adult Client II Care of the Childbearing Family, and Nursing care spiritual needs are recognized and shared of selected cultural diversities as related to nursing of the Child and Family ,vhen 455 Nursing Leadership and Management (entered into) with the client practice Methods utilized in transcultural nursing of Client Care 4 cr research that foster culture-specific nursing care are Health Care of Women 3 cr This clinical course provides students the oppor- 397 included Prerequisite Health Promotion Through Health Care of Women is a nursing elective that pro- tunity to synthesize previous learning and develop NURSING ELECTIVES the Nursing Process vides students with an opportunity to explore many knowledge and skills relevant to the leadership and 104 Dosage and Solutions the prevalent health experiences of women in con- 466 Choosing the Living in Dying 3 cr management roles of the nurse Concepts of power, of Computer Tutorial Choosing the Living in Dying is a non-clinical nurs- change and decision-making form the foundation 1 cr temporary society in the United States This course 260 Ways of Healing ing elective The focus of the course is on dying as for exploring leadership styles and functions 3 cr investigates aspects of women's health and choices 299 Nursing and Spirituality relative to the quality of their lives It provides an evolutionary life experience Emphasis is placed Chrucal knowledge, judgement and technical skills 3 cr 397 Health Care of Women on the quality of living throughout the dying development encourage an environment in which 3 cr students with an opportunity to analyze health pro- 399 Pt /Consumer Health Education process The learners will expand their perspectives the student performs as a beginning professional 2-3 cr motion for women from a historical and nursing 459 Transcultural Nursing of the dying process and current issues in America in both the practice and management dimensions 3 cr perspective and provides them with the knowledge 466 Choosing the Living in Dying health resources available to meet the specific related to that process Meaning is enhanced of client care Prerequisites Nursing Care of the 3 cr of 499 Directed Study in Nursing through the sharing of thoughts, feelings and per- Childbearing Family, Nursing Care of the Child and 1-3 cr needs of women Prerequisite Nursing Care of the ceptions within the group process Prerequisite Family NOTE Not all nursing electives are offered each Adult Client 1 none 475 Promotion of Health with semester 399 Patient/Consumer 2-3 cr 499 Directed Study in Nursing 1-3 cr Individuals/ Families/ Groups 104 Dosages and Solutions 1 cr Health Education This course which can be taken for variable credit in the Community 3 cr This directed study course provides the student with Today's health care professional is required to be (one to three credits) is designed to provide students This clinical nursing course builds upon all previous an opportunity for a self-paced review of the basic more than an expert clinician The client as a con- with a unique opportunity to pursue an area of learning and synthesizes that knowledge with a mathernatic functions preparatory to problem sumer of health care expects to be taught the intri- interest in nursing that enriches and expands upon focus on the promotion of health with individuals, solving and instruction in the calculation of dosages cacies of illness and selective treatments The client basic knowledge provided in the required program families and groups within a variety of community and solutions necessary for the administration of requires extensive knowledge of health promotion of studies, or to achieve particular objectives that settings The student investigates multidimensional medications in clinical practice The course is and self-care It becomes the responsibility of the require individualized consideration Students, in health needs of culturally diverse population groups designed around student use of a computer-assisted health care professional to meet these needs through consultation with faculty have the opportunity to and seeks to identify high risk populations Current instructional program with teacher supervision the process of health education This course, utiliz- generate objectives and behavioral outcomes, and health care and population trends requiring greater Special permission is required to register for this ing an interdisciplinary approach, introduces the to formulate and implement a plan of study to attention to the highly complex care and rehabilita- course student preparing for a health care career to the role of educator through identification, analysis, syn- achieve these objectives Prerequisites, Vary based tive needs of individuals and families in the home 260 Ways of Healing 3 cr thesis and application of the teaching-learning pro- on content area involved are examined Further, health needs of the com- This course is a non-clinical nursing elective Ways cess Students from various disciplines have an munity are explored and evaluated for possible of Healing explores many of the ways in which opportunity to share their perspectives on health changes that enhance the promotion of health clients and families are involved in the process of and health promotion as related to chent education Various roles of the community health nurse are healing which are not thought to be medically tradi investigated with an emphasis on the role of the tional Belief systems are looked at and how they nurse as health educator Prerequisites Nursing affect life with emphasis on the healing process Care of the Childbearing Family, Nursing Care of Students explore the mystery around unconven- the Child and Family tional or unexpected healing and look at this in rela- 485 Trends and Issues in Nursing 3 cr tionship to marYs belief systems which are a reflec- This course builds upon all previous learning expen- tion of how man participates with his own health ences It considers current issues in nursing, trends Students study, in depth, two ways of healing, bio- in health care delivery, political accountability and feedback and visual imagery techniques The apph- ethical decision making Trends and issues and their cation of these techniques to the nursing process interrelationship are explored in order to assist the is explored Seven other ways of healing are student to assume professional responsibility for explored through group presentations psychic involvement in issues affecting nursing and delivery surgery, hypnosis, spiritual healing, acupuncture of health care Prerequisites Nursing Care of the acupressure, hex/voodoo, and laying on of hands Adult Client II, Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing Prerequisite Orientation to Professional Nursing Care of the Adult 170 SCHOOL OF PHARMAC^ I 5CfIOOL OF PHARMACY 171

School of Pharmacy PRE-PHARMACY COURSE knowledge of drugs and their actions and can apply REQUIREMENTS school of Pharmacy this knowledge to improve patient therapy outcome and understanding Further, the pharmacist must Seir possess skills and knowledge to manage a profes- Duquesne Pre-Pharmacy lirs CURRICULAR CHANGES sional practice The comprehensive and specialized in Biology I and II The current B S Pharmacy program will no longer nature of the curriculum offers the pharmacy gradu- (121, 123 and 122, 124) 8 Adtninistration be offered with the graduation of the class of 1998 ate a choice of occupations within the profession and General Chemistry I and 11 (121 and 122) 9 (entering in Fall 1993) As of Fall 1994, the School Dean its closely allied fields, as well as an adequate foun- Organic Chemistry I and 11 (205 and 206) 8 of Pharmacy will initiate a six-year entry-level Doc- Douglas H Kay, Ph D dation for the contuniation of studies on a graduate Calculus 1 (115) 4 tor of Pharmacy program of study The new level in many areas Physics for Pharmacy (200) 4 Associate Dean Pharm D will be configured in a two-year pre- Thinking and Writing Across the ^ Douglas Bricker, Ph D Within the profession of pharmacy, a graduate professional and four-year professional curricular may become a community pharmacist, hospital Curriculum (101) 3 Msistant Dean for Administration format pharmacist, industrial pharmacy practitioner, con- Imaginative Literature and Critical Stephen C Morrison, M A Faculty of the School of Pharmacy are develop- Writing (102) 3 sultant pharmacist, or a pharmacist in government ing a competency-based, outcomes-oriented cur- Theology (Core) 3 service Many pharmacists find employment with nculum that will prepare future generalist pharmacy gISTORY Basic Philosophical Questions (132) 3 pharmaceutical companies as medical service practitioners to provide quality pharmaceutical care plans for establishing a School of Pharmacy were Shaping of the Modern World (151) 3 representatives or in research, development, to patients The new professional curriculum will 1911, when the charter of the Univer- Arts and the Human Experience (161) 3 515tituted in manufacturing, quality assurance, or marketing emphasize critical thinking, problem solving, active ,,ty was amended and authority obtained to grant Elements of Economics (121) 3 positions Others become involved with the whole- learning and enhanced communications skills, inte- Computer Literacy degrees in Pharmacy On April 20, 1925, the final sale sector of the drug distribution system Gradu- grated studies in the biological, chemical, phar- work of organizing the School of Pharmacy was (COSC 100, 110 or QSMIS 182) 3 ates in pharmacy are well-qualified to become offi- maceutical, administrative, behavioral and clinical completed The first class was received September Public Speaking (102) 3 cers of drug law enforcement agencies In recent sciences taught using traditional and innovative Psychology 3 21, 1925 years, pharmacists have entered the fields of nuclear instructional techniques, and a multi-year, intro- Duquesne University School of Pharmacy is General Sociology/Political Science 3 pharmacy and drug information and/or poison con- ductory-to-advanced level experiential component housed in Richard King Mellon Hall of Science, 66 trol Many pharmacists find employment as chem- Opportunities will be provided for additional master architect Mies van der Rohe whose design by ists or biologists in industrial and research organiza- preparation in community pharmacy practice, insti- won the "Laboratory of the Year" award for 1969 in tions in allied fields Others enter the profession of tutional practice, nuclear pharmacy, industrial prac- the annual Industrial Research, Inc survey of new General Requirements teaching Additional study is required for some of tice, and for graduate study science buildings across the country The School's General Biology with Laboratory 8 these positions A few pharmacists continue their specialized facilities include a recently completed General Chemistry with Laboratory study in other health professions leading to a sec- 8 pharmacy practice laboratory, a new Pharmacy ADMISSIONS Organic Chemistry with Laboratory 8 Computer and Resource Center, a nuclear pharmacy ond professional degree or an advanced degree in Calculus (for science or math majors) 4 Traditionally, Duquesne University's excellence in laboratory, three additional teaching laboratories, the basic pharmaceutical and medical sciences General Physics with Laboratory pharmacy education has resulted in a large number 8 and manufacturing laboratory/pilot plant with cur- The School of Pharmacy directs the professional of applicants for enrollment Admission to the first English Composition and Literature 3 program leading to the degree of Doctor of Phar- in Fall rent pharmaceutical manufacturing equipment entry-level Doctor of Pharmacy Class 1996 will English Literature 3 macy It is specifically designed to prepare gradu- be on a competitive basis for well qualified Religious Studies 3 ates to assume the duties and responsibilities dic- PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Duquesne University students and a select group Philosophy 3 tated by the clinical, educational and administrative of transfer students from outside Duquesne Modern US, European or World History 3 The School of Pharmacy, as an integral part of the facets of their respective positions Upon program University Music or Art Appreciation 3 University, embodies as its own, the mission and completion, the graduate practitioner will merge into The minimum requirements for admission to the Economics 3 goals set forth by the University the profession capable of promoting and enhanc- Computer Literacy (Applications) Duquesne University School of Pharmacy entry- 3 The School of Pharmacy has many important mis- ing rational drug therapy In addition, the individual Speech (Interpersonal Communication) 3 level Pharm D program are 1) Completion of the sions, but the primary rrussion of the School is to will be capable of functioning proficiently as both 3 prepare practitioners for life-long careers in phar- pre-Pharmacy course requirements listed in the Uru- Psychology an administrator of pharmacy services and as a General Sociology versity catalog, 2) A minimum overall and science/ -i macy and allied health sciences Acaderruc training pharmacy educator Utilizing personal experience must build sufficient knowledge and skill to allow math grade point average of 2 5 and no grade lower 69 and an established data base, the graduate will be than a "C" in a required course, 3) graduates to practice in the present environment and Completion of capable of participating in, and promoting, phar- the Pharmacy College Adirussions Test (PCAT) with to grow and adapt as the practice environment macy research in the hospital and university setting a minimum composite scaled score of 180, and 4) changes The Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences Completion of an application form that includes a The outcome competency-based curriculum in of the School of Pharmacy offers programs leading written essay and three letters of recommendation pharmacy represents a composite of educational to the Doctor of Philosophy degree in pharmaceut- An interview is required of candidates for final experiences that results in a well-educated and well- ical chemistry, pharmaceutics, mecbclnal chernistry, selection trained professional An important part of the and pharmacology-toxicology, and the Master of Evidence of participation in community service School's curriculum is to provide undergraduate in Science degree the fields of pharmaceutics, phar- is strongly encouraged and will be a favorable asset students with a well-rounded and broad education maceutical chemistry, medicinal chemistry, pharma- in consideration for admission to the program which will inspire a permanent interest in learning and stimulate qualified undergraduate students to cology-toxicology, pharmaceutical adriumstration, continue their education at the graduate level and a joint degree program leading to a Master in In order to be a competent pharmacist, the stu- Business Admirustration/Master of Science in Indus- dent must become a therapeutic specialist who has trial Pharmacy

I 5Cf4OOL OF PHARMACY 173 172 SCHOOL OF PHARMAc^

Second Year Spring Semester D* V C* DEGREES 101 Thinking and Writing D* I_^ C* 322 Pharmacology-Drug Across the Curriculum,3 crs Semester The School of Pharmacy offers a program leading 3 4 4 Mechanisms Il 4 — 4 102 Imaginative Literature ,05 organic Chemistry I to the undergraduate degree, Bachelor of Science 306 Pharmaceutics- and Critical Writing 3 crs ,90 physics for Pharmacy 4 2 4 in Pharmacy Descriptions of advanced degrees Pharmacokinetics IV 3 3 4 132 Basic Philosophical ,32 Basic Philosophical offered by the faculty of the School of Pharmacy and 3 — 3 314 Medicinal Chemistry- Questions 3 crs (Humanities) Questions (University Core) the Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences are 11 4 — 4 141 Social, Political, and ,,I Shaping of Modern World Natural Products found in other publications available from the 431 Behavioral Aspects of Illness 2 — 2 Econorruc Systems 3 crs (Social Science) (University Core) 3 — 3 School of Pharmacy office 3 — 3 151 The Shaping of the General Elective 3 — 3 Professional Elective 16 6 17 16 3 17 PROGRAMS Modern World 3 crs (Social Science) 161 The Arts and the PHARMACY Human Experience 3 crs (Humanities) ,,nng Semester D* I! C* Fifth Year D* L^ C* Currently, the School of Pharmacy grants a Bachelor 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187 Theology ,06 organic Chemistry 11 3 4 4 Fall Semester 440 Therapeutics 6 1 6 of Science in Pharmacy degree upon completion of (choose one course) 3 crs (Humanities) 141 Social, Political, Economic 3 — 3 323 OTC Drugs 2 — 2 the undergraduate professional program The first Pharmacy students must take an additional 9 Systems (University Core) 430 Patient Counseling & two years encompass many courses offered by the credits of General Electives, chosen - consultation 161 Arts and the Human Experience Education 2 — 2 College of Liberal Arts and the School of Natural with their acadermc advisor, to meet the 30-cred,t (University Core) 3 — 3 333 Drug Literature Resources and Environmental Sciences, in addition to several ACPE General Education requirement Course worl, General Elective 3 — 3 1 1 1 450 Pharmacy Practice professional courses The latter three years of study offered by the following departments in the College ^0 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 — 4 Problem Solving Approach 1 3 2 are taught mainly by the pharmacy faculty, with of Liberal Arts and Schools of the University is ap 16 4 17 Professional Elective 3 — 3 electives being available from both that faculty and proved for meeting the additional 9-credit Gener^ 15 5 16 other schools of the University Students are Electives requirement Third Year enrolled in the School of Pharmacy for all years Theology Political Science Fall Semester D* V C* D* V C* Legal requirements of all states are met with regard Philosophy Computer Science 317 Human Anatomy & Spring Semester 441 Practical Pharmacy I- to graduation from an accredited college of phar- English Communication Physiology 11 3 3 4 Clinical Clerkship — — 3 macy Licensure in the several states may be acquired Modern Languages ROTC Courses ^j Basic Pharmaceutics- 432 Practical Pharmacy Il- by meeting specific additional requirements of each Classics School of Music Courses Pharmacy Math 1 3 4 4 — — 3 particular state Sociology School of Business 309 Biochemistry-Nutrition 3 3 4 Community Psychology AdmanisFtration Courses 230 Pharmacy Law 3 — 3 433 Practical Pharmacy III- Residency Requirements History/Art History General Elective 3 — 3 Hospital — — 3 434 Practical Pharmacy IV- The pharmacy curriculum has been designed to pro- Effective with the Class of 1997 (entering in Fall 15 10 18 — — 12 vide a sequence of courses leading to professional 1992), one course (3 credits of the 9-credlt require Optional — — 12 competence The rrunimum time period in which ment) must be a computer course, including com Spnng Semester D* V C* this may be accomplished has been determined by puter software applications 318 Pathophysiology 3 — 3 the faculty to be three years of full-time residency In adherence to ACPE accreditation requirements 302 Basic Pharmaceutics II 3 4 4 This residency requirement for the final years of the on general education, the School of Pharmacy fac 319 Medical Microbiology- W—Didactic hours, U-1-aboratory hours, C*—Credit in professional curriculum is accordance with a ulty has ruled that general electives must be non Immunology 3 3 4 hours policy statement ratified by the American Associa- science, non-math, non-professionaI course work 310 Analysis of Drug Substances 4 — 4 Courses are to be completed in the designated sequence tion of Colleges of Pharmacy and followed by all col- 326 Pharmacy Administration 2 2 2 Minimum credits for B 5 in Pharmacy degree — 164, suffi- leges of pharmacy in establishing irunimurn resi- PHARMACY CURRICULUM 15 9 18 cient elective courses must be taken to satisfy the minimum dency requirements, as well as guidelines for pro- For the Class of 1995 (entering Fall, 1990) and credit requirements fessional education The residency requirement is thereafter Fourth Year Changes may be made in some parts of the curriculum First Year applicable to all students regardless of advanced Fall Semester D* V C* indicated as a result of continuing faculty evaluation of the Fall Semester D* I^ C* standing status 321 Pharmacology-Drug Pharmacy curriculum 111 General Biology 1 3 4 4 Mechanisms 1 4 — 4 Curriculum 121 General Chemistry 1 3 4 4 305 Pharmaceutics- AREAS OF CONCENTRATION 101 Thinking & Writing A minimum of 30 credits in the combined general Biopharmaceutics III 3 3 Six credits in Professional Pharmacy Electives is the education areas of humanities and social sciences, Across the Curriculum 313 Medicinal Chemistry- (University Core) 3 — 3 minimum requirement for graduation During the in accordance with ACPE accreditation require- Natural Products 1 4 — 4 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 fourth year (earlier if possible) each pharmacy stu- ments, is required for graduation from the School 325 Pharmacy Management 4 — 4 101 Pharmacy Orientation 1 — 1 dent is urged to select an area of concentration from of Pharmacy Effective for the Class of 1992 (enter- 324 Public Health — 14 8 16 one of the following areas Community Practice, ing in Fall, 1987) and thereafter, Pharmacy students Emergency Treatment 3 1 3 Institutional Practice, Industrial Pharmacy, Nuclear must meet the requirements of the University Core 18 1 18 Spring Semester D* V C* Pharmacy, or Pre-Graduate Study Curriculum For Pharmacy students, seven required 4 4 112 General Biology 11 3 Independent Study in the School of Pharmacy is University Core courses satisfy 21 credits of the 3 8 5 122 General Chemistry 11 considered professional elective course work and 30-credit ACPE General Education requirement for 102 Imaginative Literature and may be used in any of the areas of concentration the B S in Pharmacy degree The University Core Critical Writing (University Students may make their own selection of courses courses and, where appropriate, the Social Science Core) 3 — 3 in consultation with their advisors and Humanities designations, as determined by the Theology (University Core) 3 — 3 faculty of the School of Pharmacy, follow 12 12 15

174 SCHOOL OF PHARMAC^ 5Cj ­IOOL OF PHARMACY 175

The following courses are approved for the respec- interest in order to select courses most adaptable to pharmacy Activities Fee 3 Academic Standards All students in the School tive areas of concentration the program they desire to pursue A combined B S Instituted by student request, this fee of $37 50 a of Pharmacy are required to remain in good stand- in Pharmacy/M S in Pharmaceutical Sciences pro ing, academically, throughout the five-year B S in Community Practice ,ernester for a minimum of six semesters, covers gram is available to qualified students Pharmacy program and to maintain "normal pro- 471—Selected Topics in Prescription Drug local and national Academy of Students of Pharmacy The following courses offered by the Graduate gress" toward completing the degree requirements Counseling dues and journal subscription, laboratory coats, School of Pharmaceutical Sciences are available to and name pin fees, class dues, and partial within the minimum five-year period Promotion 481—Pharmacy Sales and Marketing towels qualified upperclassmen in the School of Pharrriac^ travel expenses for one required field trip to a to each succeeding year in the B S in Pharmacy cur- 482—Community Pharmacy Practice 501 Manufacturing Pharmacy pharmaceutical manufacturmg firm Payment is riculum and the guarantee of a seat in each subse- 483—Aging and Health Care giade at registration each semester This prorated quent class (Pharmacy H, 111, TV and V) is contingent 525—Advances in Drug Therapy 502 Pharmaceutical Formulation and Development fee is assessed only to those students in the last upon 561—General Toxicology three years of the B S in Pharmacy program 566—Clinical Toxicology 504 Regulatory Aspects of a the successful completion of all required course Industrial Practice work (pre-professional sciences and Institutional Practice 505, 506 Cosmetic Science and Technology gEGULATIONS mathematics, professional, and elective) in the 483—Aging and Health Care with Lab Students in the School of Pharmacy are preparing approved curricular sequence, and, 814—Parenteral Therapy 510 Advanced Pharmacokinetics 1 themselves for entry into a respected health profes- 833—Health Care Management b the attainment and maintenance of the required 511 Advanced Pharmacokinetics 11 sion where the highest degree of character and sense 501— Manufacturing Pharmacy minimum cumulative, science/mathematics 522 Spectral Methods of responsibility are basic requirements As such, 525—Advances in Drug Therapy and professional quality point averages of 2 0 523, 524 Advanced Medicinal they are expected to conduct themselves, at all times, 539—Bionucleonics in a manner befitting this position and according (The cumulative QPA is the average of all courses Chemistry I and II 540—Advarced Bionucleonics and honor to it For these reasons, the School of Phar- taken at Duquesne University Radiopharmaceuticals 525 Advances in Drug Therapy macy insists on strict adherence to the following The science/mathematics QPA is the average of all 561—General Toxicology 539 Bionucleomcs regulations science and mathematics courses of the first two 566—Clinical Toxicology 540 Advanced Bionucleonics and years of the five-year pharmacy curriculum 1 Class Attendance Regular class attendance in the Radiopharmaceuticals The professional QPA is the average of all required 3 Industrial Pharmacy School of Pharmacy is normally required for maxi- 501—Manufacturing Pharmacy 561 General Toxicology mum educational advantage The responsibility for and elective professional pharmacy courses in the 502—Pharmaceutical 563 Pathology all course material rests wholly with the student curriculum ) Formulation and 566 Clinical Toxicology Under no circumstances will class attendance be Any student who fails to maintain "normal pro- gress" toward graduation as defined in the Development 569 Toxins and Venoms used as the sole basis for altering a grade in a course preceding paragraph, is subject to forfeit of the 504—Regulatory Aspects of 570 Drug Mechanisms This principle shall not modify the prerogative of Industrial Practice each instructor to establish specific policies for guaranteed seat in the class of his/her initial 572 Methods of Evaluation of 505, 506—Cosmetic Science and Technology attendance at tests, examinations, class lectures, matriculation Subsequent accommodation of that Drug Action and Toxicity with Lab deadlines for reports, and other specific school or student's continuation in the Pharmacy program in a lower class must be on a space available basis, with 510—Advanced Pharmacokinetics I Descriptions of these courses may be found in the course requirements no guarantee of availability due to capacity enroll- 511—Advanced Pharmacokinetics II Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences ^ A student who is unable to attend class because ment at all levels of the curriculum In the event that 522—Spectral Methods Catalog of serious illness, hospitalization, a serious accident 539—Bionucleonics Beginning in 1993, a B S in Pharmacy/Doctor of or other extenuating circumstances is responsible a student failing to maintain "normal progress" can- Pharmacy (Pharm D) track is available for a select not be accommodated in the next lower class, he/she Pharmacy students who select the Industrial Phar- for notifying the Office of Student Services of the group of qualified Pharmacy students Application macy area of concentration, may spend part of the School of Pharmacy The student should supply a will be required to transfer out of the School of Phar- is made during the fourth year of the B S in Phar required B S in Pharmacy practicurn in an industrial written verification as soon as possible A student macy into any other program in the University for macy curriculum setting who is absent for cause is expected to complete all which he/she is eligible, or withdraw from the The School of Pharmacy and the School of of the work in all courses It is the student's responsi- University 4 Nuclear Pharmacy Business Administration cooperate in a combined bility to make up all assignments in all courses and A student entering Pharmacy I in Fall 1993 who 539—Bionucleonics degree program, B S in Pharmacy/Master in to be familiar with any instructions which may have fails to maintain "normal progress" will be required 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and Business Administration been given during the absence to transfer out of the School of Pharmacy mto any Radiopharmaceuticals Handicapped students requiring special assistance other program in the University for which he/she 489—Problems in Health Physics SCHOLARS PROGRAM are urged to notify the class instructor before or at is eligible, or withdraw from the University (offered by Physics Department) Any student designated by the Admissions Office as the first class 4 Required Programs Pharmacy students in the Students who satisfactorily complete the nine-credit a Chancellor's or Strub Merit Award recipient upon 2 Advanced Standing Credit Advanced standing fourth year of the curriculum are required to par- requirement of the Nuclear Pharmacy area of con- entrance to the University and to the School of Phar credit for courses completed at other accredited msti- ticipate in one industrial visit arranged by the centration, are awarded a certificate Also, Pharmacy macy, or who has obtained a cumulative average of tutions may be allowed for those courses which School students who select the Nuclear Pharmacy area of 3 50, is named to the School of Phamiacy Scholars Pro- appear in the Duquesne University curricula No The faculty of the School of Pharmacy may require concentration, may spend part of the required B S gram Selection is made annually on the basis of credit is allowed in any subject in which a grade Pharmacy student attendance at other seminars and in Pharmacy practicum in a nuclear pharmacy academic standing No application is required lower than C was earned, or for a course not special programs and/or nuclear medicine setting Scholars are recognized annually and encouraged to equivalent to one among the University curricula investigate Advanced Placement, CLEP, and Challenge Once enrolled at Duquesne, students may not pur- 5 Health Requirements Any School of Pharmacy 5 Pre-Graduate Study Examination opportunities, faculty research projects sue courses at other institutions for transfer credit student entering studies in a hospital or other insti- Students who select this option must consult with in which they may participate, and independent studY without specific permission from the Office of Stu- tutional setting may be required to conform to the the chairman of the department of their area of and graduate-level course offerings dent Services of the School of Pharmacy health requirements of that institution 176 SCHOOL OF PHARMACy I pjOOL OF PHARMACY 177

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS NARD Student Chapter A student chapter of the Samuel W Curtis Award Annually an award is J Corneth Tucci Award A monetary award is The Academy of Students of Pharmacy whose member- National Association of Retail Druggists harterd ,,sented to the graduate who has shown out- presented to the graduating student who has ship includes all pharmacy students registered in in 1989, and open to all students enroiled jr, the 10cling ability and interests in the field of demonstrated excellence in pharmaceutics School of Pharmacy The purpose of the organiza the last three years of the School of Pharmacy aims harmaceutics Sandoz Doctor of Pharmacy Award A commemora- to promote their interests, academic, social and pro- tion is to promote pharmacy as a profession and the P jogcNeil Dean's Award A replica of an Early Ameri- tive plaque and monetary award which is provided fessional Under its auspices, many worthwhile role of the independent retail pharmacist in the ,,,, MoTtar and Pestle is awarded annually to an by Sandoz, Inc, East Hanover, NJ, is awarded events are arranged during the school year The Stu- American health care system, by Informing students annually to an outstanding Doctor of Pharmacy dent Advisory Committee which consists of the of the ideals and issues pertinent to retail pharmacy m1tstariding student of Pharmacy Administration graduate officers of ASP and of other approved Pharmacy stu- practice and the opporturuties and personal satisfac Lilly Achievement Award A gold medal is presented dent organizations, meets regularly with the Dean tion to be derived from independent ownership .11rivally to a member of the graduating class who Mylan Award for Excellence in Pharmacy An award presented annually to an acadernicailly superior B S and the faculty moderator to act as liaison between Student Chapter of Western Pennsylvania Society of has demonstrated superior scholastic and profes- students and faculty The annual membership fee slorial achievement as well as qualities of leadership in Pharmacy graduate who has demonstrated the Hospital Pharmacists A student chapter Of the includes one year's student membership in the highest level of achievement in the provision of drug Western Pennsylvania Society of Hospital Phar A4erck, Sharp and Dohme Award Each year Merck American Pharmaceutical Association and a year's in information services and of professional motivation macists, chartered 1992, and open to all students and Company, Rahway, New Jersey, offers a set of subscription to its journal Interested pharmacy stu- and prorruse enrolled in the School of Pharmacy The oTganiza ,aluable reference books to members of the dents enrolled in their first and second years at the tion will foster increased student awareness and prO, ^aduating class who attain the highest averages in American Society of Hospital Pharmacists Award University are also eligible for membership and are vide information on pharmacy careers in organized medicinal chemistry Annually an award is presented to a fourth-year encouraged to become actively involved in ASP health care settings and encourage participation in pharmacy student Criteria for selection of the reci- Chi Award Alpha Chapter of Rho Chi awards The Alpha Beta Chapter of Rho Chi, national phar- _^Wo pient are a demonstrated interest in institutional the activities of the state society and the American inrivally a suitable key to the student who earns macy honor society at Duquesne University, was Society of Hospital Pharmacists practice, involvement and leadership in professional the highest general average in all subjects during organized to promote the advancement of the phar- pharmacy organizations, and academic ranking in Class Organization Each of the five classes is an the first two years of the pharmacy program maceutical sciences Pharmacy students who have the upper half of his/her class officially recognized organization in the School of completed three years of work at the University level Roche Pharmacy Communications Award A per- Pharmacy Each class elects its own officers and con and have achieved a B average are eligible for 5onalized plaque is awarded annually to the gradu- ducts such programs and affairs as its members membership A maximum of 20 percent of the class ating student who has shown exceptional ability in GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS deem desirable toward achieving its goals All stu enrollment may be admitted to membership Fac- patient communication through course work and A comnuttee of the faculty will review the academic dents are included in these organizations ulty, graduate students in the pharmaceutical application record of each candidate for graduation to ascertain sciences, and Doctor of Pharmacy students may also SmithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals Award A per- full compliance with specific School of Pharmacy be invited to join HONOR AWARDS sonalized plaque is presented annually by the curricula requirements and the general University American Institute of the History of Pharmacy Award Eta Chapter of Phi Lambda Sigma, a national profes- SrnithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals, Phila- Graduation Requirements, as stated in the Academic A recognition certificate and gift publications are sional pharmaceutical society, was chartered at delphia, Pennsylvania, for superior achievement in Policies section of this catalog This committee will awarded annually by the American Institute of His Duquesne University in 1980 The society recognizes patient care by a graduating student then recommend candidates for faculty certification and encourages leadership in the profession of phar- tory of Pharmacy for superior achievement in phar for graduation or for remedial work to be fulfilled Academy of Students of Pharmacy Award Annually macy The society selects members who have com- macohistorical study or activity prior to the granting of the degree Communications icertificate of recogrution is presented to the gradu- pleted at least two and one half years in the phar- pertaining to this certification may be entered in the McKesson American Pharmaceutical Association ating student who has demonstrated through ser- macy program and have demonstrated exemplary Award A Office of the Dean plaque provided by the McKesson Com vice, reporting and activity^ an avid interest in leadership qualities pany is presented annually to the graduate who has 9 organization work Tau Chapter of Lambda Kappa Sigma, an international made the most significant contribution to the STATE LICENSING PENNSYLVANIA An appropriately pharmaceutical fraternity for women, was estab- Academy of Students of Pharmacy at Duquesne tSyntex Preceptor of the Year Award by the Syntex A candidate for licensure as a Registered Pharma- lished at Duquesne University in 1932 The organi- University esigned plaque is awarded annually cist in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania must zation numbers among its members some of the Laboratories, Inc , of Palo Alto, California to the Sam A Corey Award A monetary award presented meet the following requirements before he/she may most outstanding women in pharmacy Its purposes preceptor who, in the opinion of the Pharmacy annually to a graduating Pharmacy student who has be adirutted to the licensing examinations which are are to promote the profession of pharmacy and to Intems, best exemplifies professionalism, ethics, and demonstrated considerable involvement in comrnu by the Pennsylvania State Board of create a center of culture and enjoyment for its clinical practice conducted nity professional programs Pharmacy members 'Western Pennsylvania Society of Hospital Pharmacists Faculty Award The faculty of the School of Phar The Beta Gamma Chapter of Phi Delta Chi, an inter- Award Annually a monetary award is presented to 1 Character—be of good moral character and not macy may present an appropriate award to an out national pharmaceutical fraternity, was chartered at the graduating senior who demonstrates outstand- have any criminal offense in connection with the standing member of the graduating class who has Duquesne University in 1960 The fraterruty endea- ing ability and interest in the area of Hospital practice of pharmacy or the abuse of any chemical displayed exceptional qualities of academic excel vors to integrate acaderruc, spiritual and social activi- Pharmacy substance lence and a QPA of over 3 75 Award ties and thereby foster the highest professional and Lemmon Company A certificate and monetary 2 Professional Training—possess a degree in Maurice H Finkelpearl Award A monetary award personal ideals among its members Membership award are presented to the graduating senior who Pharmacy granted by a School or College of Phar- is presented annually to a student who intends to is open to students in pharmacy has completed the degree program through unusual macy, which is accredited by the American Coun- practice Community Pharmacy The Delta Epsilon Chapter of Kappa Psi Pharmaceu- and extraordinary perseverance and determination cil on Pharmaceutical Education in tical Fraternity was chartered in 1967 This interna- Galen Pharmaceutical Society of Pittsburgh Award the opinion of the graduating class 3 Practical Experience and Internship—any per- The Galen Pharmaceutical Society of Pittsburgh tional fraternity strives to develop mdustr34 sobriety, Pennsylvania Pharmaceutical Association Award A son enrolled as a student of pharmacy in an annually offers two monetary awards to the two and fellowship and to foster high ideals, scholar- certificate of recognition and one-year membership accredited college may at the end of the second year ship, and pharmaceutical research while supporting members of the graduating class who have achieved in the PPA is awarded annually to the graduate who of college file with the Pennsylvania State Board of all projects advancing the profession of pharmacy the highest standing in the departments of phar has been most actively involved in pharmacy Pharmacy an application for registration as a phar- Membership is open to students in pharmacy macology and pharmaceutical chemistry Organizations macy intern

178 SCHOOL OF PHARMAC^ 15CHOOL OF PHARMACY 179

To insure proficiency in the practical aspects of procedures, it helps to extend the knowledge fro., 302. Basic Pharmaceutics 11 4 cr properties relating to mechanism of action, drug pharmacy; the State Board shall by regulation pre- research being conducted under the auspices of the A continuation of Pharmaceutics I Prerequisite disposition (absorption, distribution, metabolism, scribe internship requirements which must be satis- School Contributions are solicited from graduate, pharmaceutics I Lecture, three hours, Recitation, and excretion) and chenucal incompatibilities con- factorily completed prior to sitting for the licensure and others interested in the work of the Founda ,onference, and laboratory, four hours sidered for each class Prerequisites Organic exam and to issuance of a Pharmacist's License tion They may be addressed in care of the Schocl 305 Pharmaceutics-Biopharmaceutics 111 3 cr Chemistry 1, 11 and Biochemistry Lecture, four Specific information concerning practical experi- of Pharmacy hours A study of the physio-chemical, biological, and ence requirements as well as all other requirements pharmaceutical factors which affect absorption, dis- 314 Medical Chemistry— COURSE DESCRIPTIONS concerning licensure may be obtained from the State ^Ibution, metabolism, and excretion of drugs in Natural Products 11 4 cr Board of Pharmacy^ Department of State, Box 2649, The courses of instruction are numbered in accord inan Emphasis is placed on the utilization of bio- A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry I Lecture, Transportation and Safety Bldg , 6th Floor, Hams- ance with a plan uniform throughout the University pharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic knowledge in four hours burg, Pennsylvania 17120 University courses numbered 100 are Freshman problems of bioavailability and bioequivalence of courses, 200 Sophomore, 300 junior, 400 Senior drug products and in the determination of appro- STATES OTHER THAN PENNSYLVANIA Courses described in this section are required priate drug dosage regimens Prerequisite Basic courses in the professional curriculum and those pharmaceutics 1, 11 Lecture, three hours DEPARTMENT OF According to law, the licensing of an applicant seek- courses offered by the School of Pharmacy facujt^, PHARMACOLOGY-TOXICOLOGY ing to become registered as a pharmacist is under 3o& Pharmaceutics-Pharniacokinetics IV 4 cr as a University service Courses numbered 500 are Frederick W Fochtman, Ph D the sole jurisdiction of the state in which he/she Mathematical examination of the processes Chairman graduate level courses in which qualified under seeks to practice Although the requirements for examined in Pharmaceutics III Emphasis is placed Faculty Professors Riley, Winek, Associate Professors graduate students may be enrolled with the perrms licensure in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are on the determination of pharmacokinetic param- Bricker, FDchtman, Pilewski, Assistant Professor sion of the instructor of the course Credit for these similar to those of other states, differences do exist eters, using several types of models, from biological Johnson, Long courses cannot be used to satisfy requirements for Space limitations preclude a complete listing of the and clinical data, and their use rn predicting patient a second degree Most courses in the 800 series are 2 Drug Abuse 1 cr requirements of other states and the District of Col- doses, dosage adjustments, and responses and the generally restricted to Doctor of Pharmacy candi A course designed to present the pharmacological umbia The candidate for licensure in another state development of drug delivery systems to optinuze dates Descriptions of Pharm D courses (800-level) and toxicological properties of substances of abuse is advised to consult the Board of Pharmacy in that drug delivery to the patient The laboratory utilizes may be found in the Doctor of Pharmacy Catalog The major classes of drugs are described with direct particular state for complete and current in- a pharmacokinetic simulation program to illustrate reference to toxic and adverse effects The myths and formation Also internship requirements in other the origin of the pharmacokinetic models and test misconceptions commonly attributed to some sub- states differ from those in PA the application as a predictor in a variety of DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL "patients" Prerequisite Pharmaceutics III Lecture, stances of abuse are clarified The philosophy of the CHEMISTRY AND PHARMACEUTICS course is to present an objective picture of the "drug 3 hours, Recitation, 1 hour, Laboratory two hours CAREER GUIDANCE CENTER abuse erd' in this country The course is intended Chairman Lawrence H Block, Ph D The Office of Student Services of the School of Phar- 309 Biochemistry—Nutrition 4 cr for all students beginning their collegiate studies Faculty Professors Block, Gangjee, Kay, macy keeps students informed about the latest A course designed to integrate basic biochemistry Admission to this course for students who have Associate Professors Adeyeye, Collins, Harrold, career opportunities available to those possessing with the application to selected clinical cases completed Pharmacology-Drug Mechanisms I or its Assistant Professors Boni, Drennen, Li a pharmacy education and recruits high school Emphasis is placed on studies of amino acids and equivalent is by approval of the instructor Lecture, proteins, structure and function, metabolism of car- students to the profession School of Pharmacy 101 Pharmacy Orientation 1 cr one hour bohydrates, lipids and proteins as the source of faculty members and alumm pharmacy practitioners Introduction to the profession of pharmacy Discus energy derived from foods, certain aspects of nutn- 4 Social Diseases 1 cr are available, upon request, to speak at career day sion of various aspects of pharmacy education and hon The function of enzymes, vitamins and hor- Causes, course of diseases, prevention, treatment programs and provide information to high school professional practice Pharmaceutical organizations mones is presented in relation to their role in and social effects of venereal diseases Awareness counselors on all matters relating to a pharmacy are discussed and evaluated The pharmaceutical metabolism Studies on DNA structure, replication, and common sense should be awakened in students education and career literature is reviewed and a brief history of pharmacy transcription and protein synthesis and its regula- by the course Open to students who have com- Pamphlets containing career information on Phar- is presented Lecture, one hour pleted Pharmacology-Drug Mechanisms I only with macy are also available through the Office of Stu- hon are discussed Prerequisite Organic Cherrustry 301 Basic Pharmaceutics— the perrrussion of the instructor Lecture, one hour dent Services Inquiries should be directed to the 1, 11 Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, three hours Pharmacy Math 1 4 cr Office of Student Services, School of Pharmacy, 310 Analysis of Drug Substances 4 cr 130 History of Pharmacy 2 cr A study of the basic physiochernical principles apph Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania A survey course covering the basic principles of ana- A survey of the origins of science, medicine, and cable to an understanding of drugs and the phar pharmacy from the earliest recorded events to the 15282 lytical chemistry, statistics as applied to measure- maceutical systems in which they are contained Sub- ment, the analytical process, problem solving and present with emphasis on nineteenth and twentieth ject areas include solubility and solutions, pH, 6 data interpretation Examples used come from phar- century pharmacy in the United States Lecture, two RESEARCH FOUNDATION fusion, osmoticity, drug stability, packaging, storage Maceutical manufacturing, clinical and biochemical hours The Hugh C Muldoon and Pharmacy Alumni and administration, physiocochernical evaluation of analysis, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology and drug 220 Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 4 cr Foundation of Duquesne University, established in pham-iaceutical products, prinaples of the design and therapeutics Prerequisites General Chemistry, A lecture course dealing with the structure and func- 1950 to celebrate the twenty-fifth anniversary of the manufacture of drug delivery systems, the chnical ap Organic Chemistry, and Biochemistry Lecture- tion of the various cells, tissues and organ systems founding of the School of Pharmacy, is an increas- plications of pharmaceutics Mathematical method demonstration laboratory, four hours of the body Emphasis is on the complexities of ingly valuable aid in helping to achieve the aims of ologies (algebraic and graphical) and biostatistical prin regulation and integration of function of these organ the University and of the School of Pharmacy The ciples relevant to modem pharmaceutical practice are 313 Medicinal Chemistry— systems Prerequisites General Biology 1, 11 Lec- foundation provides funds for improving the integrated into both the didactic and laboratory por Natural Products 1 4 cr ture, four hours instructional and research facilities of the School, tions; of the course Laboratory emphasis is on prac Relationship between cherrucal structure and the it assists in the advancement of pharmacy by pro- tical and clinical application Prerequisites Calculus biological action of natural and synthetic drug 317 Human Anatomy and Physiology 11 4 cr Molecules Emphasis is on underlying principles as A continuation of the Human Anatomy and Physi- viding scholarship assistance to Pharmacy students 115, Physics for Pharmacy, Organic Chemistry 1, U Well and by supporting the training of undergraduate Lecture, three hours, Recitation, conference, and as on specific therapeutic agents Organization ology I lecture series, with laboratory The labora- and graduate students in industrial and research laboratory, four hours Is by pharmacological classification, with chemical tory portion of the course deals with gross anatomy,

180 SCHOOL OF PHARMAC^ I 5CI400L OF PHARMACY 181

a histological study of tissues, and the clinical Special emphasis is placed on emergencies which Rderal, state, and local laws and regulations perti- placement is necessary Note Calendar change for appraisal of physiological functions Prerequisite the pharmacist is most likely to experience epdep ^erit to the handling and sale of drugs, cosmetics, fifth-year Pharmacy students may be required Human Anatomy and Physiology I Lecture, three tic seizures, heart attacks, fainting, diabetic corna, narcotics, poisons, and alcohol are discussed A 433 Practical Pharmacy III—Hospital 3 cr hours, Laboratory, three hours and others Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, 1 hour review of antitrust laws, trade regulations, and court Required of all final-year pharmacy students and decisions of importance to the pharmacist is in- involving placement in an operating hospital phar- 318 Pathophysiology 3 cr 375 Medicinal Plants 3 cr ,juded Elements of business law and civil respon- A lecture presentation of the cellular, organ and sys- A survey of the classic medicmal. plants of the world macy with a pharmacist-preceptor Off-campus ,Ibdities of the pharmacist are also covered Ethical temic changes associated with the human disease and those plants which are currently available as placement is necessary Note Calendar change for ,ssues in pharmacy practice and health care are dis- process Also discussed are the physiological herbs and "health foods" When applicable, medi fifth-year Pharmacy students may be required alssed Lecture, three hours responses of the body's organ systems to the dis- cinal, poisonous, and edible plants of Pennsylvania 434 Practical Pharmacy IV—Optional 3 cr are highlighted The botantical source, origin of the ease process and the contribution these responses 1226 International Health Issues 3 cr Required of all final-year Pharmacy students and make to the production of signs and symptoms that plant name, chemistry of the main constituents, The course will explore factors that influence health involving placement in an operating pharmacy or are normally associated with each disease state pharmacology/toxicology, and modern medical 11care in diverse countries Topics covered include related practice setting with a pharmacist-preceptor Prerequisites Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, significance of the plants are discussed Lecture acomparison of health services, the use of regional Off-campus placement is necessary Note Calen- II Lecture, three hours demonstration, three hours p janning by groups of small countries, prevention dar change for fifth-year Pharmacy students may be control of specific diseases with special empha- 319 Medical Microbiology— 471 Selected Topics in Prescription Drug bd required on commurucable diseases, primary health care, Immunology 4 cr Counseling 3 cr A'sis 450 Pharmacy Practice ,the role of international agencies from the perspec- Covers the general characteristics and morphology A lecture course, with product discussions and A Problem Solving Approach 2 cr of bacteria, the important staining techniques, demonstrations, intended to increase student )Wbve of developed and developing countries, the con- This course is specifically designed to provide the methods of growing bacteria on artificial media, knowledge of patient prescription drug counseling ^^Gutional, adirunistrative and financial influences student with guided experience in the application health care, health priorities in the context of testing the effects of chemotherapeutic agents on The course will assist the student in organizing and ?0'1,i of knowledge acquired in previous professional W pathogenic bacteria, and immunology It includes presenting information to the patient based on an ^gerieral needs Lecture, three hours course work to the solution of simulated problems understanding of the similarities and dissundantes A discussions of the important bacterial, rickettsial ^325 Pharmacy Management 4 cr which occur frequently in community and hospital bedsonial, viral, and protozoal diseases along wit^ between drug products of the same class, mecha rA course designed to familiarize students with the pharmacy practice settings The lecture portion of worm infestations, their causes, symptoms, and nism of action, clinical application, administration, ?flu'ndamentals of personnel, marketing, inventory, the course will provide students with explanations treatment Lecture, three hours, Laboratory^ three need for compliance, storage directions, potential lawnd financial management decisions with the overall of the application of the basic problem solving pro- side effects and adverse reactions, and when and hours roblective of improving pharmacy practice efficiency cess to specific problem situations which arise in why the patient should contact a physician on medi practice The laboratory will involve students in the 321 Pharmacology-Drug Mechanisms 1 4 cr Tlecture, four hours cation problems Lecture, with demonstrations, 4 actual application of the problem solving process A course in the mechanisms and pharmacodynanuc Pharmacy Administration 3 cr three hours 326. to simulated practice problems Lecture, one hour, actions of drugs Side effects, toxicity, drug inter- 17'course designed to familiarize the student with 498, 499 Independent Study Laboratory, three hours actions and the rational for therapeutic use in rela- ?`hle diverse social, political, economic, and legal and Research 1-2 cr /sein tion to drug mechanism and actions are stressed es affecting the practice of pharmacy The course 481 Pharmacy Sales and Marketing 2 cr To stimulate interest in furthering a student's edu Prerequisites Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, siders the persons, places, and activities involved An introduction to the pharmaceutical manufac- cation, the School of Pharmacy uses this course as II and Pathophysiology Lecture, four hours providing health care services with special turer's role in marketing drug products The con- a vehicle to provide the means whereby those who hasis on the role of the pharmacist Lecture, two cepts, elements, and functions involved in the 322 Pharmacology-Drug Mechanisms 11 4 cr wish to be involved in a programmed self-study distributive chain between the manufacturer of the A continuation of Pharmacology-Drug Mechanisms urs, Recitation, two hours educational experience may do so To accomplish drug and the ultimate user are considered Lecture, I Prerequisite Pharmacology-Drug Mechanisms I Patient Counseling and Education 2 cr this aim, the student in cooperation with a specific two hours, Practicum, one hour Lecture, four hours instructor chosen by the student, will develop a course designed to examine current counseling 482 Community Pharmacy Practice 3 cr course of study that will realistically be able to fill d commurucation techniques in terms of how they 323 OTC Drugs 2 cr This course explores selected topics in the orgamza- the learning objectives stated by the student The ate to patient education regarding personal health A course designed to familiarize students with the tion and operation of a pharmacy Topics include student and instructor will meet at stipulated regular blems and compliance with medication regi- pharmacological and toxicological properties of over- organizing and financing a pharmacy, examining the time intervals for guidance and evaluation of pro- ns - The course will examine in detail basic inter- the-counter drugs The course will prepare the stu- economic and political environment, evaluating a gress being made by the student Contact School wing techniques Lecture-laboratory, two hours dent to counsel the public on the appropriate use third party program, marketing pharmacy services, of Pharmacy Office of Student Services for restric of OTC drugs, to select the proper nonprescription 1 Behavioral Aspects of Illness 2 cr assessing automating and computerizing a phar- tions on total credits allowed and on eligibility for drug for a particular disease state, and to cleternime course designed to examine the current theory macy, and other current issues The goal is to pro- registration if treatment with a nonprescription drug is appro- d research in the psycho-social correlates and con- vide the knowledge and managerial skills necessary priate Prerequisites Pharmacology-Drug Mecha- quences of illness and health Topics will include to succeed in a competitive marketplace Lecture, nisms 1, 11 Lecture, two hours e general areas of social stress research, theories three hours psycho-somatic medicine, the impact of social 324 Public Health-Emergency Treatment 3 cr 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL ironment upon health, and the impact of illness 483 Aging and Health Care A discussion of public health measures such as course designed to introduce the student to the ADMINISTRATION on the emotional and social functioning of the A immunization, water purification, sewage disposal, field of gerontology Emphasis will be on the aging Giannetti, Ph D Tson Prerequisite Introductory course in disinfection of individuals and objects, control of Chairtnan Vincent J process and the special health care needs of the ciology and/or psychology is highly recom- rodents and insects, and the relationship of these Faculty Professor Giannetti, Associate Professors elderly from a multidisciplinary perspective, includ- nded Lecture, two hours to the spread of disease Health statistics, disaster Harris, Kristofik, Assistant Professor Newton ing the behavioral sciences, physiology and phar- preparedness, and the health effects of environ- Practical Pharmacy II—Community 3 cr macology, and clinical pharmacy Lecture, three 3 cr mental pollutants are also discussed In the labora- 230 Pharmacy Law quired of all final-year Pharmacy students and hours tory component of the course, students are certified A course designed to acquaint the student with the Iving placement in an operating community in American Red Cross Standard First Aid and CPR philosophy of law and its relationship to pharmacy armacy with a pharmacist-preceptor Off-campus

182 SCHOOL OF PHARMAC^ 5CI400L OF HEALTH SCIENCES 183

441 Practical Pharmacy I— john G. Rangos, St sional phase of physician assistant was initiated, and Clinical Clerkship 3 C, in September, 1992 the professional phase of athletic DEPARTMENT OF An educational process designed to provide the stii School of Health Sciences CLINICAL dent with clinical experiences necessary to derno, training and occupational therapy were imple- PHARMACY strate competency in the areas of providing patient mented In September, 1993 the health information Chairman Bruce H Livengood, Pharm D education, ascertaining drug histories, participating sciences professional phase was implemented Dur- ^,nmistration ing 1993-1994 academic year, RSHS became fully Faculty Professor Porner, Associate professors Eder, in the selection and monitoring of therapeutic operational with approximately 700 students Freedy, Giudici, Keys, Lech, Livengood, Mattei, modalities, and other pharmacist-related fLnetion, Dean lerome L Martin, Ph D enrolled from the freshman through the fifth year Rihn, Assistant Professors Avila, Goetz, Laux, The fifth-year Pharmacy student will be assigned of the entry-level master's degree programs O'Neil, Schlicht, Instructor Karnack to a member of the clinical faculty and a given pac Director of Student and Alumni Services tice site Note Calendar change for fifth-year Phar Deborah L Durica Duquesne University is proud of its association 333 Drug Literature Resources 1 cr macy students may be required Prerequisite with Allegheny General Hospital, The Mercy Hos- This course is intended to acquaint the student with Director of Budget and Management pital of Pittsburgh, St Francis Medical Center, the Therapeutics Deruse M Dmwiddie various drug information resources and how to South Hills Health System, Harmarville Rehabdita- 814 Parenteral. Therapy 3 cr appropriately utilize these references in responding tion Center, Inc, and Forbes Health System, among A lecture/laboratory course designed to present the to information requests The course will review the DEMANDING PROFESSIONS others, which provide unique clinical experiences principles of sterilization, aseptic processing and primary and secondary literature, indexing and pROFESSIONS IN DEMAND for health sciences students In addition, many membrane filtration in the preparation abstracting systems, the systematic search process, Of Parenteral private practitioner groups, such as The pt Group products and intravenous admixtures in pharmacy HISTORY principles of literature evaluation, and the approach Associates in Physical Therapy, have contributed practice Emphasis on the principles for answering common drug information questions of fluid and ori January 29, 1990, Dr John E Murray, Jr , Presi- significantly to the development of the RSHS electrolyte therapy, acid-base balance, nutrition sup- Lecture, one hour, Laboratory, one hour derit of Duquesne University, announced that the These health professions provide respected, satis- port, home care and miscellaneous ii-dusion therapy 6 cr John G Rangos, Sr School of Health Sciences was fying, rewarding careers for thousands of Ameri- 440 Therapeutics Lecture, three hours, Pre-laboratory and laboratory course designed to provide the student with the 'l being created to "graduate professionals who will cans Yet, as their services come into increasingly A demonstration information necessary to demonstrate competency provide assistance to people in maintaining their greater demand, health care professionals are find- related to the therapeutic principles of selected physical well-being It will make them more self- ing that their ranks number far to few The U S disease states Students will participate in small- jufficient physically and provide great hope for their Bureau of Labor Statistics predicts that by the turn group recitation sessions using a case studies for- futures It meets an overwhelnung societal need, of the century, some 200,000 vacancies will exist in mat in evaluating and recommending therapeutic and it enlarges opportunities for students at the health care professions The areas of occupa- plans Prerequisites Pharmacol ogy- Drug Duquesne In serving the citizens of Western Penn- tional and physical therapy alone are expected to Mechanisms 1, 11 and Medicinal Chemistry-Natural sylvania and our students, this initiative is precisely require over 80 percent more trained professionals Products 1, 11 Lecture, six hours, Recitation, one in accordance with the purposes of Duquesne by the close of the decade The need for these highly hour University" The Rangos School of Health Sciences qualified individuals is clearly not in dispute and was Duquesne's first new School since 1937 projected changes in the health care system may Duquesne University has an outstanding under- actually further increase their need graduate science curriculum, an illustrious history of educating pharmacists and nurses, and an exten- MISSION sive pre-health curriculum Based upon Duquesne The mission of the Rangos School of Health Sciences University's long standing comirutment to excellence is to educate students to be excellent clinical practi- and its history in health education, the University tioners, leaders in their field, and practitioners who plans to continue its commitment in these areas understand the uniqueness of their patients and through the development of the Rangos School of have empathy for all those with whom they interact Health Sciences As with all acaderruc programs at Duquesne Univer- On March 18,1991, Mr John G Rangos, Sr (Presi- sity, moral and ethical values support the scientific dent and Chief Executive Officer of Chambers underpinning of all academic programs Curricula Development Company, Inc ), Pittsburgh-based provide opportunities to develop comprehensive Chambers Development Company, Inc, The John backgrounds for clinical practice and to support G Rangos Charitable Foundation, and the future work in advanced graduate education, Chambers Development Charitable Foundation, research, and scholarship Grauclates are prepared made a major gift to Duquesne University in sup- for careers in athletic training, health information port of the School of Health Sciences In recogni- sciences, occupational therapy, perfusion tech- tion of that gift, Dr Murray announced the School nology, physical therapy, and physician assistant would be named the John G Rangos, Sr School Health professionals who graduate from the Rangos Of Health Sciences (RSHS) School of Health Sciences possess the characteristics The first freshmen were admitted September, 1991 of leadership, expertise, initiative, responsibility, and to all of the programs which include athletic tram- profound moral and ethical respect for their patients, M& health information sciences, occupational ther- professional colleagues, and the general public apy, perfussion technology, physical therapy and Physician assistant Students were also admitted September, 1991 into the professional phase of the Physical therapy program In May, 1992 the profes-

185 OF HEALTH SCIENCES 184 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCtS

PHILOSOPHY offerings at Duquesne as the basis for creative, pro- Ath!E^^ 1 fessional curricula All of the five-year entry-level Health Sciences Building contains 35,000 square The Rangos School of Health Sciences was founded The Department of Athletic Training has subrnItt master's degree programs will award a Bachelor of f$ laboratories, classrooms, two student in accord with the educational philosophy and its self-study report to the Corrunission on Ac ed of Science in Health Sciences at the end of the fourth credit, letdyllounge areas, the Office of the Dean, and objectives of the University Students in the Rang0s tion of Allied Health Education Program (cAAi^p year and a professional master's degree at the end ,,pdmental offices for each of the School's six pro School of Health Sciences will be exposed to a broad of the American Medical Association of the fifth year Students who have alrea^x earned (AMA) arId The laboratory facilities, which provide liberal arts education with an emphasis on under- is awaiting notification of its on-site Visit Wh a bachelor's degree will not be awarded a B S in 011dents00 with opportunities for simulated clinical standing the scientific, theoretical and theologic con- should be scheduled during the 1994-95 ch Health Sciences, but wiTrw—ork directly toward the acade Octice and research, will include a "state of the structs of the world The academic programs will year Formal accreditation status should be ant, IN, appropriate master's degree Gun( focus on the scientific theories which support the ed in Spring, 1993 ^r 2000 square foot Anatomy and Physiology practice of the various professions, coupled with a ^Oarch and Teaching Laboratory, a Biomecharucs/ Advanced Master's Degree Progjam strong appreciation and understanding of human Health Information Sciences ,,it Analysis Laboratory, a Functional Motor The Advanced Master of Health Management values and quality of life *sessment Laboratory, a Motor Analysis/Strength The Bachelor of Science in Health Management Systems program is a 24-month, proj ect- oriented, The education of medical practitioners in the ^velopment Laboratory, a Social Interaction Video Systems (BSHMS) degree program is a candidate real-world, problem-based curriculum for executive- United States has evolved from a system of appren- Asis Laboratory, a Computer Laboratory, and for accreditation by the American Health Inform, level health management systems professionals A tice learning to educational programs dominated by ,,Ching laboratories for all of the programs The tion Management Association's joint MHMSIMBA option will be available to advanced scientific technological development A (AHIMA) Coun,^ ,ew addition to the Health Sciences Building, will graduates of an accredited business school, or to massive, complex health care system is undergoing on Accreditation, in collaboration with the Commis, ,lso house the Anatomy and Physiology Research those who have completed Duquesne University's reorganization and re-orientation of the programs sion on Accreditation of Allied Health Education and Teaching Laboratory, and a sports medicine graduate business core, who have sought and been and roles of health care practitioners A new mix- Programs (CAAHEP) Upon receipt of accreditation j,ruc: This clinic will open in October, 1994 and will NOA program as well ture of generalists and specialists will need to be graduates will be eligible for the national certifica' granted admission into the ,e jointly managed by Allegheny General Hospital tion examination to become a Registered Record Graduate course work is organized around three organized to adapt to new delivery systems and the Ad gid the Rangos School of Health Sciences ministrator (R R A ) core disciplines, and interdisciplinary knowledge projected health care demands of our society At the discretion of the faculty^ classrooms, To this end, the Rangos School of Health Sciences The Master of Health Management System, and skill Part-time students may participate in many teaching and research laboratories are available to will provide students with m-depth scientific knowl- (MHMS) degree program is a candidate for accrech graduate courses in a distance-learning mode via students outside of class time edge of medical practice with a rich infusion of the tation by the Accrediting Comn-assion on Education the Internet A flexible schedule is also available for theoretical and ethical values necessary to be com- in Health Services Administration (ACEHSA), an students with work obligations petent health care professionals Through this affiliate of the Association of University Programs For further information, please contact the Depart- preparation, students will become cognizant of the in Health Administration (AUPHA) Academic Programs and ment of Health Information Sciences at (412) needs of the individuals with whom they work, and gegrees 396-4772 the health care systems in which they practice Occupational Therapy Students will also develop an understanding of GENERAL INFORMATION joint Degree Programs The occupational therapy program was accredited the research procedures and protocols necessary to The RSHS offers joint degree programs to currently on April 29, 1994 by Bachelor's Degree Programs advance the body of knowledge in their respective the Accreditation Council for enrolled RSHS students Students must7orm_aTy Occupational Therapy Education je RSHS offers four-year bachelor's degree pro- professions In all aspects of the students' educa- (ACOTE) This ­ appl-y7or these programs These joint degree pro- accreditation is effective for five years gains in athletic training (B S in Athletic Training), tion, prevention and health promotion will be grams are not offered to students seeking initial health management systems (B S in Health Man- coupled with an awareness and sensitivity of the agement Systems), and perfusion technology (B S admission Fn-to the RSHS human response leading to functional and social Perfusion Technolog in Nrfusion Technology) which follow a traditional Majors in athletic training have the opportunity limitations The ultimate goal of the educational pro- The perfusion technology program was accredited to complement their degree with a Master of Science curricular design The academic model for these grams in the Rangos School of Health Sciences at on April 23, 1992 by the Committee on Allied Health programs is two years of liberal arts and science in Education With this joint degree opportunity, Duquesne University is to educate truly outstanding Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) of the students may be eligible for permanent teaching cer- requirements followed by two years of professional health care professionals capable of explaining, American Medical Association (AMA), in collabora education In the case of the Health Management tification in the areas of Mentally and Physically investigating and delivering the highest level of tion with the joint Review Committee on Perfusion Systems program, students may also opt to pursue Handicapped, Secondary General Science, Secon- quality care with kindness, dignity and Education (JRCPE) This accreditation is effective for responsibility a Master of Health Management Systems dary Biology, or Elementary Education five years In addition, on a ve!y limited basis, athletic train- ACCREDITATION Erfty-Level Master's Degree Programs ing majors may enroll in the joint degree program Physical Therapy The RSHS offers five-year entry-level master's with the Department of Physical Therapy, and The RSHS has been successfully working towards 0 T ), physical therapy majors may enroll in the joint accreditation for each of its programs and does not The physical therapy program was accredited on degree programs in occupational therapy (M May 12, 1993 by physical therapy (M PT ) and physician assistant degree program with the Department of Athletic expect any circumstances which would preclude the Commission on Accreditation Health management systems students Training An opportunity to consider this program accreditation Currently, the occupational therapy, in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE) This (M P A ) will automatically be sent to all first-semester fresh- perfusion technology, physical therapy and physi- accreditation is effective for five years anticipating baccalaureate graduation through May, full may 2pt to complete a five-year, entry-level men in both athletic trammi-and physical therapy cian assistant programs have achieved accredita- 1998, tion status Physician Assistant master's degree program The academic model for All other programs are on schedule to Academic and Pro ram Requirements for these programs is three years of liberal arts and Complete the accreditation process as they prepare The physician assistant program was accredited on En-R-Y into the Prole'ssional Phase science requirements followed by two years of pro- to graduate their first classes of students Each pro- October 28, 1993 by the Committee on Allied Health fessional education Typically, professional- level IMPORTANT NOTE Academic and program gram must be accredited in order for its students Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) of the education occurs on a year-round basis during the requirements for entry into the professional phase to be eligible to take the appropriate certification, American Medical Association (AMA), in collabora fall, spring, and summer semesters This three-two are subject to change at the discretion of the RSHS licensure, or registration examinations upon gradua- tion with the Accreditation Review Committee oil tion Specific information regarding the process and model is unique for these professions and provides faculty Education for the Physician Assistant (ARCEPA) Final approval for entrance into the professional status of accreditation can be obtained from the the RSHS faculty the opportunity to maximally This accreditation is effective for three years phase will he predicated on satisfactory completion respective Department Chairman or the Dean Utilize the excellent core curriculum and science

186 187 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIEI,^CtS OF HEALTH SCIENCES

of all acaderruc and program requirements Students increased time required for international corre- 4 Completion of a physical examination Students wlTo` do not meet the minimum academic or pro- spondence and the gathering of translated materials other health requirements freshmen, transfers and second gram reT___ements set forth by their respective For further information, prospective international 5 Athletic training, perfusion technology, C;e—candidates (includes any student who is departments, wiLI1 be subject to dismissal, upon the , and students should contact the Office of International physician assistant students must successfQy We currently enrolled at Duquesne or who has discretionAll of t7e—Department Education at (800) 456-0590 at the earliest complete a personal interview PAVY graduated from Duquesne University) six programs within the RSHS guarantee entry opportunityAll into the professional phase to all students who meet 6 Departmental approval ?;-_a`pp y through the Office of Admissions accepted students whose first language is other 0oese students can request information and an all academic and_E!2&1^^^ts r while i—n than English are required to sit for the English Place- their pre-professional phase—if linter-School Majors and Minors by writing to the Office of Admissions, ment Tests upon arnval These tests include Enghsh ­_ ,plication University, Pittsburgh, PA 15282 or by reading, writing and listening comprehension 1 They entered Duquesne University as Should students decide to pursue an inter-Schol ouquesne major or minor, they should carefull (412) 396-5000 or (800) 450-0590 Students who submit an official TOEFL score of 600 freshmen y investigate the implications of an increased course and credit load, ,Interviews and appointments for the unofficial or more, current to within one year, take the writing 2 They earn 60 or more credits at Duquesne as well as ensure they will be able to complete ll fi^luation of transfer credits may be arranged test only University a the Office of Admissions, but are not Placement test results are provided to the studenes RSHS program requir ements in tim^ for entry Into 0.4oug7h eaq'uired for most programs Qualified Prospective the English as a Second Lan- Those transfer students who earn less than 60 the professional phase of their respective prog,,in if acadenuc advisor by credits at Duquesne University an-T—meet all ,^jetic training, perfusion technology and physi- guage Program If results indticate a need for academic and program requirements while in their Inter-School Majors ,,ari assistant students who will be applying for assistance with English, the student will be enrolled ESL Program The pre-professional phase, will be reevaluated along chrectl Ito the professional phase, will be con- for appropriate courses in the At this time, there are no inter-School majors avad number of ma)or-related credits that may be taken with new applicants, for entry into the professional rt,-Ctei^yt e^ RSHS staff for an interview as part of able to RSHS student—s However, if students are the admissions process in a given semester will also depend upon these phase Given comparable credentials, Duquesne interested in seeking an inter-School major, they students will be reviewed favorably o,,er outside results should consult a RSHS academic advisor in the Since English is the language of instruction at candidates Some program requirements vary In lawmal, Transfer Students Office of the Dean to discuss whether or not this Duquesne University, students assigned to ESL order to progress from the pre-professional to the may be an option for them AD internal transfer students must apply through courses are not permitted to withdraw from them professional phase, all students must have the the 9SRT"TYe_1ZWS considers an internal transfer unless extenuating circumstances apply Such following acaderruc and program requirements for Inter-School Minors student to be stu. dents may, however, make adjustments in any entry into the professional phase Students interested in pursuing an inter-School 1 Any student seeking to transfer into the RSHS academic courseloads that they have been cleared 1 Successful completion of all pre-professional minor within the College of Liberal Arts and the from another School or the Division of Conti- to carry together with ESL coursework All course course work with a 2 5 cumulative Q P A both School of Natural and Environmental Sciences numg Education at Duquesne University adjustments, ESL or acaderruc, should be coor- at Duquesne University and within the RSHS, should work with a RSHS acadermc advisor to 2 Any student within the RSHS who seeks to dinated with the ESL Director since they can affect a "C" or better in all RSHS, Science, Math and discuss nuncir requirements and the mmor declara transfer to another program or class level, both academic and murugration status Humanities, Business (HMS), and Medical tion process While the acaderruc advisor will assist within the RSHS itself Sciences courses, and a "B" or better in ATHTR in identifying the appropriate course work for the prospective internal transfer students must Students with Disabilities 201 Essential Concepts and Techniques in All AT rrunor, it is the student's responsibility to verify the sTedule an appointment with a RSHS academic The University and the RSH5 do not discriminate 2 Documentation of current C courses with the appropriate Departinient within the in on the basis of noriperformance-related handicaps PR Certification advisor by stopping the Office of the Dean, Room Athletic training students need current Amen- students seeking admission to the College of Liberal Arts and the School of Natural 302, Health Sciences Building, or by calling (412) or disabilities All can Red Cross First Aid and CPR and Environmental Sciences The Minor Declara 396-6652 During the appointment, students will RSHS will be expected to perform certain physical, 3 Documentation of shadowing/ me ntoring, tion Card will be completed and submitted by the receive an unofficial evaluation of their transfer mental and emotional tasks in order to complete volunteer or paid expenence in the students field student and the academic advisor when the student credits, as well as all applicaton materials Qualified graduation and professional requirements as state and national certification, licen- of study For athletic training students this must completes the degree applicaCio—nfor his/her prospective athletic training, perfusion technology measured by include documentation of observation and/or bachelor's degree Any student who successfully and physician assistant students who will be apply- sure and registration processes completes all minor requirements will have "Mmor" It is the student's responsibili to notify the work in athletic training For health management ing for entry directly into the professional phase, will Office of Spe7_ar5t_UT__eent ^;^Fices if a physical or systems, occupational therapy and physical posted on their transcript be contacted-Fy—tEe RSHS staff for an additional mental impairment will require accommodations to therapy students, this must include documen- interview as part of the adriussions process enable the student to complete academic and pro- tation of shadowirig, volunteer or paid eq:)enence "ADMISSION OF Please refer to the section fessional performance requirements or skills in their respective field For occupational and AND SEC- Admi. ssions Policies INTERNAL TRANSFER, TRANSFER Students are required to submit this information in physical therapy, a minimum of for further 250 hours in a OND DEGREE CANDIDATES" writing, and provide official documentation of the minimum of two different clinical sites is GENERAL INFORMATION information disability, along with a list of helpful accommoda- required For perfizion technology students, this Please note that admissions policies are subject to tions, so that future academic requirements can be must include documentation of observing an change at the discretion of the RSHS and the Office Nontraditional Students planned in an effective manner This confidential open-heart procedure or shadowing a perfusion of Admissions Students who are entering or returning to college information will be shared ONLY wT tF7a_cuTt_y technologist for physician assistant students, this Students will only be considered for admission from the work force or home, rather than directly (academic and clinical) or otFe—rinstructors who must include documentation of recent chrucal into one specific program, students are not able to from high school, should consider submitting a guide and/or evaluate the student's academic and mentoring/shadowing experiences in the com- apply to the RSHS as undecided Stu^[ents may resume along with their other application materials chrucal performance or who must work with accom- pany of a practicing physician assistant Physi- apply to all RSHS programs for the fall semester mo clations to benefit the student Further, in lunited cian assistant applicants should have a minimurn onl with the exception of those students who will International Students cases, the student may be required to demonstrate of three contacts totalling 24 shadowing hours the ability to perform certain "essential" tasks or ^,Mu e tering directly into the professional phase of The RSHS welcomes applications from prospective Students will receive the PA Shadowmg/Protocol techniques to the satisfication of the faculty, prior either the occupational therapy or the physician International students These students should be Packet from the Department prior to the PA in assistant program, which both begin the summer especially aware of the early deadlines and closure to professional study interview term in RSHS students are encouraged to develop their dates for RSHS programs, particularly light of the

188 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIEI,^CES 189 OF HEALTH SCIENCES

own self-advocacy skills regarding their disabilities requirements dictated by their new status An^ st, Universi!Z-Level Courses Taken and accommodation needs in order to prepare for Trigonometry (with Calculus recommended dent who is granted a change in class level ait While in High bcnool productive engagement in their academic work and but not required) and General Science, Biology matriculation will not be able to request any - I University-level courses taken while in high school future professional roles Zi and Chemistry (with Physics or advanced sequent change in class level if the following criteria sciences strone&111 recommended) All RSHS will be evaluated for credit Waitlist Prncpq.q programsmave an intensive science compo- have been met ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN The courses are recorded on an official trans- Unce spaces have been filled in a particular pro- nent, students who feel they do not have a 1 script from an accredited institution of higher gram, qualified students will be selected for Admissions Deadlines for Freshmen strong background in Algebra, Trigonometry ment on a waithst in the event that positions do 1 All applications to the occupational theraDy b 3nU Chemistry should senousl consider tak- education and physical therapy programs must be ing college preparatory courses, particularly in 2 The grades are "C" or better become available at a later date Should a student coil' pIeted and received College Algebra/Trigonometry accept a waitlist position, he/she should complete by December 1 This 3 The student has completed one semester/term average or better any required course work, continue to update only deadline fo_rth6e two—programs A class rank in the top three-fifths of their at Duquesne with a "C+" his/her file with any additional transcripts or other 2 Admission to the athletic training, health t, graduating class Advanced Stan!L^^ materials, and apply for financial assistance in the management systems, perfusion technolo c A G P A of at least a 2 5 Any student who indicates !any past or current col- event he/she will later be offered a space Waithsted and physician assistant programs is or a com- by EITHE composite SAT score at least 1000 CLEP students may be contacted as late as the start of the I'd A lege history (excluddi advanced placement, Early Decision or Regular Decision posite ACT score of at least 24 academic year Waitlisted students who cannot be credits or University-level courses taken while in a Early Decision applications must be coin. prospective freshmen who do not meet the above offered positions for the current academic year, will high school) must follow the guidelines listed for pleted and received by December f^ I still be considered for admission, based be notified after the start of classes to provide them ena may transfer and second degree candiciates in applylwg- b equality oFtheir ov rall application application has an opportunity to reactivate their applications for Reg-War Decision applications must be com. on tF— to the R5H5 Once Fi_s^er comple'Re — pleted and received on or before A]though volunteer experience in the field to been submitted, an official transfer credit evalua- another year in which they are applying is not required for the order to determine the stu- 3 All qualified students whose applications are tion will be completed laldmission of freshmen appTicants, it is highly dent's prospective class level In general, only those Changes in Admissions/Enrollment Status sulmitted by anu 15 will be reviewed for scholarship consi eration fecommended By volunteer experience, the R= candidates who will have earned 12 or fewer non- An offer of acceptance into a particular RSHS pro- is ^ernng t^oany shadowing, observatory, volunteer science transferrable credi^sateffF—oint ^ of matricu- gram (i e , athletic training), class level (i e , as a third Admissions Criteria for Freshmen or paid experience, in any environment where lation,will be consiJelr_eT3 as potential advancect year student), or acaderruc year (i e , Fall 1995) is students can work with a professional in their stanMg freshmen Students adirotted as advanced only valid for that respective program, class level Freshmen admissions will be on a selective basis as All ^hosen field standing fresmirien may not exceed these credit or academic year long as space perrmts Prospective freshmen should students should be aware that, i Please note that once enrolled, all RSHS students restrictions prior to matricuTation, failure to com- have graduated from an approved secondary school in rescinding the due to space restrictions, acceptance or enrollment am r(SH!LiLd to par-ti-d-p-a-te-i-n-v-61unteer experiences ply with this policy may resuTt — into one program, class level or academic year does and demonstrated exemplary personal conduct in jnCr to entering the professional phase of their student's acceptance not ensure acceptance into another program, class that institution Applicants who have not completed four years of high respective program revel or academic year should a student wish to school must subirut a High School I Equivalency Diploma issued by OF INTERNAL TRANSFER, change his/her status Once admitted:,0 . maj^e deTo!ited such or a their state depart &dit by ExammationlChallenge Examinations ADMISSION ment of education DEGREE enrolled any student who shes examination and challenge examinations TRANSFER AND SECOND The Office of Admissions will review all freshmen Credit by M-n—ge must have his/her application formally re- are one and the same Both refer to examinations CANDIDATES applications based on the following guidelines evaluated Students should be aware that they may for recognition of proficiency and credit in a sub- established by the RSHS Admissions Deadlines for Internal Transfer, be requested to complete additional application ject area These examinations are available only to All candidates for physical therapy should have Transfer and Secon egree materials before such a change may be considered currently enrolled students who by previous expen- a Seven units of math and science, including applications to the occupational therapy, Incom1n§ freshmen seeking to make such a ence or exposure have acquired mastery of the sub- I All Algebra 1, Algebra physical therapy and physician assistant pro- cl^ange should contact the Office of Admissions to 11, Geometry and )ect matter The examinations should be taken at Trigonometry (with Calculus recommended grams must be completed and received by discuss their intentions as soon as possible, and by least one semester/term prior to the semester/term but not required) and General Science, Biology December 1 July 1 of their senior year at the latest the student is expected to take the course and Chemistry (with Physics or advanced Internal transfer, transfer and second degree Some departments do not offer courses through 2 All applications to the athletic training, health sciences strongl recommended) All management systems and perfusion technol- students, as well as current RSHS students seek- RSHS credit by examination Under NO circumstances programs have an intensive science compo- of and received ing a program or class level change, should make may any clinical education course Fe taken through ogy programs must be compl nent, students who feel they do not have a by July 1 their requests in writing to a RSHS academic credit by examination, and in general, the courses SITnA background in Algebra, Trigonometry advisor The RSM-71TROMLY accept these written within the RSHS professional phase are not avail- Students may transfer into any program at any and Chemistry should senousl consider tak- requests at the followir79--times able through these examinations Each Department level, based upon their credentials, courses com- mg college preparatory courses, particularly in com- 1 The week of December 1 will deternune any courses which can be challenged, pleted at other institution(s), courses yet to be College Algebra/Trigonometry pleted prior to entry into the professional phase, and 2 The week of April 15 and each Department is responsible for administer- b A s2ace availability in the desired program class rank in the top two-fifths of their ing its own examinations 3 The week of July 1 graduating class It is the student's responsibility to contact the Indormation regasding the materials needed for an 4 The week of August 15 application to be considered complete can be found c A G P A of at least a 3 0 School or Department involved to determine the in the "Admissions Criter4'ections "s which follow Students should be aware that the possibilities of A composite SAT availability of these examinations IS score of at least 1000 or a ADMISSION AT THE TRANSFER LEVEL of a change in program, class level or academic year composite ACT Applications for credit by examination may be TO SEVERE score of at least 24 EXTREMELY COMPETITIVE DUE will be extremel limited due to severe space limita- All obtained from the Registrar's Office A minimal fee candidates for programs other than physical SPACE TTMATIONS IN ALL PROGRAMS, tions in all programs Studentswo =are granted th7er-apy should have per credit is charged Advanced standing credits will ARE ENCOUR- THEREFORE, ALL APPLICANTS approval to change programs, class lev-e7s or aca- be awarded for successful completion APPLICA- a Seven units of math and science, including TO COMETE THE ENTIRE demic years must meet the academic and program AGED AS POSSIBLE Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometry and TION PROCESS A:S EARLY

191 190 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENC^S OF HEALTH SCIENCES

ing credits due to lack of transferability, and Internal transfer, transfer and second degree shadowing a perfusion technologist F, additional credits from a four-year institution, the fact that, regard less previous credit level or candidates will be considered for admission on a physician assistant students, this M,,, course work beyond the 60 credits may not degree earneJ,77e—nts are still seeking admis- selective and competitive basis as long as space per- include documentation of recent clin1c, i come from an accredited community or two- UNDERGRADUATES mits in each program The RSHS does not expect mentoring/shadowing experiences in t^e year college Exemptions from this policy may sion to review any applications received after lulv 1 company of a practicing physician assis be considered by the appropriate Department Having the appropriate science course work Prospective internal transfer, transfer anctsecond — tant Physician assistant applicants shoilld Chairman once a student has completed within the appropriate sequence facilitates degree candidates should carefully investigate the have a minimum of three contacts totaI4, his/her ap ication transferability In general, all RSHS freshmen financial implications of entering any RSHS 24 shadowing hours and should collta 4 According to University policy, no develop- complete all General Biology and General All RSHS sopho- program the Department of Physician Assistant to, mental or preparatory courses are considered Chemistry requirements the PA Shadowing/Protocol For Prospe, transferrable Generally, these are courses at mores complete General Physics, Anatomy and tive Students Packet for recording clinical or below the 100 level which are intended to Physiology I and 11, (and Introduction to Admissions Criteria for Internal Transfer, experiences strengthen a student's background in prepara- Microbiology for physician assistant and Transfer and Second Degree Candidates An outline of any courses the applicant tion for college-level courses In particular, physical therapy) If a transfer student hopes In order for applications to be considered "com- plans on taking during the Fall 1994, students should be certain that any science to transfer into a particular year of a RSHS pro- plete," all applicants must submit/have the following gram, he/she should make sure he/she has Spring 1995, and Summer 1995 semesters courses are those for science majors, and not by the application Je-a-Mine AT already completed the appropriate sciences for Any student who has already earned a preparatory or non-science major courses previous class levels 1 The application form(s) degree(s), must provide a complete list science courses should carry labs a Internal Transfers - Must contact a RSHS indicating where and what degree(s) were 5 Each Department has its own policy in regard academic advisor in the RSHS Office of the earned to course waivers or challenges within the pro- Dean for an Internal Transfer Application 3 A minunum cumulative Q P A of at least a 2 5 fessional phase been Internal transfer candidates for the occupa- 4 A "C' or better in all RSHS, Science, Math and 6 A ten-year statute of limitations has tional therapy, physical therapy, and physi- Humanities, Business (HMS), and Medical established for all science courses which cian assistant programs should meet with Sciences courses include laboratories Students who have had a RSHS academic advisor no later than the the required laboratory science courses more 5 GRE's are not required for admission end of September or mid_-0­ct_oTe_r than ten years prior to seeking admission to PLEASE KEEP IN MIND THAT THE ABOVE b Transfers and Second Degrees - Must the RSHS, are normally required to retake CRITERIA REFER TO THE MINIMUM contact the Office of Admissions for the these courses Some students may seek to CRITERIA REQUIRED FOR CONSOE—RATION standard unde aduate admissions apph- challenge the course work, or appeal to the FOR THE RSHS DUE TO SEVEKE SPACE LIMI_ cation (exclu- in t7eau . ersonal statement appropriate Department Chairman for a waiver TATIONS, HIGHLY CONMTPETITIVE APPLI on the back of the application and the let- to be granted once they have completed the CANTS GENERALLY CARRY A 3 0 Q P A OR ter of reference) Applicants to the 4 entire application process WELL ABOVE, HAVE "N'AND "B" GRADES IN advanced master's program in Health - 7 Some pre-professional courses may not be COURSE WORK AND HAVE EXTENSIVE Management Systems should contact the available at outside institutions, these may VOLUNTEER/PROFESSIONAL EXPERIEW—E Department of Health Information need to be completed through the RSHS once Prospective students who do not meet the above Sciences at (412) 396-4772 the student has been accepted Among t Fese criteria may still be considered for adirussion, based courses are Kmesiology, Anatomy, Physiology, 2 The addendum upon the-quality oTITTe—iroverall application Socialization and the Life Span, Essential Con- A critical self-evaluation of their qualifica- cepts and Techniques in AT, Occupational tions to enter their respective program Guidelines for the Evaluation of Therapy lbunclations, and introduction to Small A complete summary of all health care RSHS Transfer Credits* Group and Organizational Communication experiences in the student's field of study 1 Only courses completed with a "C" or better *Exceptions to the above policies will ONLY be con- indicating the specific number of hours will transfer The University does honor "+" sidered once a student has completed the applica- spent in the facility, where, when, under and "-" grades, with the exception of the "C-` bon process STUDENT'S S ULD CHECK WrM whose supervision (including supervisor's which is unacceptable according to Universit^ ftRANSFER COUNSELOR IN THE OFFICE OF signature and licensure number, if appli- policy XDMISSIONS cable), and the types of responsibilities or 2 OnI those courses and credits pertinent to the observations For athletic training students ^ecial Notes To Transfer and Second Degree ItRuInt's particular program will be transfer this must include documentation of obser- Students vation and/or work in athletic training For red and considered toward the calculation of Students with any transfer credits OR ANY health management systems, occupational the student's "RSHS Matriculating QPA" 1 DEGREE, are all consi 7-ereU therapy and physical therapy students, this Some pre-professional courses (e g , Anatorr)', PREVIOUS FER students, and will be considered must include documentation of shadow- Kinesiology) may need to be completed T IONS-N AS UNDERGRADUATES into ing, volunteer or paid experience in their through the RSHS once the student has been To-r-aTm-i—ssion whatever year of the program is appropriate, respective field For occupational and accepted depending on the courses they have and have physical therapy, a minimum of 250 hours 3 In accordance with University policy, once a not completed to date in a minimum of two different clinical sites prospective student has earned 60 or more cOl is required For perfusion technology lege credits (regardless of-w-Rere, or whether ,2 All transfer and second degree students must students, this must include documentation or not these credits are considered transferrable carefully investigate the financial implications of observing an open-heart procedure or to a RSHS program), he/she must transfer any of the transfer process, tFepossibility — of los- 100L OF HEALTH SCIENCES 192 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCtS ^0­ 193

General Guidelines for Transferrable Courses gEADMISSION loads and Q P A's It is the student' res n'si!Ld^o ^tudents who are no longer enrolled, but had to investigate these requirements Ung w. w DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY COURSE OUTSIDE EQUIVALENT viously attended or graduated from Duquesne his/her acadenuc advisor to meet them In particular, University Core Standard University Equivalents Droversity,prI must fill out the "Application for Read- students should carefully investigate how their credit osion" available through the Office of Admissions loads each semester/term, each academic year, and BIOL 121/123 Biology I Diversity, Introductory Biology courses with labs for science 'Students who have completed 12 credits or less at overall, will affect financial aid and athletic el : Ecology, Evolution majors ,nother institution(s) since leavi—n-g-Mu—quesne, are b,l,q not only for the current year, Fut also for 31F BIOL 122/124 Biology Il Cells, ,Onsidered "straight readiruts," their applications for sequent years In general, most students who are Genetics, Development readmission will be forwarded to, and handled by seeking financial assistance must successfully com- BIOL 207/208 Anatomy & Physiology I Introductory HUMAN Anatomy & Physiology the RSHS as internal transfer candidates 'These stu- plete at least 12 credits each semester, and at least BIOL 209/210 Anatomy & Physiology 11 courses with TaFs—To7science majors dents should follow the guideMies=te under the 24-30 credits over the course of the academic year section 'Admission of Internal Transfer, Transfer and (includes fall, spring and summer) titudents should BIOL 203/204 Introduction to Introductory Microbiology course with lab (not Second Degree Candidates" consult the Office of Financial Aid for further infor- Microbiology necessarily based on organic cherrustry) Students who have completed more than 12 crechts mation regarding tth^eersonal financial situation CHEM 121 General Chemistry I Introductory Chemistry courses with labs for at another mstitution(s) since leaving Duquesne, a—re and the appropriate credit level for their financial CHEM 122 General Chemistry II science majors handled by the Office of Admissions These needs rR—eUniversity makes the following distinctions CHEM 205 Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry courses with labs for science students should follow the guidelines listed under in regard to undergraduate student classification for CHEM 206 Organic Chemistry 11 majors the sectionADMISSION OF INTERNAL TRANSFER, TkANSFER AND SECOND DEGREE CANDIDATES- financial aid — all based on credit level PHYS 201 General Physics I Introductory Physics courses with labs for science STUDENTS SHOULD REALIZE THAT THE Freshman 0-29 credits completed General Physics 11 majors PHYS 202 pOSSIBILITIES FOR READMISSION TO THE Sophomore 30-59 credits completed MATH 115 Calculus I Calculus for science/math students IlSHS ARE VERY RESTRICTED DUE TO EXTREME junior 60-89 credits completed COMPETITIVENESS AND SEVERE SPACE LIMI- Senior 90 or more credits completed MATH 125 Fundamentals of Statistics Introductory Statistics course THE RSHS, HOWEVER, TATIONS IN ALL PROGRAMS CLASSIFIES STU- COSC 100/110 Elements of Computer Basic Computer Literacy course DENTS BY CLASS LEVEL, (i e , as a second-year Science/ Computer student), rather than credit level In regard to finan- EDUCATIONAL EXPENSES AND Applications Lab cial eligibility, it is common for transfer and second NCIAL AID degree students to ci. I be considered PSYCH 103 Introduction to Psychology Introductory Psychology course by the University under one c assification (i e , as a ADDITIONAL EDUCATIONAL EXPENSES *PSYCH 225 Developmental Developmental Psychology course covering birth junior), but academically considered by the RSHS FOR RSHS STUDENTS Psychology I through adolescence under another classification (i e , as a second-year he-ProfessionaI Phase *PSYCH 226 Developmental Developmental Psychology course covering student within a RSHS program) For example, if Psychology Il adolescence through aging in general, students in the pre-professional phase a student has 64 credits completed upon matricula- can expect to spend $500 - $600 per year for books tion to the RSHS, but has all lus/her science courses Abnormal Psychology Abnormal Psychology course PSYCH 352 and other school supplies Students in their final left to complete, he/she may have been admitted SOCIO 315 Socialization and the Life Span Social Development course iear within the pre-professional phase will also need into the second year of the program rather than the Life Span io meet the program requirements for entry into the junior year his/her credit level might indicate professional phase (i e , COMM 102 Public Speaking Introductory Oral Communication course C PR , physical examina- clarr_StudentsrnpTlcatio,^; should arellmv investpn suE 12i n ti finan- tion and immunizations) s a o n CLSSX 122 Etymology of Medical Terminology course Summer Course Work Scientific Terms Professional Phase Students should be aware that while aid may be THEO 353 Health Care Ethics Medical Ethics or Morality/Values and Medicine Student-, enrolled in the professional phase can available for summer course work, use of a-Mur- course (may be listed under the Philosophy expect to spend anywhere from $250 - $500 a ing the summer may simply reduce aid that would Department) semester/term for books, other school supplies, and normally be available during the fall and spring research projects Additional expenses for all pro- birth semesters Students should carefully investigate a2y *0 students who have taken a life span developmental psychology course covering grams may also include the purchase of a lab coat financial G—pri—cations resulting trom required or death may take a "non-develo—pm—e—n-t-aTpsychology" course to fulfill the second requirement and lab clothes, medical instruments for laboratory ^91 elected summer course work work or professional practice, chrucal education costs NOTE Each of the six programs within the RSHS require different courses found among those listed (le ' travel and living expenses), and fees for cer- Internal Transfer, Transfer and Second above Students should refer to the individual pre-professional curriculums to determine which tification, licensure and registration Information on D—eg—r—ee-9—tu-Se—nis of the above are required for their intended major required supplies will be provided to all students Internal transfer and transfer students should be during their professional orientation program(s) aware of the financial implications involved with any subsequent loss of credits and/or credit level as a RNANCIAL IMPLICATIONS OF STUDENT result of transferring Please refer to the previous CLASSIFICATION AND ACADEMIC LOAD section'^FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS OF STUDENT Students who are interested in financial and/or CLASSIFICATION AND ACADEMIC LOAD" scholarship assistance through the various sources Internal transfer students should also be aware Offered at the University and elsewhere, should be that the tuition and fee rates for the RSHS are aware that most financial aid and scholarship slightly higher than the general University rates and Opportunities and athletic eligibility requirements will therefore affect the calculation of students' require students to carry and earn specific credit financial aid packages

194 195 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENcES OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Second degree candidates should carefully investi- vide Athletic Training, Occupational Therapy and Occupational Therapy :erested students must independe4 seek gate the financial implications involved with matric- Physical Therapy students with a relatively broad Scholarships are available through the AnIcrIca, r institutional employment contracts with taciu- ulating into the RSHS, these students enter a f picture of human anatoirty , with a special emphasis Occupational Therapy Foundation for students Students are not encouraged to seek these con- the RSHS programs as undergradu tes If st.7enots on peripheral systems, the musculoskeletal, peri- the professional phase of the curriculum Applic,1. s before entering the professional phase The have a degree, typicalTy they cFonot - qualify for pheral nervous, and peripheral circulatory systems tions are available in early spring for the next fall irtments may post announcements of such con- standard undergraduate financial a_iT s, but the RSHS will not serve as an irutiator or The course consists of both a lecture and a laboratory Applications can be obtained from the America component During the lecture sessions, informa- dinator for such contFaM Students are advised Graduate Students Occupational Therapy Foundation, 1383 P,cc tion pertammg to basic cytology and histology, basic ard . k legal counsel before signing arry documents Students enrolled in any of the five-year entry-level Drive, Rockville, MD 20850 Occupational therap, ,e human embryology, the organization of various master's degree programs should be aware that, for students may also call the American Occupatl0rial systems and the relationships of various structures financial reasons, the RSHS considers students to Therapy Association Career Line at 1-800-366-9799 and Curriculum and systems are presented and discussed There is be graduate students upon completion of the spring for further information on this and other financial a required dissection laboratory component to the opportunities semester of their fourth year Students are strongly [^formahon course During each laboratory session, students will ;ease note that all program and curriculum infor- be directed in the dissection and study of human advised to consult with the Office of Financial Aid Perfusion Technology regarding their eligibility for aid as graduate 16tion is subject to change at the discretion of the cadavers Prerequisites BIOL 1-21/123 or 122/124, Scholarships are available through the Americar, Once enrolled students should refer to the or the permission of the instructor students, particularly in light of the high credit loads OjHS 207/208, 209/210, Society of Extra-Corporeal Technology (AmSECT) ^ijjS Mage_nlu`Z^Gudent Handbook for specific and summer course work involved in the final year HI.TSC 310/310L. Anatomy 5 cirs and the American Academy of Cardiovascular Per of the professional phase mation regarding academic policies pertain- This anatomy course presents the aspects of basic fusion Students may contact the Department of per to their respective programs histology, embryology and morphology of the human ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE fusion Technology at (412) 396-5555 for more IThe following interdisciplinary courses may be organism This course is designed to provide Perfu- information IN THE PROFESSIONAL PHASE required by some of the programs sion Technology and Physician Assistant students V, 4 crs Students in the professional phase also may wish Physical Therapy HLTSC 305 Physiology with a relatively broad picture of human anatomy, to take advantage of other financial aid opportunities bo course in human physiology presents the nor- however there is an emphasis on the contents of the Financial aid and scholarship information may be ;W homeostatic and reproductive functions of the thoracic, abdominal and pelvic cavities The course such as grants and scholarships offered through pro- obtained by writing to the American Physical 36dy, with emphasis on unifying concepts and consists of both a lecture and a laboratory compo- fessional associations, and institutional employment Therapy Association, 1111 North Fairfax Street, systems integration Physical and molecular prin nent During the lecture sessions, information per- contracts available through individual health care Alexandria, VA 22314 or by calling (703) 684-2782 '^ples are highlighted where appropriate Pertinent taming to basic cytology and histology, basic human providers Students should be aware that many of of pharmacologic and pathophysiologic embryology, the organization of various systems and these opportunities require the students' respective Physician Assistant 6amples &echanisms are used to reinforce concepts of nor- the relationships of various structures and systems academic programs to be fully accredited The Physician Assistant Foundation (PAF) Scholar mal physiologic design The course is intended to are presented and discussed There is a required ship Program assists physician assistant students 9 Grants and Scholarships provide the student with a solid foundation in dissection laboratory component to the course Dur- with expenses related to their studies The PAF Wurnan physiology for subsequent clinical training ing laboratory sessions students are directed in the Students may be able to obtain grants or scholar- Awards Committee reviews all applications and M the Physician Assistant and Perfusion Tedmology dissection and study of human cadavers Prereq- chooses scholarship recipients Additionally, the ships from corporations, community or civic groups, ^rograms The goal for the student is to achieve a uisites BIOL 12V123, 122/124^ 207/208, 2091210, or the philanthropic and religious organizations Com- American Academy of Physician Assistants (AAPA) firm understanding of total body function based permission of the instructor munity, state and federal organizations such as the and the Association of Physician Assistant Prograrn^ iiPon the organization, functional mechanisms, and HLTSC 400 Independent Study 1 - 3 crs Veteran^s Adirunistration Health Professionals Edu- (APAP) President's Scholarship Awards provide six mteractions of the body's several systems Prereq- With the guidance of a faculty member, student may cational Assistance programs or the National Health $1,000 scholarships to first year professional phase 1221124, 207/208, 209/210, or ^sites BIOL 121/1-23, pursue an in-depth study of a subject area or Service Corps Scholarships Program offer scholar- physician assistant students The Pennsylvania in oermission of the instructor develop an individual project an area of interest ship assistance on a competitive basis to students Society of Physician Assistants (PSPA) provides a HLTSC 306 Physiology 4 crs related to their professional goals Prerequisites interested in particular health careers In addition, $500 scholarship to one clinical year student, appli- This course in human physiology presents the nor Endorsement of the supervising faculty member and each prograrns professional associations offer ftnan- cations are made directly through the Department mal functions of the body, with emphasis on uni- approval of the Department Chairman cial assistance to qualified individuals Chairman Students may contact the Department concepts and systems integration Physical and ^ying 420 Topics in Pharmacology 3 crs of Physician Assistant at (412) 396-5914 for more in- molecular principles are highlighted where appro- HI.TSC Athletic Training This course is designed to provide students with formation regarding any of these scholarships priate Particular attention is given to the molecular Grants and scholarships are available through the information regarding indications, contraindications, and cellular processes underlying neural function, National Athletic Trainers' Association, Inc , the Institutional Employment Contracts side effects, drug-drug and drug-food interactions neuromuscular transmission, and muscular contrac- Eastern Athletic Trainers' Association, District 2 of of medications utilized in health care Prerequisites Various health care institutions offer financial aid tion The course is designed to provide the student the NATA, HLTSC 307/307L Inc , and the Pennsylvania Athletic to students in return for an employment commit- with a solid foundation in human physiology for CHEM 121, Trainers' Society, Inc Students may contact the ment after graduation The amounts of the subsequent clinical training in Physical Therapy, HLTSC 425 Therapeutic Modalities 4 crs Chairman of the Department of Athletic Training assistance and the terms of employment vary Occupational Therapy and Health Management This course is designed to aquaint the students with at (412) 396-4766 for more information The RSHS has negotiated a School-sponsored Systems The goal for the student is to achieve a the various physical agents and electrotherapy Health Information Sciences institutional employment contract, available on a good understanding of total body function based modalities used to treat patients in a clinical setting competitive basis, with Allegheny General Hospital upon the organization, functional mechanisms, and The course will include a lecture component, during The American Health Information Management Students will be notified by the RSHS when infor- interactions of the body's several systems Prere- which theory of physical agents and electrotherapy will Association's (AHIMA) Foundation Of Record Edu- mation is available regarding the availability of these quisites BIOL 121/123, 122/124, 2U7/208, 209/210, or be presented, and a laboratory component for the cation (FORE) offers loans and scholarships to institutional employment contracts for their par- permission of the instructor selection and application of the various devices Patient students in their final year of study AHIMAs ticular class, this usually occurs shortly before or Anatomy 5 crs problems will also be presented, requiring the student address is 919 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1400, HLTSC 307/307L after students begin their professional phase Stu- This anatomy couTse presents the aspects of basic to integrate classroom information and readings to Chicago, 11 60611-1683 The telephone number is dents should discuss any questions regarding these histology, embryology and morphology of the formulate a treatment plan based on sound scientific (312) 787-2672 contracts with their respective department faculty human organism This course is designed to pro- principles Prerequisite PHYS 201 or 202

OF HEALTH SCIENCES MN 196 SCHOOL OF HEALTH ScIENct,

DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE of First Year — 16 Credits Cr COURSE HLTSC 437/438 Functional Kinesiology/ vices of an athletic trainer to prevent and decrea iMAGINATIVE LITERATURE & PROFESSIONAL PHASE Biomechanics Lab 3 crs the risk of injury and/or illnesses to athletes as Se CRITICAL WRITING 3 & This course is designed to study, in detail, the as provide care for those who become injured 0, ATHTR 201 Essential Concepts ' -wellill BIOLOGY 11 Cells, elements of normal human motion Specifically, the The responsibilities of the athletic trainer are preven Techniques in Athletic Training 3 crs Genetics, Development 3 course will focus on integrating the "Laws of Nature" tion, first aid and emergency care, evaluatior, An introduction to the basic and essential elements o BIOLOGY 11 LAB 1 which influence movements with anatomical con- injuries, design and implementation f of athletic training, including emergency manage- of treatrn,,, Fundamentals of Statistics 3 cepts and the concepts of osteokinematics and arth- and rehabilitation programs, and preparation of ment, recognition, evaluation and follow-up care for Shaping of the Modern World 3 rokinernatics of joints Prerequisites PHYS 210 or athletes for return to competition using flexibility injury and illness Environmental effects on the The Arts & the Human Experience 3 202, HLTSC 307/307L strength, and cardiovascular programs design,^ body, treatment protocols, taping techniques, and other fundamental concepts relating to athletic HLTSC 441 Medical Sciences 1 3 crs specifically for the individual athlete Athletic o of Second Year — 17 Credits Cr injury care are discussed as they relate to preven- This course incorporates the science of pathology trainers work under the supervision of physicians 17 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 1 3 tion and management Corequisite BIOL 207/208 in conjunction with the technology of radiology and and have found employment in athletic progr,rns ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I LAB 1 the medical laboratory to provide the student with schools, hospitals, sports medicine clinics, ari^ GENERAL PHYSICS 1 4 ATHTR 302 Art & Science of a more complete understanding of disease processes private industry ESSENTIAL CONCEPTS & Athletic Training 1 3 crs which are manifested by patients as symptoms By The athletic training program at Duquesne UnIver TECHNIQUES IN AT 3 This course provides students with opportunities applying appropriate diagnostic tools, students will sity provides students with a comprehensive basic Social, Political & Economic Systems 3 to learn evaluation techniques, and recognize special learn how symptoms can be formulated into a work- Introduction to Psychology 3 problems and injuries of the lower extremity Also science background, a general liberal arts core of ing diagnosis Prerequisites HLTSC 305 or 306, classes, and specific comprehensive course work in included is a review of initial management of sports ,Fring of Second Year — 16 Credits Cr 307/307L or 310/310L athletic training which includes cadaver dissection injuries of the lower extremity and the appropriate ,72 ETYMOLOGY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS 3 401/501 Neuroscience 4 crs; exercise physiology, therapeutic modalities, thera' selection of special equipment and devices Prereq- HLTSC 0 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 11 3 This course introduces the nervous system from two peutic exercise and reconditioning, as well as uisite ATHTR 201 110 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II LAB 1 perspectives First, the biology of neurons, the basic advanced chrucal skills and information In this four ATHTR 303 Art & Science of ^6 Developmental Psychology 11 3 functional unit of the nervous system, is explained year bachelor's degree program, students are Athletic Training 2 3 crs 187 Christian Understanding of the Second, discreet populations of neurons that come This second part of the course is designed to pro- presented with opportunities to pursue clinical Human Person 3 together to form functional systems are exarrimed vide the students with learning eq:>enences in evalua- experiences at the collegiate, secondary, profes 102 Public Speaking 3 in detail The relevance of each perspective to sional, and clinical settings, as well as work with tion techniques, recognition of special considerations disease processes is discussed There is a required athletes of the opposite gender and with varying and injuries of the upper extremity Injuries and laboratory component to the course Prerequisites levels of skill management of the internal organs also are presented HLTSC 305 or 306, 307/307L or 310/310L in 302 A student enrolled in this program also has the FROFESSIONAL PHASE — 65 CREDITS this course Prerequisite ATHTR HLTSC 541 Medical Sciences 11 3 crs option to complement the bachelor's degree with 305 Personal & Community Health 3 crs Wl of Third Year — 17 Credits Cr ATHTR This course is a continuation of Medical Sciences a Master of Science in Education Through this joint This course presents a stimulating and realistic 307 Anatomy 5 I As such, it will also incorporate the sciences of degree opportunity, students may become eligible approach to understanding contemporary health V5 Therapeutic Modalities 4 pathology and physiology with the medical special- for professional teaching certification in the areas problems in the areas of personal and community 302 Art & Science of AT 1 3 ties of radiology and the medical laboratory to pro- of Mentally and Physically Handicapped, Elemen health Also stressed are the practical applications 305 Personal & Community Health 3 vide the student with a more complete under- tary Education, Secondary General Science, and/or of health principles to relevant personal and com- 315 Clinical Practicum in AT 1 2 standing of the underlying disease processes which Secondary Biology Education Also, on a very munity situations are manifested by patients as symptoms This course Cr linuted basis, athletic training students may enroll in Spring of Third Year — 16 Credits ATHTR 306 Therapeutic Exercise & will emphasize specific diseases of the major the joint degree program with the Department of 4371 Functional Kinesiology/ Reconditioning in Athletic Training 4 crs systems comprising the human body Prerequisite Physical Therapy, leading to a Bachelor of Science 438 Biomecharucs/LAB 2/1 In this course, students are instructed in the basic HLTSC 441 3 in Athletic Training and a Master of Physicii] 303 Art & Science of AT 2 components needed to develop a comprehensive Therapy 306 Therapeutic Exercise & rehabilitation program and to distinguish between 4 DEPARTMENT OF ATHLETIC Reconditioning in AT the rehabilitation and reconditioning needs of a 3 TRAINING (AT) ATHLETIC TRAINING CURRICULUM 316 Clinical Practicum in AT 11 physically active individual Topics include use of 3 Chairrnan 406 Research in AT functional testing equipment, manual muscle PRE-PROFESSIONAL PHASE SAMPLE Paula G Sammarone, testing, contemporary immobilization techniques, Ed D, A T,C fall of Fourth Year — 16 Credits Cr COURSE PLAN — 63 CREDITS ambulatory aides, exercise progressions and pro- Sports Medicine is a popular general term that reters 307 Physiology of Exercise 3 207/208, 209/210, HLTSC to all those individuals and services necessary to In most cases, courses listed in all caps must be 311 Current Issues in AT 3 tocols Prerequisites BIOL 302 maintain the overall health of athletes and those taken in the exact semester indicated, all other 404 Psychology of Sport 3 307/307L, ATHTR who are physically active Athletic trainers play a classes are interchangeable 410 Clinical Practicurn in AT 111 4 ATHTR 307 Physiology of Exercise 3 crs major role in the field of sports medicine In 1991, Fall of First Year — 14 Credits Cr 412 Organization & Administration in AT 3 This course includes lectures, assigned readings, the profession of athletic training was recognized 101 HEALTH SCIENCES ORIENTATION I and lab exercises to aid in scientific evaluation of Spring of Fourth Year — 16 Credits Cr as an allied health profession by the American 101 THINKING & WRITING ACROSS THE effects of muscular, cardiovascular and respiratory 420 Topics in Pharmacology 3 Medical Association (AMA), however, athletic CURRICULUM 3 activity upon the human mechanism as a whole 402 Nutrition & Weight Management in Sport 3 trainers have been providing care and services for 121 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 1 4 Applications are made specifically for problems 411 Advanced Clinical Practicurn in AT 4 athletes and other physically active individuals for 132 Basic Philosophical Questions 3 encountered by the athletic trainer Prerequisites more than 40 years 414 Medical Perspectives in AT 3 121 100 Elements of Computer Science 2 BIOL 122/124, 207/208, 209/210, CHEM High 416 Development of Fitness/Performance 3 schools, colleges, professional teams and 110 Computer Applications Lab 1 independent sports clubs all require the on-site ser-

198 199 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES OF HEALTH SCIENCES

ATHTR 311 Current Issues in I technical proficiency, business administration and ATHTR 410 Clinical Practicurn in 2s,s posed by our nation's health care system knowledge of clinical processes within the Athletic Training 3 crs Athletic Training 111 4 crs Alumes of information comprising billions of 0 framework of the management of information in the This seminar course includes a review of topical Students are deemed Head Student Athlet 140tcuments are processed daily in the routine pro- in health care setting Graduates with this degree are literature, political issues, and other contemporary Trainers and are responsible for the total care ^ orl of health care, the processing of claims for f isI in employed as technologists, consultants, project man- concerns in the athletic training community assigned sports teams, including th 0 the rnent and the strategic management and con- e Impleirient, Iay agers, and strategic planners in the development of Students discuss and debate issues germane to tion of rehabilitation and reconchtioning Prograrris & of the health care business enterprise This infor- integrated health networks, managed care alliances, physically active special populations which include Preparations for the National Athletic Trainers, OP, tion must be more accurate, more complete, more P and the rapidly evolving environment of health care geriatric, adolescent, pediatric, and mentally and Association Board of Certification examination ar ;iely, and more accessible than what it is today delivery physically handicapped individuals Prerequisite made during this semester Prerequisites JiLTSe $e design and management of the cultural and ATHTR 303 425, ATHTR 303, 306, 316 C %briological infrastructure necessary to create new more efficient, more effective and better HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS ATHTR 315 Clinical Practicum in ATHTR 411 Advanced Clinical Practicum 11, 011d normed health care organizations is the responsi- CURRICULUM — Athletic Training 1 2 crs Athletic Training 4 crs of a new type of health management systems BACHELOR'S DEGREE PROGRAM This practicurn incorporates "hands-on" basic During this practicum, students may choose to Work y fessional. athletic training with team assignments Student in either a sports medicine clinic or with an assigned SAMPLE COURSE The health management systems professional PRE-PROFESSIONAL responsibilities include coverage for practice and athletic team Preparations for the National Athletic sesses a unique blend of clinical, technical and PLAN — 64 CREDITS Trainers' Association Board of Certification exam,,, games, as well as experiences found only in the siness management skills that can be applied in tion are made during this semester This practicur^ In most cases, courses listed in all caps must be training room Taping techniques, record keeping, taken M the exact semester indicated, all other may be interchanged in rotation with ATHTR 410 riety of health care settings as well as recognition and management of injuries, inical skills enable this professional to com- ontly Prerequisites HI_TSC 425, ATHTR classes are interchangeable are intricate components of this clinical practicurn 303, 306, 316 icate with physicians, nurses, and other clmi- ATHTR 412 Organization Fall of First Year — 16 Credits Cr Prerequisite ATHTR 201 & Administration ris and to understand chrucal information needs in Athletic Training 101 HEALTH SCIENCES ORIENTATION 1 ATHTR 316 Clinical Practicum in 3 crs they relate to the delivery of health care This course is designed to provide the student with 101 THINKING & WRITING ACROSS Athletic Training echnical skills provide the ability to apply mfor- 11 3 crs THE CURRICULUM 3 information that will enhance his/her ability to ftnic on technology solutions to information manage- This is a continuation of the previous practicum, ill CALCULUS FOR NON-SCIENCE tion effectively as a professional athletic trainer and nt problems and to understand the role of infor- however, students now are able to apply knowledge to enhance his/her awareness of current adminis STUDENTS 3 ation technology in the establishment of a culture 3 gained from previous course work to develop reha- trative, professional, organizational, and legal issues 182 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1 oted in quality, efficiency, and customer service 3 bilitative and reconditioning programs for their pertaining to athletic training Topics include budget 221 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS 1 Business and management skills permit the man- 3 athletes Students also are responsible for writing management, facility design, record keeping, profes 132 Basic Philosophical Questions agement professional to link business and clinical case studies on injured athletes Prerequisites sional organizations, liability, educational require 'fnowledge in a manner whicli improves the delivery Spring of First Year — 16 Credits Cr ATHTR 302, 315 ments, personnel management, public relations, and I5 health care and the promotion of health An inte- 102 IMAGINATIVE LITERATURE & preparation for the future of athletic training Prereq ATHTR 402 Nutrition & Weight ^rated knowledge of these three disciplines forms CRITICAL WRITING 3 usite ATHTR 316 Management in Sport 3 crs the fundamental knowledge base necessary to suc- 121 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 1 4 ATHTR 414 Medical Perspectives in This course covers the essential nutrients, their ceed professionally in the health care environment 183 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 11 3 Athletic Training physiological effects on the body, and the role these 3 crs Health management systems professionals apply 222 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS 11 3 This course is designed to expose students to in 3 nutrients can play in a physically active individual's kchnical and managerial skills a variety of health 141 Social, Political & Economic Systems performance Information on eating disorders, medical topics in areas such as orthopedics, care and related settings including acute care Cr weight management, special dietary considerations OB/GYN, dentistry, family practice medicine, Wospitals, physician office practices, clinics, rehabih- Fall of Second Year — 16 Credits SCIENTIFIC TERMS 3 and ergogenic aids also is discussed Prerequisites' podiatry, physical therapy, dermatology, health tation practices, extended care organizations, home 122 ETYMOLOGY OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 1 3 CHEM 121, ATHTR 307 records, and radiology Professionals from each of tealth agencies, insurance comparues, government 281 3 the respective areas provide information to enhance 1gencies, integrated health networks, and a large 214 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING ATHTR 404 Psychology of Sport 3 3 crs the interdisciplinary approach of the responsibilities variety of businesses which design, develop and 207 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 1 This course incorporates basic psychological prin- I LAB 1 of an athletic trainer Prerequisite ATHTR 303 support health care related software and mforma- 208 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY ciples and relates them to areas of concern found the Human Experience 3 ATHTR 416 Development of tion technology 161 The Arts & in sport Topics include mental imagery psychology Fitness/ Performance 3 crs The Department of Health Information Sciences, Cr of injury, self-esteem and self-efficacy^ stress Spring of Second Year — 16 Credits Expanding upon the basic principles learned in and the A J Palumbo School of Business Adminis- 3 284 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 11 management and burnout, pain tolerance, gender ATHTR 306 and 307, students are presented with tration, offer two joint programs in health manage- 215 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 roles, performance enhancement, and interrelation- the basic concepts of year-round conditioning and ment systems for students and professionals inter- 209 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 11 3 ships Prerequisite PSYCH 103 strength training and are asked to apply those con- ested in the application of information technology 210 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 11 LAB 1 cepts to develop programs which encompass the and business skills to the management of health ATHTR 406 Research in 187 Christian Understanding of the unique physical requirements of a variety of sports care An Industry Partners Program of regional and Athletic Training crs Human Person 3 Prerequisites ATHTR Students are exposed to the basic components of 306, 307 national health care affiliates provides students with Shaping of the Modern World 3 gain prac- 151 scientific research and become particularly farmhar a vast production laboratory in which to with the current trends in research in Athletic Train DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH tical experience in health management issues ing and Sports Medicine As part of this course, INFORMATION SCIENCES (HIS) students conduct individual or small group Chairnian Bachelor of Science in semester-long projects on topics of their choice in Sean McLinden, M D Health Management Systems the area of Sports Medicine Prerequisites MATH Innovative methods for managing health care infor- The Bachelor of Science in Health Management 125, ATHTR 302 mation are critical to solving the challenging prob- Systems program emphasizes the essential skills of 200 SCHOOL OF HEALTH 201 SCIENCES OF HEALTH SCIENCES

PROFESSIONAL PHASE — 65 CREDITS HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [RSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE act as consultants and management fellows for a Fall CORE — 27 CREDITS of Third Year — 16 Credits Cr FESSIONAL PHASE AND ADVANCED clinical partner with a primary role on a project of 331 Business Finance significance to the partner or the partner's insti- 3 Computer Applications Development 361 Introduction to Management I .rFR'S DEGREE PROGRAM tution The student must demonstrate, indepen- 3 Computer Applications Development 371 Introduction to Marketing il 1) articulate the mission and 3 Legal Process & Reasoning ,S 4451575 Health Management dently, their ability to 460 Computer Applications Development I 1 cr 3 Health Care Administration Ims Seminar objectives of the client, 2) describe the problem or 505 Health Care Delivery & Organizations forum will examine topics related to contem- process under consideration by the client and its 3 Information Systems Design/Software 445 Health Management Systems Seminar 1 Engineering -y issues in health care and the impact of these effect on the client's ability to satisfy their mission, 3 on the management of health care enterprises 3) evaluate possible solutions to the problem or pro- Spring of Third Year — 14 Credits Cr Health Care Delivery & Organizations cess and rank them with respect to suitability to the 251 Business Law 3 Information Resource Management [S 460 Computer Applications client, 4) propose a solution and include the 306 Physiology 4 Health Management Systems lopment 1 3 crs business and technical risks associated with it, 5) 461 Computer Applications Development 11 3 Project I and H duction to procedural programming (data (if appropriate) It is intended 570 Software Engineenng/Project Management 3 -sentation, managing program information and prototype the solution that the product of this course be suitable for inclu- 446 Health Management Systems Seminar 1 ELECTIVES — 9 CREDITS of control, modular design and implementa- elements of the graphical user interface (win- sion in the student's resume or portfolio under the Summer of Third Year — 5 Credits In consultation with the Department of Health InfOr Cr menus, text and dialog boxes, controls, etc heading of Previous Work Experience Prerequisites 418 Aspects of Community mation Sciences, and in accordance with their pro 3, ; visual application development environments HLTIS 470, 471 Health & Resources fessional goals, students will choose three elective or or equivalent expen- Health Care Delivery and 313 Business Management for courses from those below ^cjuisite QSMIS 182 183, HLTIS 505 s with graphical desktop environments Organizations 3 crs Health Professionals Introduction to Total Quality 3 Designed for administrators, this course describes 447 Health Management Systems Seminar Management IS 461 Computer Applications the organization of health care delivery with an Business Ethics flopment 11 3 crs; Fall of Fourth Year — 15 Credits Cr 3 emphasis on the various public agencies that par- Telecommunications vorked application development in a work 470 Enterprise Wide Information Systems 1 3 ticipate in the clinical and business enterprise Par- 3 Decision-Making Heuristics & p environment, component software and inter- 475 Comparative Health Care Systems ticular attention is given to describing each partici- 3 Expert Systems ibility, cross-platform development and apphca- 441 Medical Sciences 1 3 pant in terms of their mission and objectives, the 3 Leadership portability, visual programming languages 501 Health Management Systems Project 1 5 3 regulatory constraints under which they operate, Modeling & Simulation Pouisite HLTIS 460 448 Health Management Systems Seminar 1 3 their corporate philosophy and history, and their Health Care Legislation & Regulations 3 IJLTIS 470 Enterprise Wide Information future plans This course attempts to provide Spring of Fourth Year — 15 Credits Cr Health Care Financing 3 Systems 1 3 crs 471 Enterprise Wide Information Systems II students with a model of the various organizational 3 Comparative Health Care Systems 3 'bricepts; and applications of computer communica- 368 forces acting on health care which would allow them Business Ethics/Communications 3 Enterprise Wide information Systems 1 3 tions, including media and how they carry signals, 541 Medical Sciences 11 to anticipate the impact of these on the operation 3 Enterprise Wide Information Systems Il 3 -protocols and standards including the OSI model, 502 Health Management Systems Project Il of their own organization 5 Completion of a minimum of 36 lind networking topologies and routing methods 449 Health Management Systems Seminar 1 credits as indicated HLTIS 552 Health Care Legislation above will make a student eligible for a Master of ^A popular local area networking system will be and Regulation 3 crs Students will be awarded a Bachelor of Science in Health Management Systems Students may also gsed Prerequisite HLTIS 461 t The legal and regulatory basis for U S health care opt to seek and be granted adnussion into the MBA Health Management Systems upon completion of HETIS 471 Enterprise Wide Information including hospital and organizational accreditation program to complete the following additional course crs the spring semester of their fourth year, students Systems 11 3 and regulation, creclentialling and contracting of work who subsequently wish to pursue an advanced 'Managing technological and organizational change clinical personnel, antitrust, fraud and abuse, master's degree must apply for admission during MBA Core IA m a heterogeneous networked software environ- privacy and confidentiality of medical information their third year of study and can complete the 504 Problem Analysis ment Chief information officer's conflicting roles in and the impact of these on health care planning degree in one additional year after receiving the MBA Core IB linking information systems to strategic business Prerequisite HI-TIS 505 or Healthcare Adirums- Bachelor of Science degree 512 Accounting plan, planning, project management, and manag- trative Experiences mg the use of information systems an services, 513 Econonucs Health Care Financing 3 cr HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS enforcing or persuading adherence to technological HLTIS 556 514 Finance Reimbursement and financing of health care with CURRICULUM — or data model standards, maintaining high levels ADVANCED MASTER'S 371 Intro to Marketing an eye toward the impact of financing decisions on of system security and reliability, and acting as an DEGREE PROGRAM 521 Environment of Business the availability and utilization of clinical services often unclesignated change agent Prerequisite 524 Organizational Behavior Business and corporate structures and financing will PRE-REQUISITES HLTIS 470 Core 11 also be discussed Prerequisites HLTIS 505 or Pre-requisite courses among those below will be 525 Business Problems HLTIS 475 Comparative Health Administrative Experience selected by the Department of Health Information Care Systems 3 crs Software Engineeringl Core III (Electives) Examines and compares the relationship of political, HLTIS 570 Sciences upon review of an individual student's 3 crs background 4-3 credit courses 12 cultural and economic thought to the implementa- Project Management Methodical approach to the design and construc- For further information on this advanced master's tion of a health care system including analysis of Information Systems 1 3 tion of applications and the management of an infor- degree program, students should contact the the history of health care in the United States and Information Systems 11 3 mation systems project This course will focus on Department of Health Information Sciences at (412) comparison with systems of care in other countries Financial Accounting 3 applications relevant to the clinical enterprise using 396-4772 Prerequisites HLTIS 552, 556 Managerial Accounting 3 innovative methods of application planning, design, Medical Sciences 1 3 HLTIS 501/502 Health Management protoyping, implementation and management Medical Sciences 11 1 Systems Project I and 11 3 crs (each) The capstone experience of the program Students

ROA SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES OF HEALTH SCIENCES 203

DEPARTMENT OF OCCUPATIONAL OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ;IONAL PHASE — 80 CREDITS OCCTH 435 Occupational Performance THERAPY(OT) CURRICULUM Assessment 3 crs iner of Fourth Year — 12 Credits Cr Introduction to tests and measurements including Chairnian PRE-PROFESSIONAL PHASE SAMPLE Life Span Occupational Performance 3 theories, methods, scales, procedures, statistics, Patricia A Crist, Ph D , 0 T R COURSE PLAN — 93 CREDITS Occupational Performance Assessment 3 interpretation and ethics Assessment of occupa- Interpersonal Commurucation/Group 3 tional performance and the performance com- Occupations are the essence of productive living In most cases, courses listed in all caps must be Occupational therapists focus on the occupations Dynarrucs ponents will be presented Prerequisite OCCTH taken in the exact semester indicated, all other Adaptations 3 Activity Analysis & 305 used by people to live full, independent, quality classes are interchangeable I lives Occupations or activities of daily living include Fall of Fourth Year — 16 Credits Cr OCCTH 440 Interpersonal Communication/ Fall of First Year — 15 Credits work or education, self-care, play/leisure and the Cr Medical Sciences 1 3 Group Dynamics 3 crs 101 HEALTH SCIENCES ORIENTATION Ul effect rest has on these activities The goal of this I 4 Analyzing and directing interaction activities for 101 THINKING & WRITING ACROSS 5.01 Neuroscience profession is to maximize a persons ability to per- Clinical Education & Reasoning 1 2 therapeutic and supervisory functions Application THE CURRICULUM ,'05 form culturally-appropriate daily occupations, 3 '15o Sociocultural Diversity in Treatment 3 of group theories, development and processes Pre- 121 BIOLOGY I Diversity, which is an important value in today's health care 4 requisite OCCTH 305 Ecology, Evolution ^5 Blomechanical Treatment system 3 123 BIOLOGY I LAB OCC"rH 445 Activity Analysis and Occupational therapists treat and consult with 1 1pring of Fourth Year — 16 Credits Cr 121 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 1 Adaptations 3 crs persons to promote an individualized, self- 4 141 Medical Sciences 11 3 103 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY Introduction to activity analysis during occupational determined balance of the three occupations from 3 510 Clinical Research Methods 3 performance using a variety of therapeutic modali- womb to tomb Occupational competence is ;15 Clinical Education & Reasoning 11 2 Spring of First Year — 15 Credits Cr ties specific to practice Includes clinical teaching- developed by treating the "whole person" including 525 Psychological Approaches to Treatment 4 102 IMAGINATIVE LITERATURE & learrung processes Prerequisites HLTSC 307/307L, physical, psychological, emotional, social and , Neuromotor & Sensory Treatment 4 CRITICAL WRITING 3 437/438, OCCTH 305 cultural competencies as influenced by the person- 122 BIOLOGY 11 Cells, 11 Credits Cr environment-performance interaction Occupational C'Miner of Fifth Year — OCCTH 455 Clinical Education & Genetics, Development 3 535 Cognitive Approaches to Treatment 2 therapists promote self-determination by involving Reasoning 1 2 crs 124 BIOLOGY II LAB 1 Research Procedures 2 persons in choosing the activities which receive 30 This seminar integrates previous curriculum mfor- 122 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 11 5 545 Occupational Performance Approaches 4 attention during service delivery Removal of archi- mation, explores clinical reasoning, and participates 161 The Arts & the Human Experience 3 Environmental Adaptations & 3 tectural barriers that hinder occupational perfor- ^50 in clinical education Focus will be on establishing Rehab Technology mance, and provision of reasonable accommoda- Fall of Second Year — 17 Credits Cr therapeutic interactions, clinical observation, and case 122 study methodology Includes 40 hours of practicurn tions, such as rehabilitation technology or assistive ETYMOLOGY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS 3 11 of Fifth Year — 13 Credits Cr 207 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 1 HLTSC 441 OCCTH 435^ 445, 460 living devices is addressed 3 5 Level IIA Fieldwork 8 Prerequisites The variety of health care issues addressed 208 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I LAB by oc- 1 556 Level IIB Fieldwork 4 OCCTH 460 Sociocultural Diversity in 201 GENERAL PHYSICS 1 cupational therapists is exceedingly diverse and 4 Treatment 3 crs 225 13 Credits Cr includes acute care, industrial rehabilitation, DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 1 3 Spring of Fifth Year — Therapeutic considerations in multicultural diver- 2 physical rehabilitation, mental health, long-term 151 Shaping of the Modern World 3 552 Clinical Seminar sity and implications for health care service delivery care, home care, community services, education, 357 Level IIC Fieldwork 4 Spring of Second Year — 16 Credits Diversity will include ethrucity^ gender, cultural, disease prevention and health promotion Impor- Cr 160 Administration & Leadership 3 209 ANATOMY & socioeconomic, disability, and lifestyle aspects tant concepts such as quality of life, productive func- PHYSIOLOGY 11 3 565 Community & World Health Care Issues 2 210 ANATOMY & Prerequisites OCCTH 305, 410, 440 tion, independent living, full access, social integra- PHYSIOLOGY 11 LAB 1 570 Research Project 2 125 FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICS tion, cultural identification and balanced life styles 3 OCCTH 505 Biornechanical Treatment 4 crs 226 DEVELOPMENTAL are central to the practice of occupational therapy PSYCHOLOGY 11 3 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE Biomechanical theories and intervention strategies 141 Social, Political & Economic Systems 3 As a result graduates of this program must be able PROFESSIONAL PHASE in occupational therapy Focus will be on the treat- 187 Christian Understanding of the ment of problems related to strength, endurance, to evaluate emerging information, develop and share Occupational Therapy Human Person 3 OCCTH 305 joint function and voluntary control over movement new knowledge, guide professional decisions, 3 crs Foundations Orthotics, prosthetics, b1ofeedback, mobility equip- cooperate effectively with a variety of groups and Fall of Third Year — 17 Credits Cr Overview of the professior^s history, philosophies, ment, ergonomics, and human factors will be intro- serve as a professional leader and community advo- 307 ANATOMY 5 organizations, roles and functions, standards, ethics, duced Prerequisites HLTSC 3K 307/307L, 437/438, cate These competencies are the essence of occu- 305 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY legal issues, and future directions Introduction to OCCTH 435, 445 pational therapy in the future and consequently, the FOUNDATIONS 3 basic library search processes and professional as principles guiding this curriculum 315 SOCIALIZATION & THE LIFE SPAN 3 writing approaches Prerequisite Junior in pre- OCCTH 510 Clinical Research Methods 3 The occupational therapy program at Duquesne 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 professional occupational therapy program Introduction to the research process in occupational University is a five-year entry-level master's degree 132 Basic Philosophical Questions 3 therapy including design, data collection, ethics, and OCCTH 410 Life Span Occupational program Transfer students are accepted on a space support resources Prerequisites OCCTH 410, 435, 455 available basis Graduates will be eligible to sit for Spring of Third Year — 13 Credits Cr Performance 3 crs OCCTH 515 Clinical Education & the national certification examination administered 306 PHYSIOLOGY 4 Occupational performance across the life span in Reasoning 11 2 crs by the American Occupational Therapy Certifica- 437/ FUNCTIONAL KINESIOLOGY/ activities of self-care, work/education, and play/ This seminar integrates previous curriculum infor- tion Board and apply for state hcensure, if required 438 BIOMECHANICS/LAB 2/1 leisure activities including person-environment- 353 HEALTH CARE ETHICS 3 performance interaction will be explored Personal mation, explores clinical reasoning, and participates 100 Elements of Computer Science 2 performance components (psychological, physio- in clinical education Focus will be on evaluation, 110 Computer Applications Lab 1 logical, sensory, neuromotor, and cognitive), and treatment planning and implementation, and docu- environmental components (cultural, physical and mentation Includes 40 hours of practicurn Prereq- social) are included Prerequisite OCCTH 305 uisites HLTSC 541, OCCTH 505 205 204 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIE^4C,, OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Cr Spring of Third Year — 15 Credits OCCTH 525 Psychological Approaches TECHNOLOGY 3 the development of specialized chrucal skills prereg 215 Basic Pharmacology To Treatment 4 cirs 5 uisite OCCTH 515 310 Anatomy Social and psychological theories and intervention 4 OCCTH SW Achninistration & Leadership PHASE SAMPLE 302 Applied Perfusion Technology strategies in occupational therapy Focus wffl be on 3 Introduction to the basic principles of CIS 311 Observations in Perfusion Technology 11 1 psychodynamic, behavioral, developmental, and voh- organizatl, 2 and management of occupational therapy n 320 Surgical Techniques tional approaches to life span psychosocial problems PrograTn' lost cases, courses listed in all caps must be Supervision, planning, budgeting, quah manaLe Cr are presented Prerequisites OCCTH 445, 515 ri in the exact semester indicated, all other Summer of Third Year — 7 Credits ment, staffing and program development L,a4r 2 OCCTH 530 Neuromotor & Sensory ship skills and professional development will be iles are interchangeable 313 Business Management for Treatment 4 cirs explored Prerequisites 15 Credits Cr Health Professionals OCCTH 555, 556, 557 of First Year — 2 1 Cardiovascular Pharmacology Neuromotor and sensory theories and intervention OCCTH 565 HEALTH SCIENCES ORIENTATION 330 Community & World Health Cardiovascular Pathophysiology 11 2 strategies in occupational therapy Focus will be on Care Issues THINKING & WRITING ACROSS 332 3 Crs the application of sensory motor learning and move- Integration of occupational therapy into national and THE CURRICULUM 340 Introductory Practicurn in Perfusion Technology 1 ment, and specific developmental interventions such international health care systems Focus will be c), COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND as neurodevelopmental treatment and sensory mte- TRIGONOMETRY Cr community resources, health promotion, disease Fall of Fourth Year — 12 Credits gration Prerequisites HLTSC 501, OCCTH 515 prevention, and future health care directions Cc)n GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 2 Economic Systems 401 Clinical Perfusion Technology OCCTH 535 Cognitive Approaches sultation, case management, and education service Social, Political, & 2 410 Principles of Research 1 To Treatment 2 crs delivery models will be explored Prerequisites 8 Iring of First Year — 15 Credits 450 Clinical Practicurn in Perfusion Cognitive and information processing theories and OCCTH 555, 556, 557 162 IMAGINATIVE LITERATURE & Technology rehabilitation approaches in occupational therapy OCCTH 570 Research Project 2 Crs CRITICAL WRITING I Cr Focus will be on development and re-learning of Data analysis and formal presentation GENERAL CHEMISTRY 11 Spring of Fourth Year — 12 Credits of research j22 2 cognitive skills Prerequisites HI.TSC 501, OCCTH 515 study results by research teams Prerequisites ^2 BIOLOGY 11 CELLS, 402 Clinical Circulation Technology 2 OCCTH 540 Research Procedures 2 crs OCCTH 54Q 555, 556, 557 GENETICS, DEVELOPMENT 411 Principles of Research 11 8 Implementation of a group research project Colla- 124 BIOLOGY 11 LAB 460 Clinical Practicurn in Circulatory DEPARTMENT OF boration activities will include proposal writing and PERFUSION 161 The Arts & the Human Experience Technology TECHNOLOGY obtaining human subjects approval Prerequisites (PERFT) Cr Fall of Second Year — 14 Credits OCCTH 510, 515 Chairman 3 207 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 1 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE OCCTH Joyce A DAntonio, M S Ph D 1 545 Occupational Performance 208 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I LAB Medical Director 4 PROFESSIONAL PHASE Approaches 4 crs 201 GENERAL PHYSICS 1 Ronald V Pellegrini, M D This course will synthesize material from preceding 187 Christian Understanding of the PERFT 301 introduction to Perfusion The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh 3 treatment courses and emphasize provision of ser- Human Person Technology 4 crs vice within various systems through case study A perfusion technologist is a skilled health profes- General Elective 3 This course introduces cardiopulmonary bypass methodology Service settings reviewed are medical sional trained and educated specifically as a member Cr practices and ethics Emphasis will be placed on Spring of Second Year — 16 Credits rehabilitation and hospital-based clinics, school of a surgical team The perfusionist is responsible 3 medical terminology, history of cardiac surgery, 209 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 11 systems, early intervention, farruly-centered care for the selection, set-up and operation of a 1 development of extracorporeal devices and tech- 210 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 11 LAB home health, work readiness and private practice mec anical device commonly known as the heart- 3 niques, and application of perfusion technology 132 Basic Philosophical Questions Prerequisites OCCTH 505, 515, 525, 530, 535 lung machine Dunng open-heart surgery, the 3 151 Shaping of the Modern World PERFT 302 Applied Perfusion Technology 4 crs OCCTH 550 patient's blood is diverted and circulated outside the Environmental Adaptations & General Elective 3 This course defines the applications of extracor- body through the heart-lung machme and then back • Rehabilitation Technology 3 crs 3 poreal. technology and the effects of artificial circula- into the patient Thus , during surgery, this device • General Elective Modification of the physical environment and 'General elective selections must meet de=ntal tion on the body Adequacy of perfusion will be dis- assumes the function of both the heart and lungs assistive rehabilitation technologies to assess envi- guidelines Students may use electives t the cussed in relation to acid-base physiology, blood gas In addition to the operation of the heart-lung ronmental resources and perform occupations requirements of the "Pre-Health Professions Core machine during surgery, perfusionists function in management, flow dynanucs, hypothermia, comple- Computer access, environmental control, and com- Curriculum", earn a biology or psychology minor, supportive roles for any medical situation where ment activation and the use of mechanical assist munication devices to perform activities of daily hv- or supplement their education with approved extracorporeal circulation is required devices This course will discuss in detail the effects ing will be presented Prerequisites courses which support their future and professional OCCTH 505, The field of perfusion technology is regarded of cardiopulmonary bypass on the pulmonary, 515, 525, 530, 535 by business, communication and computer many as a very demanding vocation, requiring goals (e g , renal, hematologic and autonomic nervous systems OCCTH 552 Clinical Seminar 2 crs maturity, dedication, integrity, discipline and a science) Prerequisite PERFT 301 Guided discussions regarding Level H fieldwork to mechanical aptitude Perfusionists should also be PERFT 310 & 311 Observations in Perfusion synthesize the relationship between the person- in good health, possess physical stamina and enjoy cr each PROFESSIONAL PHASE — 60 CREDITS Technology I & 11 1 environment performance hierarchy and clinical making timely and critical decisions These mandatory experiences will provide oppor- Cr experiences Opportunity for advanced learning in The perfusion technology program at Duquesne Fall of Third Year — 14 Credits tunities for the student to observe cardiovascular 3 several specialty areas will be included Prereq- University, in collaboration with several hospitals, 125 Fundamentals of Statistics surgical procedures at local clinical affiliation sites uisites OCCTH 555, 556 offers a four-year bachelor's degree program Upon 4 305 Physiology Emphasis of the observations will be placed on the Introduction to Perfusion Technology 4 OCCTH 555, 556 & 557 successful completion of the fourth year, students 301 preparation and operation of extracorporeal devices will receive a Bachelor of Science in Nrfusion Tech- Observations in Perfusion Technology 1 1 Level IIA, B, &C Fieldwork 8crs,4crs,&4crs 310 301, 302 nology and, after performing a required number Cardiovascular Pathophysiology 1 2 Co-requisites PERFT Clinical education including exposure to a wide of 331 clinical perfusion cases under the supervision of a PERFT 313 Business Management for range of diagnoses and treatment in a variety of set- 2 crs certified perfusionist, will be eligible to sit for the Health Professionals tings supervised by a registered occupational certification exammation that is administered Basic management skills including organization, therapist The last 6-week placement will provide by the American Board of Cardiovascular Perfusion

206 207 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENC^S OF HEALTH SCIENCES

1 planning, human resource management, finance tures on health care ethics will be included, and con- T 460 Clinical Practicurn in 123 BIOLOGY I LAB CHEMISTRY 1 4 and quality control are covered with an emphasis cepts related to the design and conduct Of Clinical latory Technology 8 crs 121 GENERAL & Economic Systems 3 on their application to the health sciences research will be introduced Technical writing ortunity is given to acquire skills necessary to 141 Social, Political skills PERFT 320 will be emphasized through the completion of rin procedures required in circulatory tech- Spring of First Year — 15 Credits Cr Surgical Techniques 2 crs a Lectures and demonstrations relating to perfusion research proposal Prerequisites MATH 125, y Students will perform clinical activities at 102 IMAGINATIVE LITERATURE & PERPT 3 technology in the use of extracorporeal devices and 302, 320, 330, 332 al different affiliation sites under the direct CRITICAL WRITING -vision of a certified perfusionist Major areas 122 BIOLOGY 11 Cells, 3 monitoring instrumentation in controlled in vivo PERFT 402 Clinical Circulation and in vitro laboratory environments will be pre- )erience will include applications of extracor- Genetics, Development Technology 2 ers 1 sented Technical writing and presentation skills, I circulation for the adult and pediatric patient, 124 BIOLOGY 11 LAB As a continuation of PERFT 401, this course CHEMISTRY 11 5 and computer literacy will be reinforced through is gency cardiopulmonary support, ventricular 122 GENERAL designed to further illustrate the applications The Arts & the Human Experience 3 completion of laboratory reports Prerequisite Of per ance and organ transplantation Monitoring 161 fusion technology inside and outside the operating PERFT 301 Liques will include hemodynarnic measure- Fall of Second Year — 17 Credits Cr room suite Examples include cath lab procedures, s, temperature control, blood gas analysis, 122 ETYMOLOGY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS 3 PERFr 330 dialysis, autotransfusion, transplantation (liver Cardiovascular Pharmacology 2 crs ilation studies and application of safety tech- 207 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 1 3 A survey of pharmacology emphasizing cardio- heart, lung) and maintenance of implantable an^ ^s Students will be assigned to a clinical rota 208 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I LAB 1 vascular drugs and agents used in perfusion external assist devices Lectures on the analysis and schedule Prerequisite PERFT 450 201 GENERAL PHYSICS 1 4 technology and surgery Particular emphasis will be interpretation of clinical research studies will be 103 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 3 placed on the interactions of these drugs as they included Technical writing and presentation skills 151 Shaping of the Modern World 3 apply to the cardiovascular and respiratory systems will be reinforced through the completion of a Spring of Second Year — 14 Credits Cr Prerequisites UPNSG 215, PERFT 331 research project Prerequisite PERFT 401 IMPARTMENT OF THERAPY (PT) 209 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II 3 PERFT 331 MYSICAL Cardiovascular PERFT 410 Principles of Research 1 2 crs 210 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 11 LAB 1 Pathophysiology 1 2 crs This course introduces students to the initial phases 'Chairtnan 202 GENERAL PHYSICS 11 4 Students will develop an understanding of patho- 'kobert C Morgan, Ph D, PT 3 of the research process Discussions focus on con- 225 Developmental Psychology 1 logical conditions that exist in the cardiovascular cepts related to the design and conduct ot chrucal physical therapy is very succinctly defined by 187 Christian Understanding of the system Topics for discussion will include normal research including protocol development and Webster as "therapy using exercise, massage, heat, Human Person cardiovascular physiology, acquired diseases and methods of data collection Technical writing and etc instead of drugs" The operative words here are Fall of Third Year — 17 Credits Cr congenital anomalies as they pertain to adults presentation of skills will be emphasized through obviously, "instead of drugs " There probably does 307 ANATOMY 5 Specialized perfusion techniques and technical the completion of a research proposal Prerequisite not exist another profession which is so clearly in 353 HEALTH CARE ETHICS 3 writing skills will be emphasized Math 125 tune with today's health conscious society 132 Basic Philosophical Questions 3 PERFT 332 Cardiovascular Beyond this cursory explanation, physical ther- 125 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 PERFT 411 Principles of Research 11 2 crs 3 Pathophysiology 11 2 crs apists assess and treat patients with a variety of 226 Developmental Psychology 11 This course introduces students to the final phases diagnoses They work to prevent, detect, evaluate, Students will develop an in-depth understanding .Spring of Third Year — 14 Credits Cr of the research process Discussions focus on con- correct, treat, and alleviate pain, movement dysfunc- of pathological conditions that exist in the cardio- 306 PHYSIOLOGY 4 cepts related to the analysis and interpretation of tion, and muscle imbalances Their work includes vascular system Topics for discussion will include, 203 INTRODUCTION TO MICROBIOLOGY 3 clinical research studies including computerized the acinurustration, interpretation and evaluation of congenital anomalies, palliative, staged and total cor- 204 INTRODUCTION TO statistical analysis and communication of findings tests, and physical examinations They work to pre- rective procedures Specialized perfusion techniques MICROBIOLOGY LAB Technical writing and presentation skills will be rein- vent, reduce, and/or limit the incidence and seventy will be emphasized with relation to the cardiac and 100 Elements of Computer Science forced through the reporting of student research pulmonary pediatric patient, such as, ECMO, car- of physical disability and pain 110 Computer Applications Lab projects Prerequisite PERFT 410 diopulmonary bypass, cannulation, primes, trans- General Elective On a limited basis, physical therapy students plantation and ventricular assist devices Prereq- PERFT 450 Clinical Practicum in n aya^nr n t e oint degree program with the .ep,i t 2nt of uisite PERFT 331 Perfusion Technology PROFESSIONAL PHASE — 91 CREDITS 8 crs 0 Athletic Training, leading to a PERFT 340 Introductory Practicum in Opportunity is given to acquire skills necessary for Bachelor of Science in Athletic Training, and a Fall of Fourth Year - 19 Credits Cr Perfusion Technology 1 cr clinical perfusion Students will perform clinical Master of Physical Therapy 425 Therapeutic Modalities 4 The emphasis of this introductory practicurn will be activities at several different affiliation sites under 441 Medical Sciences 1 3 interactive clinical experience in the role and the direct supervision of a certified perfusionist PHYSICAL THERAPY 501 Neuroscience 4 Major areas of experience will include applications 1 preparation of various extracorporeal devices Addi- CURRICULUM 421 PT Seminar 1 tional areas of focus will include autotransfusion of extracorporeal circulation for the adult and 431 Evaluation Methods 1 3 techniques, cardiovascular surgical procedure pediatric patient, emergency cardiopulmonary sup- PRE-PROFESSIONAL PHASE SAMPLE 447 PT Science I 4 recognition and medical charting protocols Prereq- port, ventricular assistance and organ transplanta- COURSE PLAN--- 92 CREDIT9_ Spring of Fourth Year — 17 Credits Cr uisites PERFT 302, 320 tion Monitoring techniques will include hemo- In most cases, courses listed in all caps must be 437/ Functional Kmesiologyl 2/1 dynarruc measurements, temperature control, blood PERFT 401 Clinical Perfusion taken in the exact semester indicated, all other 438 Biomechanics/LAB gas analysis, coagulation studies and application of Technology 2 crs classes are interchangeable 541 Medical Sciences II 3 This course provides the student with the oppor- safety techniques Students will be assigned to, a 1 2 Fall of First Year — 15 Credits Cr 411 Clinical Education tunity to discuss and develop a strong understand- clinical rotation schedule Prerequisites PERFT 302, 1 101 HEALTH SCIENCES ORIENTATION 1 422 PT Seminar 11 ing of the techniques employed during their chrucal 320, 330, 332 11 3 101 THINKING & WRITING ACROSS 432 Evaluation Methods 4 practicum, such as preparation of extracorporeal THE CURRICULUM 3 448 PT Science 11 devices and physiological morutoring instrumenta- 1 121 BIOLOGY I Diversity, 3 460 Introduction to Research tion, used in support of cardiovascular surgery Lec- Ecology, Evolution

208 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES OF HEALTH SCIENCES 209

Summer of Fourth Year - 13 Credits Cr PHYTH 432 Evaluation Methods 11 3 crs flYTH 523 PT Seminar 111 1 cr mise The student will be able to explore the issues 523 PT Seminar 111 1 This course will serve to enhance and build upon ,ibe purpose of this course is to define the health of neuroplasticity, role of early intervention and 533 Evaluation Methods 111 3 the evaluation skills of Evaluation Methods I Special 'Clare system, describe the current issues confronting other aspects relating to recovery of function 549 IT Science 111 3 emphasis will be placed on learning the evaluation the health care system, and to instill an awareness Research Methods & 561 Research Methods & Statistics 3 and treatment skills for musculoskeletal dysfunction PHYTH 561 the physical therapist about the need to under- 3 crs 568 Therapeutic Considerations in 3 of the upper quarter Specific joint exammation pro. Statistics tand and be able to function in the health care This course is the second in a four-part series of Development Lectures will be utilized Prerequisite PHYTH 431 ,Ystem Prerequisite PHYTH 422 courses designed to introduce the principles of Fall of Fifth Year — 17 Credits Cr PHYTH 447 PT Science 1 ! 4 crs W'IJYTH 524/525 PT Seminar IV & V 1 cr (each) scientific inquiry These principles will be examined 505 Exercise in Health & Disease 3 An introduction to basic procedures in physical These seminars will be devoted to discussions in lecture and then applied to the writing of an 511 Clinical Education If 4 therapy common to all areas of practice Problem- I'lating to chrucal and patient experiences which the original research proposal In addition, the course 524 PT Seminar IV 1 solving techniques will be introduced to serve as the W ^udents have encountered during their clinical affill- will examine experimental design and the appro- 534 Evaluation Methods IV 3 foundation for future course work Emphasis PT Science IV will 11bons Prerequisite PHYTH 523 priate statistics to use for the analysis of data Pre- 550 4 be given to body mecharucs, gait training, functional 562 Research Project 1 requisite PHYTH 460 2 activities, safety, basic manual techniques, wound pjJYTH 533 Evaluation Methods 111 3 crs PHYTH 562/563 Research Project Spring of Fifth Year — 15 Credits Cr care, and basic exercise programs ous course is a continuation of Evaluation Methods 2 crs (each) 420 Topics in Pharmacology 3 ,ff The major emphasis is on techniques to assess I & Il PHYTH 448 Pr Science 11 4 ers Patient These courses comprise the final two of a four-part 567 & Consumer Health 2 This second course in the PT Science sequence will Se lower quarter of the musculoskeletal system Education & Consultation gopics will include gait evaluation, functional capaci- series designed to introduce the principles of scien- cover the theories and management of musculo- 525 PT Seminar V tific inquiry During these two courses the research 1 skeletal dysfunction with emphasis on upper- ty evaluation, and specific joint evaluation pro 551 PT Science V proposed in the prerequisite course will be completed 4 quarter dysfunction Prerequisite PHYTH 447 )c'edures Prerequisite PHYTH 432 563 Research Project 11 2 1 The student will be guided through the acquisition, THYTH 534 Evaluation Methods IV 3 crs by 566 PT Management 3 PHYTH 460 Introduction to Research 1 cr *_ analysis, and written description of his/her results This course is the first in a four-part series of courses e major emphasis of this course is the evaluation an assigned mentor The end result should be a wnt- Summer of Fifth Year — 10 Credits Cr designed to introduce the principles of scientific Polf the neuromuscular system and analysis of move- ten document of the quality to be presented at pro- 514 Clinical Education IIIA 5 tent dysfunction in normal and abnormal systems inquiry An overview of the basic elements of research * fessional meetings Prerequisite PHYTH 561 515 Clinical Education IIIB 5 e students will learn to select and perform appro- will be reviewed especially as they pertain to research PHYTH 566 PT Management 3 crs; Cate evaluation tools for patients with neurological in physical therapy The notion of a research hypo- thorough exarrunation of the position of Manager COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE Esease or dysfunction, interpret results of clinical A will thesis will be introduced, and the ethical aspects of of Physical Therapy ServicefDepartment be under- Aftridings, develop and prioritize problem hsts, PROFESSIONAL PHASE research with humans will be discussed I taken This will include a basic overview of the routine formulate treatment goals that are functional, and PHYTH 411 Clinical Education 1 2 crs PHYTH 505 Exercise In Health & 9, challenges that influence and impact the day-to-day 1rnplement treatment plans Prerequisites HLTSC This is an introductory clinical experience, which Disease operation of a Physical Therapy Service/Department 3 crs 1501, PHYTH 533 will broaden the student's perception and under- An in-depth study of the body's physiological func- Class discussion and participation in classroom activi- standing of the physical therapist's professional role tion during exercise and its capacities for exercise tHYTH 549 PT Science 111 3 crs ties is an integral component of this course It is an early opportunity for the student to apply iThe third course in the PT Science sequence will within the contexts of athletics, recreation, aging, PHYTH 567/UPNSG 399 Patient and Consumer his/her current professional knowledge base using 11over the theories and management of movement disease prevention and rehabilitation The role of Health Education and Consultation 2 crs problem-solving strategies with the assistance of tysfunction in the lower quarter Special emphasis the physical therapist in recogrution, treatment, Today's health care professional is required to be physical therapy clinical faculty Vill be given to low-back pathology and its manage- rehabilitation, prevention of cardiac and pulmonary more than an expert clinician The client as a con- jnent Work-hardening programs and life span PHYTH 421 PT Seminar 1 1 cr pathologies from infancy through the older adult sumer of health care expects to be taught the intri- 'changes will be included Prerequisite PHYTH 448 This course will be devoted to clinically-related dis- is emphasized Prerequisite HLTSC 306 cacies of illness and selective treatments The client cussion The first part of the semester will be PHYTH 511 Clinical Education 11 4 crs THYTH 550 FT Science IV 4 crs requires extensive knowledge of health promotion devoted to introducing the student to his/her profes- This is an intermediate level clinical experience course will cover theories of motor control, and self-care It becomes the responsibility of the sion and professional organizations After mid-term which will build on the skills attained in Clinical ots- development, and motor learning, as these health care professional to meet these needs through the student is expected to raise relevant clinical P Education I The student will continue to use ,areas relate to the treatment of neurological dysfunc- the process of health education This course, utiliz- issues for discussion Other physical therapy faculty problem-solving strategies to assess, set goals, plan tion in all age groups A problem-solving approach ing an interdisciplinary approach, introduces the may attend and participate in the discussions and implement treatment for patients with musculo- will be used as the students will make clinical deci- student preparnig for a health care career to the role PHYTH 422 PT Seminar 11 1 cr skeletal and neurological disorders under the super- sions based on the integration of previous course of educator through identification, analysis, syn- This course is a clinically-related seminar in which vision of physical therapy clinical faculty Prereq- work in basic and applied sciences Approaches to thesis and application of the teaching-learning pro- various topics will be discussed The student should uisite PHYTH 411 therapeutic exercise will be examined and critically cess Students from various disciplines have an be prepared to raise issues of concern or interest in PHYTH 549 opportunity to share their perspectives on health PHYTH 514/515 Clinical Education reviewed Prerequisites HLTSC 501, the clinical practice of physical therapy Other and health promotion as related to client education physical therapy faculty may attend these sessions IIIA & IIIB 5 crs (each) PHYTH 551 Special Topics in Therapeutic Considerations Prerequisite PHYTH 421 During this final phase of clinical education, the binical Neuroscience 4 crs PHYTH 568 students will complete their professional training This course will provide the students with an in- in Development 2 crs PHYTH 431 Evaluation Methods 1 3 crs and become integral members of the health care 'depth understanding of the pathophysiology, chrucal This course will provide the student with a more This course will serve as an introduction to basic team This experience is designed to integrate the signs and symptoms, and treatment of common detailed knowledge of issues during early develop- evaluation techniques This will include observation areas of didactic and laboratory education into neurologic disorders Students will be expected to ment, and through the aging process Both pediatric and inspection, range of motion, manual muscle clinical practice Prerequisite PHYTH integrate the evaluation and treatment skills and geriatric topics will be addressed including testing, basic neurological testing, postural analysis, 511 550 to make clinical special evaluation and treatment considerations for and ADL/Functional abilities This course will con- obtained in PHYTH 534 and those groups sist of lecture and laboratory decisions when presented with a wide range of signs and symptoms representing neurologic compro-

210 SCHOOL 211 OF HEALTH SCIENCES OF HEALTH SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSA 409 Clinical Pharmacology 3 crs 121 BIOLOGY I Diversity, ig of Fourth Year — 14 Credits Cr PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT (PA) Ecology, Evolution Clinical Medicine 11 3 A study of the mechanisms, pharmacodynamic actions of therapeutic agents and rationale for Chairman 123 BIOLOGY I LAB Applied Clinical Methods 11 3 therapeutic use of prescription and non-prescription Diane M Zywotko, M P M , PA-C 121 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I Clinical Problem Solving 1 3 141 Social, Political & Economic Systems History & Physical Examanation 11 3 medications Medical Director Research Concepts & Skills 2 PHYSA 410/411 Applied Clinical Michael J Essig, M D Spring of First Year — 15 Credits Cr Methods 1/11 3 crs. (each) 102 IMAGINATIVE LITERATURE Cr Associate Medical Directors & mer of Fourth Year — 11 Credits This course addresses clinical skills and diagnostic CRITICAL WRITING 3 Louis K Hauber, M D Clinical Problem Solving 11 modalities which will prepare the student for com- 122 BIOLOGY II Cells, 3 2 Jack E Wilberger, M D , F A C S Health Policy & Preventive Medicine mon professional responsibilities and practices in Genetics, Development Fundamentals of Surgery 2 A physician assistant is a skilled member of the patient care Prerequisite PHYSA 406 124 BIOLOGY 11 LAB Clinical Medicine 111 3 health care team who practices medicine under the 1 122 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 11 Clinical Externship IA (June) 1 PHYSA 413 Clinical Problem 5 crs supervision and responsibility of a doctor of 187 Christian Understanding of the Solving 1 3 Cr medicine or osteopathy, fulfilling a broad range of Human Person I 0 f Fifth Year — 10 Credits Designed to promote the integration of didactic medical services which would otherwise be pro Clinical Problem Solving 111 3 sciences and unfold the art of medicine, this course vided Fall of Second Year — 14 Credits Sept 1 by a physician in accordance with state laws Cr Clinical Extemship IB (Aug uses the teaching strategy of cooperative learning The physician assistant is qualified by academic and 207 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 1 3 Clinical Exterriship IIA (Sept - Oct 3 in analysis of 5 primary care clinical case scenarios clinical training to perform initial and follow-up 208 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I LAB 1 Clinical Externship UB (Oct Dec 3 Prerequisite PHYSA 401 Corequisite PHYSA 402 evaluations of the patient, elicit a detailed history, 201 GENERAL PHYSICS 1 4 PHYSA 415 Basic Pathology 4 crs 103 INTRODUCTION ng of Fifth Year — 9 Credits Cr perform an appropriate physical exammation, and TO PSYCHOLOGY 3 3 Principles of pathology beginning with cellular, record and present pertinent data including inter- 122 ETYMOLOGY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS Clinical Exterriship IIC (Dec Jan 3 3 organ and systematic changes associated with the pretive recommendations in a manner meaningful Clinical Externship IIIA Can Mar) Spring human disease process are introduced and dis- to the physician of Second Year — 14 Credits Cr Clinical Exterriship 11113 (Mar Apr) 3 209 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Il cussed, as well as the mechanisms of the physiologic Additional tasks performed by the physician assis- 3 210 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Il LAB imer of Fifth Year — 11 Credits Cr responses associated with the human disease pro- tant include preparing patient summaries, collect- 1 203 INTRODUCTION TO MICROBIOLOGY Clinical Externship RIC (Apr May) 3 cesses Prerequisites HLTSC 305, 310/310L, PHYSA ing specimens, initiating requests for commonly- 3 204 INTRODUCTION TO Clinical Externship IV (May - July) 4 406 Corequisite PHYSA 401 performed initial laboratory studies, and identify- MICROBIOLOGY LAB Master's Independent Research/Study 4 ing findings and abnormal findings on history, 1 PHYSA 418 Aspects of Community 225 Developmental Psychology 1 physical examinations and lab studies 3 Health & Resources 2 crs 161 The Arts & the Human Experience DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE The physician assistant also participates in the 3 tOURSE Study of institutional and community-based evaluation and management of emergency patients, Fall of Third Year — 16 Credits Cr ^ROFESSIONAL PHASE primary care models is accomplished both in the field experience performs numerous clinical procedures, provides 305 PHYSIOLOGY 4 ^HYSA 400 Introduction to PA classroom and by counseling and instruction regarding common 203 INTRO TO SMALL GROUP & "ssion 1 cr PHYSA 420 History & Physical patient problems, and interacts with community ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION 3 fhe history, role, practice scope and professional Examination 1 3 crs health services and other community resources 100 Elements of Computer Science 2 policiesI of the physician assistant in health care A practical study of physical examination techniques which facilitate the continuity of patient care Physi- 110 Computer Applications Lab 1 Zelivery are explored in lectures, literature and panel of the adult patient combined with a systematic cian assistants are employed in hospitals, rural 226 Developmental Psychology 11 3 discussion approach to history-taking, integration of exarruna- clinics, rehabilitation centers, HMOs, and within 132 Basic Philosophical Questions 3 7 tion systems, patient assessment, and documenta- PHYSA 401/4021520 Clinical private practice offices Physician assistants are staff tion practices Prerequisite PHYSA 403 Corequisite Spring of Third Year — 17 Credits Cr iedicine 1/111111 3 crs (each) in both medical and surgical settings 310 ANATOMY 5 module-designed series of lectures explores fun- PHYSA 401 Upon successful completion of the fifth year, ^ 353 HEALTH CARE ETHICS 3 Liriental principles of disease, diagnosis, intervention PHYSA 421 History & Physical students will be awarded a Master of Physician 125 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 ^nd management The course provides a working Examination 11 3 crs Assistant and will be eligible to sit for the National 151 Shaping of the Modern World 3 knowledge base for correlating the relationship A practical study of physical examination techniques Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants General Elective 3 between signs and symptoms of disease, the etiology of the pediatric, geriatric, obstetric patient combined (NCCPA) Examination of disease, and the medical rationale for selected with a systematic approach to history-taking, inte- PROFESSIONAL PHASE — 84 CREDITS management regimes Prerequisite PHYSA 409 gration of examination systems, patient assessment, PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT and documentation practices Prerequisites PHYSA Summer of Fourth Year — 12 Credits Cr PHYSA 403 Clinical History, 401, 403 Corequisite PHYSA 402 CURRICULUM 400 Introduction to PA Profession 1 Skills & Practice 3 crs 403 & Skills 2 crs PRE-PROFESSIONAL PHASE SAMPLE Clinical History Skills & Practice 3 k practical study designed to aid beginning practi- PHYSA 425 Research Concepts 406 This course introduces concepts and skills necessary COURSE PLAN — 91 CREUI—TS Clinical Lab Methods 3 toners in the arts of listening, communicating, data 409 Clinical Pharmacology 3 collection and documentation associated with the for the conduct of a research project Prerequisite In most cases, courses listed in all caps must be 418 Aspects of Community Health & Resources 2 traditional health history of the patient MATH 125 taken in the exact semester indicated, all other Fall of Fourth Year — 17 Credits Cr PHYSA 406 Clinical Lab Methods 3 crs PHYSA 505 Chrucal Problem classes are interchangeable 501 Neuroscience 4 Course addresses technique and interpretation of Solving 11 3 crs Fall of First Year — 15 Credits Cr 401 Clinical Medicine 1 3 a variety of routine clinical bench lab tests done in Students continue active learning in the cooperative 101 HEALTH SCIENCES ORIENTATION 1 410 Applied Clinical Methods 1 3 primary care ambulatory settings teaching format engaging in analyses of 1 surgical 101 THINKING & WRITING 415 Basic Pathology 4 and 4 primary care clinical case studies Prereq- ACROSS THE CURRICULUM 3 420 History & Physical Exanunation 1 3 uisites PHYSA 413, 402 Corequisite PHYSA 520 212 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 213

PHYSA 506 Clinical Problem PHYSA 528-536 Clinical Externships I-IV The basic course can be compressed into a one- Solving 111 3 crs 24 ers (t,t.1, serve Officers' year period if the student meets certain The setting for this course is the clinical field site A series of supervised clinical externship' Corps (ROTC) requirements designated for supervised chrucal practice and topics assignments equal to 32 weeks in primary care, 12 are based on actual patient care encounters Prereq- weeks in non-primary care and an 8-week elective Basic Course Curriculum uisite PHYSA 505 Corequisite PHYSA 530 in either primary or non-primary care medicine r,,,e- Freshmen (MSI) requisite Successful completion of didactic cjr- PHYSA 510 Health ]Policy and MENT OF MILITARY Fall Semester riculum in the first professional year Preventive Medicine 2 crs E ARMY OFFICERS MS 101 Foundation of Leadership Skills 0-1 cr Course explores current trends, issues and public PHYSA 540 Master's Independent SSIONING PROGRAM policies reflective of America's evolving health care Research Study 4 crs Spring Semester 102 Leadership Development Skills system Prerequisite PHYSA 418 The academic, independent research project con. MS 0-1 cr ducted concurrently with supervised clinical exter, 1,ROGRAM PHYSA 515 Fundamentals of Surgery 2 crs The Army Reserve Officers! Training Corps (ROTC) Sophomores (MS II) Lecture series addresses preoperative, penoperative ships also includes a series of preparatory work- am has been a member of the Duquesne family Fall Semester and postoperative patient care and interventions shops on perspectives of practice and profes. sionalism Prerequisite PHYSA 425 ce 1936 ROTC exists to train the future officer MS 201 Basic Military Skills 0-1 cr Prerequisites HI_TSC 305, 310/310L, PHYSA 410,411 -I,adership of the United States Army Over 60% of Spring Semester Jh Army officers on active duty (55% of the generals) MS 0-1 cr fere commissioned through ROTC on college cam- 202 Small Unit Leadership Skills pilses The focus of ROTC is leadership training and TWO-YEAR PROGRAM &aluation It provides students with the opportunity to earn commissions as officers in the U S Army, The two-year program is designed primarily for Reserves or Army National Guard ROTC also transfer students and students who did not partici- p,T-dey students leadership skills that nine out of pate in ROTC as freshmen or sophomores Any stu- , civilian employers look for The curriculum is dent with at least two academic years remaining 4ructured to develop individual leadership in a (undergraduate or graduate) is eligible Students variety of training environments and to evaluate the may qualify for this program and enrollment in the Judent's potential to command and lead soldiers Advanced Course by successfully completing a paid The program is normally completed in four years, summer camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky This train- but a two-year option is available to sophomore and ing is completed during the summer preceding the graduate students with permission from the Professor student's last two academic years of Military Science The normal four-year program (^nsists of a Basic Course and an Advanced Course DIRECT ENTRY INTO THE ADVANCED COURSE THE BASIC COURSE Students may receive placement credit for MS I and The Basic Course is usually taken in the freshman 11 and be granted direct entry into the Advanced and sophomore years Students take ROTC courses Course This placement credit may be granted for s they would any other college courses There is 1 Completion of Army Basic Training or its ^o military service obligation for participants at this equivalent in the Navy, Air Force, Coast Guard and level The Freshmen and Sophomore courses follow Marine Corps an adventure, basic skill, and leadership track 2 Attendance at a service academy for one or designed to enhance self-confidence and place more years students in realistic hands-on leadership situations 3 Completion of equivalent level training in Navy Freshmen concentrate on leadership traits, self- or Air Force ROTC assessment and confidence building They receive 4 Completion of three or more years training in practical training in first aid, oral and written com- junior ROTC during high school (any service) or munication, planning, organizing, and problem NDCC solving The Professor of Military Science must approve Sophomore students are introduced to the organi- all requests for placement credit zation of the Army and are trained in basic soldiers skills, including land navigation, drill and ceremony, THE ADVANCED COURSE nfle marksmanship, and customs and courtesies of the service Leadership training is continued through- After completing the Basic Course, students who out the year, emphasizing the transition from have demonstrated officer potential and meet Army developing individual traits and skills to their apphca- physical and medical standards are eligible to enroll hon in small group settings Army uniforms may be in the Advanced Course The Advanced Course is issued for some training Wear of the uniform on normally taken in the final two years of college At campus is voluntary for Basic Course students Those the beginning of the junior year, students must students who wear the uniform must conform to decide whether they wish to become officers and military grooming and appearance standards must enter into a formal contract with the Army to 214 RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING Cop,I)S OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 215

ence broader spans of control Classroom instruc- begin the advanced phase of the program Students students ROTC instructors will advise students of roduces the Leadership Assessment Program, not wishing to enter into this contract may still par- the specific university courses that meet these d begins the process of self assessment Con- tion is augmented by a leadership laboratory, inten- ticipate in the Advanced Course as conditional or requirements ence building is undertaken through physical and sive physical training, and more frequent weekend auditing students, but are ineligible for commission- !r1tal challenges Oral and written communication field training Prerequisite Successful Basic Course lis are stressed The course also offers basic first completion or placement credit ing Contracted students who enter the Advanced SIMULTANEOUS MEMBERSHIP [, rappelling, and rope bridging instruction, and Course receive a tax-free subsistence allowance of PROGRAM (SMP) MS 302 — Advanced Tactics $100 per month during the school year The junior introduction to the Army's unique leadership en- This course continues the leadership development year is performance-onented and prepares students This program perrmts students to participate in the Onment Participation in one weekend field trip emphasized in MS 301 Cadets are trained in small for attendance at a six-week Advanced Camp in the Army ROTC Advanced Course and serve in a nandatory Books, uniforms, equipment, and ac- unit (squad and platoon-level) battle drill, focusing surnmer following the end of the acaderruc year The Reserve or National Guard unit as an officer trainee ity fees are provided at no additional cost to on the technical and tactical components of mission at the same time An advantage to the SMP is that semor year further prepares cadets to make the tran- accomplishment Administrative control of units students will receive regular drill pay from the sition from student to lieutenant It covers such sub- q5 102 — Leadership Skills Development through company-size is reinforced Troop leading Reserve or National Guard as well as the jects as rnflitary law, administration, logistics, staff $100 per %s course continues the development of individual procedures, principles of war, operations plans and month subsistence allowance for participating in the functions, professionalism, and ethics Leadership Jpdation leadership skills and evaluation of leader- orders, and communication skills are stressed Army ROTC The only scholarship cadets authonz. development and evaluation are continuously i^lljtip potential begun in MS 101 The focus of MS 102 throughout The objective of the course is to prepare ed to be in the SMP are those awarded a dedicated emphasized throughout the Advanced Course acquiring practical skills Training objectives the student for attendance at the six-week ROTC Reserve forces duty (RFD) scholarship, or a basic 6 la'du 0rlcle planning and organizing, problem solving Advanced Camp during the summer immediately Camp RFD scholarship The SMP is mandatory for atechniques, further development of oral and written following this semester Prerequisite MS 301 Advanced Course Curriculum these cadets Immunication skills, time management, and sensi- MS 401 — Applied Leadership juniors (MS 111) ovity to the challenges of implementing equal oppor- Cadets are assigned to evaluate command and staff Fall Semester ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS tnity Participation in one weekend field trip is man- positions as leaders of the cadet battalion (includ- NIS 301 Advanced Military Skills 0-2 cr Army ROTC offers four-, three-, and two-year &ory Books, uniforrns, equipment, and activity fees ing the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes), scholarships which are awarded on a competitive are provided at no additional cost to students planning and executing numerous missions and Spring Semester basis All students are eligible to apply, including training activities Coordination with cadets and MS 302 Advanced Tactics 0-2 cr AS 201 — Basic Military Skills those not currently participating in ROTC Each Zi introduction to the Army as a profession, and cadre at California University and University of Pitts- scholarship pays for most of tuition, textbooks, ro the leadership opportunities available through burgh is required to accomplish some tasks Cadets Summer Between junior and Senior Year laboratory fees and other purely academic expenses Utary service Development of basic soldier skills run the physical training program, assist active-duty All cadets must attend a six-week ROTC Advanced Scholarship students also receive the tax-free sub- :,begun, including drill and ceremony, land navi- instructors in preparing and presenting instruction, Camp in the summer following their junior year sistence allowance of $100 each month during the gation, and basic nfle marksmanship Students are and draft training plans, schedules, and outlines training Nurses attend special medical training at school year while on scholarship status For details, rosed to the customs and courtesies of the service Instruction in rrubtary law, performance counseling, this time, for which they may receive academic see the ROTC Scholarship listing in the Financial creasing emphasis is placed on physical stamina, situation and mission analyses, and training man- credits from the School of Nursing Aid section of this catalog, or call the Department IVincluding mandatory participation in physical train- agement round out the course Prerequisite MS 302 of Military Science ;g three mornings per week and an evaluated and successful completion of Advanced Camp or Seniors (MS IV) ^hysical conditioning test at semester's end Students perrmssion of the Professor of Military Science Fall Semester OFF-CAMPUS TRAINING AND M begin to transfer individual leadership skills to MS 402 — Professional Development MS 401 Applied Leadership 0-2 cr SOCIAL ACTIVITIES -group-level applications, and will participate Cadets receive new command and staff assignments, continuing performance-oriented leadership train- In an urban environment, it is often not possible iri one or two weekend field trips Course objectives Spring Semester ing Responsibilities include preparing and present- to provide students with the kind of surroundings 'dude further development of written and oral com- MS 401 Professional Development 0-2 cr ing oral briefings, written plans, and staff studies, suitable for conducting rappelling and tactical train- munication skills, problem solving techniques, plan- identifying and procuring equipment, funds, and ing Therefore, weekend field trips to off-campus Tng and organization, judgment, initiative, decisiveness, and the concept of the leader as a other resources to support mission accomplishment ADDITIONAL sites are utilized to reinforce techniques taught in EDUCATION Instruction includes leadership and ethics, logistics, the classroom Pollower The course includes a one-hour Leadership REQUIREMENTS personnel management, and preparation for the Weekend activities are often planned and executed 2aboratory each week dedicated to applying Army leadership is an expertise which must be 102 or per- transition from student to lieutenant Prerequisite by cadets with instructor supervision For this 6ssroom instruction Prerequisite MS applied within the context of world society as a MS 401 reason, these activities are ideally suited for cadets mission of the Professor of Military Science whole A broad liberal arts education provides the to practice leadership, organization, and military ^S 202 — Small Unit Leadership Skills best academic background for developing that technical skills Training in this course builds competence in the BLACK LION RANGERS expertise To ensure that officers have received a suf- Some weekday or weekend evenings are set aside ^asic military skills and dimensions of leadership The Black Lion Rangers club is open to all Duquesne ficiently broad liberal education, cadets are required for social activities that incorporate exposure to &at were the focus of MS 201 Small group leader- students, men and women The Rangers conduct to complete college courses in the following areas military customs and traditions These events slup techniques are practiced at the team and squad physically and mentally challenging extracurricular of study include formal and informal gatherings and awards levels through rotating leader/follower positions training to promote fitness, teamwork, self-confi- o Written Communication Skills ceremonies Participation in physical training sessions, Leader- dence, and fellowship The training includes a com- • Human Behavior ship Laboratory, and field training exercises is prehensive exercise program, rappelling, rope bndg- required Prerequisite NIS 201 or permission of the • Mathematical Reasoning MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM ing, tactics, hiking, climbing, weapons training, and Professor of Military Science orienteering The club participates in annual com- • Military History BASIC COURSE (Military Science (MS) — MS 301 — Advanced Military Skills petitions against other university Ranger teams in • Levels I and II) Computer Literacy This course polishes foundation military skills, pro- Pennsylvania Top finishers are invited to regional The University Core Curriculum will fulfill the first MS 101 — Foundations of Leadership Skills viding the technical background to support leader- and national championship competitions Uniforms three requirements The history and computer An introduction to leadership, this course concen ship of infantry-style units Cadets rotate frequently (which include the Ranger black beret), equipment, courses must be acquired as electives for some trates on identifying the traits of successful leaders, through evaluated leadership positions and expen- and instruction are provided without cost CONTINUING EDUCATION 216 CONTINUING EDUCATION 217

General Core CREDIT PROGRAMS 24 Credits Concentration Area I 101 Thinking and Writing Continuing Education Organizational Leadership — 18 Total Credits 1) The Saturday College Across the Curriculum 3 Cr 103 Introduction to Psychology Saturday College provides the adult student the 102 Imaginative Literature 3 Cr 370 Principles of Organizational Administration opportunity to earn a degree by attending classes and Critical Writing 3 Cr Leadership 3 Cr only on Saturday Five eight-week Saturday terms 109 College Algebra Dean and Professor 3 Cr 456 Theory and Practice of comprise the accelerated academic calendar The Benjamin Hodes, Ph D 125 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 Cr Organizational Communication student earns the Bachelor of Science in Professional 3 Cr 132 Basic Philosophical Questions 3 Cr 471 Organizational Leadership Director of Continuing Education — Studies with concentrations in Organizational 141 Social, Political and Selected Topics 1 Program Management Leadership and Professional Communication 3 Cr Economic Systems 3 Cr 472 Organizational Leadership Roberta Aronson, M A, M A, M B A The Division of Continuing Education recognizes 151 Shaping of the Modern World 3 Cr Selected Topics 11 that students enrolled on weekends demand the 3 Cr Director of Continuing Education — 161 The Arts and the Human 473 Organizational Leadership Program Development and Summer same intellectual integrity in their academic pro. Experience 3 Cr Selected Topics 111 3 Cr Darlene Zellers, M A grams as those attending the University in a more traditional manner Hence, the baccalaureate cur- Science Core 3 Credits Concentration Area 11 MISSION STATEMENT ricula of Saturday College require the same level of 171 Biology Professional Communication — 18 Total Credits achievement as that expected of students in a more (Student The mission of the Division of Continuing Educa- 172 Chemistry traditional academic environment, but in an inten' choose one 101 Process of Communication 3 Cr tion is to extend the resources of the University to 173 Physics Science) sive challenging format appropriate only to the 171 Dynamics of Mass Communication 3 Cr advance lifelong learning and economic (Higher level courses adult student Saturday College is a rigorous pro^ also satisfy requirement) 304 Persuasion 3 Cr development 3 Cr gram with a competitive and high admissions stand- 306 Business and Professional ard Students are considered for admission aci:ord^ Theology Core Communication 3 Cr SUMMARY S17ATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 3 Credits ing to one of the following sets of critieria 192 Human Morality 385 Writing for Business and Industry 3 Cr (Students 427 Credit Programs 183 The Judeo-Christian Communication Management 3 Cr a) Applicants with prior college course work must choose one The Division of Continuing Education (396-5034) is have a minimum cumulative QPA of 2 5 for full Religious Tradition 77ieology) Electives — 30 Total Credits the arm of Duquesne University which addresses admission Provisional admission is possible 184 Introduction to the Bible the needs of adult learners Through the Division, for students with a cumulative QPA less than 185 Religions East and West Electives provide a balance to the required course work Through the electives, the student achieves adult students have access to undergraduate courses 2 5, based upon the quality of the overall 186 Roman Catholic Heritage 3 Cr the well-rounded quality education which is the offered in the college and many schools within the application Some University Core requirements may befulfilled by alternative courses University Entry requirements are that the indi- 5tudents are advised to consult with their academic advisor to identify alter hallmark of a Duquesne University degree b) Applicants with no prior college course work native courses where appropriate vidual be twenty-one (21) years of age or older and must take a series of placement tests to docu- 11) The Bachelor of Science in have a high school diploma or GED equivalency ment the skills necessary for college level work Professional Core Curriculum — 24 Total Credits Professional Studies Degree The student population of the Division includes Results of the placement tests determine Professional requirements prepare students to meet working adults and other non-traditional-aged whether remediation at the community college The Bachelor of Science in Professional Studies tKe challenge of a wide range of professions through students whose preference is to pursue a degree level is necessary, prior to entering the (BSPS) is designed for adult students who seek flexi- an appreciation of initiative and responsibility, by through day, evening or weekend study, on either program bility in a bachelor's degree program While the encouraging logical thinking and analytical reason- a full or part-time basis BSPS in Saturday College consists of a prescribed Due to the chaflenging nature of this unique, accele ifig, and by developing an awareness of the impor- Continuing Education students may pursue series of courses, adult students are also provided rated degree program, all applicants are required to tant role of quantitative measurements in today's course work for a variety of reasons the opportunity to custorruze plans of study to meet have a personal interview professional world • to earn a Bachelor of Science in Professional personal and professional goals A strong founda- Studies (BSPS) during the day, evening, or in 191 Computer Applications for tion in both business and the liberal arts allows A) The Degree students to individually design two major areas of Saturday College the Professional 1 3 Cr Students in Saturday College earn a Bachelor of study, designated as concentrations Concentrations • to pursue course work as preparation for appli- 192 Computer Applications for Science in Professional Studies (BSPS - Saturday are designed in conjunction with an academic cation to an undergraduate or graduate I I the Professional 11 3 Cr in College) Professional Studies is the term that advisor and are available a wide range of business ^01 Accounting for the Professional 1 program describes the two (2) required, interdisciplinary Con 3 Cr and/or liberal arts subjects 202 Accounting for the Professional 11 3 Cr to earn a post-baccalaureate Professional centration areas Professional Communication and A irunimum of 120 total credits is required to com- • h.1 Microeconomics Certificate Organizational Leadership A minimum of 120 total 3 Cr plete degree requirements, which are listed below 232 Macroeconomics 3 Cr to take courses for personal enrichment credits is required to complete this degree Com 0 81 Structure of the Legal Environment ponents of the degree are as follows 3 Cr University Core Curriculum — 30 Total Credits 350 Understanding the Marketplace Professional Development Programs t^ and Competition The University Core Curriculum for this version of 3 Cr the With the Professional Development Programs, the University Core Curriculum — 30 Total Credits BSPS is the same as that for the BSPS in Satur- day College, outlined above on page 216 Division of Continuing Education is committed to The University Core provides undergraduates wO Ancentration Areas — 36 Total Credits education for the changing workplace A wide range a common intellectual experience as the foundation Iwo (2) areas of interdisciplinary study, called Con- of courses, workshops, certificate programs and for their college careers Core courses focus on issues Professional Core Curriculum — 24 Total Credits :entration Areas, comprise the backbone of the seminars is offered to provide participants with the and values central to the tradition and rrussiori Of The Professional Core Curriculum for this version ^SPS Students are required to complete both con- skills, knowledge, and techniques they need to the University These courses are not merely prepa of the BSPS parallels that for the BSPS in Saturday ,entration areas, in Organizational Leadership and develop in order to meet the demands of the chang ration for professional study but for lifelong College Since Saturday College courses are hiruted ^*Iofessional Communication ing world of work learning to Saturday College enrollees, courses from the A J

218 CONTINUING EDUCATICN EDUCATION 219

Palumbo School of Business Administration, which Accounting (Basic) 325 Operating Systems and Computer specialize in Corporate Law, Civil Litigation, or are available in the day and evening schedules, are This certificate is a six-course, 18 credit program of Architecture I Employee Benefit Plans Students enrolled in the utilized in this version of the BSPS Those courses the following courses ,lect four (4) of the following program would have access to the Duquesne are 214 Financial Accounting 308 Numerical Analysis University Law Library as a part of their prepara- 182 Micro Computer Software 215 Managerial Accounting 401 Data Base Management Systems tion in Legal Research* Applications 3 Cr 216 Accounting Practice and Systems 410 Artificial Intelligence 183 Management Information Systems 3 Cr 311 Intermediate Accounting 1 445 Systems Analysis and Software Design Entry Requirements 211/212 312 Intermediate Accounting 11 480 Senior Project Admission to Duquesne University's Paralegal Insti- Principles of Accounting I & 11 6 Cr Select one (1) of the following tute is restricted to qualified candidates Students 221/222 315 Cost Accounting Nlanagement Information Systems (MIS) may be considered for admission to the program if Principles of Economics I & 11 6 Cr 411 Auditing Ibis certificate is an eight-course, 24 credit program they possess a Bachelor degree— 251 Legal Process 3 Cr of the following courses 'rhis program has been approved by the American 371 Principles of Marketing 3 Cr Accounting (Advanced) 182 Microcomputer Software Applications Bar Association This certificate is an nine-course, 24 credit program 183 Management Information Systems 'In certain cases the Adriussions Committee may Concentrations — 3042 Total Credits which satisfies the course work requirements for the ,382 Information Processing with COBOL waive this requirement and consider other related In consultation with an acaderruc advisor, students Permsylvarua CPA examination The candidate must t 383 File Processing with COBOL factors such as previous experience customize two concentrations consisting of inte- also have a Bachelor's degree to sit for the CPA exam 385 Computer Systems Call 396-1643 for complete information, including grated course work from the A J Palumbo School The required curriculum mcludes 18 credits from 481 Systems Analysis and Design a catalogue and an application of Business Administration and/or the College of the Basic Certificate program, plus nine (9) credits 482 Data Base Management Liberal Arts A wide range of business and liberal trom the following 483 MIS in Organizations Academic Standards arts disciplines is available from which these con- 251 Business Law Students must maintain a 2 5 grade point average centrations may be designed A minimum of 15 412 Intro Income Tax Accounting NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS for successful completion of the program and cer- credits is required to complete a concentration, two- Select one (1) of the following The Paralegal Institute tificate Students with academic deficiencies may be thirds of which must be above the 300 course level 353 Contracts required to complete additional course work The Duquesne University's Professional Certificate Pro- As the need for legal services has increased over the 354 Commercial Transactions past decade, the demand for paralegals has risen Director of the Paralegal Institute and the Academic grams provide examples of integrated, professional 355 Law and Business Organizations Review Comiruttee will evaluate deficiencies on a oriented course work that may be modeled as dramatically Government studies show that the 356 Legal Aspects of Human Resource paralegal profession is the fastest growing profes- case-by-case basis and recommend the appropriate concentrations Management sion in America today course of action Students must complete 60 credits, including all 454 The Law of International Commercial "Paralegals" are employees of lawyers who do required freshman and sophomore business Transactions research, drafting, organization of complex litigation Duquesne Benefits Institute courses, prior to enrolling for 300 or 400 level and a variety of other work including that formerly business courses A maximum of 12 credits from the The Duquesne Benefits Institute is an educational Financial Analysis (Basic) done by lawyers They work for private law firms, institution associated with the Center for Continu- School of Business may be applied to concentrations This certificate is a five-course, 15 credit program for legal services projects, for banks and corpora- or electives ing Education of Duquesne University and devoted of the following courses tions, and for the government to continuing professional education for those who 331 Business Finance Under the supervision of a lawyer, the legal assist- Electives — 6-18 Total Credits work in the field of employee benefits 332 Money & Financial Institutions ant shall apply knowledge of the law and legal pro- Once principally the domain of tax lawyers, the Electives provide the opportunity for students to 333 Financial Management cedures in rendering direct assistance to lawyers, employee benefit field exploded with the passage select courses based upon their areas of interests 335 Business Financial Problems clients and courts, design, develop and modify pro- of the Federal Employee Retirement Income Security Communication courses are highly recommended 432 Credit Management cedures, techniques, services and processes, Act of 1974 (ERISA) This field has become one of Consultation with an academic advisor is recom- prepare and interpret legal documents, detail pro- the most challenging areas of professional practice, mended to fully benefit from the wide variety of Financial Analysis (Advanced in cedures for practicing in certain fields of law, encompassing professionals from the areas of law, research, select, assess, compile and use informa- electives available Securities Analysis) human resources, management, consulting, actuar- This certificate is an eight-course, 24 credit program tion from the law library and other references, and analyze and handle procedural problems that ial science, insurance and investment management, III) Professional Certificate Programs including the five courses from the Basii banking, accounting and many other disciplines The Professional Certificate is a free-standing pro- plus the following three courses involve independent decisions In response to the demand for highly trained well This is an intensive trammg program in all phases fessional credential Each program of study includes 336 Security Analysis qualified paralegals, the Center for Continuing of employee benefit plans, from qualified pension between five and nine (5-9) credit courses that com- 337 Investment Analysis and profit sharing plans to group insurance plans, 433 Financial Markets Education at Duquesne University established the prise a focused area of professional knowledge Can- Paralegal Institute IRXs, VEBAs and fringe benefits didates for the professional certificates usually have The Institute offers a program of studies designed The Curriculum consists of five (5) courses and an Associate's or Bachelor's degree and typically Computer Science to accommodate students who wish to develop the leads to the awarding of the Certificate in Benefit enroll in a certificate program iii order to enter a new This certificate is a nine-course, 25-27 credit program specialized skills necessary to enter the paralegal Plans, entitling the holder to use the designation profession or to advance in their current careers of the following courses profession A certificate in Paralegal Studies is "CBP" after his or her name Some of these certificate programs have prereq- 105 Computer Programming 1 awarded at the successful completion of nine For those entering the field, the Program is uisites Please call 396-6232 for a complete catalogue 106 Computer Programming 11 courses Five core courses Introduction to the Legal designed to provide a solid foundation of practical with all prerequisites and course work specifics 200 Computer Organization and Assembly System and Paralegalism, Legal Research, Legal skills which will enable the certificate holder to Professional certificates are available in the follow- Language Writing, Computer Literacy and Legal Ethics are discharge major responsibility in the design, mstal- ing areas 300 Data Structures required of all students Students may choose to lation and operation of employee benefit plans

220 CONTINUING EDUCATI()N EDUCATION 221

For those already in the field, the Program is The stimulating and pragmatic 6-session series Tentative Dates GMAT Tentative Dates designed to provide a combination refresher/update will help the nurse to understand and use state of e Graduate Record Exam - four days of inten- For applicants to graduate business school Register on all of the latest developments in this fast-movmg the art strategies to deal with the health and fuiic_ e review include math, logic and verbal sections early and receive advance GMAT study and prepa- area, as well as broaden'the professional's base tioning of elderly people In addition to presentin, the exam Each section analyzed in detail ration materials Note mailed only if registration is within the field a nursing paradigm to organize and deliver care, the received two weeks before review program begins ,new Exam Date faculty will challenge participants to becoine er 10, 1994 Review Exam Date involved in creative discussion with other health Entry Requirements er 17, 1994 September 17, 1994 care providers about the role of the interdisciplinary college degree is normally required for admission er 24, 1994 September 24, 1994 A team in planning, organizing, and delivering care to the Benefit Plan Certificate Program In certain 1, 1994 October 8, 1994 October 1, 1994 for our aging citizens cases, the Adirussion Committee may waive this October 8, 1994 October 15, 1994 11, 1995 requirement and consider other related factors such Exam Preparation Courses ,Aarch January 7, 1995 asCall previous experience qarch 18, 1995 396-1643 for complete information, including Three review courses are offered for individual, Oarch 25, 1995 *January 8, 1995 a catalogue and an application interested in preparing to sit for examinations re, kpril 1, 1995 April 8, 1995 January 14, 1995 quired for graduate school admittance *January 15, 1995 January 21, 1995 Each preparation course will enable You to take Academic Standards the selected exam with confidence and skill Learn February 18, 1995 Students must maintain a 2 5 grade point average how to approach and analyze complex questions February 25 1995 for successful completion of the program and and discover the most effective ways to use your test March 4, 1995 certificate time - identify and strengthen your weak areas, March 11, 1995 March 18, 1995 Instructors are members of the Duquesne Univer The Nurse Management Institute sity faculty May 13, 1995 The Nurse Management Institute is co-sponsored Ma^ 20, 1995 by Duquesne University's School of Nursing and LSAT June 3, 1995 the Center for Continuing Education The Institute's Performance on the LSAT can count for as much as June 10, 1995 June 17, 1995 program is a nine-session series that trains nursing 50% of your chances to be admitted to the school managers to manage more effectively The program of your choice *Class held on Sunday emphasizes practical skills and methods that man- Review Exam Date agers will be able to put to immediate use to improve September 3, 1994 University reserves their ability to manage and to increase their profes- September 10, 1994 sional opportunities the right to cancel September 17, 1994 class based on The Nurse Management Institute program runs September 24, 1994 October 1, 1994 annually beginning in October through April as an enrollment integrated series of one-day sessions October 29, 1994 Call 396-1642 for additional information November 5, 1994 November 12, 1994 The Nursing Education Institute November 19, 1994 December 3, 1994 The Nursing Education Institute is co-sponsored by Duquesne University's School of Nursing and the January 14, 1995 Center for Continuing Education This stimulating January 21, 1995 and practical 5-session series will help the nurse January 28, 1995 educator or future educator to understand and use February 4, 1995 February 11, 1995 the entire educational process In addition to pre- senting the most up-to-date nursing education May 13, 1995 theory and skills, this program will help each partici- May 20, 1995 pant to enhance the educational skills he or she June 3, 1995 already possesses June 10, 1995 June 12, 1995 Call 396-1642 for additional information

Gerontology Nursing Institute Nursing is consistently involved with elderly peo- ple whether the nurse functions in the acute, com- munity or long term care setting Nursing's challenge in dealing with elderly people is oriented to achieving a workable and satisfying balance between the requirements of daily living and the functional ability, resources, and quality of life that may become severely compromised as people age

222 DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS ICOLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 223

Part IX: ,kdministration and Faculty Directors and Officers* COLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE DUQUESNE UNIVERSITY CORPORATION Rev Christopher P Promis, C S Sp Chairman ,41)MINISTRATION Rev Thomas J Farrelly, C S Sp Rev Donald J McEachin, C S Sp Interim Dean Rev Francis X Hanley, C S Sp Rev Albert M Seichepine, C S Sp Constance D Ramirez, Ph D C, Evan Stoddard, Ph D Associate Dean Rev J Clifton Hilt, C S Sp Rev Leonard J Tuozzolo, C S Sp Assistant to the Dean Rev H Eugene Hillman, C S Sp Jacqueline G Brown Janet M McElhinny Assistant to the Dean Linda L Rendulic Assistant to the Dean BOARD OF DIRECTORS Carole A Tartu Assistant to the Dean Officers Richard L White Chairman of the Board FACULTY Carl G Grefenstette Vice Chairman of the Board Mary Frances Antolini Perry K Blatz Honorable Carol Los Mansmann Vice Chairman of the Board Associate Professor of Sociology Associate Professor of History and Albert C Van Dusen Vice Chairman of the Board B A, M A, Duquesne University Director, Archival, Museum and Charles J Fenner, C S Sp Secretary of the Board Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Editing Program Term Members Madeline Cirillo Archer B A , Claremont-McKenna College Ph D, Princeton University Sherif S Abdelhak Rev Henry J McAnulty, C S Sp Associate Professor of Art History and John E Connelly Rev James P McCloskey, C S Sp Director Art History Program Rev Charles S Bober Rev William F Crowley, C S Sp Jeffrey L Morby B A, Trinity College (Washington, D C Adjunct Associate Professor of Theology Joseph W DeNardo Honorable Robert N C Nix, Jr M A, Ph D, University of Wisconsin B A, The Athanaeum of Ohio and John F Donahue James F O'Day Ronald C Arnett St Francis College Robert E Faust Antonio J Palumbo Professor of Communication and M Div, St Francis Seminary Herman Fineberg John G Rangos, Sr Department Chairperson S T D , S T L , Catholic University of America Floyd R Ganassi Honorable Joseph H Ridge B 5, Manchester College Ralph C Boettcher Merle E Gilliand Richard M Rompala M Div, Bethany Theological Seminary Professor Emeritus of English Edward I Goldberg Arthur J Rooney, 11 M A, Ph D, Ohio University B A , University of Detroit Carl G Grefenstette Frank J Schneider M A, M Phil, Ph D, Columbia University Sylvia E Griffin Daniel E Barbush Rev Donald Senior, C P Th&r6se Marie Bonin Stanley R Gumberg William C Springer Assistant Professor of Mathematics I N Rendall Harper, Jr B S, Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Philosophy William A Uricchio A B, Assumption College John J Henry Albert C Van Dusen M A , University of Pittsburgh Charles D Horne Wesley W von Schack Suzanne Barnard M A, Providence College Joseph A Katarincic Richard L White Assistant Professor of Psychology M M S, Ph D, University of Notre Dame Daniel R Lackner James W Wirth B 5 , Baylor University George Russell Bradley Aaron P Levinson Rev Francis W Wright, C S Sp M A , Ph D, Loyola University of Chicago Associate Professor of Mathematics Honorable Carol Los Mansman Lawrence T Zehfuss Anthony Barton B S , Allegheny College Ph D, University of Notre Dame Ex-Officio Members Emeriti Members Professor of Psychology Geoffrey P Kelly Meyer Berger B A , Ohio Wesleyan University Anne Brannen Most Rev John B McDowell, D D Honorable William F Cercone M A, Ph D , University of Chicago Assistant Professor of English B A, University of New Mexico John E Murray, Jr Rev John M Jendzura, C S Sp George Richard Benzinger, Jr Rev Christopher P Promis, C S Sp W Bruce Thomas Associate Professor of English M A , San Francisco State University Ph D, University of California, Berkeley Associate Members B A , Washington and Jefferson Murry P Berger M A , University of Florida Roger Brooke Francis A Devlin Robert V Bellamy, Jr Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Communication B A, University of Cape Town B A , Moorehead State University B A, Ph D . Rhodes University M A , University of Witwatersrand OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY M A, University of Kentucky John E Murray, Jr, JD, SJD President Ph D, University of Iowa Rev Howard F Burrell Michael Weber, D A Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs iBernard F Beranek Lecturer in Classics Isadore R Lenglet, M P A Executive Vice President for Management and Business B A , Geneva College Sean Hogan, C S Sp Lxecutive Vice President for Student Life Associate Professor of English B A , University of Notre Dame M Div, Asbury Theological Seminary Patrick M Joyce Vice President for University Relations M A, Duquesne University Charles J Fenner, C S Sp, Ph D Secretary of the University M A, Ph D , Duquesne University Henry J McAnulty, C S Sp Chancellor *This information has been provided by the Office of the Secretary of the University 224 COLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS YCOLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 225

Daniel Burston Adam Drozdek Lee Frank Jona E Hammer Assistant Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Computer Science Lecturer in Sociology Adjunct Associate Professor, B A , M A, Ph D , Ph D , York University M S, Wright State University B A , M Ed , Indiana University English as a Second Language Program and Michael C Cahall M A, Wroclaw University of Pennsylvania Coordinator, ESL Program and Assistant Professor of History Ph D, Jagiellonian University M A , Duquesne University Language Laboratory B A, Ohio Wesleyan University Patricia M Dunham Robert Frank B A , Snuth College Cert , University of Pittsburgh M A , Ph D, University of Illinois Associate Professor of Political Science Assistant Professor of Communication M A , TESOL Michael Cahill and Department Chairperson B A , The University of Richmond John Kenneth Hanes Associate Professor of Theology B S , M A , Ball State University M A, Wake Forest University Associate Professor of English Ph D, Miami University of Ohio B A, University College, Dublin Ronald Freeman B A , St Francis College M A , Niagara University S T L , Gregorian Unr^ ersity, Rome D Clark Edwards Lecturer in Sociology L S S, Biblical Institute, Rome Associate Professor of Communication B A , M A, Duquesne University James P Hartigan Ph D, Institut Catholique De Paris B S , Southern Illinois University Mark Frisch Professor of Theology, M A , University of Missouri Department Chairperson and Rebecca Carpenter Associate Professor of Modern Languages and Ph D, University of New Mexico Director of Graduate Studies Co-ordinator. Concentrated Studies Program, Literatures A B , M A, Fordham University Instructor inPh English Frederick J Evans B A University of Minnesota M Div, Woodstock College B S , M A , D , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Philosophy M A Purdue University Jerry Clack B A , M A , Indiana University Ph D, University of Michigan Ph D, Duke University at Bloomington Professor of Classics Janie M Harden Fritz Charles F Hanna M A , University of Regina Associate Professor of Sociology A B , Princeton University Assistant Professor of Communication Ph D, State University of New York at M A, Duquesne University A B, M A , University of Georgia, Athens and Department Chairperson Stony Brook M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Wisconsin, Madison B A , University of Pittsburgh Eleanor V Fails M A, Ph D, Kent State University Anne M Clifford, C S J Lawrence E Gaichas Professor Emeritus of Sociology Assistant Professor of Theology Professor of Classics and Michael Hansen B A, Saint Mary's College Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine B A, Carlow College Department Chairperson M A , University of Notre Dame M A, Catholic Theological Union B A , Xavier University and Ethics Ph D, Loyola University of Chicago B A , M A , University of California Ph D, Catholic University of America M A , Ph D, Ohio State University Norma Feinberg at Davis Francesca Colecchia Abhay K Gaur Professor of Modern Languages and Literatures Professor of Sociology M D, George Washington University Associate Professor of Mathematics B A, M SW, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B Ed , Duquesne University B Sc , M Sc , M Phil , Aligarth University Samuel J Hazo M Litt , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Rev Charles J Fenner, C S Sp Ph D, McMaster University Professor of English Associate Professor of Theology B A , University of Notre Dame Richard A Colignon Edward L Gelblum Assistant Professor of Sociology B A , B D, St Mary's Seminary M A , Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Philosophy J C B , Gregorian University, Rome, Italy Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S, M S, Ph D, University of Wisconsin B A , St John's College M A, Duquesne University Primitivo Colombo M A , University of Chicago Roderick Hess Ph D, Catholic University of America Lecturer in Sociology Professor Emeritus of French Frank Giannotta Bruce Fink B A , Duquesne University B A, M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Adjunct Professor, English as a Second Language, Assistant Professor of Psychology M A , University of Pittsburgh Luisa CoTaluppi and Director, ESL Program B A , Cornell University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theology B A , Fordham University Margaret R Hicks M A , Ph D, University of Paris VIII Associate Professor of Modern Languages and M A, Ph D, Catholic University, Milano M Ed , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Saint-Denis Literatures M A, Ph D, Duquesne University Geoffrey Gurd Constance Taylor Fischer B A , Belhaven College Frank J DAmico Assistant Professor of Communication Professor of Psychology M A, Emory University Associate Professor of Mathematics B A , Bishop(s University B A, University of Oklahoma Ph D, University of North Carolina B S , Southern Connecticut State College M A, Concordia University M A, Ph D , University of Kentucky M Sc , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Ph D, Universit^ de Montr6al Stacey A Hinderliter William Frank Fischer Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine Christopher J Daly Louis Haas Professor of Psychology and Ethics Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine Assistant Professor of History B A , University of Michigan B A , Johns Hopkins University and Ethics B A , University of Southern Indiana M A, Ph D , University of Connecticut M D, University of Pennsylvania A B, Holy Cross College M A , Ohio State University School of Medicine M D, Georgetown University Medical School Kathleen Fletcher Ph D, University of Illinois Lecturer in Sociology Charles E Hollerman Donato A DeFelice at Urbana-Champaign MPH, University of Pittsburgh Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine Associate Professor of Mathematics and Ethics B S , M S , University of Pittsburgh Gail Flint-Stevens Assistant Professor of Sociology B S, Allegheny College Cornell University Medical School B A , University of Southern Maine M D, M A, Ph D , State University of New York at Albany 1COLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 227 226 COLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS

Kent F Moors Eleanore Walkowski Holveck Timothy V Kelly gobert E Madden Associate Professor of Philosophy Professor of Political Science Associate Professor of Philosophy and Lecturer in Mathematics St Joseph^s College A B , St Anselrn^s College Department Chairperson B A M A, Duquesne University B S , Villanova University M A, University of New Hampshire B A , Duquesne University M S University of Pittsburgh M A, Ph D, Duquesne University Ph D, Northern Illinois University M A, Ph D , University of North Carolina Charles D Keyes Joseph R Morice at Chapel Hill Professor of Philosophy Anne M Maier Assistant Professor of Modern Languages and Professor Emeritus of History Elmer Holzinger B A University of Oklahoma B A , LaSalle College Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine B D S T M , Seabury-Western Literatures Columbia University M A, Fordham. University and Ethics Theological Seminary B A, University of Illinois M Litt , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S , University of Pittsburgh M A , University of Toronto M A , C S Sp M D, University of Pittsburgh Th D, Trinity College, Toronto Steven Malstorovic Rev Edward L Murray, School of Medicine Ph D, Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Political Science Professor of Psychology University of Montana B A, M A, St Vincent College Susan K Howard Linda Taylor Kinnahan B A, M A, M A, Ph D, Duquesne Uraversity Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor of English Ph D, University of Colorado B A University of Massachusetts B S, M A , James Madison University patrick L Malloy Frederick Newberry M A Ph D, University of Delaware Ph D, University of Notre Dame Director of Pastoral Ministry Program Associate Professor of English B A , M A , University of Redlands John W Hoyt Richard T Knowles B A, LaSalle College Ph D, Washington State University Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine Professor of Psychology and M A, Temple University University of Notre Dame and Ethics Department Chairperson M A, Ph D , Stephen T Newmyer B S, Baldwin Wallace College B A , M S , Fordham University Edward J Markoff Professor of Classics Duquesne University M D, University of Cincinnati Ph D, Purdue University Lecturer in Mathematics B A , Ph D, University of North Carolina jean Hunter Paul Ktakowski B S, M A , Duquesne University Professor of History Professor Emeritus of Journalism Gregorio Martin Mary Niederberger B S , Ursinus College B A , Westminster College Professor of Modern Languages and Literatures Adjunct Professor of Communication M A, Ph D , Yale University M A , University of Wisconsin B A , University of Salamanca, Spain B A , Duquesne University University of Pittsburgh Eric Joy Stuart M Kurland M A , Ph D, Jerome L Niedermeier Associate Professor of English Lecturer in Sociology Assistant Professor of English Paul T Mason University of Pittsburgh B A Gannon College A B, Dartmouth College Professor of History B A , Duquesne University M A Duquesne University M A , Ph D, University of Chicago B S, M A, Ph D, St Louis University M A, Ph D , Chester A Jurczak Albert C Labriola Holly A Mayer Hon Raymond A Novak Lecturer in Sociology Professor Emeritus of Sociology Professor of English Assistant Professor of History B A , St Mary's College B Ed , Duquesne University B A University of Pennsylvania B A , St Vincent College T L , St Mary's University M A, Fordham University M A T, Columbia University M A University of Oregon B A , S T B , S University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M A , Ph D, University of Virginia Ph D, College of William and Mary M SW, J D, Thomas A Keagy jean-Michel Lanskin Mark S Mazur Timothy O'Donoghue Assistant Professor of Sociology Professor of Mathematics and Assistant Professor of Modern Associate Professor of Mathematics St Peter's College and Department Chairperson Languages and Literatures B S , M S , John Carroll University B A , B S Texas Lutheran College M A , University of Houston M S, Ph D, University of Notre Dame University of Maynooth M A, University of Alabama-Birmingham M S Ph D , University of North Texas Ph D, Rice University Cornelius S McCarthy M Div, Notre Dame Seminary Joseph J Keenan Bret Larget Professor Emeritus of Journalism Ph D, Ohio State University Associate Professor of English Assistant Professor of Mathematics B S J , Ed M , Boston University Mark Palumbo and Department Chairperson B S , University of Minnesota Mom McIntyre, I H M Lecturer in Sociology B A , M A , Duquesne University M A , Ph D, University of California Assistant Professor of Theology B A, Clanon University Ph D, University of Wisconsin at Berkeley B A , Mercy College of Detroit M A , University of Pittsburgh Donald H Kellander Charles A Loch M A , Eastern Michigan University Assistant Professor of Modern Languages and Associate Professor of Mathematics M A , University of Windsor Margaret J Patterson Literatures B A, M A, Duquesne University M Div, SS Cyril and Methodius Seminary Associate Professor of Communication B S, Ohio University B A , M A , Pennsylvania State University Carla E Lucente Ph D, University of M A , University of Pittsburgh Rev David F Kelly Professor of Modern Languages and Literatures St Michael's College, Toronto Professor of Theology and Department Chairperson Magall C Michael Brent 0 Peterson B A College of the Holy Cross B A , M A , Duquesne University Assistant Professor of English Associate Professor of Modern Languages M A S T B , Catholic University M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B A , University of Georgia and Literature B A , Johns Hopkins University of Louvain Phillip Lunney M A, Ph D , Emory University M A , University of Iowa M Rel Ed , Loyola University, Chicago Lecturer in Mathematics Ph D, University of Minnesota Ph D, University of St Michael's College M S, University of Arkansas M S, Clemson University B S , College of Charleston 228 COLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS J,'COLLEGE AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 229

Ronald M Polansky Marie Ciccone Sakmar Marc M Snyder Samuel J Tindall, Jr Professor of Philosophy Instructor in Modern Languages and Literatures Assistant Professor of Modern Languages Associate Professor of English B A , Yale University A B Geneva College and Literatures A B, Columbia University M A, Ph D , Boston College M A Western Reserve University B A , University of Illinois M A , Ph D, University of South Carolina G Fc)ster Provost, Jr John D Scanlon Champaign-Urbana Paul J Traudt Professor Emeritus of English Professor of Philosophy M A, Ph D , Stanford University Associate Professor of Communication B S, Ph D, Louisiana State University B A St Mary's Seminary J Scott Staples B A , University of Colorado, Boulder M A , University of Oregan M A University of Detroit Assistant Professor of Psychology M A , University of Utah Rev Gilbert Z Puznakoski Ph D, Tulane University B A, University of Maine Ph D, University of Texas, Austin Lecturer in Classics Marilyn Schaub M A, Ph D, Duquesne University Steven Bela Vardy B A, M A, Duquesne University Professor of Theology G Evan Stoddard Professor of History Constance Deucher Ramirez B A Rosary College Adjunct Associate Professor of Sociology B S , John Carroll University Associate Professor of English, Ph 6, University of Fribourg and Associate Dean, M A, Ph D, Indiana University Interim Dean of the College and Mark Schmidhofer College of Liberal Arts Daniel Paul Watkins Graduate School of Liberal Arts Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine B A , M S, Brigham Young University Associate Professor of English and Assistant Academic Vice President and Ethics Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B A , University of North Alabama for University Programs B A , Shimer College Kevin Stoehr M A, Auburn University B A , Duquesne University M S, Ohio State University t Lecturer in Sociology Ph D, University of Maryland M A , University of North Carolina M D, Medical College of Wisconsin B A, M A, Duquesne University Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Wallace S Watson Matthew L Schneirov 'Carmen Stonge Professor of English J Roland E Ramirez Assistant Professor of Sociology Assistant Professor of History B A, Wafford College Professor of Philosophy B A , M A, Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B A , M A, State University of New York M A, Duke University B A , University of Notre Dame Rev Andr6 L Schuwer, OF M at Stony Brook Ph D, Indiana University Licentiate, Le Saulchou, Etiolles, France Professor Emeritus of Philosophy Ph D, City University of New York Ph D, Institut Catholique de Paris Sr Helen Mary Waugh B Ph , State University of Amsterdam Michael W Strasser Assistant Clinical Professor in Theology Diane P Ramos Licenciate, Ph D, University of Louvain Professor Emeritus of Philosophy B A, Villanova University Adjunct Professor of Communication David Seward B S , St Louis University M A , University of Notre Dame B A , M B A , University of Pittsburgh Lecturer in Classics M A , Ph D, University of Toronto M Div, Washington Theological Union Paul A Richer B A ' University of Nebraska Kathleen A Taylor Michael P Weber Associate Professor of Psychology M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Professor of Mathematics Professor of History and University Provost B A , Bard College Lih Shashaam B S , University of Dayton B S , M Ed , Edinboro State University M A, Ph D, New School Associate Professor of Computer Science M S, Ph D, Michigan State University D A, Carnegie-Mellon University for Social Research B A , University of Tehran, Iran Richard H Thames Bernard J Weiss Joseph Francis Rishel M S, Central Michigan University Associate Professor of Communication Professor of History Associate Professor of History Ph D, Michigan State University I B A , Southwestern-at-Memphis and Department Chairperson B S, Duquesne University Eva-Marie Simms M Div, Pittsburgh Theological Seminary B A , Ph D, University of Illinois M S, M L S, Ph D, University Assistant Professor of Psychology Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M A , University of Chicago of Pittsburgh Study in Psychology at Philipps Universitaet ,'Dan R Thompson Diann M Westrick Tom Rockmore M A , Ph D, University of Dallas Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine Professor of Philosophy Donald L Simon and Ethics and Ethics A B, Carleton College Assistant Professor of Computer Science A S, St Clair County Community College B S , The Pennsylvania State University Ph D, Vanderbilt University B S, M S, Carnegie-Mellon University B S , Ferris State College M D The Milton S Hershey Peter J Roman Ph D, University of Texas at Austin M D, Wayne State University School Medical School Assistant Professor of Political Science Michael Sipiora of Medicine Ann Thomas Wilkins B A , Boston College Assistant Professor of Psychology :William M Thompson Assistant Professor of Classics M A, Ph D , University of Wisconsin-Madison B A , M A , San Jose State University Professor of Theology B A, Wellesley College Charles T Rubin M A, Ph D , University of Dallas B A , St Thomas College M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Political Science Rev Michael S Slusser M Div, St Thomas Seminary Maureen Williams B A , Case Western Reserve University Associate Professor of Theology S T M , St Mary's University Assistant Professor of Communication Ph D, Boston College B A , St Paul Seminary Ph D, University of St Michael's B A , University of Maine, Orono Hershel Sacks M A , S T B , Catholic University College, Toronto M S, Ph D, University of Massachusetts Assistant Professor of Mathematics of Louvain ;Frank J Thornton George S Worgul, Jr B S , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh D Phil , Oxford University Associate Professor of Communication Professor of Theology M A, Yeshiva University B S, M A , Villanova University B A, M Div, M A, Niagra University B S E E , University of Pittsburgh Ph D , S T D , Catholic University of Louvain 230 SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 15CHOOL OF NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 231

Wilhelm Stephan Wurzer Frank T Zbozny Bernard Hartman Heinz W Machatzke Professor of Philosophy Professor of English Professor of Biological Sciences and Dean of the School of Natural and B A, Oakland University B A, M A, Duquesne University Department Chairperson Environmental Sciences Ph D, University of Freiburg, i B Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S , University of Maryland Adjunct Professor and Industry Joseph D Yenerall M S, American University Science Advisor Associate Professor of Sociology Ph D, University of Connecticut Ph D, University of Freiburg B S , California State College Jack W Hausser Barbara Manner M A, Duquesne University Professor of Chemistry Assistant Professor of Earth Science Ph D , Pennsylvania State University B S , Casse Institute of Technology and Science Education Ph D, University of Illinois B A, College of Wooster M S, Ph D, University of Akron gev J Clifton Hill, C S Sp SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND Professor of Physics John J Maurer Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES B S , Louisiana State University M S , Catholic University of America B S Purdue University ADMINISTRATION B D , St Mary's Seminary Ph D, University of Texas Health M A, Ph D , Rice University Science Center at San Antonio Heinz W Machatzke, D Sc Dean Melissa A Melan K Thomas R Davies, Ph D JI'liomas L Isenhour Chair, Department of Physics Professor of Chemistry and Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences H Bernard Hartman, Ph D Chair Department of Biological Sciences B S , Loyola University of the South Thomas L Isenhour, Ph D Department Chairperson Chair, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry B 5 , University of North Carolina Ph D, Vanderbilt University FACULTY Ph D, Cornell University Reginald A Ney Assistant Professor of Physics and Olushola A Adeyeye ,Mitchell E Johnson Anna D'Eramo Assistant Professor of Chemistry University Health Physicist Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences Instructor of Physics B S , University of Miami B S, Duquesne University A I L M T, University of Ibadan B S, Carlow College M S , University of Pittsburgh M S, University of Florida Ph D, University of Massachusetts K Thomas Davies Paul G Johnson Richard E Norman Ph D, University of Georgia Professor of Physics and Assistant Professor of Chemistry Mary Alleman Assistant Professor of Chemistry Department Chairperson B A , Slippery Rock State College B S, M S, Ph D, University of Washington Research Assistant Professor of B S, M S, Ph D, Carnegie-Mellon University Kurt C Schreiber Biological Sciences Ph D, Duquesne University Michael Delp Arthur K Katoh Professor Emeritus of Chemistry B S , Ph D, University of California Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences B S, City College of New York at Berkeley Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences B S , Oral Roberts University A B , Syracuse University AM, Ph D, Columbia University Bruce Beaver M A , Ph D, University of Georgia Kyle Selcer Associate Professor of Chemistry M S , Ph D , University of Illinois John S Doctor M PH , University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences B A, SUNY-Binghamton Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences B S , M S , University of Texas-Pan Ph D, University of Massachusetts Shahed U M Khan B A , College of the Holy Cross Associate Professor of Chemistry American Jagdish P Bhatnagar Ph D, University of California Ph D, Texas Tech University Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences B S , M S , Dacca University, Bangladesh at Berkeley Ph D, Flinders University of David W Seybert B S , Agra University Fraser F Fleming Associate Professor of Chemistry M S, Bombay University Southern Australia Assistant Professor of Chemistry H M (Skip) Kingston B A , Bloomsburg State College Sc D, Johns Hopkins University B S, Massey University Ph D, Cornell University Kenneth Richard Boyd Professor of Chemistry Ph D, University of British Columbia B S , M S , Indiana University of Aris Sideropoulos Associate Professor of Biological Sciences James R Garey Pennsylvania Professor of Biological Sciences B S , Denison University Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences B A , Concordia College M S , Ph D , University of Illinois Ph D, The American University B A , M A , San Francisco State University Spyros D Kornmos M S , North Dakota State University Peter A Castric Ph D, University of Texas at Austin Ph D, University of Kansas Professor of Biological Sciences Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences Frank R Gorga B S, M S, Duquesne University Shivendra V Singh B S , Oregon State University Assistant Professor of Chemistry Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences Ph D, Montana State University D Sc , University of Pittsburgh B S, Adelphi University John Kuchta B S, Avadh University Shih-Chi Chang Ph D, Dartmouth College M S , Ph D , Banaras Hindu University Professor of Physics Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences B S , M S , Indiana University of John F Stolz B S, National Taiwan University Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences M S, Ph D, Kansas State University Pennsylvania Ph D, West Virginia University B S , Fordharn University Mark Comella Ph D, Boston University Assistant Professor of Physics B S , St Vincent College M S, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh 232 A J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION J PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 233

Tata Subhas Anne E True petros C Christofi Matthew R Marlin Professor of Biological Sciences and Assistant Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of Management Science Associate Professor of Economics Academic Director, Perfusion Techno1gy B A , University of California at B S , Graduate Industrial School of B A , Ph D, Florida State University B Sc , Utkal University, India Santa Barbara Thessaloniki Ken Matejka Bachelor of Veterinary Sciences, M S, Ph D, Northwestern University M A, University of New Orleans Professor of Management University of Madras, India Theodore J Weismann Ph D, Pennsylvania State University B S , Point Park College M S , Utah State University Adjunct Professor of Chemistry Lee Glick M B A , University of Missouri Ph D, University of Georgia B S, M S, Ph D, Duquesne University Associate Professor of Economics Ph D, University of Arkansas Steven P Thomas B A, M A, M Litt, Ph D , University Thomas McCue Professor of Biological Sciences of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Finance B A , Pennsylvania State University Sharon L Green B A , Temple University M A, Ph D, Indiana University Assistant Professor of Accounting M B A , Virginia Polytechnic Institute and B S B A, M B A, Indiana University State University A. J. PALUMBO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION of Pennsylvania Ph D, University of North Carolina Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Thomas J Murrin ADMINISTRATION Audrey Guskey Dean Thomas J Murrin, B S , D M S Dean Associate Professor of Marketing B S , Fordham University Thomas A Pollack, B S B A, M Ed, Ph D Associate Dean, Director of Undergraduate Studies B S B A , Robert Morris College D M S , Duquesne University William D Presutti, Jr, B S B A, M A, Ph D Associate Dean, Director of Graduate Studies M B A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Brian M Nagle Kenneth L Paige, B S B A, M S, Ph D, C PA Chairman, Accounting and Finance Division pavid Hanson Assistant Professor of Accounting Lance B Kurke, B S, M B A, M A, Ph D Chairman, Behavioral Division I Associate Professor of International Busine5s B B A , Siena College David W Pentico, A B, M S, Ph D Chairman, Economics and MIS Division B A Haverford College M S State University of New York (Albany) Cynthia Stadtfeld, B S B A Assistant to the Dean Ph 6, University of Florida Ph D, Saint Louis University Emily Conrad, B A, M B A Assistant to the Dean J D, University of Michigan CPA, New York Linda Giannini, B S, M Ed Assistant to the Dean Kenneth L Paige Barbara Gregory, B S B A, M B A !Lance B Kurke Communications & Budget Director Associate Professor of Management Associate Professor of Accounting FACULTY Chairman, Behavioral Division Chairman, Accounting and Finance Division B S , Stetson University B S B A , Duquesne University Suhail Abboushi Robert Borman M B A, M A , Ph D , Cornell University M S , Kent State University Associate Professor of Management and Associate Professor of Accounting Conway Lackman Ph D, University of Pittsburgh International Business B S , Duquesne University C P A , Pennsylvania B A , New Mexico Highlands University Associate Professor of Marketing M B A University of Pittsburgh B A , Ohio Wesleyan University David W Pentico M B A , University of San Francisco C P A Pennsylvania Professor of Management Science Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M B A , Arizona State University Peter Brown Ph D, University of Cincinnati Chairman, Economics and MIS Division Priscilla Austin Associate Professor of Management Information John M Lanasa A B , Dartmouth College Assistant Professor of Accounting Systems M S, Ph D, Carnegie Mellon University B S B A , Bucknell University Associate Professor of Marketing B S, Canisius College B S , Point Park College James Poindexter M B A, Duquesne University M B A , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Industrial Relations C P A, Pennsylvania M B A , Duquesne University Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S B A , University of Southern California Vashishta Bhaskar M B A , Rochester Institute of Technology James B Burnham Marshall Levinson Assistant Professor of Finance Professor, Murnn J D, Texas Southern University B S , St Stephens College Associate Professor of Economics Chair in Global Competitiveness B S, City College of New York Thomas A Pollack M B A, PhD Candidate, Pennsylvania B A , Princeton University Associate Professor of Management State University M A , Princeton University Ph D, Washington University M A, Columbia University Information Systems Stanley Bober William P Buzzi Jay Liebowitz Associate Dean Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Law Director of Undergraduate Studies B A, M A, Ph D, New York University Associate Professor of A B , Indiana University Human Resource Management B S B A , Pennsylvania State University George Bodnar J D , Washington University B A , State University of New York M Ed , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Accounting William Carlson (Cortland) Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S , B A , Bucknell University Assistant Professor of Finance Ph D, University of Tennessee William D Presutti, Jr M B A, Ph D , University of Pennsylvania Associate Professor of Management and B C E , M S , Ph D, Carnegie-Mellon "Gustav Lundberg Richard Bond University Associate Professor of Geography and Marketing Associate Dean Associate Professor of Economics Ray L Cegelski Management Information Systems A B , Boston College B A , M A, Swedish School of Economics Director of Graduate Studies Associate Professor of Accounting B S B A , Duquesne University Ph D, University of Maryland B S, M B A , Duquesne University B Sc , M Sc , University of Helsinki Ph D, State University of New York (Buffalo) M A , Northeastern University C P A, Pennsylvania Ph D, Carnegie Mellon University

234 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 235

Rev Joseph Pudichery Seleshi Sisaye Kenneth L Burrett Sr Mary Frances Grasinger, C S J Associate Professor of Analytic Methods Associate Professor of Accounting Professor of Education Professor of Education B A M A, University of Kerala B A Addis Ababa University B A, M S Ed, Canisius College B Ed , Duquesne University M A Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M A University of Illinois Ed D, State University of New York M T S , Catholic University of America Kurt Rethwisch M L S, State University of New York at Buffalo Ph D, Syracuse University Professor of Economics (Albany) William H Cadugan Nicholas I Hanna B A Nebraska Wesleyan University Ph D, Cornell University Professor Emeritus Professor of Education M A Kansas State M B A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S in B A, M Ed, Duquesne University Graduate Program Coordinator, Ph D, University of Maryland John C South Ed D, University of Pittsburgh Counselor Education Allen J Rubenfield Professor of Organizational Behavior Bruno A Casile B S , M S , The Pennsylvania State University Ph D, Ohio University Assistant Professor of Taxation B A, Muskingum College Professor Emeritus B A , Pennsylvania State University M A, Ph D, Ohio State University B S , Slippery Rock State College Sr Julia Ann Hartzog, S C M B A , J D, University of Pittsburgh Gerald J Tatar M S , Ed D , University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Education C P A, Maryland Graduate and Undergraduate Program Associate Professor of Management Information William J Casile Jan Napoleon Salkiewicz Systems Associate Professor of Education Coordinator, Special Education Professor of Marketing B S , M Ed , California University of B A , Seton Hill College Director, Leadership Institute M Ed , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh PM A , University of Warsaw Pennsylvania B S Ed, Duquesne University M A Econ , Ph D, Central School of Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M Ed , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh James E Henderson Planning and Statistics, Warsaw Associate Dean James F Weber Camille C Copeland John C Shepherd Associate Professor of Business Ethics Associate Professor of Education Assistant Professor of Education Director, Interdisciplinary Doctoral Associate Professor of Management Director of the Beard Center for B F A , University of Texas Information Systems Leadership in Ethics Program in Educational Leadership (IDPEL) M S Ed, Duquesne University A B , Princeton University B S , Carnegie-Mellon University B A , Loyola University of Los Angeles Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M S, Duquesne University M B A , Saint Louis University Ed M , Rutgers University M S, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Rev Reginald DeFour, C S Sp Ed D, Rutgers University Director Computer Laboratory Joseph C Kush B A Hons, Dublin University Assistant Professor of Education SCHOOL OF EDUCATION B A, M A, Laval University B A , Washburn University of Topeka M Ed , University of Toronto ADMINISTRATION M S , Pittsburg State University Rev Louis F Dolan, C S Sp Ph D, Arizona State University Derek Whordley, Ph D Dean Professor Emeritus James E Henderson, Ed D Associate Dean 13 A , B D, St Mary's Senunary Barbara M Manner Assistant Professor of Education William P Barone, Ph D Chair, Department of Elementary, Secondary and Reading Education M A, Ed S, Eastern Michigan University Joseph F Maola, Ph D Chair, Department of Counseling, Psychology and Special Education Ph D, University of Michigan B A , College of Wooster Rick R McCown, Ph D Chair, Department of Foundations and Leadership M S , Ph D , University of Akron Frank M Ribich, Ed D Beverley C Evans Chair, Department of Educational Services Assistant Professor of Education Joseph F Maola Professor of Education B A , Marquette University FACULTY Chair, Department of Counseling, M Ed , Duquesne University Psychology, and Special Education V Robert Agostino Paul M Bernstein Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education B S , M Ed, Duquesne University Graduate and Undergraduate Program Margaret I Ford M A , Indiana University of Pennsylvania B A ' Hartwick College Associate Professor of Education Coordinator Secondary Education M S Springfield College Ph D, The University of Akron B S Boston College Undergraduate Program Coordinator, Ph 6, Ohio University Elementary Education Rick R McCown M S University of Bridgeport Ruth G Biro Professor of Education Ed D, Ball State University B S , Columbia Bible College Associate Professor of Education M Ed , Ph D, University of South Carolina Chair, Department of Foundations Wilton L Barber and Leadership B A ' Chatham College Dorothy A Frayer Teaching Associate M L S , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh A B , Ph D , Indiana University Graduate Program Coordinator, Associate Professor of Education Joseph T Brennan Associate Academic Vice President for Michael F Moran School Administration and Supervision Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education B S , M Ed , Slippery Rock State University Program Development Graduate Program Coordinator Elementary Director, Center for Teaching Excellence B S , Shippensburg State College Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M Ed , The Pennsylvania State University Education, and Reading and Language Arts B 5 , M S , Michigan State University M A , Michigan State University William P Barone B S , M Ed , Ed D , University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Wisconsin Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Professor of Education Susan M Brookhart Chair, Department of Elementary, Kathleen GosneU Associate Professor of Education Special Assistant to the Dean and Emma C Mosley Secondary and Reading Education B A , Beaver College Senior Teaching Associate B S , M A, West Virginia University Coordinator of Pre-Teaching Director of Community Cooperation M A , Lutheran Theological Seminary B S , East Stroudsburg University Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Collaborative Program Ph D, Ohio State University M S, Carlow College B S , Bluefield State College M Ed , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh

236 SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES OF HEALTH SCIENCES PAYA

Susan M Munson J Bernard Smith M Kathleen Kelly David L Somers Assistant Professor of Education Professor of Education Instructor, Department of Physical Therapy Assistant Professor, B S, M Ed , Slippery.Rock State College Graduate Program Coordinator, B S , University of Pittsburgh Department of Physical Therapy Ph D, The Pennsylvania State University Educational Studies M S, Hahnemann University B S , M S , Ph D , Medical University of Frank M Ribich B 5, M Ed , Duquesne University Jerome L Martin South Carolina Professor of Education Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Professor and Dean of the Russell M Trapp, Jr Chair, Department of Educational Services Maureen P Sullivan Rangos School of Health Sciences Instructor, Department of Physician Assistant B Ed, M Ed, Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Education B S , The Pennsylvania State University B S , University of Pittsburgh Ed E , The Pennsylvania State University B Ed , M Ed in L S , Duquesne University Certificate of Physical Therapy, Regis H Turocy Alfonso A Rizzo M L S , University of Pittsburgh The University of Pennsylvania Instructor, Department of Physical Therapy Professor of Education Ed D, University of Sarasota M S, Boston University B S , West Virginia University Graduate Program Coordinator, School Psychology Derek Whordley Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Certificate in Physical Therapy, M S , B S , Massachusetts State College Professor of Education Barry E McGlumphy University of Pittsburgh M S, Springfield College Dean Instructor, Department of Athletic Training Scott Weber Ph D, University of Connecticut Cert Ed , Borough Road College B S, Lock Haven University Clinical Assistant Professor Timothy G Rusnak A C P, The College of Preceptors M S , University of Arizona and Assistant Department Chairman, Director, Center for Character Development, AT C L , Trinity College of Music Sean McLinden Department of Health Information Sciences Civic Responsibility and Teaching M A, Ph D , Michigan State University Assistant Professor and Chairman, B S , University of Texas Medical Branch B A , Point Park College Bonita L Wilcox Department of Health Information Sciences at Galveston M Ed , Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Education B S , University of Notre Dame, Indiana B A , Augsburg College Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S , Edinboro State College M D, University of Pittsburgh Ed M , Ed D , Boston University M Ed , Edinboro University of Pennsylvania Susan R Mercer Charles W Webster Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Instructor, Department of Physical Therapy Assistant Professor, Bachelor of Physiotherapy, Department of Health Information Sciences JOHN G. RANGOS, SR. SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES University of Queensland B S , M S I E , University of Illinois Bachelor of Physiotherapy, Honours M S I S, University of Pittsburgh ADMINISTRATION (Ergonomics), University of Queensland M D, University of Chicago Jerome L Martin, Ph D Dean Masters Qualifying Science, Anatomy, Diane M Zywotko Deborah L Durica Director, Student and Alumni Services University of Queensland Assistant Professor and Chairman, Denise M Dinwiddie Director, Management and Budget M S, University of Waterloo Department of Physician Assistant Robert C Morgan B S , Point Park College FACULTY Assistant Professor and Chairman, M P M , Carnegie Mellon University Marie E Anzalone Patricia Ann Hickerson Crist Department of Physical Therapy Assistant Professor, Professor and Chairman, B S, M S, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh DEPARTMENT OF Department of Occupational Therapy Department of Occupational Therapy Alane M Palmer ATHLETIC TRAINING B A , University of California B S , M S , Colorado State University Clinical Instructor and Clinical Coordinator, Part-Time Faculty at Los Angeles Ph D, University of Northern Colorado Department of Perfusion Technology Jennifer M Blasinsky, Pharm D M S, Boston University Joyce A DAntonio B S, Carlow College Adjunct Instructor Nanci A Banasiak Assistant Professor and Chairman, C C P, Shadyside Hospital School of The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh Instructor and Fieldwork Coordinator, Department of Perfusion Technology Perfusion Technology Charles M Karnack, Pharm D Department of Occupational Therapy B S, M S Hyg, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Linda S Platt Adjunct Assistant Professor B S , M B A , State University of Clare G Giuffrida Instructor, Department of Athletic Training The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh New York at Buffalo Assistant Professor, B S , Lock Haven State College Joseph E Tomaro, M S, PT, ATC Candace L Banchien Department of Occupational Therapy M S, West Virginia University Adjunct Instructor Clinical Instructor, B A, Wells College Clifford R Pohl Sports Medicine Services Department of Perfusion Technology M S, Columbia University, Assistant Professor, B S , University of Pittsburgh College of Physicians and Surgeons Department of Physical Therapy DEPARTMENT OF C C P, Shadyside Hospital Ph D, Pennsylvania State University B S , Wright State University OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Kathleen H Begler Mark L Hertweck Ph D, University of Rochester Part-Time Faculty Instructor, Department Of Instructor, Department of Physician Assistant f Susan Robinson-Hawkins Clare Bednar, OTR/L Health Information Sciences B S , University of Pittsburgh Instructor, Department of Physician Assistant B S , University of Pittsburgh M A , Slippery Rock University Adjunct Instructor B A , Carnegie Mellon University Veteran's Administration Medical Center F Richard Clemente Margaret A Horger Paula G Sammarone Lynn Gustafson, Ph D Assistant Professor, Instructor Department of Occupational Therapy Assistant Professor and Chairman, Department of Physical Therapy B Sc, McGill University Adjunct Assistant Professor Department of Athletic Training Private Practice B S , University of Pittsburgh M S, Medical College of Virginia, B S , West Chester State College M S , Ph D , University of Kentucky Virginia Commonwealth University M A , Michigan State University Ed D, University of Virginia

238 SCHOOL OF MUSIC I SCHOOL OF MUSIC 239

Marilou M Rubright, MOT, CHT Charles Michael Karnack, B S, Pharm D Robert Cameron L J Hancock Adjunct Assistant Professor Adjunct Assistant Professor Associate Professor of Music Adjunct Professor of Music Education Associated Occupational Therapists, Inc The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh and Chair of Ensembles and Conducting B S , Gettysburg College Anthony J Pinevich, M D Anthony J Pinevich, M D B A , University of Miami William ("Bil") Jackson Adjunct Assistant Professor Adjunct Assistant Professor M M, University of Michigan Adjunct Professor of Clarinet The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh D M A, University of Maryland B M , Northwestern University Ingrid Provident, OTR/L Mary Frances Rambo, B A , M A , PT Tito Capobianco Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Adjunct Instructor Adjunct Assistant Professor Professor of Music and General Director of Joseph Willcox Jenkins The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh Opera Center at Duquesne Professor of Theory and Composition Paul J Rockar, B S, M S, PT Murray Crewe B S , St JosepHs College DEPARTMENT OF Adjunct Assistant Professor Adjunct Professor of Bass Trombone B M , M M , Eastman School of Music PERFUSION TECHNOLOGY Rehabilitation Management Associates, Inc B M , University of British Columbia Ph D, Catholic University of America Part-Time Faculty Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Carlton Jones Albert G Marrangoni, M D DEPARTMENT OF Robert Croan Adjunct Professor of Bassoon Senior Assistant Professor PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT Professor and Chair of Voice B F A , M F A, Carnegie Mellon University The Mercy Hospital of Pittsburgh Part Time Faculty B A, M A, Columbia University Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Ph D, Boston University Warren Jones David A Johnson, Ph D DEPARTMENT OF Charlotte Day Adjunct Professor of Vocal Coaching PHYSICAL THERAPY Adjunct Assistant Professor Adjunct Professor of Piano and Accompanying Duquesne University Part-Time Faculty B M , University of Chicago B M , New England Conservatory of Music jean Marie Perry, PA-C M M , Cleveland Institute of Music Christine Jorclanoff Adjunct Instructor Anthony DiVittorio Professor and Chair of Music Education Adjunct Professor of Piano B S , M M , Duquesne University SCHOOL OF MUSIC B S , Duquesne University Diploma, Kodaly Music Training Institute ADMINISTRATION Ronald Doiron Certificate, Liszt Academy of Music Adjunct Professor of Organ Nicholas Jordanciff Michael Kumer Dean B M , Chapman College Associate Professor of Music and Theresa Bargas Assistant to the Dean M M , D M A , University of Southern Administrator for Music Enrollment Kenneth Burky Director, Undergraduate Division California B S , M Ed , Duquesne University Diane Clark Office Assistant Kenneth Karsh Sally Coletti Senior Secretary Thom Douglas John Mumper Adjunct Professor of Music Education Adjunct Professor of Guitar Assistant to the Dean B M, Duquesne University Sally Guy Stone Director, City Music Center B A , Clarion University M M , Duquesne University Randolph Kelly FACULTY Marilyn Egan Adjunct Professor of Viola Instructor of Music Education Certificate, Brady Allred Judith Bowman B S, M M , Duquesne University Curtis Institute of Music Assistant Professor of Music and Associate Professor of Music Education and Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Director of Choral Activities Chair of Music Technology Rudolph Fellner B M Brigham Young University B S , Nazareth College AccompamstlVical Coach Rhian Kenny M M D MA , Eastman School of Music M M , Ph D, Eastman School of Music Marino Galluzzo Adjunct Professor of Flute Adjunct Professor of Saxophone B M , McGill University Martin Ashby David Budway Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Adjunct Professor of Guitar Adjunct Professor of Piano B S , M M , Duquesne University B F A , Ithaca College B M , M M , Duquesne University Jennifer Gerhard Thomas Kikta Adjunct Professor of Guitar and M M, Duquesne University Maureen Budway Adjunct Professor of Viola B F A , State University of New York Chair of Sound Recording Technology Sister Donna Marie Beck, R M T - B C Adjunct Professor of Voice B M , North Carolina School of the Arts Associate Professor and Chair of Music Therapy B M , Duquesne University James Gorton B S, M M Ed , Duquesne University M F A , Carnegie-Mellon University Adjunct Professor of Oboe Eric Moss M A , Duquesne University B M , Eastman School of Music Adjunct Professor of Saxophone Kenneth Burky B A , Duquesne University S A F I , Mid-Atlantic Institute Associate Professor, Chair of Piano Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Lynn Beckstrom B M , Oberlin College ames Guerra Maribeth Knaub Adjunct Professor of Voice M M , Indiana University Adjunct Professor of Saxophone Adjunct Professor of Alexander Technique B F A , M F A , Carnegie-Mellon University B M , Berklee College of Music B M , Lawrence Conservatory William Caballero M M , Peabody Conservatory Brian Bowman Adjunct Professor of French Horn Robert Hamrick Professor and Chair of Wind Instruments B M , New England Conservatory of Music Adjunct Professor of Trombone Mark Koch B M, M M , University of Michigan Member, Pittsburgh Symphony B M , M M Ed, West Virginia University Adjunct Professor of Guitar D M A , Catholic University of America II Member, Pittsburgh Symphony

240 SCHOOL OF MUSIC OF NURSING 241

Michael Kumer Leonard Pruszynski Ann Labounsky Steele Jeffrey Turner Dean of the School of Music Adjunct Professor of Percussion Professor of Organ and Adjunct Professor of Double Bass B F A, Carnegie-Mellon University B S, Duquesne University Chair of Organ and Sacred Music B M , Eastman School of Music Member, Pittsburgh Symphony M M Ed , Duquesne University William Purse B M, Eastman School of Music Robert Langevin Assistant Professor and Chair of Guitar M M University of Michigan Gerald Unger Ph D University of Pittsburgh Adjunct Professor of Flute B M , M M , Duquesne University Adjunct Professor and Chair of Percussion Diploma, Schola Cantorurn B S , B M , Ohio State University Montreal Conservatory Lynn Purse Freiburg Conservatory Diploma, Ecole Normale M A , University of Northern Colorado Manager, Music Technology Labs and Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Adjunct Professor of Music Technology Charles Stegeman Jennifer Langham B A , Chatham College Associate Professor of Violin and Gretchen Van Hoesen Adjunct Professor of Cello M M , Duquesne University Chair of Strings Adjunct Professor of Harp B M , Peabody Conservatory of Music B M , Curtis Institute of Music B M , M M , The Juilliard School John Raevens M M , The Juilliard School Member, Pittsburgh Symphony M M , University of Texas Associate Professor of Music Stanley Leonard Certificate, Lemmens Institute Gladys Stein George Vosburgh Adjunct Professor of Percussion Associate Professor of Piano Adjunct Professor of Trumpet Andrew Reamer Diploma, B S, M S, The Juilliard School B M, Eastman School of Music B M , Eastman School of Music Adjunct Professor of Percussion Former Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Special Artist Degree, Member, Pittsburgh Symphony B M , M M , Temple University Vienna State Academy Charles Lirette Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Nancy Hostetler Watson David Stock Adjunct Professor of Organ Adjunct Professor of Trumpet Sr Carole Riley, C D P B M , Oberlin College Professor of Composition and Sacred Music Professor of Piano B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University B S , Millersville University Member, Pittsburgh Symphony B S, M M, Ph D, Duquesne University M F A , Carnegie-Mellon University M M, Duquesne University Jeffrey Mangone Francisco Rodriguez M F A , Brandeis University jean Wilmouth Adjunct Professor of Double BasslBass Guitar Adjunct Professor of Recording Donald Neal Tidwell Adjunct Professor of Music Education B S , Duquesne University Arts and Sciences Adjunct Professor of Tuba B M , B M Ed, Carnegie Mellon University Elizabeth Moll B S, Richmond College B M , University of Southern Mississippi Assistant Professor of Solfege RCA Institute of Technology John Wilson B M E, Indiana University Linda Sanders, R M T - B C Adjunct Professor of Music and Director of Jazz Studies Louis Munkachy Adjunct Professor of Music Therapy B S , M A, Ed D , New York University Professor of Music Theory B M , Westminster College and Chair of Musicianship B S , Duquesne University Diploma, Liszt Academy of Music M R E , Pittsburgh Theological Seminary SCHOOL OF NURSING B S , M M , Duquesne University Robert Shankovich ADMINISTRATION Ph D, University of Pittsburgh I Professor of Music Theory and Mary de Chesnay, R N , D S N Dean Joseph Negri Director of the Graduate Division Theresa L Carroll, R N , Ph D Associate Dean, Graduate Program Adjunct Professor of Guitar B S, M M , Duquesne University 'Joanne F White, R N, Ph D Associate Dean, Undergraduate Program Mija Novich D A , Carnegie-Mellon University Professor of Voice Aaron Shearer FACULTY and Director of Opera Workshop Adjunct Professor of Guitar Patricia Feclorka, R N B M E , Northwestern University Theresa L Carroll, R N Roger Sherman Assistant Professor of Nut-sing M M, Duquesne University Professor of Nursing Adjunct Professor of Trumpet Associate Dean, Graduate Program B S N , Indiana University/Pennsylvania Mark Nuccio B M E , M M E , Eastman School B S N, Mt Mercy College (now Carlow) M PH , University of Pennsylvania Adjunct Professor of Clarinet of Music M N , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B M , University of Northern Colorado Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Kathleen Gaberson, R N M M, Northwestern University Diane Colizza, R N Matthew Shiner of Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Instructor Professor Emeritus of Brass B S N , Carlow College B S N , Carlow College Joanne Pasquinelli, R M T - B C Natasha Snitkovsky M N, University of Pittsburgh M N Ed , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Adjunct Professor of Music Therapy Adjunct Professor of Piano ,Susan Colvin, R N Leah George, R N B F A , M F A, Carnegie-Mellon University Diploma, Moscow Conservatory Assistant Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor of Nursing Charleen Pavlik, R M T - B C David Sogg B S N , Duquesne University Chairperson, Undergraduate Clinical Services Adjunct Professor of Music Therapy Adjunct Professor of Bassoon M N, University of Pittsburgh B S N , M Ed , Duquesne University B A, Mary Manse College B A , Harvard University M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh M SW, University of Pittsburgh 'Mary de Chesnay, R N M M , University of Southern California Professor of Nursing Eileen Gimper, R N Claudia Pinza Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Dean, School of Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing Adjunct Professor of Voice Lisa Silko-Spang B S , College of St Teresa B S N , Duquesne University Adjunct Professor of Piano M S, Rutgers University M N , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S , M M , Duquesne University D S N, University of Alabama

00j, SCHOOL OF NURSINC OFPHARMACY 243

Linda Goodfellow, R N M Kathleen Winter, R N University of Pittsburgh Instructor of Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing ith Hflls Health System me Health Agency Medical Center B S N , M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh B S N , Duquesne University Barbara Clifford, R N, M N Ed M PH , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh ry E Jubeck, R N, M S N Gladys Husted, R N ,ctor of Education & Training Clinical Instructor Professor of Nursing Nursing Education & Research COOPERATING HEALTH AGENCIES Clair Memorial Hospital BSN, MEd, Phl), Veterans Affairs Medical Center University of Pittsburgh and AGENCY REPRESENTATIVES da S Gaydos, R N, M S vnistrative Vice President, Nursing Services Mary Lou Zemaitis, R N, Ph D Martha Kuhns, R N Allegheny County Health Department Associate Chief, Nursing Service Education Assistant Professor of Nursing Sally Bauer, R N, B S N Francis Central Hospital Chief of Public Health Nursing )in Z Mohr Visiting Nurse Association B S N , Duquesne University Nancy Donovan, M N, R N M S N , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh ef Operating Officer Allegheny General Hospital Director, Clinical Nursing James Veronesi, R N, B S N Francis Medical Center Maureen Leonardo, R N West Penn Hospital Assistant Professor of Nursing Student Coordinator of Professional Development xis K Weber, R N, M S N ector, School of Nursing Kathy McLaughlin, R N, M S N B S N , Indiana University/Pennsylvania Braddock Medical Center Director, Nursing Education & Research M N , University of Pittsburgh Margaret J Priselac, R N , M S N Joan Lockhart, R N Director of Clinical Services Assistant Professor of Nursing Canterbury Place OF PHARMACY Chairperson, Undergraduate Didactic Teaching Eileen Meyer, R N, M N Ed BSN, MNEd, PhD, Director of Clinical Services University of Pittsburgh )uglas H Kay, Ph D Dean, School of Pharmacy and Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences Children's Hospital Associate Dean M Carroll Miller, R N Douglas Bricker, Ph D Paula Lacher, R N, M S N, C N A A ephen C Morrison, M A Assistant Dean for Administration Associate Professor of Nursing Director of Nursing for B S N , M A, Duquesne University Opera tionslAdm i mstrative Services M S N, University of Pennsylvania TY — PHARMACY Forbes Metropolitan Health Center hristianah M Adeyeye J Douglas Bricker Margaret Muntz, R N April Stevens, R N, M N Ed Associate Professor of Nursing Associate Professor of Phar7naceutics Associate Dean of the Assistant EAecutive Director B S (Pharmacy), School of Pharmacy Advisor, Undergraduate Second Degree Option Forbes Regional Health Center B S N , Duquesne University University of Nigeria, Nsukka Associate Professor of Pharmacology Marie Langan, R N, M PM M S, Ph D, University of Georgia and Toxicology M N, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Assistant Executive Director nthony J Arnadio B A , Franciscan University of Steubenville Natalie Pavlovich, R N Forbes Center for Gerontology Ph D, Duquesne University Professor of Nursing Professor of Pharmaceutical Dianne L Evans, R N, N H A Administration, Emeritus Charles C Collins B S N , University of Arizona Administrator M A, M S , Ph D , University of Michigan B S , M Litt , University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Pharmaceutics Jefferson Hospital B S (Pharmacy), M B A, B S (Pharmacy), Phl), Rita Raymond, R N Joan Rosgony, R N Duquesne University West Virginia University Instructor of Nursing Administrator, Acute Care B S N , Duquesne University ,an R Avila James K Drennen III M S N , University of Pittsburgh Magee-Women's Hospital Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutics Doctoral Candidate, University of Pittsburgh Kathleen Waleko, R N, Ph D Pharm D, Creighton University B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Vice President, Patient Care Services Ph D, University of Kentucky Lynn Simko, R N awrence H Block Assistant Professor of Nursing Mercy Hospital Chairman of the Department Of Raymond A Eder B S N, Carlow College Theresa Cartier, R N, M S N Pharmaceutical Chemistry & Pharmaceutics Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy M PH, M S N , University of Pittsburgh Nursing Education Specialist Professor of Pharmaceutics B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Duquesne University Shirley Smith Miles Inc B S (Pharmacy), M S PhD, University of Maryland Assistant Professor of Nursing Nancy S Small, C R N P Frederick W Fochtman Acting Chairperson, Manager, Corporate Medical Services iccardo L Boni Chairman of the Undergraduate R N 1B S N Program Rainbow Clinic Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology B S N , M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh Theresa A Chalich, R N B S (Pharmacy), PhD, Associate Professor of Pharmacology University of Manitoba and Toxicology Carol Taylor, R N Chief Executive Officer Shadyside Hospital litchell L Borke B S (Pharmacy), M S , Ph D , Assistant Professor of Nursing Duquesne University B S N , Youngstown State University Mary E Aukerman, R N PhD Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Emeritus M S N , University of Virginia Director, Nursing Education & Research B S (Pharmacy), M S , Ph D , Henry R Freedy, Jr University of Illinois Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Joanne F White, R N Shadyside Nursing & Rehabilitation Center Mary M Murray, MPH, NHA B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Associate Professor of Nursing Duquesne University Associate Dean, Undergraduate Program Administrator B S N , Carlow College M N Ed , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh

244 SCHOOL OF PHARMACy SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 245

Alvin M Galinsky Douglas H Kay Reginald A Ney Brian A Baker, Pharm D Professor of Pharmaceutics, Emeritus Dean of the School of Pharmacy and University Health Physicist Adjunct Clinical Instructor B S (Pharmacy), M S PhD, Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences B S , Duquesne University St Vincent Health Center University of Illinois Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry M S , University of Pittsburgh Erie, PA Aleern Gangjee B S (Pharmacy), M S , Ph D , Christine Karabin O'Neil Robert S Banaszak, Pharin D Director of Graduate School of Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Laboratory Instructor in Pharmaceutical Sciences Allied Health Sciences B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Clinical Pharmacy Professor of Medicinal Chemistry Patricia A Keys Duquesne University Department of Pharmacy B S , M S (Chemistry), Indian Institute Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Norbert A Pflewski Mercy Hospital of Technology B S (Pharmacy), S U N Y -Buffalo Associate Professor of Pharmacognosy Fred H Bender, Pharm. D Ph D, University of Iowa Pharm D, Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy), M S , Adjunct Clinical Instructor Vincent J Giannetti Joseph M Kristofik University of Pittsburgh Director of Pharmacy Services Chairman of the Department Of Director of Externship Ph D, Ohio State University St Vincent Health Center Pharmaceutical Administration Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Therese I Poirier Erie, PA Professor of Pharmaceutical Administration Administration Coordinator of Non-Traditional Lisa Busbee Pharm D B A , M A , Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy), J D, Duquesne University Doctor of Pharmacy Program Adjunct Citrucal Instructor M SW, M S (Hyg), Ph D, Robert V Laux Professor of Clinical Pharmacy St Vincent Health Center University of Pittsburgh Clinical Assistant Professor B S (Pharmacy), Albany College Erie, PA Raymond A Giudici B S (Pharmacy), University of Pittsburgh of Pharmacy Margaret Chyrmko, Pharm D Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Pharm. D, Duquesne University Pharm D, University of Michigan Adjunct Clinical Instructor B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, John G Lech M PH, University of Pittsburgh Associate Director of Pharmacy Duquesne University Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Thomas L Rihn Hamot Medical Center Brian J Goetz B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Erie, PA Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Stephen M Colodny, M D B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Pui-Kai Li Duquesne University Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor Pharin D, University of Maryland-Baltimore Assistant Professor of Medicinal Chemistry Gene A Riley Pittsburgh Infectious Diseases, Inc Marilyn F Harris B S (Pharmacy), University of Wyoming Professor of Pharmacology Pittsburgh, PA Director of Professional Degree Programs Ph D, Ohio State University B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Anthony T Dren, Ph D Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Bruce H Livengood Ph D, Case Western Reserve University Adjunct Professor of Pharmacology Administration Chairman of the Department Of John R Schlicht Clinical Neurosciences Department B S P, University of Saskatchewan Clinical Pharmacy Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Burroughs Wellcome Company M S, Duquesne University Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Research Triangle Park, NC Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S (Pharmacy), Temple University M B A , University of Pittsburgh Toni Fera, Pharm D Marc W Harrold Pharm D, Duquesne University Pharm D, University of Illinois Adjunct Clinical Instructor Associate Professor of Medicinal Chemistry Scott F Long Charles L Winek Director of Pharmacy B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Pharmacology Professor of Toxicology Allegheny General Hospital Ph D, Ohio State University and Toxicology B S (Pharmacy), M S, Duquesne University Charles Fetrow, Pharin D Benjamin Hodes B S (Pharmacy), Phl), Ph D, Ohio State University Adjunct Clinical Instructor Professor of Pharmaceuttcs University of Mississippi Pharmacy Department B S (Pharmacy), Albany College Bruce D Martin XUXILIARY FACULTY St Francis Medical Center of Pharmacy Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Paul W Ament, Pharm D Mary Ann Gasowski, M S Health Physics M S, Ph D, University of Michigan B S (Pharmacy), Albany College Adjunct Clinical Instructor Health Physics Consultant David A Johnson of Pharmacy Latrobe Area Hospital Angela M Hadbavny, Pharm D Assistant Professor of Pharmacology M S , Ph D , University of Illinois Harvey M Arbit, Pharm D Adjunct Clinical Instructor and Toxicology Thomas J Mattei Vice President for Regulatory Affairs Department of Critical Care Medicine B S , Hofstra University Director of Continuing Education Upsher-Smith Laboratories, Inc St Francis Medical Center M S, Ph D, Massachusetts College of Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Minneapolis, MN Pharmacy and Allied Health Sciences Cynthia J Halas, Pharm. D B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D , lanet K Astle, R Ph Adjunct Clinical Instructor Charles M Karnack Duquesne University Assistant to the Director of Externship Milton S Hershey Medical Center Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy Gall D Newton 1homas F Bache, R Ph Hershey, PA B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Adjunct Clinical Instructor Duquesne University Mark Hofstetter, M D Administration and Pharmacy Practice Director of Pharmacy Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor B S (Pharmacy), M S PhD, Department of Pharmacy Pittsburgh Infectious Disease, Inc Purdue University St Francis General Hospital Pittsburgh, PA

246 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY SCHOOL OF PHARMACY PZ' IN

John W Hoyt, M D Robert M Lumish, M D Steven L Snuth, Pharm D Anthony J Betz, III Adjunct Clinical Professor of Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor Adjunct Clinical Instructor Betz Pharmacy AnesthestologylCritical Care Medicine Pittsburgh Infectious Diseases, Inc St Vincent Health Center McMurray, PA Director of Critical Care Medicine Pittsburgh, PA Erie, PA Ross Bevevino St Francis Medical Center Lawrence J Martin, Pharm D Richard P Sotak, R Ph Curtis Pharmacy Munir A Hussain, Ph D Adjunct Clinical Instructor Adjunct Clinical Instructor Claysville, PA Adjunct Clinical Professor of Pharmaceutics Pharmacy Department Director of Pharmacy Tom Boyle Associate Director Allegheny General Hospital Shadyside Hospital Director of Pharmacy Pharmaceutical Research and Development Barbara L Martinelli, M B A, R Ph Jane Stacklin-Holmes, Pharm D Jeannette District Memorial Hospital DuPont/Merck Adjunct Instructor of Clinical Pharmacy Adjunct Clinical Instructor Jeannette, PA Wilmington, DE Metabolic Support Team Clinical Pharmacist Pharmacy Department Leonard J Brancewicz Anne E Jernigan, Pharm D St Francis Medical Center Allegheny Valley Hospital Penn Beaver Pharmacy Adjunct Clinical Instructor Dean Matanin, Pharm D Jim Sterchele, Pharm D Rochester, PA Director of Pharmacy Services Adjunct Clinical Instructor Adjunct Clinical Instructor Robert Brim Jefferson Hospital Director of Pharmacy Intell-Rx Bayside Pharmacy Services Edward G Kalish, R Ph Latrobe Area Hospital Wexford, PA Erie, PA Adjunct Assistant Professor of Janice Meikle, R Ph Noreen Tompkins, Pharm D June L Caldwell Pharmaceutical Administration Adjunct Assistant Professor of Adjunct Clinical Instructor Penns Valley Pharmacy Special Sales Representative Pharmaceutical Administration Pharmacy Department Spring Mills, PA Eli Lilly and Company Allegheny General Hospital Vice President for Professional and Max E Callaghan Carl Kaplan, M D Public Affairs Tamara L Thenski, R Ph Callaghan's Pharmacy Division of Radiation Therapy Thrift Drug, Inc Adjunct Clinical Instructor Franklin, PA Radiology Department Pharmacy Department Ellen L Mosti, Pharm D Barbara Carson Mercy Hospital Allegheny General Hospital Adjunct Clinical Instructor Aliquippa Hospital Spyros D Kommos, D Sc Department of Pharmacy Daniel T Wagner, M B A, R Ph Aliquippa, PA Adjunct Assistant Professor of Microbiology Allegheny General Hospital Adjunct Assistant Professor of Kathy Contrucci Deputy Chief, Microbiology Pharmaceutical Administration John Mucenski, Pharm D Director of Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Adjunct Clinical Instructor Owner Armstrong County Memorial Hospital Delbert D Konnor, M S, R Ph Department of Pharmacy Mech Pharmacy Kittanning, PA Adjunct Professor of Pharmaceutical Allegheny General Hospital Allison Park, PA George Cook Administration James Paone, R Ph Linda C Wieloch, Pharm D St Vincent Health Center Pharmacy Executive Vice President Adjunct Assistant Professor of Adjunct Clinical Instructor Erie, PA National Association of Mail Pharmacy Department Pharmaceutical Administration Anne Coyne Service Pharmacies Co-Owner Allegheny General Hospital Ligonier Pharmacy, Inc Arlington, VA Wyman Pharmacy Ligonier, PA Edward Krenzelok, Pharm, D Pittsburgh, PA PHARMACIST-PRECEPTORS Michele DeBalko Adjunct Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Karen A Powers, M D PRACTICAL PHARMACY II, III, IV Director Nesbitt Memorial Hospital Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor Joseph F Aiello Kingston, PA Pittsburgh Poison Center Mercy Hospital DuBois Regional Medical Center Chilclren^s Hospital Carmen DiCello John M Prendergast, M D , M PH DuBois, PA Executive Director Donald W Lamb, Ph D Adjunct Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Thomas Altien Pennsylvania Pharmaceutical Association Adjunct Associate Professor of Toxicology Medical Director Director of Pharmacy Harrisburg, PA Vice President, Product Safety and Center for Aging St Clair Memorial Hospital D Regulatory Affairs Mercy Hospital Pittsburgh, PA Mario DiNardo, Pharm Miles Inc VA Hospital Andrea I Sargent, Pharm D Michael J Ashmore Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Adjunct Clinical Instructor The Mechcine Shoppe Grant D Nick DiSilvio Lawless, M D, R Ph Department of Pharmacy 915 Mt Royal Blvd West Penn Pharmacy Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mercy Hospital Pittsburgh, PA Pharmaceutical Administration Pittsburgh, PA Edward C Seidl, Pharm D Fran Balog Vice President, Medical Affairs/ George M Doperak Adjunct Clinical Instructor Oakland VA Hospital Senior Medical Director The Medicine Shoppe Department of Pharmacy Pittsburgh, PA Blue Cross of Western Pennsylvania Allegheny General Hospital Turtle Creek, PA Pittsburgh, PA 'Ronald Barnes Joseph Dorko Robert J Simonelli, Pharm D Shenango Valley Osteopathic Hospital Lawrence Logue, M S, R Ph Director of Pharmacy Adjunct Clinical Instructor Farrell, PA Adjunct Clinical Instructor Department of Pharmacy Clarion Hospital Pharmacy Department Mercy Hospital Clarion, PA Allegheny General Hospital

248 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY I .SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 249

Georgine A Dorundo Marshall Goldstein Barry Kubas Lloyd Myers Westmoreland Hospital Pinebridge Apothecary The Medicine Shoppe Murray Pharmacy Greensburg, PA Upper St Clair, PA New Kensington, PA Pittsburgh, PA Scott Drab Chris Good Russell T Lauffer David Nedzinski Union Prescription Center St Francis Hospital of New Castle Director of Pharmacy Director of Pharmacy Greensburg, PA New Castle, PA The Greenville Hospital Andrew Kaul Memorial Hospital St Mary's, PA Patricia Drutis Thomas Grande, Pharm D Greenville, PA Caremark Allegheny General Hospital Stanford A Lefkowitz Larry Newport Cranberry Business Park Pittsburgh, PA Penn Taft Pharmacy O'Brien's Pharmacy Mars, PA Diane Green West Mifflin, PA Bethel Park, PA Todd Duppstadt Holy Spirit Hospital Janet Lindner William Niccolal VA Hospital Pharmacy Camp Hill, PA Director of Pharmacy Director of Pharmacy Highland Drive Robert F Hahn, MBA North Hills Passavant Hospital McKeesport Hospital Pittsburgh, PA Director of Pharmacy Pittsburgh, PA McKeesport, PA William Earnest Canonsburg General Hospital Dan Littlefield Deborah Nobile-Milito Kopp Drug Canonsburg, PA Manager Monsour Medical Center Altoona, PA George Haslett Syncor Corp Jeannette, PA William Englert SavMore Prescription Center Pittsburgh, PA Monica T Obsheatz Allegheny Valley Hospital Pittsburgh, PA Phil LoScalzo Director of Pharmacy Natrona Heights, PA Susan Held Sharon General Hospital Ohio Valley Hospital McKees Rocks, PA Michael Fazio, Pharm. D Pharmacy Manager Sharon, PA Gatti Services South Side Hospital Mark Mantick Robert C Ocvirk Zelienople, PA Pittsburgh, PA Director of Pharmacy The Medicine Shoppe Rosella C Hoffman Suburban General Hospital 125 Pillow Street Richard F Felka, M S Butler, PA Department of Nuclear Medicine Shadyside Hospital Pittsburgh, PA National Institutes of Health Pittsburgh, PA Joseph Martin Stephen Olesko Bethesda, MD Thomas E jackovic Mercy Hospital Vitalink Pharmacy Service Bridgeville, PA James Fiorenzo McCracken Pharmacy, Inc Scranton, PA Great Lakes Home Health Waynesburg, PA Ronald Matson David O'Neil Erie, PA Michael A Jacobs, PhaTm D Brockway Drug CO, Inc Director of Pharmacy Oakmont Presbyterian Home Jeffrey Fisher Director of Pharmacy Brockway, PA Oakmont, PA Fisher's Pharmacy The Washington Hospital Fran Matuszak Pittsburgh, PA Washington, PA Jefferson Medical Center Pharmacy Ronald O'Neill St Margaret Memorial Hospital Thomas J Fowler Gerald W John Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Director of Pharmacy Ohio Valley Hospital Woodrow May Sewickley Valley Hospital Steubenville, OH Director of Pharmacy Mark H O'Toole Sewickley, PA Connie Kahrilas Bandy Memorial Hospital of Bedford County Director of Pharmacy Educational Pharmacy Affairs Everett, PA Braddock General Hospital Ronald J Franck Braddock, PA Avalon Community Pharmacy Merck and Co, Inc Fred Michalski Avalon, PA West Point, PA Director of Pharmacy David W Patterson Preeti Kapur Good Samaritan Hospital Director of Pharmacy Susan Freedy Memorial Osteopathic Hospital Continue Care Pharmacy Services Medical Center of Beaver County Pottsville, PA Yo r k, PA Pittsburgh, PA Beaver, PA Don Miller Andrew Kindle St Clair Memorial Hospital Loretta Patton John Fris Hillside Apothecary Ebensburg Center Director of Pharmacy Pittsburgh, PA Erie, PA Ebensburg, PA Jameson Memorial Hospital William Montgomery Joe Peclalme Joe Furgiuele New Castle, PA Franklin Hospital Pharmacy Director Pharmacy Manager Joyce Kossol Franklin, PA Medi Mart Center Phar-Mor Medicine Shoppe Jerry Moschgat Beaver, PA 1800 Park Manor Dr 1301 Brownsville Road Mainline Pharmacy Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Cresson, PA George Peporudis Director of Pharmacy Cindy Kriss, Pharm D Joseph Mosso Anthony (Steve) Giordano Critical Care America Director of Pharmacy Mosso's Pharmacy, Inc Temple Pharmacy Pittsburgh, PA Kane,PA Mercy Psychiatric Institute Latrobe, PA Pittsburgh, PA 251 250 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 'SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

Tom Falcione Dave Pipher Phillip B Sollon LaVorme Wieczorek Duncan Manor Shopping Center Assistant Director of Pharmacy Sollon Pharmacy Director of Pharmacy Forbes Regional Health Center Canonsburg, PA H C Frick Community Hospital Allison Park, PA Monroeville, PA Mt Pleasant, PA Jim Kerans Gary Spence Loyal Plaza Shopping Plaza Mario Pisano, Pharm D Mallinckrodt, Inc Thomas B Will Williamsport, PA Veterans Affairs Medical Center Pittsburgh, PA Corry Memorial Hospital Erie, PA James P Kerr Donald L Spencer Corry, Ph 5 Foster St Donald M Prex, M S Executive Director John F Yager Clinical Pathology Facility Crafton, PA Marylane McGlinchey Chief Pharmacist Pittsburgh, PA Commonwealth of PA D PW Tracy Loncar Clinical Coordinator Polk Center 1117 Seventh Avenue Thomas Riley Cumberland Area Health Education Center Polk, PA Beaver Falls, PA Lebanon Shops Pharmacy Cumberland, MD Pittsburgh, PA Nancy Zitko Paul Obelclobel Frank Straub III National Medical Care 3060 Sussex Avenue James E Rovegno St Marys Pharmacy Lawrence Park Apothecary St Marys, PA Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Erie, PA Claire Zofchak Daniel A Pepe Frank J Stroker, Jr Presbytenan Medical Center Manager James Rulyak Director of Pharmacy Washington, PA Village Square Mall Union Prescription Center Warren General Hospital Pharmacy McKeesport, PA Warren, PA Russell Zukiewicz Bethel Park, PA Red and White Pharmacy Jack Rohland David Sas Julia C Swadener Pittsburgh, PA 411 Corbet Street Medicine Shoppe Assistant Pharmacy Manager Tarenturn, PA Forest Hills Plaza Community General Osteopathic Hospital BROOKS DRUG Forest Hills, PA Harrisburg, PA John Saversky Fox Chapel Plaza Shelly Scanga Greg Theiss James Uhlmann 1125 Freeport Road Remedies Pharmacy Hamot Medical Center Banksville Plaza Pittsburgh, PA Erie, PA Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Mark Sheppard Mary Beth Scerbo Charles D Thomas Mary Wolf 2200 Northway Mall Scerbo's Pharmacy Charles D Thomas Drug Store Allegheny Center Mall Clymer, PA Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Merritt M Schultz Diann Topley Sue Simon 144 Gallery Drive Director of Pharmacy Great Lakes Rehabilitation Hospital THRIFIr DRUG McMurray, PA Lee Hospital Erie, PA Clifford Beisel, #51 Johnstown, PA George Toth McKnight Seibert Shopping Center Daniel Sludela Corner Sixth and Penn Avenue Ed Schuster Director of Pharmacy Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Director of Pharmacy Altoona Hospital Greg Brucker Monongahela Valley Hospital Altoona, PA 300 Mt Lebanon Boulevard Ronald F Skornicka Monongahela, PA Charles F Traeger Pittsburgh, PA South Park Shops 5253 Library Road Daniel Seiss Ayres Drug Store Ron Burns Bethel Park, PA Whitaker Drug McKeesport, PA Norwin Hills Shopping Center Whitaker, PA Steven Uhas N Huntingdon, PA Richard R Smiga 1825 Columbia Avenue Gregory K Shaeffer Assistant Director of Pharmacy Scott Chludzinski Lancaster, PA Director of Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Eastway Plaza Milton S Hershey Medical Center Wilkes-Barre, PA Erie, PA Joseph Stevens Hershey, PA 17oo Mt Royal Blvd Daniel Wagner Paul Culan Glenshaw, PA Marty Shulik Medi Pharmacy Kenmawr Plaza Director of Pharmacy Allison Park, PA McKees Rocks, PA Nicholas Zumbo Butler County Memorial Hospital Curry Hollow Road Diane Walter David Dolan Butler, PA Pleasant Hills, PA Homedco Ritzland Shopping Center Harold Singleton Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Gaughn^s Drug Store RITE AID Jay Watson William F Donley Warren, PA Francis A Kittell Director of Branch Operations 1956 Greentree Road 700 Main Street Steve Small US Home Care Pittsburgh, PA Director of Pharmacy Portage, PA 15946 Pittsburgh, PA Chris Duffy Uniontown Hospital Ray Westbrook 1936 Murray Avenue Uniontown, PA Westbrook Pharmacy and Surgical Supply Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA

252 SCHOOL OF PHARMACy S ARMY RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) 253

Anthony C Masciantonio GIANT EAGLE WAL-MART Manager Nancy Barnhart 4612 Centre Avenue 2661 Freeport Raod Susan S Manning Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Hilltop Plaza Kittanning, PA Elizabeth Naggy William Barringer BiLo Market 7000 Oxford Drive James Pukansky Rt 119 & N Fourth Street Bethel Park, PA 254 Oak Spring Road Indiana, PA Washington, PA James Clougherty Glenn Page Murray Avenue & Loretta Street Denise Slonac 1233 W Main Street Pittsburgh, PA 600 Gallena Drive Monongahela, PA Johnstown, PA Gary Degnan, #57 Charles Robinson Washington Mall Bruce Sterling 209 Atwood Street Washington, PA 80 Matthew Drive Pittsburgh, PA Uniontown, PA Maxine LiSotto John Russo, Jr 3700 William Penn Highway 647 East Washington Street Monroeville, PA New Castle, PA U.S. ARMY RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Daniel A Nonamaker Terry Sack Danelle A Nonamaker ADMINISTRATION 230 Hays Avenue Murphy Mart Plaza Pittsburgh, PA N Huntingdon, PA FACULTY — DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE Tina Sarosi-Gamble MAJ Donald E Murphy Ralph Pater Professor of Military Science 6375 Library Road 200 Tarenturn Bridge Road Library, PA B A Southern Mississippi University New Kensington, PA M S University of Southern California Thomas Schaeffer Tonya Ponzurick Uniontown Mall CPT David B Whaling 400 Mountain Laurel Plaza Assistant Professor of Military Science 1200 W Main Street New Kensington, PA Uniontown, PA B S , US Military Academy Ann Mane Rapone Greg Volensky CPT Jeffrey C Miller 2706 Mercer Road Assistant Professor of Military Science 6375 Library Road New Castle, PA Library, PA B A , California University of Pennsylvania Paul Solinski David Wassel West View Plaza 134 S Main Street Rt 19 & Center Avenue Zelienople, PA Pittsburgh, PA REVCO Phillip Sulkin 1700 William Flynn Highway Robert Allgeier Glenshaw, PA 3308 Wilmington Road New Castle, PA Richard Zawacki 435 South Seventh Street Robert Goodman Indiana, PA 1801 Washington Road Mt Lebanon, PA KMART Charles Heschler Bruce Dadey 242 Fifth Avenue McIntyre Square Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Kathy Loutsenhizer Debbie Lifrak 4692 Old William Penn Highway Cranberry Mall Monroeville, PA Mars, PA Richard Oesterich 88 W Steuben Street Crafton, PA Tom Trittinger 324 Oliver Avenue Pittsburgh, PA

255 254 INDEX [

122 Cooperative Education 47 Marketing 40 Index Pre-Law 124 Core Curriculum 118 Corporation, The Duquesne 222 Advisement, Comprehensive Student Quantitative Methods Academic 35 114, 115, 124 Costs, See Fees and Tuition Advisor Real Estate 35 Advisor 24 Curriculums Counseling and Testing Center Academic 24 Course Calendar iv International Student Accounting 112 Load—Arts and Sciences 36 1 , 113 Examination 25 46 Application I Finance Policies 24 Human Resource Management 119 Retrogradation 26 Fee 7, 30 Course Descriptions Summer Sessions 6, 9 for Financial Aid international Business 120 Coordinator of Intercollegiate Athletics 27 12 120 Arts, College of Liberal 48 New First-Year Students Logistics ill Academic Policies 24 7 Management 121 Business Administration Early Admission 8, 10 Education 129 Academic Advisor 24 Early Decision Management Information Systems 117 Academic Coordinator of Intercollegiate 7 122 Health Sciences 195 Other Categories Marketing 151 Athletics 27 8 Pre-Law 124 Music International Students 8 Natural and Environmental Sciences 94 Auditing Courses 24 Post-Graduates Degree 105 Cancellation of Courses 24 9 109 Nursing 165 Readmission Divisions and Programs 178 Class Attendance 24 9 Accounting and Finance 112 Pharmacy Summer Session 9 214 Classification of Students 25 Behavioral 119 ROTC Duquesne Students 9 P Courses Course Examinations 25 Students from Other Institutions Economics and MIS 115 9 104 Auditing 24 Credit by Examination 25 Transfers History Dean's List 27 9 104 Cancellation of 24 Temporary 9 Philosophy and Objectives 26 Grading System 25 Sample Program 110 Repeating Applied Music Courses 151 Credit Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 27 Archives Scholarships — See Financial Aid Graduation Requirements 27 36 107 By Examination 25 Army ROTC 213 Student Organizations Honors 28 Unit of 28 Art History 48 Cross-Registration 22 Pass/Fad Electives 26 Arts and Sciences Calendar, Academic iv Plus/Minus Grading Option 25 Cancellation of Courses 24 Curriculums See Liberal Arts, College of Arts, College of Liberal 45 Quality Point System 25 See Natural and Environmental Sciences, Campus Ministry 39 2 Bachelor-Master's 48 Repeating Courses and Course School of Canevin Hall Retrogradation 26 35 Bachelor's/Professional School 48 Assumption Hall 1 Career Services Center 2 32 Liberal Arts Engineering 91 Student Standing 26 Athletic Training Program 196 Cashing Checks Transfer Within the University 28 Catholic School Lay Teacher Discount 21 Pre-Law 46 Athletics 33 Second Bachelor's Degree 48 Unit of Credit 28 Auditing Courses Center for Withdrawal from a Course 24 35 Three Year Bachelor's 48 28 Auditor's Fee 30 Career Services Center Accounting Curriculum 112 Communications & Information Technology 6 Cooperative Education 47 Accreditation and Affiliation Business Administration 104 4 Bachelor-Master's Program (Liberal Arts) 48 Certification Administration and Faculty 223 136 Accounting 112 Bachelor's De ree-Second (Liberal Arts) 48 Music Education 113 Administration Budding 2 9 Teacher Education 129 Finance Bachelor's Degree, Three-Year (Liberal Arts) 48 112 Human Resource Management 119 Administrative Officers 222 Bachelor's-Professional School Program (Liberal Arts) 48 Certified Public Accountant Requirements Admissions 7 22 International Business 120 Bad Checks 32 Change of Schedule 120 Advanced Placement 10 Fee 22 Logistics Behavioral Sciences, Division of 119 32 Management 121 Applications International Business 120 Checks First Year Students 32 Management Information Systems 117 7 Logistics 120 1 Bad 122 Other Categories 8 Cashing 32 Marketing Management 121 98 Pre-Law 124 International Students (Undergraduate) 8 Marketing 122 t Chemistry Department Post-Graduates 24 Education 9 Pre-Law 124 , Class Attendance 126 Readmission 9 Classics Department 50 Early Childhood Billing Problems 32 25 Teacher Education Core 126 Temporary Transfers 9 Biochemistry Classification of Students 98 25 Elementary 127 Transfers 9 Biological Sciences 92 Full-Time College Level Examination Program 25 Music 127 10 Board of Directors 222 Part-Time 127 Early Admissions 8, 10 Post-Graduate 25 Secondary Business Administration 21 Special Education 127 Early Decision Plan 7 School of 104 Clergy/Religious Discounts International Baccalaurate (I B 10 110 Clinical Pharmacy, Department of 182 Music Academic Regulations jazz 139 Office 7 110 Code of Student I;Ughts, Academic Load 39 Music Education 136, 145, 146 Policy 7 4 Responsibilities and Conduct Accreditation and Affiliation 2 Music Therapy 136, 147 Requirements 7 Admission 105 College Hall Summer Sessions 10 Orchestral Instrument 144 9 Advisory Boards 107 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 141 Duquesne Students 9 College of Liberal Arts Organ Class Attendance ill Piano 142 Other Students 9 Course Descriptions See Liberal Arts, College of 143 Admission, Special Requirements 52 Voice Accounting 112 Communication, Department of 154 Business 104 Commuter Council 37 Sacred Music Behavioral Science 11 9 69 Natural and Environmental Sciences 90 Education 125 Economic Science 115 Computer Sciences 163 Health Sciences 186 Confidentiality of Student Records 23 Nursing Finance 113 Pharmacy 172 Music 134 International Business 120 Connelly Center for Entrepreneurship 213 Nursing 106 ROTC 159 121 1 and Emerging Enterprise Management 216 Pharmacy 170 Management Information Systems 117 Continuing Education Advanced Placement 10 256 INDEX INDEX 257

45 Dean's List 27 Early Admission 8, 10 Finance Curriculum 113 Liberal Arts, College of Degree Early Childhood Education Financial Aid 11-21 Academic Liberal Arts 45 Courses Financial Matters 32 Load 46 13o 45 Business Administration 105 Program 126 Billing Problems 32 Requirements University-Level Courses Taken While Education 125 Early Decision 7 Student Financing Program 32 in High School 46 Health Sciences 185 Earth Science Courses 103 Cashing Checks 32 Music 134 Economics and MIS Division Bad Checks 32 Course Descriptions 48 115 48 Natural and Environmental Sciences 90 Economics, Department of 59 First-Year Students, Application of 7 Art History Nursing 159 Education, School of French Courses 72 Classics 50 125 53 Pharmacy 172 Accreditation and Affiliation 4 Communications Departments, College of Liberal Arts Admission G and G Budding 3 Computer Science 70 125 59 Art History 48 Class Attendance 129 General Education 125 Economics Classics 50 Curriculum General Information 1 English 61 125 64 Communication 52 Course Descriptions 129 German Courses 73 History Computer Science 67 Early Chddhood Grading System 25 Mathematics 68 130 62 Economics 59 Teacher Education Core 129 Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 27 Medieval Studies English 60 Elementary Graduation Modern Languages and Literature 72 131 76 History 63 Secondary 132 Fees 30 Philosophy Mathematics 67 Special Honors 28 Political Science 79 132 81 Modern Languages & Literature 71 Curriculum 125 Requirements 27 Psychology Philosophy 76 General Education 50 Sociology 83 125 Greek Courses 86 Political Science 78 Professional Education Guitar Courses 138-140 Theology 125 89 Psychology 81 Professional Laboratory Experiences 125 1, World Literature Sociology 83 Degree Handbook, Student 39 Accreditation and Affiliation 4 125 45 Theology 86 Dual Certification 129 Hanley Hall, The Edward J 3 Curricular Requirements Departments, School of Natural and General Education Required Courses Degrees 45 125 Health 46 Environmental Sciences History 125 Insurance 36 Effective Catalog 46 Biological Sciences 92 Honor Awards 129 Service 35 Electives Chemistry and Biochemistry 98 Program Credit Requirements Health Information Sciences, Department of 198 History 45 48 Physics 100 Early Cliddhood 126 Health Sciences, School of 183 Majors and Minors Departments, School of Pharmacy Elementary 127 Academic Programs and Degrees 185 Philosophy and Objectives 45 Clinical Pharmacy 182 Music 127 Admission Policies 186 Special Programs 46 Pharmaceutical Administration 180 Secondary 127 Expenses and Financial Aid 193 Certificate in Business 46 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Special Education 127 (See also Financial Aid) World Literature Program 46 Pharmaceutics 178 Scholarships — See Financial Aid History Department 63 Bachelor of Arts — Liberal Arts 48 Pharmacology-Toxicology 179 Student Organizations 129 History of Duquesne 1 Pre-Law 46, 91 Des Places Communications Center 3 Teacher Certification 129 Honors, Graduation 28 Pre-Health Professions (Sciences) 91 Development Services 36 Edward J Hanley Hall, The 3 Honor Awards Inter-School Minors 47 Career Services Center 35 Effective Catalog-Arts and Sciences 46 Education 129 Bachelor-Master's 48 Learning Skills Program 37 Elementary Education Music 136 Bachelor/Professional School 48 91 Psychology Counseling Center 37 Courses 131 1 Nursing 162 Liberal Arts Engineering Testing Bureau 35 Program Credit Requirements 127 Pharmacy 176 Second Bachelor's Degree 48 Directors and Officers 222 English Department 60 Honor Societies 38 Three-year Bachelor's 48 Board of Directors 222 English as a Second Language Program 42 Housing See Dormitories CLEF and Advanced Placement 10 The Duquesne Corporation 222 Evening Study 5 Scholarships — See Financial Aid 3 Officers of the University 222 Examinations Integrated Honors Program 42 Library Resource Center Discounts, University 21 Advanced Placement 10 Inter-Fraternity Council 37 Loans — See Financial Aid Divisions, School of Business Administration CLEP Examinations 10 International Accounting and Finance 112 Course Examinations 25 120 Management Curriculum 121 Business Curriculum 117 Behavioral 119 Unit 25 Education, Policy Statement on 1 Management Information Systems Economics and MIS 115 Final 25 36 Marketing Curriculum 122 Student Advisement 67 Dormitories Credit by 25 Students, Admission of 8 Mathematics Department Assumption Hall 2 Expenses See Tuition and Fees 47 Matriculation Deposit 30 Inter-School Minors 3 Duquesne Towers 3 Italian Courses 74 McCloskey Field Expenses 31 Facilities, Physical 2 i Media Arts — See Communication Department St Ann Hall 4 Faculty, Administration journalism — See Communication Department Mellon Hall of Science 3 St Martin Hall 4 Liberal Arts 223 Military Science, Department of 213 39 Duquesne Business Administration 232 Laboratory Fees Ministry, Campus Corporation 222 Education 234 General 30 Modem Languages & Literature 72 Duke (Newspaper) 39 Health Sciences 236 Pharmacy 175 Courses Magazine 39 Music 238 Late Registration Department of 71 72 Towers 3 Natural & Environmental Sciences 230 Fee 30 French Courses Union 3 Nursmg 241 Policy 23 German Courses 73 Pharmacy 243 Learning Skdls Center 37 Italian Courses 74 ROTC 253 LTspnt do Duc (Yearbook) 39 Requirements for Major 72 Flee, University 29 Requirements for Minor 72 Fees, General See Tuition and Fees Spanish Courses 75 258 INDEX INDEX 259

Music Education 136 Occupational Therapy 202 Psychology Department 81 Schools Music, School of 134 Official Registration 22 Public Safety Building 3 Arts, College of Liberal 45 104 Accreditation and Affiliation 5 Officers, Administrative 222 Publications, Student Business Administration Admission 134 Organizations — See Student Organizations Code of Student Rights, Education 125 183 Building 4 Responsibilities & Conduct 39 Health Sciences 151 Pan Hellenic Council 134 Course Descriptions 37 Duquesne Duke (Newspaper) 39 Music Performance 151 Pass/Fafl Electives 26 Duquesne Magazine 39 Natural and Environmental Sciences 90 157 Ensemble/Chamber Music 151 Perfusion Technology 204 LrEsprit du Due (Yearbook) 39 Nursing Music Education 152 Pharmaceutical Administration, Student Handbook 39 Pharmacy 170 Musicianship 151 Department of 180 Secondary Education 132 General 156 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmaceutics, Quality Point System 25 Courses Conducting 152 Department of 178 Quantitative Methods 118 Programs 119 jazz Studies 153 Pharmacists, State Licensing of 177 Senior Citizen Discount 21 38 Music Technology 155 Pharmacology-Toxicology, Department of 179 Radio, WDUQ 39 Service Organizations Music Therapy 154 Pharmacy, School of 170 Readmission 9 Social Organizations 38 154 Accreditation and Affiliation 83 Sacred Music 5 Real Estate Courses 114, 115, 124 Sociology Department Ensemble 151 Admission 170 Records and Reports 23 Spanish Courses 75 127 Degrees 134 Areas of Concentration 173 Confidentiality of Student Records 23 Special Education 135 Career Guidance Center 132 Equipment 178 Transcripts 23 Courses Fees 29-30 Course Descriptions 178 Red Masquers 38 Programs 127 134 History Clinical Pharmacy 182 Refund Sports — See Athletics Honor Awards 136 Pharmacy Curriculum 172 Room and Board, Withdrawal and 31 State 177 Philosophy and Objectives 134 Pharmaceutical Administration 180 Tuition 31 Licensing of Pharmacists 136 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Grant Assistance 14 Programs Registration 22 Major in Guitar 138-140 and Pharmaceutics 178 Change of Schedule 22 Student Major in Organ 141 Pharmacology-Toxicology 179 Cross 22 Employment 13 37 Major in Voice 143 Professional Electives 173 Late 23 Government Association Major in Orchestral Instruments 144 Degrees 172 Regulations for Pharmacy Students 175 Housing See Dormitories Bachelor of Science in Music Education 32 Graduation Requirements 177 Requirements for Graduation 27 Financing Program Choral Track 145 History 171 Repeating Courses and Records, Confidentiality of 23 26 Bachelor of Science in Music Education Honor Awards 176 Course Retrogradation 26 Standing Instrumental Track 146 Philosophy and Objectives 171 Reserve OfflLer Training Corps 213 Student Services, Programs and 33 Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy 147 Programs 172 Army ROTC Scholarships — 214 and see Financial Aid Organizations Scholarships — See Financial Aid Pharmacy 172 Course Descriptions 213 Student Life 33 33 Student Organizations 135 Research Foundation 178 Department of Military Science 213 Athletics Residency Requirements 172 (Army ROTC) 213 Commuter Affairs 33 34 Natural and Enviromental Sciences, School of 90 Regulations 175 Programs 213 Office of Student Activities Graduation Requirements 90 Scholars Programs 174 Four-Year 213 Office of Freshman Development and Biology 92 Scholarships and Loans — See Financial Aid Advanced Course 213 Special Student Services Chemistry and Biochemistry 98 Fees 29-30 Basic Course 213 Health Insurance Physics 100 Activities Fee 175 Direct Entry, Advanced 213 Health Services Nursing, School of 157 State Licensing Simultaneous Membership 214 Residence Life Pennsylvania Accreditation and Affiliation 5 177 Two-Year 213 Learning Skills Center Admission of Registered Nurse Students 160 States Other Than Pennsylvania 178 Off-Campus Training Testing Bureau Admission Requirements 159 Student Organizations 176 and Social Acitivies 214 Psychology Counselmg Center Course Descriptions 165 Philosophy and Objectives, University 1 Scholarships — 214 and see Financial Aid Student Governance Curriculum Standards 164 Philosophy Department 76 Residence Student Government Association Definition/Philosophy 157 Physics Department 100 Hall Association 37 Commuter Council Degree 159 Physical Facilities 2 Life 34 Residence Hall Association Expenses, Additional 161 Physical Therapy 207 Residence, Student See Dormitories inter-Fraternity Association Graduation Requirements 162 Physician Assistant 210 Residence Hall Pre-Payment Fee 30 Pan Hellenic Association Grievance Procedure Piano Courses 164 142 Retention Office 36 Student Organizations History 157 Policy Statement on International Education 1 Rockwell Hall 4 Honor Societies Honor Awards 162 Political Science Department 78 Room and Board 31 Media Nursing Electives 168 Post-Graduate Students, Admission of 9 Costs 31 WDSR Program Purposes & Goal 158 Pre-Health Professions 91 Withdrawals and Refunds 31 Performance Groups Program of Study 159 Pre-Law Program 46, 91 ROTC — See Reserve Officer Training Corps Tamburitzans 163 Recommended Course Sequences Pre-Law Curriculum (Business) 124 Red Masquers Theatre Scholarships and Loans — See Financial Aid Professional and Department Organizations 38 St Ann Hall Professional and Departmental Organizations Second Degree Program 160 Psychology Counseling Center 37 St Martin Hall Business Administration 107, 109 Senior Diagnostic Asses Exam 162 129 Scholarships and Loans — See Financial Aid Education Student Organizations 161 Music 135 Student Rights 164 161 Nursing Temporary Transfer 161 Pharmacy 176 Transfer Student Admissions 160

260 INDEX

Publications 39 Removal of I Grade 30 Duquesne Duke Newspaper 39 Residence Hall Pre-Payment 30 Duquesne Magazine 39 Room and Board 31 Code of Student Rights 39 Withdrawal and Refund 31 Student Handbook 39 Student Activities Fee (Pharmacy) 30 Service Organizations 38 Summer Sessions 30 Social Organizations 38 University Services Fee 29-30 Summer Withdrawal and Termination of Tuition and Fee Charges 30 Attendance 31 Summer Session 9 Tuition Remission Schedule 31 Duquesne Students 9 Within the Semester 31 Transfer Students 9 Within the Summer Session 31

Tamburitzans 38 Unit of Credit 28 Teacher Certification University Education 129 Accreditation and Affiliation 4 Temporary Transfer Students, Admission of Administrative Officers 222 Academic Year 9 Board of Directors 222 Summer Session 9 Buildings 2 Testing Bureau 35 Discounts 21 Theatre 38 Duquesne Corporation 222 Theology Department 86 History 1 Transcripts 23 Philosophy and Objectives 1 Transfer Within the University 28 Policy Statement on International Transfer Students Education 1 Admission of 9 Setting 2 Temporary 9 Temporary-Summer 9 WDSR Radio 39 Trinity Hall 4 WDUQ Radio 39 Tuition and Fees 29-30 Withdrawal Application Fee 30 From a Course 28 Auditor's Fee 30 From the University 31 Change of Schedule Fee 30 Women's Sports — See Athletics Credit by Examination Fee 30 World Literature Program 46 Graduation Fees 30 Laboratory Fees 30 Late Registration Fee 30 Matriculation Deposit 30 Remission of Tuition 31